diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src/backend/access/heap')
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/Makefile | 27 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/README.HOT | 499 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/README.tuplock | 155 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c | 9123 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c | 2599 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/heapam_visibility.c | 1718 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/heaptoast.c | 793 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/hio.c | 686 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/pruneheap.c | 836 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/rewriteheap.c | 1292 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/syncscan.c | 322 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c | 3651 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/backend/access/heap/visibilitymap.c | 674 |
13 files changed, 22375 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/Makefile b/src/backend/access/heap/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51a7f5e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# Makefile-- +# Makefile for access/heap +# +# IDENTIFICATION +# src/backend/access/heap/Makefile +# +#------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +subdir = src/backend/access/heap +top_builddir = ../../../.. +include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global + +OBJS = \ + heapam.o \ + heapam_handler.o \ + heapam_visibility.o \ + heaptoast.o \ + hio.o \ + pruneheap.o \ + rewriteheap.o \ + syncscan.o \ + vacuumlazy.o \ + visibilitymap.o + +include $(top_srcdir)/src/backend/common.mk diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/README.HOT b/src/backend/access/heap/README.HOT new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68c6709 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/README.HOT @@ -0,0 +1,499 @@ +src/backend/access/heap/README.HOT + +Heap Only Tuples (HOT) +====================== + +The Heap Only Tuple (HOT) feature eliminates redundant index entries and +allows the re-use of space taken by DELETEd or obsoleted UPDATEd tuples +without performing a table-wide vacuum. It does this by allowing +single-page vacuuming, also called "defragmentation". + +Note: there is a Glossary at the end of this document that may be helpful +for first-time readers. + + +Technical Challenges +-------------------- + +Page-at-a-time vacuuming is normally impractical because of the costs of +finding and removing the index entries that link to the tuples to be +reclaimed. Standard vacuuming scans the indexes to ensure all such index +entries are removed, amortizing the index scan cost across as many dead +tuples as possible; this approach does not scale down well to the case of +reclaiming just a few tuples. In principle one could recompute the index +keys and do standard index searches to find the index entries, but this is +risky in the presence of possibly-buggy user-defined functions in +functional indexes. An allegedly immutable function that in fact is not +immutable might prevent us from re-finding an index entry (and we cannot +throw an error for not finding it, in view of the fact that dead index +entries are sometimes reclaimed early). That would lead to a seriously +corrupt index, in the form of entries pointing to tuple slots that by now +contain some unrelated content. In any case we would prefer to be able +to do vacuuming without invoking any user-written code. + +HOT solves this problem for a restricted but useful special case: +where a tuple is repeatedly updated in ways that do not change its +indexed columns. (Here, "indexed column" means any column referenced +at all in an index definition, including for example columns that are +tested in a partial-index predicate but are not stored in the index.) + +An additional property of HOT is that it reduces index size by avoiding +the creation of identically-keyed index entries. This improves search +speeds. + + +Update Chains With a Single Index Entry +--------------------------------------- + +Without HOT, every version of a row in an update chain has its own index +entries, even if all indexed columns are the same. With HOT, a new tuple +placed on the same page and with all indexed columns the same as its +parent row version does not get new index entries. This means there is +only one index entry for the entire update chain on the heap page. +An index-entry-less tuple is marked with the HEAP_ONLY_TUPLE flag. +The prior row version is marked HEAP_HOT_UPDATED, and (as always in an +update chain) its t_ctid field links forward to the newer version. + +For example: + + Index points to 1 + lp [1] [2] + + [111111111]->[2222222222] + +In the above diagram, the index points to line pointer 1, and tuple 1 is +marked as HEAP_HOT_UPDATED. Tuple 2 is a HOT tuple, meaning it has +no index entry pointing to it, and is marked as HEAP_ONLY_TUPLE. +Although tuple 2 is not directly referenced by the index, it can still be +found by an index search: after traversing from the index to tuple 1, +the index search proceeds forward to child tuples as long as it sees the +HEAP_HOT_UPDATED flag set. Since we restrict the HOT chain to lie within +a single page, this requires no additional page fetches and doesn't +introduce much performance penalty. + +Eventually, tuple 1 will no longer be visible to any transaction. +At that point its space could be reclaimed, but its line pointer cannot, +since the index still links to that line pointer and we still need to +be able to find tuple 2 in an index search. HOT handles this by turning +line pointer 1 into a "redirecting line pointer", which links to tuple 2 +but has no actual tuple attached. This state of affairs looks like + + Index points to 1 + lp [1]->[2] + + [2222222222] + +If now the row is updated again, to version 3, the page looks like this: + + Index points to 1 + lp [1]->[2] [3] + + [2222222222]->[3333333333] + +At some later time when no transaction can see tuple 2 in its snapshot, +tuple 2 and its line pointer can be pruned entirely: + + Index points to 1 + lp [1]------>[3] + + [3333333333] + +This is safe because no index entry points to line pointer 2. Subsequent +insertions into the page can now recycle both line pointer 2 and the +space formerly used by tuple 2. + +If an update changes any indexed column, or there is not room on the +same page for the new tuple, then the HOT chain ends: the last member +has a regular t_ctid link to the next version and is not marked +HEAP_HOT_UPDATED. (In principle we could continue a HOT chain across +pages, but this would destroy the desired property of being able to +reclaim space with just page-local manipulations. Anyway, we don't +want to have to chase through multiple heap pages to get from an index +entry to the desired tuple, so it seems better to create a new index +entry for the new tuple.) If further updates occur, the next version +could become the root of a new HOT chain. + +Line pointer 1 has to remain as long as there is any non-dead member of +the chain on the page. When there is not, it is marked "dead". +This lets us reclaim the last child line pointer and associated tuple +immediately. The next regular VACUUM pass can reclaim the index entries +pointing at the line pointer and then the line pointer itself. Since a +line pointer is small compared to a tuple, this does not represent an +undue space cost. + +Note: we can use a "dead" line pointer for any DELETEd tuple, +whether it was part of a HOT chain or not. This allows space reclamation +in advance of running VACUUM for plain DELETEs as well as HOT updates. + +The requirement for doing a HOT update is that none of the indexed +columns are changed. This is checked at execution time by comparing the +binary representation of the old and new values. We insist on bitwise +equality rather than using datatype-specific equality routines. The +main reason to avoid the latter is that there might be multiple notions +of equality for a datatype, and we don't know exactly which one is +relevant for the indexes at hand. We assume that bitwise equality +guarantees equality for all purposes. + + +Abort Cases +----------- + +If a heap-only tuple's xmin is aborted, then it can be removed immediately: +it was never visible to any other transaction, and all descendant row +versions must be aborted as well. Therefore we need not consider it part +of a HOT chain. By the same token, if a HOT-updated tuple's xmax is +aborted, there is no need to follow the chain link. However, there is a +race condition here: the transaction that did the HOT update might abort +between the time we inspect the HOT-updated tuple and the time we reach +the descendant heap-only tuple. It is conceivable that someone prunes +the heap-only tuple before that, and even conceivable that the line pointer +is re-used for another purpose. Therefore, when following a HOT chain, +it is always necessary to be prepared for the possibility that the +linked-to line pointer is unused, dead, or redirected; and if it is a +normal line pointer, we still have to check that XMIN of the tuple matches +the XMAX of the tuple we left. Otherwise we should assume that we have +come to the end of the HOT chain. Note that this sort of XMIN/XMAX +matching is required when following ordinary update chains anyway. + +(Early versions of the HOT code assumed that holding pin on the page +buffer while following a HOT link would prevent this type of problem, +but checking XMIN/XMAX matching is a much more robust solution.) + + +Index/Sequential Scans +---------------------- + +When doing an index scan, whenever we reach a HEAP_HOT_UPDATED tuple whose +xmax is not aborted, we need to follow its t_ctid link and check that +entry as well; possibly repeatedly until we reach the end of the HOT +chain. (When using an MVCC snapshot it is possible to optimize this a +bit: there can be at most one visible tuple in the chain, so we can stop +when we find it. This rule does not work for non-MVCC snapshots, though.) + +Sequential scans do not need to pay attention to the HOT links because +they scan every line pointer on the page anyway. The same goes for a +bitmap heap scan with a lossy bitmap. + + +Pruning +------- + +HOT pruning means updating line pointers so that HOT chains are +reduced in length, by collapsing out line pointers for intermediate dead +tuples. Although this makes those line pointers available for re-use, +it does not immediately make the space occupied by their tuples available. + + +Defragmentation +--------------- + +Defragmentation centralizes unused space. After we have converted root +line pointers to redirected line pointers and pruned away any dead +intermediate line pointers, the tuples they linked to are free space. +But unless that space is adjacent to the central "hole" on the page +(the pd_lower-to-pd_upper area) it cannot be used by tuple insertion. +Defragmentation moves the surviving tuples to coalesce all the free +space into one "hole". This is done with the same PageRepairFragmentation +function that regular VACUUM uses. + + +When can/should we prune or defragment? +--------------------------------------- + +This is the most interesting question in HOT implementation, since there +is no simple right answer: we must use heuristics to determine when it's +most efficient to perform pruning and/or defragmenting. + +We cannot prune or defragment unless we can get a "buffer cleanup lock" +on the target page; otherwise, pruning might destroy line pointers that +other backends have live references to, and defragmenting might move +tuples that other backends have live pointers to. Thus the general +approach must be to heuristically decide if we should try to prune +or defragment, and if so try to acquire the buffer cleanup lock without +blocking. If we succeed we can proceed with our housekeeping work. +If we cannot get the lock (which should not happen often, except under +very heavy contention) then the housekeeping has to be postponed till +some other time. The worst-case consequence of this is only that an +UPDATE cannot be made HOT but has to link to a new tuple version placed on +some other page, for lack of centralized space on the original page. + +Ideally we would do defragmenting only when we are about to attempt +heap_update on a HOT-safe tuple. The difficulty with this approach +is that the update query has certainly got a pin on the old tuple, and +therefore our attempt to acquire a buffer cleanup lock will always fail. +(This corresponds to the idea that we don't want to move the old tuple +out from under where the query's HeapTuple pointer points. It might +be possible to finesse that, but it seems fragile.) + +Pruning, however, is potentially useful even when we are not about to +insert a new tuple, since shortening a HOT chain reduces the cost of +subsequent index searches. However it is unclear that this gain is +large enough to accept any extra maintenance burden for. + +The currently planned heuristic is to prune and defrag when first accessing +a page that potentially has prunable tuples (as flagged by the pd_prune_xid +page hint field) and that either has free space less than MAX(fillfactor +target free space, BLCKSZ/10) *or* has recently had an UPDATE fail to +find enough free space to store an updated tuple version. (These rules +are subject to change.) + +We have effectively implemented the "truncate dead tuples to just line +pointer" idea that has been proposed and rejected before because of fear +of line pointer bloat: we might end up with huge numbers of line pointers +and just a few actual tuples on a page. To limit the damage in the worst +case, and to keep various work arrays as well as the bitmaps in bitmap +scans reasonably sized, the maximum number of line pointers per page +is arbitrarily capped at MaxHeapTuplesPerPage (the most tuples that +could fit without HOT pruning). + +Effectively, space reclamation happens during tuple retrieval when the +page is nearly full (<10% free) and a buffer cleanup lock can be +acquired. This means that UPDATE, DELETE, and SELECT can trigger space +reclamation, but often not during INSERT ... VALUES because it does +not retrieve a row. + + +VACUUM +------ + +There is little change to regular vacuum. It performs pruning to remove +dead heap-only tuples, and cleans up any dead line pointers as if they were +regular dead tuples. + + +Statistics +---------- + +Currently, we count HOT updates the same as cold updates for statistics +purposes, though there is an additional per-table counter that counts +only HOT updates. When a page pruning operation is able to remove a +physical tuple by eliminating an intermediate heap-only tuple or +replacing a physical root tuple by a redirect pointer, a decrement in +the table's number of dead tuples is reported to pgstats, which may +postpone autovacuuming. Note that we do not count replacing a root tuple +by a DEAD line pointer as decrementing n_dead_tuples; we still want +autovacuum to run to clean up the index entries and DEAD item. + +This area probably needs further work ... + + +CREATE INDEX +------------ + +CREATE INDEX presents a problem for HOT updates. While the existing HOT +chains all have the same index values for existing indexes, the columns +in the new index might change within a pre-existing HOT chain, creating +a "broken" chain that can't be indexed properly. + +To address this issue, regular (non-concurrent) CREATE INDEX makes the +new index usable only by new transactions and transactions that don't +have snapshots older than the CREATE INDEX command. This prevents +queries that can see the inconsistent HOT chains from trying to use the +new index and getting incorrect results. Queries that can see the index +can only see the rows that were visible after the index was created, +hence the HOT chains are consistent for them. + +Entries in the new index point to root tuples (tuples with current index +pointers) so that our index uses the same index pointers as all other +indexes on the table. However the row we want to index is actually at +the *end* of the chain, ie, the most recent live tuple on the HOT chain. +That is the one we compute the index entry values for, but the TID +we put into the index is that of the root tuple. Since queries that +will be allowed to use the new index cannot see any of the older tuple +versions in the chain, the fact that they might not match the index entry +isn't a problem. (Such queries will check the tuple visibility +information of the older versions and ignore them, without ever looking at +their contents, so the content inconsistency is OK.) Subsequent updates +to the live tuple will be allowed to extend the HOT chain only if they are +HOT-safe for all the indexes. + +Because we have ShareLock on the table, any DELETE_IN_PROGRESS or +INSERT_IN_PROGRESS tuples should have come from our own transaction. +Therefore we can consider them committed since if the CREATE INDEX +commits, they will be committed, and if it aborts the index is discarded. +An exception to this is that early lock release is customary for system +catalog updates, and so we might find such tuples when reindexing a system +catalog. In that case we deal with it by waiting for the source +transaction to commit or roll back. (We could do that for user tables +too, but since the case is unexpected we prefer to throw an error.) + +Practically, we prevent certain transactions from using the new index by +setting pg_index.indcheckxmin to TRUE. Transactions are allowed to use +such an index only after pg_index.xmin is below their TransactionXmin +horizon, thereby ensuring that any incompatible rows in HOT chains are +dead to them. (pg_index.xmin will be the XID of the CREATE INDEX +transaction. The reason for using xmin rather than a normal column is +that the regular vacuum freezing mechanism will take care of converting +xmin to FrozenTransactionId before it can wrap around.) + +This means in particular that the transaction creating the index will be +unable to use the index if the transaction has old snapshots. We +alleviate that problem somewhat by not setting indcheckxmin unless the +table actually contains HOT chains with RECENTLY_DEAD members. + +Another unpleasant consequence is that it is now risky to use SnapshotAny +in an index scan: if the index was created more recently than the last +vacuum, it's possible that some of the visited tuples do not match the +index entry they are linked to. This does not seem to be a fatal +objection, since there are few users of SnapshotAny and most use seqscans. +The only exception at this writing is CLUSTER, which is okay because it +does not require perfect ordering of the indexscan readout (and especially +so because CLUSTER tends to write recently-dead tuples out of order anyway). + + +CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY +------------------------- + +In the concurrent case we must take a different approach. We create the +pg_index entry immediately, before we scan the table. The pg_index entry +is marked as "not ready for inserts". Then we commit and wait for any +transactions which have the table open to finish. This ensures that no +new HOT updates will change the key value for our new index, because all +transactions will see the existence of the index and will respect its +constraint on which updates can be HOT. Other transactions must include +such an index when determining HOT-safety of updates, even though they +must ignore it for both insertion and searching purposes. + +We must do this to avoid making incorrect index entries. For example, +suppose we are building an index on column X and we make an index entry for +a non-HOT tuple with X=1. Then some other backend, unaware that X is an +indexed column, HOT-updates the row to have X=2, and commits. We now have +an index entry for X=1 pointing at a HOT chain whose live row has X=2. +We could make an index entry with X=2 during the validation pass, but +there is no nice way to get rid of the wrong entry with X=1. So we must +have the HOT-safety property enforced before we start to build the new +index. + +After waiting for transactions which had the table open, we build the index +for all rows that are valid in a fresh snapshot. Any tuples visible in the +snapshot will have only valid forward-growing HOT chains. (They might have +older HOT updates behind them which are broken, but this is OK for the same +reason it's OK in a regular index build.) As above, we point the index +entry at the root of the HOT-update chain but we use the key value from the +live tuple. + +We mark the index open for inserts (but still not ready for reads) then +we again wait for transactions which have the table open. Then we take +a second reference snapshot and validate the index. This searches for +tuples missing from the index, and inserts any missing ones. Again, +the index entries have to have TIDs equal to HOT-chain root TIDs, but +the value to be inserted is the one from the live tuple. + +Then we wait until every transaction that could have a snapshot older than +the second reference snapshot is finished. This ensures that nobody is +alive any longer who could need to see any tuples that might be missing +from the index, as well as ensuring that no one can see any inconsistent +rows in a broken HOT chain (the first condition is stronger than the +second). Finally, we can mark the index valid for searches. + +Note that we do not need to set pg_index.indcheckxmin in this code path, +because we have outwaited any transactions that would need to avoid using +the index. (indcheckxmin is only needed because non-concurrent CREATE +INDEX doesn't want to wait; its stronger lock would create too much risk of +deadlock if it did.) + + +DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY +----------------------- + +DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY is sort of the reverse sequence of CREATE INDEX +CONCURRENTLY. We first mark the index as not indisvalid, and then wait for +any transactions that could be using it in queries to end. (During this +time, index updates must still be performed as normal, since such +transactions might expect freshly inserted tuples to be findable.) +Then, we clear indisready and indislive, and again wait for transactions +that could be updating the index to end. Finally we can drop the index +normally (though taking only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on its parent table). + +The reason we need the pg_index.indislive flag is that after the second +wait step begins, we don't want transactions to be touching the index at +all; otherwise they might suffer errors if the DROP finally commits while +they are reading catalog entries for the index. If we had only indisvalid +and indisready, this state would be indistinguishable from the first stage +of CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY --- but in that state, we *do* want +transactions to examine the index, since they must consider it in +HOT-safety checks. + + +Limitations and Restrictions +---------------------------- + +It is worth noting that HOT forever forecloses alternative approaches +to vacuuming, specifically the recompute-the-index-keys approach alluded +to in Technical Challenges above. It'll be tough to recompute the index +keys for a root line pointer you don't have data for anymore ... + + +Glossary +-------- + +Broken HOT Chain + + A HOT chain in which the key value for an index has changed. + + This is not allowed to occur normally but if a new index is created + it can happen. In that case various strategies are used to ensure + that no transaction for which the older tuples are visible can + use the index. + +Cold update + + A normal, non-HOT update, in which index entries are made for + the new version of the tuple. + +Dead line pointer + + A stub line pointer, that does not point to anything, but cannot + be removed or reused yet because there are index pointers to it. + Semantically same as a dead tuple. It has state LP_DEAD. + +Heap-only tuple + + A heap tuple with no index pointers, which can only be reached + from indexes indirectly through its ancestral root tuple. + Marked with HEAP_ONLY_TUPLE flag. + +HOT-safe + + A proposed tuple update is said to be HOT-safe if it changes + none of the tuple's indexed columns. It will only become an + actual HOT update if we can find room on the same page for + the new tuple version. + +HOT update + + An UPDATE where the new tuple becomes a heap-only tuple, and no + new index entries are made. + +HOT-updated tuple + + An updated tuple, for which the next tuple in the chain is a + heap-only tuple. Marked with HEAP_HOT_UPDATED flag. + +Indexed column + + A column used in an index definition. The column might not + actually be stored in the index --- it could be used in a + functional index's expression, or used in a partial index + predicate. HOT treats all these cases alike. + +Redirecting line pointer + + A line pointer that points to another line pointer and has no + associated tuple. It has the special lp_flags state LP_REDIRECT, + and lp_off is the OffsetNumber of the line pointer it links to. + This is used when a root tuple becomes dead but we cannot prune + the line pointer because there are non-dead heap-only tuples + further down the chain. + +Root tuple + + The first tuple in a HOT update chain; the one that indexes point to. + +Update chain + + A chain of updated tuples, in which each tuple's ctid points to + the next tuple in the chain. A HOT update chain is an update chain + (or portion of an update chain) that consists of a root tuple and + one or more heap-only tuples. A complete update chain can contain + both HOT and non-HOT (cold) updated tuples. diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/README.tuplock b/src/backend/access/heap/README.tuplock new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6441e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/README.tuplock @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +Locking tuples +-------------- + +Locking tuples is not as easy as locking tables or other database objects. +The problem is that transactions might want to lock large numbers of tuples at +any one time, so it's not possible to keep the locks objects in shared memory. +To work around this limitation, we use a two-level mechanism. The first level +is implemented by storing locking information in the tuple header: a tuple is +marked as locked by setting the current transaction's XID as its XMAX, and +setting additional infomask bits to distinguish this case from the more normal +case of having deleted the tuple. When multiple transactions concurrently +lock a tuple, a MultiXact is used; see below. This mechanism can accommodate +arbitrarily large numbers of tuples being locked simultaneously. + +When it is necessary to wait for a tuple-level lock to be released, the basic +delay is provided by XactLockTableWait or MultiXactIdWait on the contents of +the tuple's XMAX. However, that mechanism will release all waiters +concurrently, so there would be a race condition as to which waiter gets the +tuple, potentially leading to indefinite starvation of some waiters. The +possibility of share-locking makes the problem much worse --- a steady stream +of share-lockers can easily block an exclusive locker forever. To provide +more reliable semantics about who gets a tuple-level lock first, we use the +standard lock manager, which implements the second level mentioned above. The +protocol for waiting for a tuple-level lock is really + + LockTuple() + XactLockTableWait() + mark tuple as locked by me + UnlockTuple() + +When there are multiple waiters, arbitration of who is to get the lock next +is provided by LockTuple(). However, at most one tuple-level lock will +be held or awaited per backend at any time, so we don't risk overflow +of the lock table. Note that incoming share-lockers are required to +do LockTuple as well, if there is any conflict, to ensure that they don't +starve out waiting exclusive-lockers. However, if there is not any active +conflict for a tuple, we don't incur any extra overhead. + +We make an exception to the above rule for those lockers that already hold +some lock on a tuple and attempt to acquire a stronger one on it. In that +case, we skip the LockTuple() call even when there are conflicts, provided +that the target tuple is being locked, updated or deleted by multiple sessions +concurrently. Failing to skip the lock would risk a deadlock, e.g., between a +session that was first to record its weaker lock in the tuple header and would +be waiting on the LockTuple() call to upgrade to the stronger lock level, and +another session that has already done LockTuple() and is waiting for the first +session transaction to release its tuple header-level lock. + +We provide four levels of tuple locking strength: SELECT FOR UPDATE obtains an +exclusive lock which prevents any kind of modification of the tuple. This is +the lock level that is implicitly taken by DELETE operations, and also by +UPDATE operations if they modify any of the tuple's key fields. SELECT FOR NO +KEY UPDATE likewise obtains an exclusive lock, but only prevents tuple removal +and modifications which might alter the tuple's key. This is the lock that is +implicitly taken by UPDATE operations which leave all key fields unchanged. +SELECT FOR SHARE obtains a shared lock which prevents any kind of tuple +modification. Finally, SELECT FOR KEY SHARE obtains a shared lock which only +prevents tuple removal and modifications of key fields. This lock level is +just strong enough to implement RI checks, i.e. it ensures that tuples do not +go away from under a check, without blocking transactions that want to update +the tuple without changing its key. + +The conflict table is: + + UPDATE NO KEY UPDATE SHARE KEY SHARE +UPDATE conflict conflict conflict conflict +NO KEY UPDATE conflict conflict conflict +SHARE conflict conflict +KEY SHARE conflict + +When there is a single locker in a tuple, we can just store the locking info +in the tuple itself. We do this by storing the locker's Xid in XMAX, and +setting infomask bits specifying the locking strength. There is one exception +here: since infomask space is limited, we do not provide a separate bit +for SELECT FOR SHARE, so we have to use the extended info in a MultiXact in +that case. (The other cases, SELECT FOR UPDATE and SELECT FOR KEY SHARE, are +presumably more commonly used due to being the standards-mandated locking +mechanism, or heavily used by the RI code, so we want to provide fast paths +for those.) + +MultiXacts +---------- + +A tuple header provides very limited space for storing information about tuple +locking and updates: there is room only for a single Xid and a small number of +infomask bits. Whenever we need to store more than one lock, we replace the +first locker's Xid with a new MultiXactId. Each MultiXact provides extended +locking data; it comprises an array of Xids plus some flags bits for each one. +The flags are currently used to store the locking strength of each member +transaction. (The flags also distinguish a pure locker from an updater.) + +In earlier PostgreSQL releases, a MultiXact always meant that the tuple was +locked in shared mode by multiple transactions. This is no longer the case; a +MultiXact may contain an update or delete Xid. (Keep in mind that tuple locks +in a transaction do not conflict with other tuple locks in the same +transaction, so it's possible to have otherwise conflicting locks in a +MultiXact if they belong to the same transaction). + +Note that each lock is attributed to the subtransaction that acquires it. +This means that a subtransaction that aborts is seen as though it releases the +locks it acquired; concurrent transactions can then proceed without having to +wait for the main transaction to finish. It also means that a subtransaction +can upgrade to a stronger lock level than an earlier transaction had, and if +the subxact aborts, the earlier, weaker lock is kept. + +The possibility of having an update within a MultiXact means that they must +persist across crashes and restarts: a future reader of the tuple needs to +figure out whether the update committed or aborted. So we have a requirement +that pg_multixact needs to retain pages of its data until we're certain that +the MultiXacts in them are no longer of interest. + +VACUUM is in charge of removing old MultiXacts at the time of tuple freezing. +The lower bound used by vacuum (that is, the value below which all multixacts +are removed) is stored as pg_class.relminmxid for each table; the minimum of +all such values is stored in pg_database.datminmxid. The minimum across +all databases, in turn, is recorded in checkpoint records, and CHECKPOINT +removes pg_multixact/ segments older than that value once the checkpoint +record has been flushed. + +Infomask Bits +------------- + +The following infomask bits are applicable: + +- HEAP_XMAX_INVALID + Any tuple with this bit set does not have a valid value stored in XMAX. + +- HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI + This bit is set if the tuple's Xmax is a MultiXactId (as opposed to a + regular TransactionId). + +- HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY + This bit is set when the XMAX is a locker only; that is, if it's a + multixact, it does not contain an update among its members. It's set when + the XMAX is a plain Xid that locked the tuple, as well. + +- HEAP_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK +- HEAP_XMAX_SHR_LOCK +- HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK + These bits indicate the strength of the lock acquired; they are useful when + the XMAX is not a MultiXactId. If it's a multi, the info is to be found in + the member flags. If HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI is not set and HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY + is set, then one of these *must* be set as well. + + Note that HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK does not distinguish FOR NO KEY UPDATE from + FOR UPDATE; this is implemented by the HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED bit. + +- HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED + This bit lives in t_infomask2. If set, indicates that the operation(s) done + by the XMAX compromise the tuple key, such as a SELECT FOR UPDATE, an UPDATE + that modifies the columns of the key, or a DELETE. It's set regardless of + whether the XMAX is a TransactionId or a MultiXactId. + +We currently never set the HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED when the HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI bit +is set. diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4bc0ce --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c @@ -0,0 +1,9123 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * heapam.c + * heap access method code + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c + * + * + * INTERFACE ROUTINES + * heap_beginscan - begin relation scan + * heap_rescan - restart a relation scan + * heap_endscan - end relation scan + * heap_getnext - retrieve next tuple in scan + * heap_fetch - retrieve tuple with given tid + * heap_insert - insert tuple into a relation + * heap_multi_insert - insert multiple tuples into a relation + * heap_delete - delete a tuple from a relation + * heap_update - replace a tuple in a relation with another tuple + * + * NOTES + * This file contains the heap_ routines which implement + * the POSTGRES heap access method used for all POSTGRES + * relations. + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/bufmask.h" +#include "access/genam.h" +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/heapam_xlog.h" +#include "access/heaptoast.h" +#include "access/hio.h" +#include "access/multixact.h" +#include "access/parallel.h" +#include "access/relscan.h" +#include "access/subtrans.h" +#include "access/sysattr.h" +#include "access/tableam.h" +#include "access/transam.h" +#include "access/valid.h" +#include "access/visibilitymap.h" +#include "access/xact.h" +#include "access/xlog.h" +#include "access/xloginsert.h" +#include "access/xlogutils.h" +#include "catalog/catalog.h" +#include "miscadmin.h" +#include "pgstat.h" +#include "port/atomics.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "storage/freespace.h" +#include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/predicate.h" +#include "storage/procarray.h" +#include "storage/smgr.h" +#include "storage/spin.h" +#include "storage/standby.h" +#include "utils/datum.h" +#include "utils/inval.h" +#include "utils/lsyscache.h" +#include "utils/relcache.h" +#include "utils/snapmgr.h" +#include "utils/spccache.h" + + +static HeapTuple heap_prepare_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup, + TransactionId xid, CommandId cid, int options); +static XLogRecPtr log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf, + Buffer newbuf, HeapTuple oldtup, + HeapTuple newtup, HeapTuple old_key_tuple, + bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared); +static Bitmapset *HeapDetermineModifiedColumns(Relation relation, + Bitmapset *interesting_cols, + HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup); +static bool heap_acquire_tuplock(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, + LockTupleMode mode, LockWaitPolicy wait_policy, + bool *have_tuple_lock); +static void compute_new_xmax_infomask(TransactionId xmax, uint16 old_infomask, + uint16 old_infomask2, TransactionId add_to_xmax, + LockTupleMode mode, bool is_update, + TransactionId *result_xmax, uint16 *result_infomask, + uint16 *result_infomask2); +static TM_Result heap_lock_updated_tuple(Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple, + ItemPointer ctid, TransactionId xid, + LockTupleMode mode); +static void GetMultiXactIdHintBits(MultiXactId multi, uint16 *new_infomask, + uint16 *new_infomask2); +static TransactionId MultiXactIdGetUpdateXid(TransactionId xmax, + uint16 t_infomask); +static bool DoesMultiXactIdConflict(MultiXactId multi, uint16 infomask, + LockTupleMode lockmode, bool *current_is_member); +static void MultiXactIdWait(MultiXactId multi, MultiXactStatus status, uint16 infomask, + Relation rel, ItemPointer ctid, XLTW_Oper oper, + int *remaining); +static bool ConditionalMultiXactIdWait(MultiXactId multi, MultiXactStatus status, + uint16 infomask, Relation rel, int *remaining); +static XLogRecPtr log_heap_new_cid(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup); +static HeapTuple ExtractReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, HeapTuple tup, bool key_changed, + bool *copy); + + +/* + * Each tuple lock mode has a corresponding heavyweight lock, and one or two + * corresponding MultiXactStatuses (one to merely lock tuples, another one to + * update them). This table (and the macros below) helps us determine the + * heavyweight lock mode and MultiXactStatus values to use for any particular + * tuple lock strength. + * + * Don't look at lockstatus/updstatus directly! Use get_mxact_status_for_lock + * instead. + */ +static const struct +{ + LOCKMODE hwlock; + int lockstatus; + int updstatus; +} + + tupleLockExtraInfo[MaxLockTupleMode + 1] = +{ + { /* LockTupleKeyShare */ + AccessShareLock, + MultiXactStatusForKeyShare, + -1 /* KeyShare does not allow updating tuples */ + }, + { /* LockTupleShare */ + RowShareLock, + MultiXactStatusForShare, + -1 /* Share does not allow updating tuples */ + }, + { /* LockTupleNoKeyExclusive */ + ExclusiveLock, + MultiXactStatusForNoKeyUpdate, + MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate + }, + { /* LockTupleExclusive */ + AccessExclusiveLock, + MultiXactStatusForUpdate, + MultiXactStatusUpdate + } +}; + +/* Get the LOCKMODE for a given MultiXactStatus */ +#define LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(status) \ + (tupleLockExtraInfo[TUPLOCK_from_mxstatus((status))].hwlock) + +/* + * Acquire heavyweight locks on tuples, using a LockTupleMode strength value. + * This is more readable than having every caller translate it to lock.h's + * LOCKMODE. + */ +#define LockTupleTuplock(rel, tup, mode) \ + LockTuple((rel), (tup), tupleLockExtraInfo[mode].hwlock) +#define UnlockTupleTuplock(rel, tup, mode) \ + UnlockTuple((rel), (tup), tupleLockExtraInfo[mode].hwlock) +#define ConditionalLockTupleTuplock(rel, tup, mode) \ + ConditionalLockTuple((rel), (tup), tupleLockExtraInfo[mode].hwlock) + +#ifdef USE_PREFETCH +/* + * heap_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples and xid_horizon_prefetch_buffer use + * this structure to coordinate prefetching activity. + */ +typedef struct +{ + BlockNumber cur_hblkno; + int next_item; + int nitems; + ItemPointerData *tids; +} XidHorizonPrefetchState; +#endif + +/* + * This table maps tuple lock strength values for each particular + * MultiXactStatus value. + */ +static const int MultiXactStatusLock[MaxMultiXactStatus + 1] = +{ + LockTupleKeyShare, /* ForKeyShare */ + LockTupleShare, /* ForShare */ + LockTupleNoKeyExclusive, /* ForNoKeyUpdate */ + LockTupleExclusive, /* ForUpdate */ + LockTupleNoKeyExclusive, /* NoKeyUpdate */ + LockTupleExclusive /* Update */ +}; + +/* Get the LockTupleMode for a given MultiXactStatus */ +#define TUPLOCK_from_mxstatus(status) \ + (MultiXactStatusLock[(status)]) + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------- + * heap support routines + * ---------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* ---------------- + * initscan - scan code common to heap_beginscan and heap_rescan + * ---------------- + */ +static void +initscan(HeapScanDesc scan, ScanKey key, bool keep_startblock) +{ + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc bpscan = NULL; + bool allow_strat; + bool allow_sync; + + /* + * Determine the number of blocks we have to scan. + * + * It is sufficient to do this once at scan start, since any tuples added + * while the scan is in progress will be invisible to my snapshot anyway. + * (That is not true when using a non-MVCC snapshot. However, we couldn't + * guarantee to return tuples added after scan start anyway, since they + * might go into pages we already scanned. To guarantee consistent + * results for a non-MVCC snapshot, the caller must hold some higher-level + * lock that ensures the interesting tuple(s) won't change.) + */ + if (scan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + bpscan = (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) scan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + scan->rs_nblocks = bpscan->phs_nblocks; + } + else + scan->rs_nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(scan->rs_base.rs_rd); + + /* + * If the table is large relative to NBuffers, use a bulk-read access + * strategy and enable synchronized scanning (see syncscan.c). Although + * the thresholds for these features could be different, we make them the + * same so that there are only two behaviors to tune rather than four. + * (However, some callers need to be able to disable one or both of these + * behaviors, independently of the size of the table; also there is a GUC + * variable that can disable synchronized scanning.) + * + * Note that table_block_parallelscan_initialize has a very similar test; + * if you change this, consider changing that one, too. + */ + if (!RelationUsesLocalBuffers(scan->rs_base.rs_rd) && + scan->rs_nblocks > NBuffers / 4) + { + allow_strat = (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_STRAT) != 0; + allow_sync = (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_SYNC) != 0; + } + else + allow_strat = allow_sync = false; + + if (allow_strat) + { + /* During a rescan, keep the previous strategy object. */ + if (scan->rs_strategy == NULL) + scan->rs_strategy = GetAccessStrategy(BAS_BULKREAD); + } + else + { + if (scan->rs_strategy != NULL) + FreeAccessStrategy(scan->rs_strategy); + scan->rs_strategy = NULL; + } + + if (scan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + /* For parallel scan, believe whatever ParallelTableScanDesc says. */ + if (scan->rs_base.rs_parallel->phs_syncscan) + scan->rs_base.rs_flags |= SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + else + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + } + else if (keep_startblock) + { + /* + * When rescanning, we want to keep the previous startblock setting, + * so that rewinding a cursor doesn't generate surprising results. + * Reset the active syncscan setting, though. + */ + if (allow_sync && synchronize_seqscans) + scan->rs_base.rs_flags |= SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + else + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + } + else if (allow_sync && synchronize_seqscans) + { + scan->rs_base.rs_flags |= SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + scan->rs_startblock = ss_get_location(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, scan->rs_nblocks); + } + else + { + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + scan->rs_startblock = 0; + } + + scan->rs_numblocks = InvalidBlockNumber; + scan->rs_inited = false; + scan->rs_ctup.t_data = NULL; + ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->rs_ctup.t_self); + scan->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + scan->rs_cblock = InvalidBlockNumber; + + /* page-at-a-time fields are always invalid when not rs_inited */ + + /* + * copy the scan key, if appropriate + */ + if (key != NULL) + memcpy(scan->rs_base.rs_key, key, scan->rs_base.rs_nkeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData)); + + /* + * Currently, we only have a stats counter for sequential heap scans (but + * e.g for bitmap scans the underlying bitmap index scans will be counted, + * and for sample scans we update stats for tuple fetches). + */ + if (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_TYPE_SEQSCAN) + pgstat_count_heap_scan(scan->rs_base.rs_rd); +} + +/* + * heap_setscanlimits - restrict range of a heapscan + * + * startBlk is the page to start at + * numBlks is number of pages to scan (InvalidBlockNumber means "all") + */ +void +heap_setscanlimits(TableScanDesc sscan, BlockNumber startBlk, BlockNumber numBlks) +{ + HeapScanDesc scan = (HeapScanDesc) sscan; + + Assert(!scan->rs_inited); /* else too late to change */ + /* else rs_startblock is significant */ + Assert(!(scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_SYNC)); + + /* Check startBlk is valid (but allow case of zero blocks...) */ + Assert(startBlk == 0 || startBlk < scan->rs_nblocks); + + scan->rs_startblock = startBlk; + scan->rs_numblocks = numBlks; +} + +/* + * heapgetpage - subroutine for heapgettup() + * + * This routine reads and pins the specified page of the relation. + * In page-at-a-time mode it performs additional work, namely determining + * which tuples on the page are visible. + */ +void +heapgetpage(TableScanDesc sscan, BlockNumber page) +{ + HeapScanDesc scan = (HeapScanDesc) sscan; + Buffer buffer; + Snapshot snapshot; + Page dp; + int lines; + int ntup; + OffsetNumber lineoff; + ItemId lpp; + bool all_visible; + + Assert(page < scan->rs_nblocks); + + /* release previous scan buffer, if any */ + if (BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf); + scan->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + } + + /* + * Be sure to check for interrupts at least once per page. Checks at + * higher code levels won't be able to stop a seqscan that encounters many + * pages' worth of consecutive dead tuples. + */ + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + /* read page using selected strategy */ + scan->rs_cbuf = ReadBufferExtended(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, MAIN_FORKNUM, page, + RBM_NORMAL, scan->rs_strategy); + scan->rs_cblock = page; + + if (!(scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE)) + return; + + buffer = scan->rs_cbuf; + snapshot = scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot; + + /* + * Prune and repair fragmentation for the whole page, if possible. + */ + heap_page_prune_opt(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, buffer); + + /* + * We must hold share lock on the buffer content while examining tuple + * visibility. Afterwards, however, the tuples we have found to be + * visible are guaranteed good as long as we hold the buffer pin. + */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + dp = BufferGetPage(buffer); + TestForOldSnapshot(snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lines = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp); + ntup = 0; + + /* + * If the all-visible flag indicates that all tuples on the page are + * visible to everyone, we can skip the per-tuple visibility tests. + * + * Note: In hot standby, a tuple that's already visible to all + * transactions in the master might still be invisible to a read-only + * transaction in the standby. We partly handle this problem by tracking + * the minimum xmin of visible tuples as the cut-off XID while marking a + * page all-visible on master and WAL log that along with the visibility + * map SET operation. In hot standby, we wait for (or abort) all + * transactions that can potentially may not see one or more tuples on the + * page. That's how index-only scans work fine in hot standby. A crucial + * difference between index-only scans and heap scans is that the + * index-only scan completely relies on the visibility map where as heap + * scan looks at the page-level PD_ALL_VISIBLE flag. We are not sure if + * the page-level flag can be trusted in the same way, because it might + * get propagated somehow without being explicitly WAL-logged, e.g. via a + * full page write. Until we can prove that beyond doubt, let's check each + * tuple for visibility the hard way. + */ + all_visible = PageIsAllVisible(dp) && !snapshot->takenDuringRecovery; + + for (lineoff = FirstOffsetNumber, lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff); + lineoff <= lines; + lineoff++, lpp++) + { + if (ItemIdIsNormal(lpp)) + { + HeapTupleData loctup; + bool valid; + + loctup.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(scan->rs_base.rs_rd); + loctup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lpp); + loctup.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lpp); + ItemPointerSet(&(loctup.t_self), page, lineoff); + + if (all_visible) + valid = true; + else + valid = HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(&loctup, snapshot, buffer); + + HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(valid, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + &loctup, buffer, snapshot); + + if (valid) + scan->rs_vistuples[ntup++] = lineoff; + } + } + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + Assert(ntup <= MaxHeapTuplesPerPage); + scan->rs_ntuples = ntup; +} + +/* ---------------- + * heapgettup - fetch next heap tuple + * + * Initialize the scan if not already done; then advance to the next + * tuple as indicated by "dir"; return the next tuple in scan->rs_ctup, + * or set scan->rs_ctup.t_data = NULL if no more tuples. + * + * dir == NoMovementScanDirection means "re-fetch the tuple indicated + * by scan->rs_ctup". + * + * Note: the reason nkeys/key are passed separately, even though they are + * kept in the scan descriptor, is that the caller may not want us to check + * the scankeys. + * + * Note: when we fall off the end of the scan in either direction, we + * reset rs_inited. This means that a further request with the same + * scan direction will restart the scan, which is a bit odd, but a + * request with the opposite scan direction will start a fresh scan + * in the proper direction. The latter is required behavior for cursors, + * while the former case is generally undefined behavior in Postgres + * so we don't care too much. + * ---------------- + */ +static void +heapgettup(HeapScanDesc scan, + ScanDirection dir, + int nkeys, + ScanKey key) +{ + HeapTuple tuple = &(scan->rs_ctup); + Snapshot snapshot = scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot; + bool backward = ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir); + BlockNumber page; + bool finished; + Page dp; + int lines; + OffsetNumber lineoff; + int linesleft; + ItemId lpp; + + /* + * calculate next starting lineoff, given scan direction + */ + if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) + { + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + /* + * return null immediately if relation is empty + */ + if (scan->rs_nblocks == 0 || scan->rs_numblocks == 0) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + if (scan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc pbscan = + (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) scan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + + table_block_parallelscan_startblock_init(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + pbscan); + + page = table_block_parallelscan_nextpage(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + pbscan); + + /* Other processes might have already finished the scan. */ + if (page == InvalidBlockNumber) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + } + else + page = scan->rs_startblock; /* first page */ + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + lineoff = FirstOffsetNumber; /* first offnum */ + scan->rs_inited = true; + } + else + { + /* continue from previously returned page/tuple */ + page = scan->rs_cblock; /* current page */ + lineoff = /* next offnum */ + OffsetNumberNext(ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple->t_self))); + } + + LockBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lines = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp); + /* page and lineoff now reference the physically next tid */ + + linesleft = lines - lineoff + 1; + } + else if (backward) + { + /* backward parallel scan not supported */ + Assert(scan->rs_base.rs_parallel == NULL); + + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + /* + * return null immediately if relation is empty + */ + if (scan->rs_nblocks == 0 || scan->rs_numblocks == 0) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + + /* + * Disable reporting to syncscan logic in a backwards scan; it's + * not very likely anyone else is doing the same thing at the same + * time, and much more likely that we'll just bollix things for + * forward scanners. + */ + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + + /* + * Start from last page of the scan. Ensure we take into account + * rs_numblocks if it's been adjusted by heap_setscanlimits(). + */ + if (scan->rs_numblocks != InvalidBlockNumber) + page = (scan->rs_startblock + scan->rs_numblocks - 1) % scan->rs_nblocks; + else if (scan->rs_startblock > 0) + page = scan->rs_startblock - 1; + else + page = scan->rs_nblocks - 1; + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + } + else + { + /* continue from previously returned page/tuple */ + page = scan->rs_cblock; /* current page */ + } + + LockBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lines = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp); + + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + lineoff = lines; /* final offnum */ + scan->rs_inited = true; + } + else + { + lineoff = /* previous offnum */ + OffsetNumberPrev(ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple->t_self))); + } + /* page and lineoff now reference the physically previous tid */ + + linesleft = lineoff; + } + else + { + /* + * ``no movement'' scan direction: refetch prior tuple + */ + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + + page = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(tuple->t_self)); + if (page != scan->rs_cblock) + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + + /* Since the tuple was previously fetched, needn't lock page here */ + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lineoff = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple->t_self)); + lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lpp)); + + tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lpp); + tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lpp); + + return; + } + + /* + * advance the scan until we find a qualifying tuple or run out of stuff + * to scan + */ + lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff); + for (;;) + { + while (linesleft > 0) + { + if (ItemIdIsNormal(lpp)) + { + bool valid; + + tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lpp); + tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lpp); + ItemPointerSet(&(tuple->t_self), page, lineoff); + + /* + * if current tuple qualifies, return it. + */ + valid = HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(tuple, + snapshot, + scan->rs_cbuf); + + HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(valid, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + tuple, scan->rs_cbuf, + snapshot); + + if (valid && key != NULL) + HeapKeyTest(tuple, RelationGetDescr(scan->rs_base.rs_rd), + nkeys, key, valid); + + if (valid) + { + LockBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + return; + } + } + + /* + * otherwise move to the next item on the page + */ + --linesleft; + if (backward) + { + --lpp; /* move back in this page's ItemId array */ + --lineoff; + } + else + { + ++lpp; /* move forward in this page's ItemId array */ + ++lineoff; + } + } + + /* + * if we get here, it means we've exhausted the items on this page and + * it's time to move to the next. + */ + LockBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + /* + * advance to next/prior page and detect end of scan + */ + if (backward) + { + finished = (page == scan->rs_startblock) || + (scan->rs_numblocks != InvalidBlockNumber ? --scan->rs_numblocks == 0 : false); + if (page == 0) + page = scan->rs_nblocks; + page--; + } + else if (scan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc pbscan = + (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) scan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + + page = table_block_parallelscan_nextpage(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + pbscan); + finished = (page == InvalidBlockNumber); + } + else + { + page++; + if (page >= scan->rs_nblocks) + page = 0; + finished = (page == scan->rs_startblock) || + (scan->rs_numblocks != InvalidBlockNumber ? --scan->rs_numblocks == 0 : false); + + /* + * Report our new scan position for synchronization purposes. We + * don't do that when moving backwards, however. That would just + * mess up any other forward-moving scanners. + * + * Note: we do this before checking for end of scan so that the + * final state of the position hint is back at the start of the + * rel. That's not strictly necessary, but otherwise when you run + * the same query multiple times the starting position would shift + * a little bit backwards on every invocation, which is confusing. + * We don't guarantee any specific ordering in general, though. + */ + if (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_SYNC) + ss_report_location(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, page); + } + + /* + * return NULL if we've exhausted all the pages + */ + if (finished) + { + if (BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)) + ReleaseBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf); + scan->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + scan->rs_cblock = InvalidBlockNumber; + tuple->t_data = NULL; + scan->rs_inited = false; + return; + } + + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + + LockBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lines = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber((Page) dp); + linesleft = lines; + if (backward) + { + lineoff = lines; + lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lines); + } + else + { + lineoff = FirstOffsetNumber; + lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, FirstOffsetNumber); + } + } +} + +/* ---------------- + * heapgettup_pagemode - fetch next heap tuple in page-at-a-time mode + * + * Same API as heapgettup, but used in page-at-a-time mode + * + * The internal logic is much the same as heapgettup's too, but there are some + * differences: we do not take the buffer content lock (that only needs to + * happen inside heapgetpage), and we iterate through just the tuples listed + * in rs_vistuples[] rather than all tuples on the page. Notice that + * lineindex is 0-based, where the corresponding loop variable lineoff in + * heapgettup is 1-based. + * ---------------- + */ +static void +heapgettup_pagemode(HeapScanDesc scan, + ScanDirection dir, + int nkeys, + ScanKey key) +{ + HeapTuple tuple = &(scan->rs_ctup); + bool backward = ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir); + BlockNumber page; + bool finished; + Page dp; + int lines; + int lineindex; + OffsetNumber lineoff; + int linesleft; + ItemId lpp; + + /* + * calculate next starting lineindex, given scan direction + */ + if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) + { + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + /* + * return null immediately if relation is empty + */ + if (scan->rs_nblocks == 0 || scan->rs_numblocks == 0) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + if (scan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc pbscan = + (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) scan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + + table_block_parallelscan_startblock_init(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + pbscan); + + page = table_block_parallelscan_nextpage(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + pbscan); + + /* Other processes might have already finished the scan. */ + if (page == InvalidBlockNumber) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + } + else + page = scan->rs_startblock; /* first page */ + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + lineindex = 0; + scan->rs_inited = true; + } + else + { + /* continue from previously returned page/tuple */ + page = scan->rs_cblock; /* current page */ + lineindex = scan->rs_cindex + 1; + } + + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lines = scan->rs_ntuples; + /* page and lineindex now reference the next visible tid */ + + linesleft = lines - lineindex; + } + else if (backward) + { + /* backward parallel scan not supported */ + Assert(scan->rs_base.rs_parallel == NULL); + + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + /* + * return null immediately if relation is empty + */ + if (scan->rs_nblocks == 0 || scan->rs_numblocks == 0) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + + /* + * Disable reporting to syncscan logic in a backwards scan; it's + * not very likely anyone else is doing the same thing at the same + * time, and much more likely that we'll just bollix things for + * forward scanners. + */ + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + + /* + * Start from last page of the scan. Ensure we take into account + * rs_numblocks if it's been adjusted by heap_setscanlimits(). + */ + if (scan->rs_numblocks != InvalidBlockNumber) + page = (scan->rs_startblock + scan->rs_numblocks - 1) % scan->rs_nblocks; + else if (scan->rs_startblock > 0) + page = scan->rs_startblock - 1; + else + page = scan->rs_nblocks - 1; + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + } + else + { + /* continue from previously returned page/tuple */ + page = scan->rs_cblock; /* current page */ + } + + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lines = scan->rs_ntuples; + + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + lineindex = lines - 1; + scan->rs_inited = true; + } + else + { + lineindex = scan->rs_cindex - 1; + } + /* page and lineindex now reference the previous visible tid */ + + linesleft = lineindex + 1; + } + else + { + /* + * ``no movement'' scan direction: refetch prior tuple + */ + if (!scan->rs_inited) + { + Assert(!BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)); + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return; + } + + page = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(tuple->t_self)); + if (page != scan->rs_cblock) + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + + /* Since the tuple was previously fetched, needn't lock page here */ + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lineoff = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple->t_self)); + lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lpp)); + + tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lpp); + tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lpp); + + /* check that rs_cindex is in sync */ + Assert(scan->rs_cindex < scan->rs_ntuples); + Assert(lineoff == scan->rs_vistuples[scan->rs_cindex]); + + return; + } + + /* + * advance the scan until we find a qualifying tuple or run out of stuff + * to scan + */ + for (;;) + { + while (linesleft > 0) + { + lineoff = scan->rs_vistuples[lineindex]; + lpp = PageGetItemId(dp, lineoff); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lpp)); + + tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lpp); + tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lpp); + ItemPointerSet(&(tuple->t_self), page, lineoff); + + /* + * if current tuple qualifies, return it. + */ + if (key != NULL) + { + bool valid; + + HeapKeyTest(tuple, RelationGetDescr(scan->rs_base.rs_rd), + nkeys, key, valid); + if (valid) + { + scan->rs_cindex = lineindex; + return; + } + } + else + { + scan->rs_cindex = lineindex; + return; + } + + /* + * otherwise move to the next item on the page + */ + --linesleft; + if (backward) + --lineindex; + else + ++lineindex; + } + + /* + * if we get here, it means we've exhausted the items on this page and + * it's time to move to the next. + */ + if (backward) + { + finished = (page == scan->rs_startblock) || + (scan->rs_numblocks != InvalidBlockNumber ? --scan->rs_numblocks == 0 : false); + if (page == 0) + page = scan->rs_nblocks; + page--; + } + else if (scan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc pbscan = + (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) scan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + + page = table_block_parallelscan_nextpage(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, + pbscan); + finished = (page == InvalidBlockNumber); + } + else + { + page++; + if (page >= scan->rs_nblocks) + page = 0; + finished = (page == scan->rs_startblock) || + (scan->rs_numblocks != InvalidBlockNumber ? --scan->rs_numblocks == 0 : false); + + /* + * Report our new scan position for synchronization purposes. We + * don't do that when moving backwards, however. That would just + * mess up any other forward-moving scanners. + * + * Note: we do this before checking for end of scan so that the + * final state of the position hint is back at the start of the + * rel. That's not strictly necessary, but otherwise when you run + * the same query multiple times the starting position would shift + * a little bit backwards on every invocation, which is confusing. + * We don't guarantee any specific ordering in general, though. + */ + if (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_SYNC) + ss_report_location(scan->rs_base.rs_rd, page); + } + + /* + * return NULL if we've exhausted all the pages + */ + if (finished) + { + if (BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)) + ReleaseBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf); + scan->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + scan->rs_cblock = InvalidBlockNumber; + tuple->t_data = NULL; + scan->rs_inited = false; + return; + } + + heapgetpage((TableScanDesc) scan, page); + + dp = BufferGetPage(scan->rs_cbuf); + TestForOldSnapshot(scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot, scan->rs_base.rs_rd, dp); + lines = scan->rs_ntuples; + linesleft = lines; + if (backward) + lineindex = lines - 1; + else + lineindex = 0; + } +} + + +#if defined(DISABLE_COMPLEX_MACRO) +/* + * This is formatted so oddly so that the correspondence to the macro + * definition in access/htup_details.h is maintained. + */ +Datum +fastgetattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc, + bool *isnull) +{ + return ( + (attnum) > 0 ? + ( + (*(isnull) = false), + HeapTupleNoNulls(tup) ? + ( + TupleDescAttr((tupleDesc), (attnum) - 1)->attcacheoff >= 0 ? + ( + fetchatt(TupleDescAttr((tupleDesc), (attnum) - 1), + (char *) (tup)->t_data + (tup)->t_data->t_hoff + + TupleDescAttr((tupleDesc), (attnum) - 1)->attcacheoff) + ) + : + nocachegetattr((tup), (attnum), (tupleDesc)) + ) + : + ( + att_isnull((attnum) - 1, (tup)->t_data->t_bits) ? + ( + (*(isnull) = true), + (Datum) NULL + ) + : + ( + nocachegetattr((tup), (attnum), (tupleDesc)) + ) + ) + ) + : + ( + (Datum) NULL + ) + ); +} +#endif /* defined(DISABLE_COMPLEX_MACRO) */ + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------- + * heap access method interface + * ---------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + + +TableScanDesc +heap_beginscan(Relation relation, Snapshot snapshot, + int nkeys, ScanKey key, + ParallelTableScanDesc parallel_scan, + uint32 flags) +{ + HeapScanDesc scan; + + /* + * increment relation ref count while scanning relation + * + * This is just to make really sure the relcache entry won't go away while + * the scan has a pointer to it. Caller should be holding the rel open + * anyway, so this is redundant in all normal scenarios... + */ + RelationIncrementReferenceCount(relation); + + /* + * allocate and initialize scan descriptor + */ + scan = (HeapScanDesc) palloc(sizeof(HeapScanDescData)); + + scan->rs_base.rs_rd = relation; + scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot = snapshot; + scan->rs_base.rs_nkeys = nkeys; + scan->rs_base.rs_flags = flags; + scan->rs_base.rs_parallel = parallel_scan; + scan->rs_strategy = NULL; /* set in initscan */ + + /* + * Disable page-at-a-time mode if it's not a MVCC-safe snapshot. + */ + if (!(snapshot && IsMVCCSnapshot(snapshot))) + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE; + + /* + * For seqscan and sample scans in a serializable transaction, acquire a + * predicate lock on the entire relation. This is required not only to + * lock all the matching tuples, but also to conflict with new insertions + * into the table. In an indexscan, we take page locks on the index pages + * covering the range specified in the scan qual, but in a heap scan there + * is nothing more fine-grained to lock. A bitmap scan is a different + * story, there we have already scanned the index and locked the index + * pages covering the predicate. But in that case we still have to lock + * any matching heap tuples. For sample scan we could optimize the locking + * to be at least page-level granularity, but we'd need to add per-tuple + * locking for that. + */ + if (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & (SO_TYPE_SEQSCAN | SO_TYPE_SAMPLESCAN)) + { + /* + * Ensure a missing snapshot is noticed reliably, even if the + * isolation mode means predicate locking isn't performed (and + * therefore the snapshot isn't used here). + */ + Assert(snapshot); + PredicateLockRelation(relation, snapshot); + } + + /* we only need to set this up once */ + scan->rs_ctup.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + + /* + * we do this here instead of in initscan() because heap_rescan also calls + * initscan() and we don't want to allocate memory again + */ + if (nkeys > 0) + scan->rs_base.rs_key = (ScanKey) palloc(sizeof(ScanKeyData) * nkeys); + else + scan->rs_base.rs_key = NULL; + + initscan(scan, key, false); + + return (TableScanDesc) scan; +} + +void +heap_rescan(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanKey key, bool set_params, + bool allow_strat, bool allow_sync, bool allow_pagemode) +{ + HeapScanDesc scan = (HeapScanDesc) sscan; + + if (set_params) + { + if (allow_strat) + scan->rs_base.rs_flags |= SO_ALLOW_STRAT; + else + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_STRAT; + + if (allow_sync) + scan->rs_base.rs_flags |= SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + else + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_SYNC; + + if (allow_pagemode && scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot && + IsMVCCSnapshot(scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot)) + scan->rs_base.rs_flags |= SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE; + else + scan->rs_base.rs_flags &= ~SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE; + } + + /* + * unpin scan buffers + */ + if (BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)) + ReleaseBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf); + + /* + * reinitialize scan descriptor + */ + initscan(scan, key, true); +} + +void +heap_endscan(TableScanDesc sscan) +{ + HeapScanDesc scan = (HeapScanDesc) sscan; + + /* Note: no locking manipulations needed */ + + /* + * unpin scan buffers + */ + if (BufferIsValid(scan->rs_cbuf)) + ReleaseBuffer(scan->rs_cbuf); + + /* + * decrement relation reference count and free scan descriptor storage + */ + RelationDecrementReferenceCount(scan->rs_base.rs_rd); + + if (scan->rs_base.rs_key) + pfree(scan->rs_base.rs_key); + + if (scan->rs_strategy != NULL) + FreeAccessStrategy(scan->rs_strategy); + + if (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_TEMP_SNAPSHOT) + UnregisterSnapshot(scan->rs_base.rs_snapshot); + + pfree(scan); +} + +HeapTuple +heap_getnext(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction) +{ + HeapScanDesc scan = (HeapScanDesc) sscan; + + /* + * This is still widely used directly, without going through table AM, so + * add a safety check. It's possible we should, at a later point, + * downgrade this to an assert. The reason for checking the AM routine, + * rather than the AM oid, is that this allows to write regression tests + * that create another AM reusing the heap handler. + */ + if (unlikely(sscan->rs_rd->rd_tableam != GetHeapamTableAmRoutine())) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), + errmsg_internal("only heap AM is supported"))); + + /* Note: no locking manipulations needed */ + + if (scan->rs_base.rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE) + heapgettup_pagemode(scan, direction, + scan->rs_base.rs_nkeys, scan->rs_base.rs_key); + else + heapgettup(scan, direction, + scan->rs_base.rs_nkeys, scan->rs_base.rs_key); + + if (scan->rs_ctup.t_data == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* + * if we get here it means we have a new current scan tuple, so point to + * the proper return buffer and return the tuple. + */ + + pgstat_count_heap_getnext(scan->rs_base.rs_rd); + + return &scan->rs_ctup; +} + +bool +heap_getnextslot(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction, TupleTableSlot *slot) +{ + HeapScanDesc scan = (HeapScanDesc) sscan; + + /* Note: no locking manipulations needed */ + + if (sscan->rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE) + heapgettup_pagemode(scan, direction, sscan->rs_nkeys, sscan->rs_key); + else + heapgettup(scan, direction, sscan->rs_nkeys, sscan->rs_key); + + if (scan->rs_ctup.t_data == NULL) + { + ExecClearTuple(slot); + return false; + } + + /* + * if we get here it means we have a new current scan tuple, so point to + * the proper return buffer and return the tuple. + */ + + pgstat_count_heap_getnext(scan->rs_base.rs_rd); + + ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple(&scan->rs_ctup, slot, + scan->rs_cbuf); + return true; +} + +/* + * heap_fetch - retrieve tuple with given tid + * + * On entry, tuple->t_self is the TID to fetch. We pin the buffer holding + * the tuple, fill in the remaining fields of *tuple, and check the tuple + * against the specified snapshot. + * + * If successful (tuple found and passes snapshot time qual), then *userbuf + * is set to the buffer holding the tuple and true is returned. The caller + * must unpin the buffer when done with the tuple. + * + * If the tuple is not found (ie, item number references a deleted slot), + * then tuple->t_data is set to NULL and false is returned. + * + * If the tuple is found but fails the time qual check, then false is returned + * but tuple->t_data is left pointing to the tuple. + * + * heap_fetch does not follow HOT chains: only the exact TID requested will + * be fetched. + * + * It is somewhat inconsistent that we ereport() on invalid block number but + * return false on invalid item number. There are a couple of reasons though. + * One is that the caller can relatively easily check the block number for + * validity, but cannot check the item number without reading the page + * himself. Another is that when we are following a t_ctid link, we can be + * reasonably confident that the page number is valid (since VACUUM shouldn't + * truncate off the destination page without having killed the referencing + * tuple first), but the item number might well not be good. + */ +bool +heap_fetch(Relation relation, + Snapshot snapshot, + HeapTuple tuple, + Buffer *userbuf) +{ + ItemPointer tid = &(tuple->t_self); + ItemId lp; + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + bool valid; + + /* + * Fetch and pin the appropriate page of the relation. + */ + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid)); + + /* + * Need share lock on buffer to examine tuple commit status. + */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + TestForOldSnapshot(snapshot, relation, page); + + /* + * We'd better check for out-of-range offnum in case of VACUUM since the + * TID was obtained. + */ + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid); + if (offnum < FirstOffsetNumber || offnum > PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page)) + { + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + *userbuf = InvalidBuffer; + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return false; + } + + /* + * get the item line pointer corresponding to the requested tid + */ + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + /* + * Must check for deleted tuple. + */ + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + { + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + *userbuf = InvalidBuffer; + tuple->t_data = NULL; + return false; + } + + /* + * fill in *tuple fields + */ + tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + tuple->t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + + /* + * check tuple visibility, then release lock + */ + valid = HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(tuple, snapshot, buffer); + + if (valid) + PredicateLockTID(relation, &(tuple->t_self), snapshot, + HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple->t_data)); + + HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(valid, relation, tuple, buffer, snapshot); + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + if (valid) + { + /* + * All checks passed, so return the tuple as valid. Caller is now + * responsible for releasing the buffer. + */ + *userbuf = buffer; + + return true; + } + + /* Tuple failed time qual */ + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + *userbuf = InvalidBuffer; + + return false; +} + +/* + * heap_hot_search_buffer - search HOT chain for tuple satisfying snapshot + * + * On entry, *tid is the TID of a tuple (either a simple tuple, or the root + * of a HOT chain), and buffer is the buffer holding this tuple. We search + * for the first chain member satisfying the given snapshot. If one is + * found, we update *tid to reference that tuple's offset number, and + * return true. If no match, return false without modifying *tid. + * + * heapTuple is a caller-supplied buffer. When a match is found, we return + * the tuple here, in addition to updating *tid. If no match is found, the + * contents of this buffer on return are undefined. + * + * If all_dead is not NULL, we check non-visible tuples to see if they are + * globally dead; *all_dead is set true if all members of the HOT chain + * are vacuumable, false if not. + * + * Unlike heap_fetch, the caller must already have pin and (at least) share + * lock on the buffer; it is still pinned/locked at exit. Also unlike + * heap_fetch, we do not report any pgstats count; caller may do so if wanted. + */ +bool +heap_hot_search_buffer(ItemPointer tid, Relation relation, Buffer buffer, + Snapshot snapshot, HeapTuple heapTuple, + bool *all_dead, bool first_call) +{ + Page dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + TransactionId prev_xmax = InvalidTransactionId; + BlockNumber blkno; + OffsetNumber offnum; + bool at_chain_start; + bool valid; + bool skip; + + /* If this is not the first call, previous call returned a (live!) tuple */ + if (all_dead) + *all_dead = first_call; + + blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid); + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid); + at_chain_start = first_call; + skip = !first_call; + + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(RecentGlobalXmin)); + Assert(BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer) == blkno); + + /* Scan through possible multiple members of HOT-chain */ + for (;;) + { + ItemId lp; + + /* check for bogus TID */ + if (offnum < FirstOffsetNumber || offnum > PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp)) + break; + + lp = PageGetItemId(dp, offnum); + + /* check for unused, dead, or redirected items */ + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + { + /* We should only see a redirect at start of chain */ + if (ItemIdIsRedirected(lp) && at_chain_start) + { + /* Follow the redirect */ + offnum = ItemIdGetRedirect(lp); + at_chain_start = false; + continue; + } + /* else must be end of chain */ + break; + } + + /* + * Update heapTuple to point to the element of the HOT chain we're + * currently investigating. Having t_self set correctly is important + * because the SSI checks and the *Satisfies routine for historical + * MVCC snapshots need the correct tid to decide about the visibility. + */ + heapTuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(dp, lp); + heapTuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + heapTuple->t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + ItemPointerSet(&heapTuple->t_self, blkno, offnum); + + /* + * Shouldn't see a HEAP_ONLY tuple at chain start. + */ + if (at_chain_start && HeapTupleIsHeapOnly(heapTuple)) + break; + + /* + * The xmin should match the previous xmax value, else chain is + * broken. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(prev_xmax) && + !TransactionIdEquals(prev_xmax, + HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(heapTuple->t_data))) + break; + + /* + * When first_call is true (and thus, skip is initially false) we'll + * return the first tuple we find. But on later passes, heapTuple + * will initially be pointing to the tuple we returned last time. + * Returning it again would be incorrect (and would loop forever), so + * we skip it and return the next match we find. + */ + if (!skip) + { + /* If it's visible per the snapshot, we must return it */ + valid = HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(heapTuple, snapshot, buffer); + HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(valid, relation, heapTuple, + buffer, snapshot); + + if (valid) + { + ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(tid, offnum); + PredicateLockTID(relation, &heapTuple->t_self, snapshot, + HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(heapTuple->t_data)); + if (all_dead) + *all_dead = false; + return true; + } + } + skip = false; + + /* + * If we can't see it, maybe no one else can either. At caller + * request, check whether all chain members are dead to all + * transactions. + * + * Note: if you change the criterion here for what is "dead", fix the + * planner's get_actual_variable_range() function to match. + */ + if (all_dead && *all_dead && + !HeapTupleIsSurelyDead(heapTuple, RecentGlobalXmin)) + *all_dead = false; + + /* + * Check to see if HOT chain continues past this tuple; if so fetch + * the next offnum and loop around. + */ + if (HeapTupleIsHotUpdated(heapTuple)) + { + Assert(ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&heapTuple->t_data->t_ctid) == + blkno); + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&heapTuple->t_data->t_ctid); + at_chain_start = false; + prev_xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(heapTuple->t_data); + } + else + break; /* end of chain */ + } + + return false; +} + +/* + * heap_get_latest_tid - get the latest tid of a specified tuple + * + * Actually, this gets the latest version that is visible according to the + * scan's snapshot. Create a scan using SnapshotDirty to get the very latest, + * possibly uncommitted version. + * + * *tid is both an input and an output parameter: it is updated to + * show the latest version of the row. Note that it will not be changed + * if no version of the row passes the snapshot test. + */ +void +heap_get_latest_tid(TableScanDesc sscan, + ItemPointer tid) +{ + Relation relation = sscan->rs_rd; + Snapshot snapshot = sscan->rs_snapshot; + ItemPointerData ctid; + TransactionId priorXmax; + + /* + * table_tuple_get_latest_tid() verified that the passed in tid is valid. + * Assume that t_ctid links are valid however - there shouldn't be invalid + * ones in the table. + */ + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(tid)); + + /* + * Loop to chase down t_ctid links. At top of loop, ctid is the tuple we + * need to examine, and *tid is the TID we will return if ctid turns out + * to be bogus. + * + * Note that we will loop until we reach the end of the t_ctid chain. + * Depending on the snapshot passed, there might be at most one visible + * version of the row, but we don't try to optimize for that. + */ + ctid = *tid; + priorXmax = InvalidTransactionId; /* cannot check first XMIN */ + for (;;) + { + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp; + HeapTupleData tp; + bool valid; + + /* + * Read, pin, and lock the page. + */ + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&ctid)); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + TestForOldSnapshot(snapshot, relation, page); + + /* + * Check for bogus item number. This is not treated as an error + * condition because it can happen while following a t_ctid link. We + * just assume that the prior tid is OK and return it unchanged. + */ + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&ctid); + if (offnum < FirstOffsetNumber || offnum > PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page)) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + break; + } + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + break; + } + + /* OK to access the tuple */ + tp.t_self = ctid; + tp.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + tp.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + tp.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + + /* + * After following a t_ctid link, we might arrive at an unrelated + * tuple. Check for XMIN match. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(priorXmax) && + !TransactionIdEquals(priorXmax, HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tp.t_data))) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + break; + } + + /* + * Check tuple visibility; if visible, set it as the new result + * candidate. + */ + valid = HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(&tp, snapshot, buffer); + HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(valid, relation, &tp, buffer, snapshot); + if (valid) + *tid = ctid; + + /* + * If there's a valid t_ctid link, follow it, else we're done. + */ + if ((tp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) || + HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(tp.t_data) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tp.t_data) || + ItemPointerEquals(&tp.t_self, &tp.t_data->t_ctid)) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + break; + } + + ctid = tp.t_data->t_ctid; + priorXmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tp.t_data); + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + } /* end of loop */ +} + + +/* + * UpdateXmaxHintBits - update tuple hint bits after xmax transaction ends + * + * This is called after we have waited for the XMAX transaction to terminate. + * If the transaction aborted, we guarantee the XMAX_INVALID hint bit will + * be set on exit. If the transaction committed, we set the XMAX_COMMITTED + * hint bit if possible --- but beware that that may not yet be possible, + * if the transaction committed asynchronously. + * + * Note that if the transaction was a locker only, we set HEAP_XMAX_INVALID + * even if it commits. + * + * Hence callers should look only at XMAX_INVALID. + * + * Note this is not allowed for tuples whose xmax is a multixact. + */ +static void +UpdateXmaxHintBits(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Buffer buffer, TransactionId xid) +{ + Assert(TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), xid)); + Assert(!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)); + + if (!(tuple->t_infomask & (HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED | HEAP_XMAX_INVALID))) + { + if (!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask) && + TransactionIdDidCommit(xid)) + HeapTupleSetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED, + xid); + else + HeapTupleSetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + } +} + + +/* + * GetBulkInsertState - prepare status object for a bulk insert + */ +BulkInsertState +GetBulkInsertState(void) +{ + BulkInsertState bistate; + + bistate = (BulkInsertState) palloc(sizeof(BulkInsertStateData)); + bistate->strategy = GetAccessStrategy(BAS_BULKWRITE); + bistate->current_buf = InvalidBuffer; + return bistate; +} + +/* + * FreeBulkInsertState - clean up after finishing a bulk insert + */ +void +FreeBulkInsertState(BulkInsertState bistate) +{ + if (bistate->current_buf != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(bistate->current_buf); + FreeAccessStrategy(bistate->strategy); + pfree(bistate); +} + +/* + * ReleaseBulkInsertStatePin - release a buffer currently held in bistate + */ +void +ReleaseBulkInsertStatePin(BulkInsertState bistate) +{ + if (bistate->current_buf != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(bistate->current_buf); + bistate->current_buf = InvalidBuffer; +} + + +/* + * heap_insert - insert tuple into a heap + * + * The new tuple is stamped with current transaction ID and the specified + * command ID. + * + * See table_tuple_insert for comments about most of the input flags, except + * that this routine directly takes a tuple rather than a slot. + * + * There's corresponding HEAP_INSERT_ options to all the TABLE_INSERT_ + * options, and there additionally is HEAP_INSERT_SPECULATIVE which is used to + * implement table_tuple_insert_speculative(). + * + * On return the header fields of *tup are updated to match the stored tuple; + * in particular tup->t_self receives the actual TID where the tuple was + * stored. But note that any toasting of fields within the tuple data is NOT + * reflected into *tup. + */ +void +heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup, CommandId cid, + int options, BulkInsertState bistate) +{ + TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId(); + HeapTuple heaptup; + Buffer buffer; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + bool all_visible_cleared = false; + + /* Cheap, simplistic check that the tuple matches the rel's rowtype. */ + Assert(HeapTupleHeaderGetNatts(tup->t_data) <= + RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation)); + + /* + * Fill in tuple header fields and toast the tuple if necessary. + * + * Note: below this point, heaptup is the data we actually intend to store + * into the relation; tup is the caller's original untoasted data. + */ + heaptup = heap_prepare_insert(relation, tup, xid, cid, options); + + /* + * Find buffer to insert this tuple into. If the page is all visible, + * this will also pin the requisite visibility map page. + */ + buffer = RelationGetBufferForTuple(relation, heaptup->t_len, + InvalidBuffer, options, bistate, + &vmbuffer, NULL); + + /* + * We're about to do the actual insert -- but check for conflict first, to + * avoid possibly having to roll back work we've just done. + * + * This is safe without a recheck as long as there is no possibility of + * another process scanning the page between this check and the insert + * being visible to the scan (i.e., an exclusive buffer content lock is + * continuously held from this point until the tuple insert is visible). + * + * For a heap insert, we only need to check for table-level SSI locks. Our + * new tuple can't possibly conflict with existing tuple locks, and heap + * page locks are only consolidated versions of tuple locks; they do not + * lock "gaps" as index page locks do. So we don't need to specify a + * buffer when making the call, which makes for a faster check. + */ + CheckForSerializableConflictIn(relation, NULL, InvalidBlockNumber); + + /* NO EREPORT(ERROR) from here till changes are logged */ + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + RelationPutHeapTuple(relation, buffer, heaptup, + (options & HEAP_INSERT_SPECULATIVE) != 0); + + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer))) + { + all_visible_cleared = true; + PageClearAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer)); + visibilitymap_clear(relation, + ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(heaptup->t_self)), + vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + } + + /* + * XXX Should we set PageSetPrunable on this page ? + * + * The inserting transaction may eventually abort thus making this tuple + * DEAD and hence available for pruning. Though we don't want to optimize + * for aborts, if no other tuple in this page is UPDATEd/DELETEd, the + * aborted tuple will never be pruned until next vacuum is triggered. + * + * If you do add PageSetPrunable here, add it in heap_xlog_insert too. + */ + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + xl_heap_insert xlrec; + xl_heap_header xlhdr; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + Page page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + uint8 info = XLOG_HEAP_INSERT; + int bufflags = 0; + + /* + * If this is a catalog, we need to transmit combocids to properly + * decode, so log that as well. + */ + if (RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding(relation)) + log_heap_new_cid(relation, heaptup); + + /* + * If this is the single and first tuple on page, we can reinit the + * page instead of restoring the whole thing. Set flag, and hide + * buffer references from XLogInsert. + */ + if (ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(heaptup->t_self)) == FirstOffsetNumber && + PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) == FirstOffsetNumber) + { + info |= XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE; + bufflags |= REGBUF_WILL_INIT; + } + + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&heaptup->t_self); + xlrec.flags = 0; + if (all_visible_cleared) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_INSERT_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED; + if (options & HEAP_INSERT_SPECULATIVE) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_INSERT_IS_SPECULATIVE; + Assert(ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&heaptup->t_self) == BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer)); + + /* + * For logical decoding, we need the tuple even if we're doing a full + * page write, so make sure it's included even if we take a full-page + * image. (XXX We could alternatively store a pointer into the FPW). + */ + if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(relation) && + !(options & HEAP_INSERT_NO_LOGICAL)) + { + xlrec.flags |= XLH_INSERT_CONTAINS_NEW_TUPLE; + bufflags |= REGBUF_KEEP_DATA; + } + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapInsert); + + xlhdr.t_infomask2 = heaptup->t_data->t_infomask2; + xlhdr.t_infomask = heaptup->t_data->t_infomask; + xlhdr.t_hoff = heaptup->t_data->t_hoff; + + /* + * note we mark xlhdr as belonging to buffer; if XLogInsert decides to + * write the whole page to the xlog, we don't need to store + * xl_heap_header in the xlog. + */ + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD | bufflags); + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) &xlhdr, SizeOfHeapHeader); + /* PG73FORMAT: write bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */ + XLogRegisterBufData(0, + (char *) heaptup->t_data + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + heaptup->t_len - SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + + /* filtering by origin on a row level is much more efficient */ + XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, info); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + + /* + * If tuple is cachable, mark it for invalidation from the caches in case + * we abort. Note it is OK to do this after releasing the buffer, because + * the heaptup data structure is all in local memory, not in the shared + * buffer. + */ + CacheInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, heaptup, NULL); + + /* Note: speculative insertions are counted too, even if aborted later */ + pgstat_count_heap_insert(relation, 1); + + /* + * If heaptup is a private copy, release it. Don't forget to copy t_self + * back to the caller's image, too. + */ + if (heaptup != tup) + { + tup->t_self = heaptup->t_self; + heap_freetuple(heaptup); + } +} + +/* + * Subroutine for heap_insert(). Prepares a tuple for insertion. This sets the + * tuple header fields and toasts the tuple if necessary. Returns a toasted + * version of the tuple if it was toasted, or the original tuple if not. Note + * that in any case, the header fields are also set in the original tuple. + */ +static HeapTuple +heap_prepare_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup, TransactionId xid, + CommandId cid, int options) +{ + /* + * To allow parallel inserts, we need to ensure that they are safe to be + * performed in workers. We have the infrastructure to allow parallel + * inserts in general except for the cases where inserts generate a new + * CommandId (eg. inserts into a table having a foreign key column). + */ + if (IsParallelWorker()) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE), + errmsg("cannot insert tuples in a parallel worker"))); + + tup->t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XACT_MASK); + tup->t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~(HEAP2_XACT_MASK); + tup->t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmin(tup->t_data, xid); + if (options & HEAP_INSERT_FROZEN) + HeapTupleHeaderSetXminFrozen(tup->t_data); + + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmin(tup->t_data, cid); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(tup->t_data, 0); /* for cleanliness */ + tup->t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + + /* + * If the new tuple is too big for storage or contains already toasted + * out-of-line attributes from some other relation, invoke the toaster. + */ + if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && + relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW) + { + /* toast table entries should never be recursively toasted */ + Assert(!HeapTupleHasExternal(tup)); + return tup; + } + else if (HeapTupleHasExternal(tup) || tup->t_len > TOAST_TUPLE_THRESHOLD) + return heap_toast_insert_or_update(relation, tup, NULL, options); + else + return tup; +} + +/* + * heap_multi_insert - insert multiple tuple into a heap + * + * This is like heap_insert(), but inserts multiple tuples in one operation. + * That's faster than calling heap_insert() in a loop, because when multiple + * tuples can be inserted on a single page, we can write just a single WAL + * record covering all of them, and only need to lock/unlock the page once. + * + * Note: this leaks memory into the current memory context. You can create a + * temporary context before calling this, if that's a problem. + */ +void +heap_multi_insert(Relation relation, TupleTableSlot **slots, int ntuples, + CommandId cid, int options, BulkInsertState bistate) +{ + TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId(); + HeapTuple *heaptuples; + int i; + int ndone; + PGAlignedBlock scratch; + Page page; + bool needwal; + Size saveFreeSpace; + bool need_tuple_data = RelationIsLogicallyLogged(relation); + bool need_cids = RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding(relation); + + /* currently not needed (thus unsupported) for heap_multi_insert() */ + AssertArg(!(options & HEAP_INSERT_NO_LOGICAL)); + + needwal = RelationNeedsWAL(relation); + saveFreeSpace = RelationGetTargetPageFreeSpace(relation, + HEAP_DEFAULT_FILLFACTOR); + + /* Toast and set header data in all the slots */ + heaptuples = palloc(ntuples * sizeof(HeapTuple)); + for (i = 0; i < ntuples; i++) + { + HeapTuple tuple; + + tuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slots[i], true, NULL); + slots[i]->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + tuple->t_tableOid = slots[i]->tts_tableOid; + heaptuples[i] = heap_prepare_insert(relation, tuple, xid, cid, + options); + } + + /* + * We're about to do the actual inserts -- but check for conflict first, + * to minimize the possibility of having to roll back work we've just + * done. + * + * A check here does not definitively prevent a serialization anomaly; + * that check MUST be done at least past the point of acquiring an + * exclusive buffer content lock on every buffer that will be affected, + * and MAY be done after all inserts are reflected in the buffers and + * those locks are released; otherwise there is a race condition. Since + * multiple buffers can be locked and unlocked in the loop below, and it + * would not be feasible to identify and lock all of those buffers before + * the loop, we must do a final check at the end. + * + * The check here could be omitted with no loss of correctness; it is + * present strictly as an optimization. + * + * For heap inserts, we only need to check for table-level SSI locks. Our + * new tuples can't possibly conflict with existing tuple locks, and heap + * page locks are only consolidated versions of tuple locks; they do not + * lock "gaps" as index page locks do. So we don't need to specify a + * buffer when making the call, which makes for a faster check. + */ + CheckForSerializableConflictIn(relation, NULL, InvalidBlockNumber); + + ndone = 0; + while (ndone < ntuples) + { + Buffer buffer; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + bool all_visible_cleared = false; + int nthispage; + + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + /* + * Find buffer where at least the next tuple will fit. If the page is + * all-visible, this will also pin the requisite visibility map page. + */ + buffer = RelationGetBufferForTuple(relation, heaptuples[ndone]->t_len, + InvalidBuffer, options, bistate, + &vmbuffer, NULL); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + /* NO EREPORT(ERROR) from here till changes are logged */ + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* + * RelationGetBufferForTuple has ensured that the first tuple fits. + * Put that on the page, and then as many other tuples as fit. + */ + RelationPutHeapTuple(relation, buffer, heaptuples[ndone], false); + + /* + * Note that heap_multi_insert is not used for catalog tuples yet, but + * this will cover the gap once that is the case. + */ + if (needwal && need_cids) + log_heap_new_cid(relation, heaptuples[ndone]); + + for (nthispage = 1; ndone + nthispage < ntuples; nthispage++) + { + HeapTuple heaptup = heaptuples[ndone + nthispage]; + + if (PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page) < MAXALIGN(heaptup->t_len) + saveFreeSpace) + break; + + RelationPutHeapTuple(relation, buffer, heaptup, false); + + /* + * We don't use heap_multi_insert for catalog tuples yet, but + * better be prepared... + */ + if (needwal && need_cids) + log_heap_new_cid(relation, heaptup); + } + + if (PageIsAllVisible(page)) + { + all_visible_cleared = true; + PageClearAllVisible(page); + visibilitymap_clear(relation, + BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), + vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + } + + /* + * XXX Should we set PageSetPrunable on this page ? See heap_insert() + */ + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (needwal) + { + XLogRecPtr recptr; + xl_heap_multi_insert *xlrec; + uint8 info = XLOG_HEAP2_MULTI_INSERT; + char *tupledata; + int totaldatalen; + char *scratchptr = scratch.data; + bool init; + int bufflags = 0; + + /* + * If the page was previously empty, we can reinit the page + * instead of restoring the whole thing. + */ + init = (ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(heaptuples[ndone]->t_self)) == FirstOffsetNumber && + PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) == FirstOffsetNumber + nthispage - 1); + + /* allocate xl_heap_multi_insert struct from the scratch area */ + xlrec = (xl_heap_multi_insert *) scratchptr; + scratchptr += SizeOfHeapMultiInsert; + + /* + * Allocate offsets array. Unless we're reinitializing the page, + * in that case the tuples are stored in order starting at + * FirstOffsetNumber and we don't need to store the offsets + * explicitly. + */ + if (!init) + scratchptr += nthispage * sizeof(OffsetNumber); + + /* the rest of the scratch space is used for tuple data */ + tupledata = scratchptr; + + xlrec->flags = all_visible_cleared ? XLH_INSERT_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED : 0; + xlrec->ntuples = nthispage; + + /* + * Write out an xl_multi_insert_tuple and the tuple data itself + * for each tuple. + */ + for (i = 0; i < nthispage; i++) + { + HeapTuple heaptup = heaptuples[ndone + i]; + xl_multi_insert_tuple *tuphdr; + int datalen; + + if (!init) + xlrec->offsets[i] = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&heaptup->t_self); + /* xl_multi_insert_tuple needs two-byte alignment. */ + tuphdr = (xl_multi_insert_tuple *) SHORTALIGN(scratchptr); + scratchptr = ((char *) tuphdr) + SizeOfMultiInsertTuple; + + tuphdr->t_infomask2 = heaptup->t_data->t_infomask2; + tuphdr->t_infomask = heaptup->t_data->t_infomask; + tuphdr->t_hoff = heaptup->t_data->t_hoff; + + /* write bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */ + datalen = heaptup->t_len - SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + memcpy(scratchptr, + (char *) heaptup->t_data + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + datalen); + tuphdr->datalen = datalen; + scratchptr += datalen; + } + totaldatalen = scratchptr - tupledata; + Assert((scratchptr - scratch.data) < BLCKSZ); + + if (need_tuple_data) + xlrec->flags |= XLH_INSERT_CONTAINS_NEW_TUPLE; + + /* + * Signal that this is the last xl_heap_multi_insert record + * emitted by this call to heap_multi_insert(). Needed for logical + * decoding so it knows when to cleanup temporary data. + */ + if (ndone + nthispage == ntuples) + xlrec->flags |= XLH_INSERT_LAST_IN_MULTI; + + if (init) + { + info |= XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE; + bufflags |= REGBUF_WILL_INIT; + } + + /* + * If we're doing logical decoding, include the new tuple data + * even if we take a full-page image of the page. + */ + if (need_tuple_data) + bufflags |= REGBUF_KEEP_DATA; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) xlrec, tupledata - scratch.data); + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD | bufflags); + + XLogRegisterBufData(0, tupledata, totaldatalen); + + /* filtering by origin on a row level is much more efficient */ + XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, info); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + + ndone += nthispage; + } + + /* + * We're done with the actual inserts. Check for conflicts again, to + * ensure that all rw-conflicts in to these inserts are detected. Without + * this final check, a sequential scan of the heap may have locked the + * table after the "before" check, missing one opportunity to detect the + * conflict, and then scanned the table before the new tuples were there, + * missing the other chance to detect the conflict. + * + * For heap inserts, we only need to check for table-level SSI locks. Our + * new tuples can't possibly conflict with existing tuple locks, and heap + * page locks are only consolidated versions of tuple locks; they do not + * lock "gaps" as index page locks do. So we don't need to specify a + * buffer when making the call. + */ + CheckForSerializableConflictIn(relation, NULL, InvalidBlockNumber); + + /* + * If tuples are cachable, mark them for invalidation from the caches in + * case we abort. Note it is OK to do this after releasing the buffer, + * because the heaptuples data structure is all in local memory, not in + * the shared buffer. + */ + if (IsCatalogRelation(relation)) + { + for (i = 0; i < ntuples; i++) + CacheInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, heaptuples[i], NULL); + } + + /* copy t_self fields back to the caller's slots */ + for (i = 0; i < ntuples; i++) + slots[i]->tts_tid = heaptuples[i]->t_self; + + pgstat_count_heap_insert(relation, ntuples); +} + +/* + * simple_heap_insert - insert a tuple + * + * Currently, this routine differs from heap_insert only in supplying + * a default command ID and not allowing access to the speedup options. + * + * This should be used rather than using heap_insert directly in most places + * where we are modifying system catalogs. + */ +void +simple_heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup) +{ + heap_insert(relation, tup, GetCurrentCommandId(true), 0, NULL); +} + +/* + * Given infomask/infomask2, compute the bits that must be saved in the + * "infobits" field of xl_heap_delete, xl_heap_update, xl_heap_lock, + * xl_heap_lock_updated WAL records. + * + * See fix_infomask_from_infobits. + */ +static uint8 +compute_infobits(uint16 infomask, uint16 infomask2) +{ + return + ((infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) != 0 ? XLHL_XMAX_IS_MULTI : 0) | + ((infomask & HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY) != 0 ? XLHL_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY : 0) | + ((infomask & HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK) != 0 ? XLHL_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK : 0) | + /* note we ignore HEAP_XMAX_SHR_LOCK here */ + ((infomask & HEAP_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK) != 0 ? XLHL_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK : 0) | + ((infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) != 0 ? + XLHL_KEYS_UPDATED : 0); +} + +/* + * Given two versions of the same t_infomask for a tuple, compare them and + * return whether the relevant status for a tuple Xmax has changed. This is + * used after a buffer lock has been released and reacquired: we want to ensure + * that the tuple state continues to be the same it was when we previously + * examined it. + * + * Note the Xmax field itself must be compared separately. + */ +static inline bool +xmax_infomask_changed(uint16 new_infomask, uint16 old_infomask) +{ + const uint16 interesting = + HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI | HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY | HEAP_LOCK_MASK; + + if ((new_infomask & interesting) != (old_infomask & interesting)) + return true; + + return false; +} + +/* + * heap_delete - delete a tuple + * + * See table_tuple_delete() for an explanation of the parameters, except that + * this routine directly takes a tuple rather than a slot. + * + * In the failure cases, the routine fills *tmfd with the tuple's t_ctid, + * t_xmax (resolving a possible MultiXact, if necessary), and t_cmax (the last + * only for TM_SelfModified, since we cannot obtain cmax from a combocid + * generated by another transaction). + */ +TM_Result +heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, + CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, bool wait, + TM_FailureData *tmfd, bool changingPart) +{ + TM_Result result; + TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId(); + ItemId lp; + HeapTupleData tp; + Page page; + BlockNumber block; + Buffer buffer; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + TransactionId new_xmax; + uint16 new_infomask, + new_infomask2; + bool have_tuple_lock = false; + bool iscombo; + bool all_visible_cleared = false; + HeapTuple old_key_tuple = NULL; /* replica identity of the tuple */ + bool old_key_copied = false; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(tid)); + + /* + * Forbid this during a parallel operation, lest it allocate a combocid. + * Other workers might need that combocid for visibility checks, and we + * have no provision for broadcasting it to them. + */ + if (IsInParallelMode()) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE), + errmsg("cannot delete tuples during a parallel operation"))); + + block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid); + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, block); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + /* + * Before locking the buffer, pin the visibility map page if it appears to + * be necessary. Since we haven't got the lock yet, someone else might be + * in the middle of changing this, so we'll need to recheck after we have + * the lock. + */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(page)) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block, &vmbuffer); + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * If we didn't pin the visibility map page and the page has become all + * visible while we were busy locking the buffer, we'll have to unlock and + * re-lock, to avoid holding the buffer lock across an I/O. That's a bit + * unfortunate, but hopefully shouldn't happen often. + */ + if (vmbuffer == InvalidBuffer && PageIsAllVisible(page)) + { + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block, &vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + } + + lp = PageGetItemId(page, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid)); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lp)); + + tp.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + tp.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + tp.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + tp.t_self = *tid; + +l1: + result = HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(&tp, cid, buffer); + + if (result == TM_Invisible) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), + errmsg("attempted to delete invisible tuple"))); + } + else if (result == TM_BeingModified && wait) + { + TransactionId xwait; + uint16 infomask; + + /* must copy state data before unlocking buffer */ + xwait = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tp.t_data); + infomask = tp.t_data->t_infomask; + + /* + * Sleep until concurrent transaction ends -- except when there's a + * single locker and it's our own transaction. Note we don't care + * which lock mode the locker has, because we need the strongest one. + * + * Before sleeping, we need to acquire tuple lock to establish our + * priority for the tuple (see heap_lock_tuple). LockTuple will + * release us when we are next-in-line for the tuple. + * + * If we are forced to "start over" below, we keep the tuple lock; + * this arranges that we stay at the head of the line while rechecking + * tuple state. + */ + if (infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + bool current_is_member = false; + + if (DoesMultiXactIdConflict((MultiXactId) xwait, infomask, + LockTupleExclusive, ¤t_is_member)) + { + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + /* + * Acquire the lock, if necessary (but skip it when we're + * requesting a lock and already have one; avoids deadlock). + */ + if (!current_is_member) + heap_acquire_tuplock(relation, &(tp.t_self), LockTupleExclusive, + LockWaitBlock, &have_tuple_lock); + + /* wait for multixact */ + MultiXactIdWait((MultiXactId) xwait, MultiXactStatusUpdate, infomask, + relation, &(tp.t_self), XLTW_Delete, + NULL); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * If xwait had just locked the tuple then some other xact + * could update this tuple before we get to this point. Check + * for xmax change, and start over if so. + */ + if (xmax_infomask_changed(tp.t_data->t_infomask, infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tp.t_data), + xwait)) + goto l1; + } + + /* + * You might think the multixact is necessarily done here, but not + * so: it could have surviving members, namely our own xact or + * other subxacts of this backend. It is legal for us to delete + * the tuple in either case, however (the latter case is + * essentially a situation of upgrading our former shared lock to + * exclusive). We don't bother changing the on-disk hint bits + * since we are about to overwrite the xmax altogether. + */ + } + else if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xwait)) + { + /* + * Wait for regular transaction to end; but first, acquire tuple + * lock. + */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + heap_acquire_tuplock(relation, &(tp.t_self), LockTupleExclusive, + LockWaitBlock, &have_tuple_lock); + XactLockTableWait(xwait, relation, &(tp.t_self), XLTW_Delete); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * xwait is done, but if xwait had just locked the tuple then some + * other xact could update this tuple before we get to this point. + * Check for xmax change, and start over if so. + */ + if (xmax_infomask_changed(tp.t_data->t_infomask, infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tp.t_data), + xwait)) + goto l1; + + /* Otherwise check if it committed or aborted */ + UpdateXmaxHintBits(tp.t_data, buffer, xwait); + } + + /* + * We may overwrite if previous xmax aborted, or if it committed but + * only locked the tuple without updating it. + */ + if ((tp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) || + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tp.t_data->t_infomask) || + HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(tp.t_data)) + result = TM_Ok; + else if (!ItemPointerEquals(&tp.t_self, &tp.t_data->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tp.t_data)) + result = TM_Updated; + else + result = TM_Deleted; + } + + if (crosscheck != InvalidSnapshot && result == TM_Ok) + { + /* Perform additional check for transaction-snapshot mode RI updates */ + if (!HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(&tp, crosscheck, buffer)) + result = TM_Updated; + } + + if (result != TM_Ok) + { + Assert(result == TM_SelfModified || + result == TM_Updated || + result == TM_Deleted || + result == TM_BeingModified); + Assert(!(tp.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)); + Assert(result != TM_Updated || + !ItemPointerEquals(&tp.t_self, &tp.t_data->t_ctid)); + tmfd->ctid = tp.t_data->t_ctid; + tmfd->xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tp.t_data); + if (result == TM_SelfModified) + tmfd->cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tp.t_data); + else + tmfd->cmax = InvalidCommandId; + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + if (have_tuple_lock) + UnlockTupleTuplock(relation, &(tp.t_self), LockTupleExclusive); + if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + return result; + } + + /* + * We're about to do the actual delete -- check for conflict first, to + * avoid possibly having to roll back work we've just done. + * + * This is safe without a recheck as long as there is no possibility of + * another process scanning the page between this check and the delete + * being visible to the scan (i.e., an exclusive buffer content lock is + * continuously held from this point until the tuple delete is visible). + */ + CheckForSerializableConflictIn(relation, tid, BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer)); + + /* replace cid with a combo cid if necessary */ + HeapTupleHeaderAdjustCmax(tp.t_data, &cid, &iscombo); + + /* + * Compute replica identity tuple before entering the critical section so + * we don't PANIC upon a memory allocation failure. + */ + old_key_tuple = ExtractReplicaIdentity(relation, &tp, true, &old_key_copied); + + /* + * If this is the first possibly-multixact-able operation in the current + * transaction, set my per-backend OldestMemberMXactId setting. We can be + * certain that the transaction will never become a member of any older + * MultiXactIds than that. (We have to do this even if we end up just + * using our own TransactionId below, since some other backend could + * incorporate our XID into a MultiXact immediately afterwards.) + */ + MultiXactIdSetOldestMember(); + + compute_new_xmax_infomask(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tp.t_data), + tp.t_data->t_infomask, tp.t_data->t_infomask2, + xid, LockTupleExclusive, true, + &new_xmax, &new_infomask, &new_infomask2); + + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* + * If this transaction commits, the tuple will become DEAD sooner or + * later. Set flag that this page is a candidate for pruning once our xid + * falls below the OldestXmin horizon. If the transaction finally aborts, + * the subsequent page pruning will be a no-op and the hint will be + * cleared. + */ + PageSetPrunable(page, xid); + + if (PageIsAllVisible(page)) + { + all_visible_cleared = true; + PageClearAllVisible(page); + visibilitymap_clear(relation, BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), + vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + } + + /* store transaction information of xact deleting the tuple */ + tp.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + tp.t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + tp.t_data->t_infomask |= new_infomask; + tp.t_data->t_infomask2 |= new_infomask2; + HeapTupleHeaderClearHotUpdated(tp.t_data); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(tp.t_data, new_xmax); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(tp.t_data, cid, iscombo); + /* Make sure there is no forward chain link in t_ctid */ + tp.t_data->t_ctid = tp.t_self; + + /* Signal that this is actually a move into another partition */ + if (changingPart) + HeapTupleHeaderSetMovedPartitions(tp.t_data); + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* + * XLOG stuff + * + * NB: heap_abort_speculative() uses the same xlog record and replay + * routines. + */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + xl_heap_delete xlrec; + xl_heap_header xlhdr; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + /* For logical decode we need combocids to properly decode the catalog */ + if (RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding(relation)) + log_heap_new_cid(relation, &tp); + + xlrec.flags = 0; + if (all_visible_cleared) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_DELETE_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED; + if (changingPart) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_DELETE_IS_PARTITION_MOVE; + xlrec.infobits_set = compute_infobits(tp.t_data->t_infomask, + tp.t_data->t_infomask2); + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&tp.t_self); + xlrec.xmax = new_xmax; + + if (old_key_tuple != NULL) + { + if (relation->rd_rel->relreplident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_DELETE_CONTAINS_OLD_TUPLE; + else + xlrec.flags |= XLH_DELETE_CONTAINS_OLD_KEY; + } + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapDelete); + + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + /* + * Log replica identity of the deleted tuple if there is one + */ + if (old_key_tuple != NULL) + { + xlhdr.t_infomask2 = old_key_tuple->t_data->t_infomask2; + xlhdr.t_infomask = old_key_tuple->t_data->t_infomask; + xlhdr.t_hoff = old_key_tuple->t_data->t_hoff; + + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlhdr, SizeOfHeapHeader); + XLogRegisterData((char *) old_key_tuple->t_data + + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + old_key_tuple->t_len + - SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + } + + /* filtering by origin on a row level is much more efficient */ + XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_DELETE); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + + /* + * If the tuple has toasted out-of-line attributes, we need to delete + * those items too. We have to do this before releasing the buffer + * because we need to look at the contents of the tuple, but it's OK to + * release the content lock on the buffer first. + */ + if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && + relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW) + { + /* toast table entries should never be recursively toasted */ + Assert(!HeapTupleHasExternal(&tp)); + } + else if (HeapTupleHasExternal(&tp)) + heap_toast_delete(relation, &tp, false); + + /* + * Mark tuple for invalidation from system caches at next command + * boundary. We have to do this before releasing the buffer because we + * need to look at the contents of the tuple. + */ + CacheInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, &tp, NULL); + + /* Now we can release the buffer */ + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* + * Release the lmgr tuple lock, if we had it. + */ + if (have_tuple_lock) + UnlockTupleTuplock(relation, &(tp.t_self), LockTupleExclusive); + + pgstat_count_heap_delete(relation); + + if (old_key_tuple != NULL && old_key_copied) + heap_freetuple(old_key_tuple); + + return TM_Ok; +} + +/* + * simple_heap_delete - delete a tuple + * + * This routine may be used to delete a tuple when concurrent updates of + * the target tuple are not expected (for example, because we have a lock + * on the relation associated with the tuple). Any failure is reported + * via ereport(). + */ +void +simple_heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid) +{ + TM_Result result; + TM_FailureData tmfd; + + result = heap_delete(relation, tid, + GetCurrentCommandId(true), InvalidSnapshot, + true /* wait for commit */ , + &tmfd, false /* changingPart */ ); + switch (result) + { + case TM_SelfModified: + /* Tuple was already updated in current command? */ + elog(ERROR, "tuple already updated by self"); + break; + + case TM_Ok: + /* done successfully */ + break; + + case TM_Updated: + elog(ERROR, "tuple concurrently updated"); + break; + + case TM_Deleted: + elog(ERROR, "tuple concurrently deleted"); + break; + + default: + elog(ERROR, "unrecognized heap_delete status: %u", result); + break; + } +} + +/* + * heap_update - replace a tuple + * + * See table_tuple_update() for an explanation of the parameters, except that + * this routine directly takes a tuple rather than a slot. + * + * In the failure cases, the routine fills *tmfd with the tuple's t_ctid, + * t_xmax (resolving a possible MultiXact, if necessary), and t_cmax (the last + * only for TM_SelfModified, since we cannot obtain cmax from a combocid + * generated by another transaction). + */ +TM_Result +heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple newtup, + CommandId cid, Snapshot crosscheck, bool wait, + TM_FailureData *tmfd, LockTupleMode *lockmode) +{ + TM_Result result; + TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId(); + Bitmapset *hot_attrs; + Bitmapset *key_attrs; + Bitmapset *id_attrs; + Bitmapset *interesting_attrs; + Bitmapset *modified_attrs; + ItemId lp; + HeapTupleData oldtup; + HeapTuple heaptup; + HeapTuple old_key_tuple = NULL; + bool old_key_copied = false; + Page page; + BlockNumber block; + MultiXactStatus mxact_status; + Buffer buffer, + newbuf, + vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer, + vmbuffer_new = InvalidBuffer; + bool need_toast; + Size newtupsize, + pagefree; + bool have_tuple_lock = false; + bool iscombo; + bool use_hot_update = false; + bool hot_attrs_checked = false; + bool key_intact; + bool all_visible_cleared = false; + bool all_visible_cleared_new = false; + bool checked_lockers; + bool locker_remains; + TransactionId xmax_new_tuple, + xmax_old_tuple; + uint16 infomask_old_tuple, + infomask2_old_tuple, + infomask_new_tuple, + infomask2_new_tuple; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(otid)); + + /* Cheap, simplistic check that the tuple matches the rel's rowtype. */ + Assert(HeapTupleHeaderGetNatts(newtup->t_data) <= + RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation)); + + /* + * Forbid this during a parallel operation, lest it allocate a combocid. + * Other workers might need that combocid for visibility checks, and we + * have no provision for broadcasting it to them. + */ + if (IsInParallelMode()) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE), + errmsg("cannot update tuples during a parallel operation"))); + + /* + * Fetch the list of attributes to be checked for various operations. + * + * For HOT considerations, this is wasted effort if we fail to update or + * have to put the new tuple on a different page. But we must compute the + * list before obtaining buffer lock --- in the worst case, if we are + * doing an update on one of the relevant system catalogs, we could + * deadlock if we try to fetch the list later. In any case, the relcache + * caches the data so this is usually pretty cheap. + * + * We also need columns used by the replica identity and columns that are + * considered the "key" of rows in the table. + * + * Note that we get copies of each bitmap, so we need not worry about + * relcache flush happening midway through. + */ + hot_attrs = RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(relation, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_ALL); + key_attrs = RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(relation, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY); + id_attrs = RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(relation, + INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_IDENTITY_KEY); + + + block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(otid); + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, block); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + interesting_attrs = NULL; + + /* + * If the page is already full, there is hardly any chance of doing a HOT + * update on this page. It might be wasteful effort to look for index + * column updates only to later reject HOT updates for lack of space in + * the same page. So we be conservative and only fetch hot_attrs if the + * page is not already full. Since we are already holding a pin on the + * buffer, there is no chance that the buffer can get cleaned up + * concurrently and even if that was possible, in the worst case we lose a + * chance to do a HOT update. + */ + if (!PageIsFull(page)) + { + interesting_attrs = bms_add_members(interesting_attrs, hot_attrs); + hot_attrs_checked = true; + } + interesting_attrs = bms_add_members(interesting_attrs, key_attrs); + interesting_attrs = bms_add_members(interesting_attrs, id_attrs); + + /* + * Before locking the buffer, pin the visibility map page if it appears to + * be necessary. Since we haven't got the lock yet, someone else might be + * in the middle of changing this, so we'll need to recheck after we have + * the lock. + */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(page)) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block, &vmbuffer); + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + lp = PageGetItemId(page, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(otid)); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lp)); + + /* + * Fill in enough data in oldtup for HeapDetermineModifiedColumns to work + * properly. + */ + oldtup.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + oldtup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + oldtup.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + oldtup.t_self = *otid; + + /* the new tuple is ready, except for this: */ + newtup->t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + + /* Determine columns modified by the update. */ + modified_attrs = HeapDetermineModifiedColumns(relation, interesting_attrs, + &oldtup, newtup); + + /* + * If we're not updating any "key" column, we can grab a weaker lock type. + * This allows for more concurrency when we are running simultaneously + * with foreign key checks. + * + * Note that if a column gets detoasted while executing the update, but + * the value ends up being the same, this test will fail and we will use + * the stronger lock. This is acceptable; the important case to optimize + * is updates that don't manipulate key columns, not those that + * serendipitously arrive at the same key values. + */ + if (!bms_overlap(modified_attrs, key_attrs)) + { + *lockmode = LockTupleNoKeyExclusive; + mxact_status = MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate; + key_intact = true; + + /* + * If this is the first possibly-multixact-able operation in the + * current transaction, set my per-backend OldestMemberMXactId + * setting. We can be certain that the transaction will never become a + * member of any older MultiXactIds than that. (We have to do this + * even if we end up just using our own TransactionId below, since + * some other backend could incorporate our XID into a MultiXact + * immediately afterwards.) + */ + MultiXactIdSetOldestMember(); + } + else + { + *lockmode = LockTupleExclusive; + mxact_status = MultiXactStatusUpdate; + key_intact = false; + } + + /* + * Note: beyond this point, use oldtup not otid to refer to old tuple. + * otid may very well point at newtup->t_self, which we will overwrite + * with the new tuple's location, so there's great risk of confusion if we + * use otid anymore. + */ + +l2: + checked_lockers = false; + locker_remains = false; + result = HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(&oldtup, cid, buffer); + + /* see below about the "no wait" case */ + Assert(result != TM_BeingModified || wait); + + if (result == TM_Invisible) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), + errmsg("attempted to update invisible tuple"))); + } + else if (result == TM_BeingModified && wait) + { + TransactionId xwait; + uint16 infomask; + bool can_continue = false; + + /* + * XXX note that we don't consider the "no wait" case here. This + * isn't a problem currently because no caller uses that case, but it + * should be fixed if such a caller is introduced. It wasn't a + * problem previously because this code would always wait, but now + * that some tuple locks do not conflict with one of the lock modes we + * use, it is possible that this case is interesting to handle + * specially. + * + * This may cause failures with third-party code that calls + * heap_update directly. + */ + + /* must copy state data before unlocking buffer */ + xwait = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(oldtup.t_data); + infomask = oldtup.t_data->t_infomask; + + /* + * Now we have to do something about the existing locker. If it's a + * multi, sleep on it; we might be awakened before it is completely + * gone (or even not sleep at all in some cases); we need to preserve + * it as locker, unless it is gone completely. + * + * If it's not a multi, we need to check for sleeping conditions + * before actually going to sleep. If the update doesn't conflict + * with the locks, we just continue without sleeping (but making sure + * it is preserved). + * + * Before sleeping, we need to acquire tuple lock to establish our + * priority for the tuple (see heap_lock_tuple). LockTuple will + * release us when we are next-in-line for the tuple. Note we must + * not acquire the tuple lock until we're sure we're going to sleep; + * otherwise we're open for race conditions with other transactions + * holding the tuple lock which sleep on us. + * + * If we are forced to "start over" below, we keep the tuple lock; + * this arranges that we stay at the head of the line while rechecking + * tuple state. + */ + if (infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId update_xact; + int remain; + bool current_is_member = false; + + if (DoesMultiXactIdConflict((MultiXactId) xwait, infomask, + *lockmode, ¤t_is_member)) + { + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + /* + * Acquire the lock, if necessary (but skip it when we're + * requesting a lock and already have one; avoids deadlock). + */ + if (!current_is_member) + heap_acquire_tuplock(relation, &(oldtup.t_self), *lockmode, + LockWaitBlock, &have_tuple_lock); + + /* wait for multixact */ + MultiXactIdWait((MultiXactId) xwait, mxact_status, infomask, + relation, &oldtup.t_self, XLTW_Update, + &remain); + checked_lockers = true; + locker_remains = remain != 0; + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * If xwait had just locked the tuple then some other xact + * could update this tuple before we get to this point. Check + * for xmax change, and start over if so. + */ + if (xmax_infomask_changed(oldtup.t_data->t_infomask, + infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(oldtup.t_data), + xwait)) + goto l2; + } + + /* + * Note that the multixact may not be done by now. It could have + * surviving members; our own xact or other subxacts of this + * backend, and also any other concurrent transaction that locked + * the tuple with LockTupleKeyShare if we only got + * LockTupleNoKeyExclusive. If this is the case, we have to be + * careful to mark the updated tuple with the surviving members in + * Xmax. + * + * Note that there could have been another update in the + * MultiXact. In that case, we need to check whether it committed + * or aborted. If it aborted we are safe to update it again; + * otherwise there is an update conflict, and we have to return + * TableTuple{Deleted, Updated} below. + * + * In the LockTupleExclusive case, we still need to preserve the + * surviving members: those would include the tuple locks we had + * before this one, which are important to keep in case this + * subxact aborts. + */ + if (!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(oldtup.t_data->t_infomask)) + update_xact = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(oldtup.t_data); + else + update_xact = InvalidTransactionId; + + /* + * There was no UPDATE in the MultiXact; or it aborted. No + * TransactionIdIsInProgress() call needed here, since we called + * MultiXactIdWait() above. + */ + if (!TransactionIdIsValid(update_xact) || + TransactionIdDidAbort(update_xact)) + can_continue = true; + } + else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xwait)) + { + /* + * The only locker is ourselves; we can avoid grabbing the tuple + * lock here, but must preserve our locking information. + */ + checked_lockers = true; + locker_remains = true; + can_continue = true; + } + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_KEYSHR_LOCKED(infomask) && key_intact) + { + /* + * If it's just a key-share locker, and we're not changing the key + * columns, we don't need to wait for it to end; but we need to + * preserve it as locker. + */ + checked_lockers = true; + locker_remains = true; + can_continue = true; + } + else + { + /* + * Wait for regular transaction to end; but first, acquire tuple + * lock. + */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + heap_acquire_tuplock(relation, &(oldtup.t_self), *lockmode, + LockWaitBlock, &have_tuple_lock); + XactLockTableWait(xwait, relation, &oldtup.t_self, + XLTW_Update); + checked_lockers = true; + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * xwait is done, but if xwait had just locked the tuple then some + * other xact could update this tuple before we get to this point. + * Check for xmax change, and start over if so. + */ + if (xmax_infomask_changed(oldtup.t_data->t_infomask, infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(xwait, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(oldtup.t_data))) + goto l2; + + /* Otherwise check if it committed or aborted */ + UpdateXmaxHintBits(oldtup.t_data, buffer, xwait); + if (oldtup.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) + can_continue = true; + } + + if (can_continue) + result = TM_Ok; + else if (!ItemPointerEquals(&oldtup.t_self, &oldtup.t_data->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(oldtup.t_data)) + result = TM_Updated; + else + result = TM_Deleted; + } + + if (crosscheck != InvalidSnapshot && result == TM_Ok) + { + /* Perform additional check for transaction-snapshot mode RI updates */ + if (!HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(&oldtup, crosscheck, buffer)) + { + result = TM_Updated; + Assert(!ItemPointerEquals(&oldtup.t_self, &oldtup.t_data->t_ctid)); + } + } + + if (result != TM_Ok) + { + Assert(result == TM_SelfModified || + result == TM_Updated || + result == TM_Deleted || + result == TM_BeingModified); + Assert(!(oldtup.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)); + Assert(result != TM_Updated || + !ItemPointerEquals(&oldtup.t_self, &oldtup.t_data->t_ctid)); + tmfd->ctid = oldtup.t_data->t_ctid; + tmfd->xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(oldtup.t_data); + if (result == TM_SelfModified) + tmfd->cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(oldtup.t_data); + else + tmfd->cmax = InvalidCommandId; + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + if (have_tuple_lock) + UnlockTupleTuplock(relation, &(oldtup.t_self), *lockmode); + if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + bms_free(hot_attrs); + bms_free(key_attrs); + bms_free(id_attrs); + bms_free(modified_attrs); + bms_free(interesting_attrs); + return result; + } + + /* + * If we didn't pin the visibility map page and the page has become all + * visible while we were busy locking the buffer, or during some + * subsequent window during which we had it unlocked, we'll have to unlock + * and re-lock, to avoid holding the buffer lock across an I/O. That's a + * bit unfortunate, especially since we'll now have to recheck whether the + * tuple has been locked or updated under us, but hopefully it won't + * happen very often. + */ + if (vmbuffer == InvalidBuffer && PageIsAllVisible(page)) + { + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block, &vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto l2; + } + + /* Fill in transaction status data */ + + /* + * If the tuple we're updating is locked, we need to preserve the locking + * info in the old tuple's Xmax. Prepare a new Xmax value for this. + */ + compute_new_xmax_infomask(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(oldtup.t_data), + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask, + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask2, + xid, *lockmode, true, + &xmax_old_tuple, &infomask_old_tuple, + &infomask2_old_tuple); + + /* + * And also prepare an Xmax value for the new copy of the tuple. If there + * was no xmax previously, or there was one but all lockers are now gone, + * then use InvalidXid; otherwise, get the xmax from the old tuple. (In + * rare cases that might also be InvalidXid and yet not have the + * HEAP_XMAX_INVALID bit set; that's fine.) + */ + if ((oldtup.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) || + HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(oldtup.t_data->t_infomask) || + (checked_lockers && !locker_remains)) + xmax_new_tuple = InvalidTransactionId; + else + xmax_new_tuple = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(oldtup.t_data); + + if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xmax_new_tuple)) + { + infomask_new_tuple = HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + infomask2_new_tuple = 0; + } + else + { + /* + * If we found a valid Xmax for the new tuple, then the infomask bits + * to use on the new tuple depend on what was there on the old one. + * Note that since we're doing an update, the only possibility is that + * the lockers had FOR KEY SHARE lock. + */ + if (oldtup.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + GetMultiXactIdHintBits(xmax_new_tuple, &infomask_new_tuple, + &infomask2_new_tuple); + } + else + { + infomask_new_tuple = HEAP_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK | HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY; + infomask2_new_tuple = 0; + } + } + + /* + * Prepare the new tuple with the appropriate initial values of Xmin and + * Xmax, as well as initial infomask bits as computed above. + */ + newtup->t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XACT_MASK); + newtup->t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~(HEAP2_XACT_MASK); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmin(newtup->t_data, xid); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmin(newtup->t_data, cid); + newtup->t_data->t_infomask |= HEAP_UPDATED | infomask_new_tuple; + newtup->t_data->t_infomask2 |= infomask2_new_tuple; + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(newtup->t_data, xmax_new_tuple); + + /* + * Replace cid with a combo cid if necessary. Note that we already put + * the plain cid into the new tuple. + */ + HeapTupleHeaderAdjustCmax(oldtup.t_data, &cid, &iscombo); + + /* + * If the toaster needs to be activated, OR if the new tuple will not fit + * on the same page as the old, then we need to release the content lock + * (but not the pin!) on the old tuple's buffer while we are off doing + * TOAST and/or table-file-extension work. We must mark the old tuple to + * show that it's locked, else other processes may try to update it + * themselves. + * + * We need to invoke the toaster if there are already any out-of-line + * toasted values present, or if the new tuple is over-threshold. + */ + if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && + relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW) + { + /* toast table entries should never be recursively toasted */ + Assert(!HeapTupleHasExternal(&oldtup)); + Assert(!HeapTupleHasExternal(newtup)); + need_toast = false; + } + else + need_toast = (HeapTupleHasExternal(&oldtup) || + HeapTupleHasExternal(newtup) || + newtup->t_len > TOAST_TUPLE_THRESHOLD); + + pagefree = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); + + newtupsize = MAXALIGN(newtup->t_len); + + if (need_toast || newtupsize > pagefree) + { + TransactionId xmax_lock_old_tuple; + uint16 infomask_lock_old_tuple, + infomask2_lock_old_tuple; + bool cleared_all_frozen = false; + + /* + * To prevent concurrent sessions from updating the tuple, we have to + * temporarily mark it locked, while we release the page-level lock. + * + * To satisfy the rule that any xid potentially appearing in a buffer + * written out to disk, we unfortunately have to WAL log this + * temporary modification. We can reuse xl_heap_lock for this + * purpose. If we crash/error before following through with the + * actual update, xmax will be of an aborted transaction, allowing + * other sessions to proceed. + */ + + /* + * Compute xmax / infomask appropriate for locking the tuple. This has + * to be done separately from the combo that's going to be used for + * updating, because the potentially created multixact would otherwise + * be wrong. + */ + compute_new_xmax_infomask(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(oldtup.t_data), + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask, + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask2, + xid, *lockmode, false, + &xmax_lock_old_tuple, &infomask_lock_old_tuple, + &infomask2_lock_old_tuple); + + Assert(HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(infomask_lock_old_tuple)); + + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* Clear obsolete visibility flags ... */ + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + HeapTupleClearHotUpdated(&oldtup); + /* ... and store info about transaction updating this tuple */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax_lock_old_tuple)); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(oldtup.t_data, xmax_lock_old_tuple); + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask |= infomask_lock_old_tuple; + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask2 |= infomask2_lock_old_tuple; + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(oldtup.t_data, cid, iscombo); + + /* temporarily make it look not-updated, but locked */ + oldtup.t_data->t_ctid = oldtup.t_self; + + /* + * Clear all-frozen bit on visibility map if needed. We could + * immediately reset ALL_VISIBLE, but given that the WAL logging + * overhead would be unchanged, that doesn't seem necessarily + * worthwhile. + */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(page) && + visibilitymap_clear(relation, block, vmbuffer, + VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN)) + cleared_all_frozen = true; + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + xl_heap_lock xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&oldtup.t_self); + xlrec.locking_xid = xmax_lock_old_tuple; + xlrec.infobits_set = compute_infobits(oldtup.t_data->t_infomask, + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask2); + xlrec.flags = + cleared_all_frozen ? XLH_LOCK_ALL_FROZEN_CLEARED : 0; + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapLock); + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_LOCK); + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + /* + * Let the toaster do its thing, if needed. + * + * Note: below this point, heaptup is the data we actually intend to + * store into the relation; newtup is the caller's original untoasted + * data. + */ + if (need_toast) + { + /* Note we always use WAL and FSM during updates */ + heaptup = heap_toast_insert_or_update(relation, newtup, &oldtup, 0); + newtupsize = MAXALIGN(heaptup->t_len); + } + else + heaptup = newtup; + + /* + * Now, do we need a new page for the tuple, or not? This is a bit + * tricky since someone else could have added tuples to the page while + * we weren't looking. We have to recheck the available space after + * reacquiring the buffer lock. But don't bother to do that if the + * former amount of free space is still not enough; it's unlikely + * there's more free now than before. + * + * What's more, if we need to get a new page, we will need to acquire + * buffer locks on both old and new pages. To avoid deadlock against + * some other backend trying to get the same two locks in the other + * order, we must be consistent about the order we get the locks in. + * We use the rule "lock the lower-numbered page of the relation + * first". To implement this, we must do RelationGetBufferForTuple + * while not holding the lock on the old page, and we must rely on it + * to get the locks on both pages in the correct order. + * + * Another consideration is that we need visibility map page pin(s) if + * we will have to clear the all-visible flag on either page. If we + * call RelationGetBufferForTuple, we rely on it to acquire any such + * pins; but if we don't, we have to handle that here. Hence we need + * a loop. + */ + for (;;) + { + if (newtupsize > pagefree) + { + /* It doesn't fit, must use RelationGetBufferForTuple. */ + newbuf = RelationGetBufferForTuple(relation, heaptup->t_len, + buffer, 0, NULL, + &vmbuffer_new, &vmbuffer); + /* We're all done. */ + break; + } + /* Acquire VM page pin if needed and we don't have it. */ + if (vmbuffer == InvalidBuffer && PageIsAllVisible(page)) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block, &vmbuffer); + /* Re-acquire the lock on the old tuple's page. */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + /* Re-check using the up-to-date free space */ + pagefree = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); + if (newtupsize > pagefree || + (vmbuffer == InvalidBuffer && PageIsAllVisible(page))) + { + /* + * Rats, it doesn't fit anymore, or somebody just now set the + * all-visible flag. We must now unlock and loop to avoid + * deadlock. Fortunately, this path should seldom be taken. + */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + } + else + { + /* We're all done. */ + newbuf = buffer; + break; + } + } + } + else + { + /* No TOAST work needed, and it'll fit on same page */ + newbuf = buffer; + heaptup = newtup; + } + + /* + * We're about to do the actual update -- check for conflict first, to + * avoid possibly having to roll back work we've just done. + * + * This is safe without a recheck as long as there is no possibility of + * another process scanning the pages between this check and the update + * being visible to the scan (i.e., exclusive buffer content lock(s) are + * continuously held from this point until the tuple update is visible). + * + * For the new tuple the only check needed is at the relation level, but + * since both tuples are in the same relation and the check for oldtup + * will include checking the relation level, there is no benefit to a + * separate check for the new tuple. + */ + CheckForSerializableConflictIn(relation, &oldtup.t_self, + BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer)); + + /* + * At this point newbuf and buffer are both pinned and locked, and newbuf + * has enough space for the new tuple. If they are the same buffer, only + * one pin is held. + */ + + if (newbuf == buffer) + { + /* + * Since the new tuple is going into the same page, we might be able + * to do a HOT update. Check if any of the index columns have been + * changed. If the page was already full, we may have skipped checking + * for index columns, and also can't do a HOT update. + */ + if (hot_attrs_checked && !bms_overlap(modified_attrs, hot_attrs)) + use_hot_update = true; + } + else + { + /* Set a hint that the old page could use prune/defrag */ + PageSetFull(page); + } + + /* + * Compute replica identity tuple before entering the critical section so + * we don't PANIC upon a memory allocation failure. + * ExtractReplicaIdentity() will return NULL if nothing needs to be + * logged. + */ + old_key_tuple = ExtractReplicaIdentity(relation, &oldtup, + bms_overlap(modified_attrs, id_attrs), + &old_key_copied); + + /* NO EREPORT(ERROR) from here till changes are logged */ + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* + * If this transaction commits, the old tuple will become DEAD sooner or + * later. Set flag that this page is a candidate for pruning once our xid + * falls below the OldestXmin horizon. If the transaction finally aborts, + * the subsequent page pruning will be a no-op and the hint will be + * cleared. + * + * XXX Should we set hint on newbuf as well? If the transaction aborts, + * there would be a prunable tuple in the newbuf; but for now we choose + * not to optimize for aborts. Note that heap_xlog_update must be kept in + * sync if this decision changes. + */ + PageSetPrunable(page, xid); + + if (use_hot_update) + { + /* Mark the old tuple as HOT-updated */ + HeapTupleSetHotUpdated(&oldtup); + /* And mark the new tuple as heap-only */ + HeapTupleSetHeapOnly(heaptup); + /* Mark the caller's copy too, in case different from heaptup */ + HeapTupleSetHeapOnly(newtup); + } + else + { + /* Make sure tuples are correctly marked as not-HOT */ + HeapTupleClearHotUpdated(&oldtup); + HeapTupleClearHeapOnly(heaptup); + HeapTupleClearHeapOnly(newtup); + } + + RelationPutHeapTuple(relation, newbuf, heaptup, false); /* insert new tuple */ + + + /* Clear obsolete visibility flags, possibly set by ourselves above... */ + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + /* ... and store info about transaction updating this tuple */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax_old_tuple)); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(oldtup.t_data, xmax_old_tuple); + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask |= infomask_old_tuple; + oldtup.t_data->t_infomask2 |= infomask2_old_tuple; + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(oldtup.t_data, cid, iscombo); + + /* record address of new tuple in t_ctid of old one */ + oldtup.t_data->t_ctid = heaptup->t_self; + + /* clear PD_ALL_VISIBLE flags, reset all visibilitymap bits */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer))) + { + all_visible_cleared = true; + PageClearAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer)); + visibilitymap_clear(relation, BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), + vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + } + if (newbuf != buffer && PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(newbuf))) + { + all_visible_cleared_new = true; + PageClearAllVisible(BufferGetPage(newbuf)); + visibilitymap_clear(relation, BufferGetBlockNumber(newbuf), + vmbuffer_new, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + } + + if (newbuf != buffer) + MarkBufferDirty(newbuf); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + /* + * For logical decoding we need combocids to properly decode the + * catalog. + */ + if (RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding(relation)) + { + log_heap_new_cid(relation, &oldtup); + log_heap_new_cid(relation, heaptup); + } + + recptr = log_heap_update(relation, buffer, + newbuf, &oldtup, heaptup, + old_key_tuple, + all_visible_cleared, + all_visible_cleared_new); + if (newbuf != buffer) + { + PageSetLSN(BufferGetPage(newbuf), recptr); + } + PageSetLSN(BufferGetPage(buffer), recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + if (newbuf != buffer) + LockBuffer(newbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + /* + * Mark old tuple for invalidation from system caches at next command + * boundary, and mark the new tuple for invalidation in case we abort. We + * have to do this before releasing the buffer because oldtup is in the + * buffer. (heaptup is all in local memory, but it's necessary to process + * both tuple versions in one call to inval.c so we can avoid redundant + * sinval messages.) + */ + CacheInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, &oldtup, heaptup); + + /* Now we can release the buffer(s) */ + if (newbuf != buffer) + ReleaseBuffer(newbuf); + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + if (BufferIsValid(vmbuffer_new)) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer_new); + if (BufferIsValid(vmbuffer)) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + + /* + * Release the lmgr tuple lock, if we had it. + */ + if (have_tuple_lock) + UnlockTupleTuplock(relation, &(oldtup.t_self), *lockmode); + + pgstat_count_heap_update(relation, use_hot_update); + + /* + * If heaptup is a private copy, release it. Don't forget to copy t_self + * back to the caller's image, too. + */ + if (heaptup != newtup) + { + newtup->t_self = heaptup->t_self; + heap_freetuple(heaptup); + } + + if (old_key_tuple != NULL && old_key_copied) + heap_freetuple(old_key_tuple); + + bms_free(hot_attrs); + bms_free(key_attrs); + bms_free(id_attrs); + bms_free(modified_attrs); + bms_free(interesting_attrs); + + return TM_Ok; +} + +/* + * Check if the specified attribute's value is same in both given tuples. + * Subroutine for HeapDetermineModifiedColumns. + */ +static bool +heap_tuple_attr_equals(TupleDesc tupdesc, int attrnum, + HeapTuple tup1, HeapTuple tup2) +{ + Datum value1, + value2; + bool isnull1, + isnull2; + Form_pg_attribute att; + + /* + * If it's a whole-tuple reference, say "not equal". It's not really + * worth supporting this case, since it could only succeed after a no-op + * update, which is hardly a case worth optimizing for. + */ + if (attrnum == 0) + return false; + + /* + * Likewise, automatically say "not equal" for any system attribute other + * than tableOID; we cannot expect these to be consistent in a HOT chain, + * or even to be set correctly yet in the new tuple. + */ + if (attrnum < 0) + { + if (attrnum != TableOidAttributeNumber) + return false; + } + + /* + * Extract the corresponding values. XXX this is pretty inefficient if + * there are many indexed columns. Should HeapDetermineModifiedColumns do + * a single heap_deform_tuple call on each tuple, instead? But that + * doesn't work for system columns ... + */ + value1 = heap_getattr(tup1, attrnum, tupdesc, &isnull1); + value2 = heap_getattr(tup2, attrnum, tupdesc, &isnull2); + + /* + * If one value is NULL and other is not, then they are certainly not + * equal + */ + if (isnull1 != isnull2) + return false; + + /* + * If both are NULL, they can be considered equal. + */ + if (isnull1) + return true; + + /* + * We do simple binary comparison of the two datums. This may be overly + * strict because there can be multiple binary representations for the + * same logical value. But we should be OK as long as there are no false + * positives. Using a type-specific equality operator is messy because + * there could be multiple notions of equality in different operator + * classes; furthermore, we cannot safely invoke user-defined functions + * while holding exclusive buffer lock. + */ + if (attrnum <= 0) + { + /* The only allowed system columns are OIDs, so do this */ + return (DatumGetObjectId(value1) == DatumGetObjectId(value2)); + } + else + { + Assert(attrnum <= tupdesc->natts); + att = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attrnum - 1); + return datumIsEqual(value1, value2, att->attbyval, att->attlen); + } +} + +/* + * Check which columns are being updated. + * + * Given an updated tuple, determine (and return into the output bitmapset), + * from those listed as interesting, the set of columns that changed. + * + * The input bitmapset is destructively modified; that is OK since this is + * invoked at most once in heap_update. + */ +static Bitmapset * +HeapDetermineModifiedColumns(Relation relation, Bitmapset *interesting_cols, + HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup) +{ + int attnum; + Bitmapset *modified = NULL; + + while ((attnum = bms_first_member(interesting_cols)) >= 0) + { + attnum += FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber; + + if (!heap_tuple_attr_equals(RelationGetDescr(relation), + attnum, oldtup, newtup)) + modified = bms_add_member(modified, + attnum - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber); + } + + return modified; +} + +/* + * simple_heap_update - replace a tuple + * + * This routine may be used to update a tuple when concurrent updates of + * the target tuple are not expected (for example, because we have a lock + * on the relation associated with the tuple). Any failure is reported + * via ereport(). + */ +void +simple_heap_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, HeapTuple tup) +{ + TM_Result result; + TM_FailureData tmfd; + LockTupleMode lockmode; + + result = heap_update(relation, otid, tup, + GetCurrentCommandId(true), InvalidSnapshot, + true /* wait for commit */ , + &tmfd, &lockmode); + switch (result) + { + case TM_SelfModified: + /* Tuple was already updated in current command? */ + elog(ERROR, "tuple already updated by self"); + break; + + case TM_Ok: + /* done successfully */ + break; + + case TM_Updated: + elog(ERROR, "tuple concurrently updated"); + break; + + case TM_Deleted: + elog(ERROR, "tuple concurrently deleted"); + break; + + default: + elog(ERROR, "unrecognized heap_update status: %u", result); + break; + } +} + + +/* + * Return the MultiXactStatus corresponding to the given tuple lock mode. + */ +static MultiXactStatus +get_mxact_status_for_lock(LockTupleMode mode, bool is_update) +{ + int retval; + + if (is_update) + retval = tupleLockExtraInfo[mode].updstatus; + else + retval = tupleLockExtraInfo[mode].lockstatus; + + if (retval == -1) + elog(ERROR, "invalid lock tuple mode %d/%s", mode, + is_update ? "true" : "false"); + + return (MultiXactStatus) retval; +} + +/* + * heap_lock_tuple - lock a tuple in shared or exclusive mode + * + * Note that this acquires a buffer pin, which the caller must release. + * + * Input parameters: + * relation: relation containing tuple (caller must hold suitable lock) + * tid: TID of tuple to lock + * cid: current command ID (used for visibility test, and stored into + * tuple's cmax if lock is successful) + * mode: indicates if shared or exclusive tuple lock is desired + * wait_policy: what to do if tuple lock is not available + * follow_updates: if true, follow the update chain to also lock descendant + * tuples. + * + * Output parameters: + * *tuple: all fields filled in + * *buffer: set to buffer holding tuple (pinned but not locked at exit) + * *tmfd: filled in failure cases (see below) + * + * Function results are the same as the ones for table_tuple_lock(). + * + * In the failure cases other than TM_Invisible, the routine fills + * *tmfd with the tuple's t_ctid, t_xmax (resolving a possible MultiXact, + * if necessary), and t_cmax (the last only for TM_SelfModified, + * since we cannot obtain cmax from a combocid generated by another + * transaction). + * See comments for struct TM_FailureData for additional info. + * + * See README.tuplock for a thorough explanation of this mechanism. + */ +TM_Result +heap_lock_tuple(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple, + CommandId cid, LockTupleMode mode, LockWaitPolicy wait_policy, + bool follow_updates, + Buffer *buffer, TM_FailureData *tmfd) +{ + TM_Result result; + ItemPointer tid = &(tuple->t_self); + ItemId lp; + Page page; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + BlockNumber block; + TransactionId xid, + xmax; + uint16 old_infomask, + new_infomask, + new_infomask2; + bool first_time = true; + bool skip_tuple_lock = false; + bool have_tuple_lock = false; + bool cleared_all_frozen = false; + + *buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid)); + block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid); + + /* + * Before locking the buffer, pin the visibility map page if it appears to + * be necessary. Since we haven't got the lock yet, someone else might be + * in the middle of changing this, so we'll need to recheck after we have + * the lock. + */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(*buffer))) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block, &vmbuffer); + + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + page = BufferGetPage(*buffer); + lp = PageGetItemId(page, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid)); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lp)); + + tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + tuple->t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + +l3: + result = HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(tuple, cid, *buffer); + + if (result == TM_Invisible) + { + /* + * This is possible, but only when locking a tuple for ON CONFLICT + * UPDATE. We return this value here rather than throwing an error in + * order to give that case the opportunity to throw a more specific + * error. + */ + result = TM_Invisible; + goto out_locked; + } + else if (result == TM_BeingModified || + result == TM_Updated || + result == TM_Deleted) + { + TransactionId xwait; + uint16 infomask; + uint16 infomask2; + bool require_sleep; + ItemPointerData t_ctid; + + /* must copy state data before unlocking buffer */ + xwait = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple->t_data); + infomask = tuple->t_data->t_infomask; + infomask2 = tuple->t_data->t_infomask2; + ItemPointerCopy(&tuple->t_data->t_ctid, &t_ctid); + + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + /* + * If any subtransaction of the current top transaction already holds + * a lock as strong as or stronger than what we're requesting, we + * effectively hold the desired lock already. We *must* succeed + * without trying to take the tuple lock, else we will deadlock + * against anyone wanting to acquire a stronger lock. + * + * Note we only do this the first time we loop on the HTSU result; + * there is no point in testing in subsequent passes, because + * evidently our own transaction cannot have acquired a new lock after + * the first time we checked. + */ + if (first_time) + { + first_time = false; + + if (infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + int i; + int nmembers; + MultiXactMember *members; + + /* + * We don't need to allow old multixacts here; if that had + * been the case, HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate would have returned + * MayBeUpdated and we wouldn't be here. + */ + nmembers = + GetMultiXactIdMembers(xwait, &members, false, + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(infomask)); + + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + /* only consider members of our own transaction */ + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(members[i].xid)) + continue; + + if (TUPLOCK_from_mxstatus(members[i].status) >= mode) + { + pfree(members); + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_unlocked; + } + else + { + /* + * Disable acquisition of the heavyweight tuple lock. + * Otherwise, when promoting a weaker lock, we might + * deadlock with another locker that has acquired the + * heavyweight tuple lock and is waiting for our + * transaction to finish. + * + * Note that in this case we still need to wait for + * the multixact if required, to avoid acquiring + * conflicting locks. + */ + skip_tuple_lock = true; + } + } + + if (members) + pfree(members); + } + else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xwait)) + { + switch (mode) + { + case LockTupleKeyShare: + Assert(HEAP_XMAX_IS_KEYSHR_LOCKED(infomask) || + HEAP_XMAX_IS_SHR_LOCKED(infomask) || + HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(infomask)); + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_unlocked; + case LockTupleShare: + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_SHR_LOCKED(infomask) || + HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(infomask)) + { + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_unlocked; + } + break; + case LockTupleNoKeyExclusive: + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(infomask)) + { + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_unlocked; + } + break; + case LockTupleExclusive: + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(infomask) && + infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) + { + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_unlocked; + } + break; + } + } + } + + /* + * Initially assume that we will have to wait for the locking + * transaction(s) to finish. We check various cases below in which + * this can be turned off. + */ + require_sleep = true; + if (mode == LockTupleKeyShare) + { + /* + * If we're requesting KeyShare, and there's no update present, we + * don't need to wait. Even if there is an update, we can still + * continue if the key hasn't been modified. + * + * However, if there are updates, we need to walk the update chain + * to mark future versions of the row as locked, too. That way, + * if somebody deletes that future version, we're protected + * against the key going away. This locking of future versions + * could block momentarily, if a concurrent transaction is + * deleting a key; or it could return a value to the effect that + * the transaction deleting the key has already committed. So we + * do this before re-locking the buffer; otherwise this would be + * prone to deadlocks. + * + * Note that the TID we're locking was grabbed before we unlocked + * the buffer. For it to change while we're not looking, the + * other properties we're testing for below after re-locking the + * buffer would also change, in which case we would restart this + * loop above. + */ + if (!(infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED)) + { + bool updated; + + updated = !HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(infomask); + + /* + * If there are updates, follow the update chain; bail out if + * that cannot be done. + */ + if (follow_updates && updated) + { + TM_Result res; + + res = heap_lock_updated_tuple(relation, tuple, &t_ctid, + GetCurrentTransactionId(), + mode); + if (res != TM_Ok) + { + result = res; + /* recovery code expects to have buffer lock held */ + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto failed; + } + } + + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * Make sure it's still an appropriate lock, else start over. + * Also, if it wasn't updated before we released the lock, but + * is updated now, we start over too; the reason is that we + * now need to follow the update chain to lock the new + * versions. + */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(tuple->t_data) && + ((tuple->t_data->t_infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) || + !updated)) + goto l3; + + /* Things look okay, so we can skip sleeping */ + require_sleep = false; + + /* + * Note we allow Xmax to change here; other updaters/lockers + * could have modified it before we grabbed the buffer lock. + * However, this is not a problem, because with the recheck we + * just did we ensure that they still don't conflict with the + * lock we want. + */ + } + } + else if (mode == LockTupleShare) + { + /* + * If we're requesting Share, we can similarly avoid sleeping if + * there's no update and no exclusive lock present. + */ + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(infomask) && + !HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(infomask)) + { + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * Make sure it's still an appropriate lock, else start over. + * See above about allowing xmax to change. + */ + if (!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_data->t_infomask) || + HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(tuple->t_data->t_infomask)) + goto l3; + require_sleep = false; + } + } + else if (mode == LockTupleNoKeyExclusive) + { + /* + * If we're requesting NoKeyExclusive, we might also be able to + * avoid sleeping; just ensure that there no conflicting lock + * already acquired. + */ + if (infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + if (!DoesMultiXactIdConflict((MultiXactId) xwait, infomask, + mode, NULL)) + { + /* + * No conflict, but if the xmax changed under us in the + * meantime, start over. + */ + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + if (xmax_infomask_changed(tuple->t_data->t_infomask, infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple->t_data), + xwait)) + goto l3; + + /* otherwise, we're good */ + require_sleep = false; + } + } + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_KEYSHR_LOCKED(infomask)) + { + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* if the xmax changed in the meantime, start over */ + if (xmax_infomask_changed(tuple->t_data->t_infomask, infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple->t_data), + xwait)) + goto l3; + /* otherwise, we're good */ + require_sleep = false; + } + } + + /* + * As a check independent from those above, we can also avoid sleeping + * if the current transaction is the sole locker of the tuple. Note + * that the strength of the lock already held is irrelevant; this is + * not about recording the lock in Xmax (which will be done regardless + * of this optimization, below). Also, note that the cases where we + * hold a lock stronger than we are requesting are already handled + * above by not doing anything. + * + * Note we only deal with the non-multixact case here; MultiXactIdWait + * is well equipped to deal with this situation on its own. + */ + if (require_sleep && !(infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) && + TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xwait)) + { + /* ... but if the xmax changed in the meantime, start over */ + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + if (xmax_infomask_changed(tuple->t_data->t_infomask, infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple->t_data), + xwait)) + goto l3; + Assert(HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_data->t_infomask)); + require_sleep = false; + } + + /* + * Time to sleep on the other transaction/multixact, if necessary. + * + * If the other transaction is an update/delete that's already + * committed, then sleeping cannot possibly do any good: if we're + * required to sleep, get out to raise an error instead. + * + * By here, we either have already acquired the buffer exclusive lock, + * or we must wait for the locking transaction or multixact; so below + * we ensure that we grab buffer lock after the sleep. + */ + if (require_sleep && (result == TM_Updated || result == TM_Deleted)) + { + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto failed; + } + else if (require_sleep) + { + /* + * Acquire tuple lock to establish our priority for the tuple, or + * die trying. LockTuple will release us when we are next-in-line + * for the tuple. We must do this even if we are share-locking, + * but not if we already have a weaker lock on the tuple. + * + * If we are forced to "start over" below, we keep the tuple lock; + * this arranges that we stay at the head of the line while + * rechecking tuple state. + */ + if (!skip_tuple_lock && + !heap_acquire_tuplock(relation, tid, mode, wait_policy, + &have_tuple_lock)) + { + /* + * This can only happen if wait_policy is Skip and the lock + * couldn't be obtained. + */ + result = TM_WouldBlock; + /* recovery code expects to have buffer lock held */ + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto failed; + } + + if (infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + MultiXactStatus status = get_mxact_status_for_lock(mode, false); + + /* We only ever lock tuples, never update them */ + if (status >= MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate) + elog(ERROR, "invalid lock mode in heap_lock_tuple"); + + /* wait for multixact to end, or die trying */ + switch (wait_policy) + { + case LockWaitBlock: + MultiXactIdWait((MultiXactId) xwait, status, infomask, + relation, &tuple->t_self, XLTW_Lock, NULL); + break; + case LockWaitSkip: + if (!ConditionalMultiXactIdWait((MultiXactId) xwait, + status, infomask, relation, + NULL)) + { + result = TM_WouldBlock; + /* recovery code expects to have buffer lock held */ + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto failed; + } + break; + case LockWaitError: + if (!ConditionalMultiXactIdWait((MultiXactId) xwait, + status, infomask, relation, + NULL)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), + errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); + + break; + } + + /* + * Of course, the multixact might not be done here: if we're + * requesting a light lock mode, other transactions with light + * locks could still be alive, as well as locks owned by our + * own xact or other subxacts of this backend. We need to + * preserve the surviving MultiXact members. Note that it + * isn't absolutely necessary in the latter case, but doing so + * is simpler. + */ + } + else + { + /* wait for regular transaction to end, or die trying */ + switch (wait_policy) + { + case LockWaitBlock: + XactLockTableWait(xwait, relation, &tuple->t_self, + XLTW_Lock); + break; + case LockWaitSkip: + if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(xwait)) + { + result = TM_WouldBlock; + /* recovery code expects to have buffer lock held */ + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto failed; + } + break; + case LockWaitError: + if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(xwait)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), + errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); + break; + } + } + + /* if there are updates, follow the update chain */ + if (follow_updates && !HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(infomask)) + { + TM_Result res; + + res = heap_lock_updated_tuple(relation, tuple, &t_ctid, + GetCurrentTransactionId(), + mode); + if (res != TM_Ok) + { + result = res; + /* recovery code expects to have buffer lock held */ + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto failed; + } + } + + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * xwait is done, but if xwait had just locked the tuple then some + * other xact could update this tuple before we get to this point. + * Check for xmax change, and start over if so. + */ + if (xmax_infomask_changed(tuple->t_data->t_infomask, infomask) || + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple->t_data), + xwait)) + goto l3; + + if (!(infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)) + { + /* + * Otherwise check if it committed or aborted. Note we cannot + * be here if the tuple was only locked by somebody who didn't + * conflict with us; that would have been handled above. So + * that transaction must necessarily be gone by now. But + * don't check for this in the multixact case, because some + * locker transactions might still be running. + */ + UpdateXmaxHintBits(tuple->t_data, *buffer, xwait); + } + } + + /* By here, we're certain that we hold buffer exclusive lock again */ + + /* + * We may lock if previous xmax aborted, or if it committed but only + * locked the tuple without updating it; or if we didn't have to wait + * at all for whatever reason. + */ + if (!require_sleep || + (tuple->t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) || + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_data->t_infomask) || + HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(tuple->t_data)) + result = TM_Ok; + else if (!ItemPointerEquals(&tuple->t_self, &tuple->t_data->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tuple->t_data)) + result = TM_Updated; + else + result = TM_Deleted; + } + +failed: + if (result != TM_Ok) + { + Assert(result == TM_SelfModified || result == TM_Updated || + result == TM_Deleted || result == TM_WouldBlock); + Assert(!(tuple->t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)); + Assert(result != TM_Updated || + !ItemPointerEquals(&tuple->t_self, &tuple->t_data->t_ctid)); + tmfd->ctid = tuple->t_data->t_ctid; + tmfd->xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tuple->t_data); + if (result == TM_SelfModified) + tmfd->cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple->t_data); + else + tmfd->cmax = InvalidCommandId; + goto out_locked; + } + + /* + * If we didn't pin the visibility map page and the page has become all + * visible while we were busy locking the buffer, or during some + * subsequent window during which we had it unlocked, we'll have to unlock + * and re-lock, to avoid holding the buffer lock across I/O. That's a bit + * unfortunate, especially since we'll now have to recheck whether the + * tuple has been locked or updated under us, but hopefully it won't + * happen very often. + */ + if (vmbuffer == InvalidBuffer && PageIsAllVisible(page)) + { + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block, &vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + goto l3; + } + + xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple->t_data); + old_infomask = tuple->t_data->t_infomask; + + /* + * If this is the first possibly-multixact-able operation in the current + * transaction, set my per-backend OldestMemberMXactId setting. We can be + * certain that the transaction will never become a member of any older + * MultiXactIds than that. (We have to do this even if we end up just + * using our own TransactionId below, since some other backend could + * incorporate our XID into a MultiXact immediately afterwards.) + */ + MultiXactIdSetOldestMember(); + + /* + * Compute the new xmax and infomask to store into the tuple. Note we do + * not modify the tuple just yet, because that would leave it in the wrong + * state if multixact.c elogs. + */ + compute_new_xmax_infomask(xmax, old_infomask, tuple->t_data->t_infomask2, + GetCurrentTransactionId(), mode, false, + &xid, &new_infomask, &new_infomask2); + + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* + * Store transaction information of xact locking the tuple. + * + * Note: Cmax is meaningless in this context, so don't set it; this avoids + * possibly generating a useless combo CID. Moreover, if we're locking a + * previously updated tuple, it's important to preserve the Cmax. + * + * Also reset the HOT UPDATE bit, but only if there's no update; otherwise + * we would break the HOT chain. + */ + tuple->t_data->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_BITS; + tuple->t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + tuple->t_data->t_infomask |= new_infomask; + tuple->t_data->t_infomask2 |= new_infomask2; + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(new_infomask)) + HeapTupleHeaderClearHotUpdated(tuple->t_data); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(tuple->t_data, xid); + + /* + * Make sure there is no forward chain link in t_ctid. Note that in the + * cases where the tuple has been updated, we must not overwrite t_ctid, + * because it was set by the updater. Moreover, if the tuple has been + * updated, we need to follow the update chain to lock the new versions of + * the tuple as well. + */ + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(new_infomask)) + tuple->t_data->t_ctid = *tid; + + /* Clear only the all-frozen bit on visibility map if needed */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(page) && + visibilitymap_clear(relation, block, vmbuffer, + VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN)) + cleared_all_frozen = true; + + + MarkBufferDirty(*buffer); + + /* + * XLOG stuff. You might think that we don't need an XLOG record because + * there is no state change worth restoring after a crash. You would be + * wrong however: we have just written either a TransactionId or a + * MultiXactId that may never have been seen on disk before, and we need + * to make sure that there are XLOG entries covering those ID numbers. + * Else the same IDs might be re-used after a crash, which would be + * disastrous if this page made it to disk before the crash. Essentially + * we have to enforce the WAL log-before-data rule even in this case. + * (Also, in a PITR log-shipping or 2PC environment, we have to have XLOG + * entries for everything anyway.) + */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + xl_heap_lock xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, *buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&tuple->t_self); + xlrec.locking_xid = xid; + xlrec.infobits_set = compute_infobits(new_infomask, + tuple->t_data->t_infomask2); + xlrec.flags = cleared_all_frozen ? XLH_LOCK_ALL_FROZEN_CLEARED : 0; + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapLock); + + /* we don't decode row locks atm, so no need to log the origin */ + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_LOCK); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + result = TM_Ok; + +out_locked: + LockBuffer(*buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + +out_unlocked: + if (BufferIsValid(vmbuffer)) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + + /* + * Don't update the visibility map here. Locking a tuple doesn't change + * visibility info. + */ + + /* + * Now that we have successfully marked the tuple as locked, we can + * release the lmgr tuple lock, if we had it. + */ + if (have_tuple_lock) + UnlockTupleTuplock(relation, tid, mode); + + return result; +} + +/* + * Acquire heavyweight lock on the given tuple, in preparation for acquiring + * its normal, Xmax-based tuple lock. + * + * have_tuple_lock is an input and output parameter: on input, it indicates + * whether the lock has previously been acquired (and this function does + * nothing in that case). If this function returns success, have_tuple_lock + * has been flipped to true. + * + * Returns false if it was unable to obtain the lock; this can only happen if + * wait_policy is Skip. + */ +static bool +heap_acquire_tuplock(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, LockTupleMode mode, + LockWaitPolicy wait_policy, bool *have_tuple_lock) +{ + if (*have_tuple_lock) + return true; + + switch (wait_policy) + { + case LockWaitBlock: + LockTupleTuplock(relation, tid, mode); + break; + + case LockWaitSkip: + if (!ConditionalLockTupleTuplock(relation, tid, mode)) + return false; + break; + + case LockWaitError: + if (!ConditionalLockTupleTuplock(relation, tid, mode)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), + errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); + break; + } + *have_tuple_lock = true; + + return true; +} + +/* + * Given an original set of Xmax and infomask, and a transaction (identified by + * add_to_xmax) acquiring a new lock of some mode, compute the new Xmax and + * corresponding infomasks to use on the tuple. + * + * Note that this might have side effects such as creating a new MultiXactId. + * + * Most callers will have called HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate before this function; + * that will have set the HEAP_XMAX_INVALID bit if the xmax was a MultiXactId + * but it was not running anymore. There is a race condition, which is that the + * MultiXactId may have finished since then, but that uncommon case is handled + * either here, or within MultiXactIdExpand. + * + * There is a similar race condition possible when the old xmax was a regular + * TransactionId. We test TransactionIdIsInProgress again just to narrow the + * window, but it's still possible to end up creating an unnecessary + * MultiXactId. Fortunately this is harmless. + */ +static void +compute_new_xmax_infomask(TransactionId xmax, uint16 old_infomask, + uint16 old_infomask2, TransactionId add_to_xmax, + LockTupleMode mode, bool is_update, + TransactionId *result_xmax, uint16 *result_infomask, + uint16 *result_infomask2) +{ + TransactionId new_xmax; + uint16 new_infomask, + new_infomask2; + + Assert(TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(add_to_xmax)); + +l5: + new_infomask = 0; + new_infomask2 = 0; + if (old_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) + { + /* + * No previous locker; we just insert our own TransactionId. + * + * Note that it's critical that this case be the first one checked, + * because there are several blocks below that come back to this one + * to implement certain optimizations; old_infomask might contain + * other dirty bits in those cases, but we don't really care. + */ + if (is_update) + { + new_xmax = add_to_xmax; + if (mode == LockTupleExclusive) + new_infomask2 |= HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + } + else + { + new_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY; + switch (mode) + { + case LockTupleKeyShare: + new_xmax = add_to_xmax; + new_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK; + break; + case LockTupleShare: + new_xmax = add_to_xmax; + new_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_SHR_LOCK; + break; + case LockTupleNoKeyExclusive: + new_xmax = add_to_xmax; + new_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK; + break; + case LockTupleExclusive: + new_xmax = add_to_xmax; + new_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK; + new_infomask2 |= HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + break; + default: + new_xmax = InvalidTransactionId; /* silence compiler */ + elog(ERROR, "invalid lock mode"); + } + } + } + else if (old_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + MultiXactStatus new_status; + + /* + * Currently we don't allow XMAX_COMMITTED to be set for multis, so + * cross-check. + */ + Assert(!(old_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)); + + /* + * A multixact together with LOCK_ONLY set but neither lock bit set + * (i.e. a pg_upgraded share locked tuple) cannot possibly be running + * anymore. This check is critical for databases upgraded by + * pg_upgrade; both MultiXactIdIsRunning and MultiXactIdExpand assume + * that such multis are never passed. + */ + if (HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(old_infomask)) + { + old_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI; + old_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + goto l5; + } + + /* + * If the XMAX is already a MultiXactId, then we need to expand it to + * include add_to_xmax; but if all the members were lockers and are + * all gone, we can do away with the IS_MULTI bit and just set + * add_to_xmax as the only locker/updater. If all lockers are gone + * and we have an updater that aborted, we can also do without a + * multi. + * + * The cost of doing GetMultiXactIdMembers would be paid by + * MultiXactIdExpand if we weren't to do this, so this check is not + * incurring extra work anyhow. + */ + if (!MultiXactIdIsRunning(xmax, HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(old_infomask))) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(old_infomask) || + !TransactionIdDidCommit(MultiXactIdGetUpdateXid(xmax, + old_infomask))) + { + /* + * Reset these bits and restart; otherwise fall through to + * create a new multi below. + */ + old_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI; + old_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + goto l5; + } + } + + new_status = get_mxact_status_for_lock(mode, is_update); + + new_xmax = MultiXactIdExpand((MultiXactId) xmax, add_to_xmax, + new_status); + GetMultiXactIdHintBits(new_xmax, &new_infomask, &new_infomask2); + } + else if (old_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED) + { + /* + * It's a committed update, so we need to preserve him as updater of + * the tuple. + */ + MultiXactStatus status; + MultiXactStatus new_status; + + if (old_infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) + status = MultiXactStatusUpdate; + else + status = MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate; + + new_status = get_mxact_status_for_lock(mode, is_update); + + /* + * since it's not running, it's obviously impossible for the old + * updater to be identical to the current one, so we need not check + * for that case as we do in the block above. + */ + new_xmax = MultiXactIdCreate(xmax, status, add_to_xmax, new_status); + GetMultiXactIdHintBits(new_xmax, &new_infomask, &new_infomask2); + } + else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax)) + { + /* + * If the XMAX is a valid, in-progress TransactionId, then we need to + * create a new MultiXactId that includes both the old locker or + * updater and our own TransactionId. + */ + MultiXactStatus new_status; + MultiXactStatus old_status; + LockTupleMode old_mode; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(old_infomask)) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_KEYSHR_LOCKED(old_infomask)) + old_status = MultiXactStatusForKeyShare; + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_SHR_LOCKED(old_infomask)) + old_status = MultiXactStatusForShare; + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(old_infomask)) + { + if (old_infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) + old_status = MultiXactStatusForUpdate; + else + old_status = MultiXactStatusForNoKeyUpdate; + } + else + { + /* + * LOCK_ONLY can be present alone only when a page has been + * upgraded by pg_upgrade. But in that case, + * TransactionIdIsInProgress() should have returned false. We + * assume it's no longer locked in this case. + */ + elog(WARNING, "LOCK_ONLY found for Xid in progress %u", xmax); + old_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + old_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY; + goto l5; + } + } + else + { + /* it's an update, but which kind? */ + if (old_infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) + old_status = MultiXactStatusUpdate; + else + old_status = MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate; + } + + old_mode = TUPLOCK_from_mxstatus(old_status); + + /* + * If the lock to be acquired is for the same TransactionId as the + * existing lock, there's an optimization possible: consider only the + * strongest of both locks as the only one present, and restart. + */ + if (xmax == add_to_xmax) + { + /* + * Note that it's not possible for the original tuple to be + * updated: we wouldn't be here because the tuple would have been + * invisible and we wouldn't try to update it. As a subtlety, + * this code can also run when traversing an update chain to lock + * future versions of a tuple. But we wouldn't be here either, + * because the add_to_xmax would be different from the original + * updater. + */ + Assert(HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(old_infomask)); + + /* acquire the strongest of both */ + if (mode < old_mode) + mode = old_mode; + /* mustn't touch is_update */ + + old_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + goto l5; + } + + /* otherwise, just fall back to creating a new multixact */ + new_status = get_mxact_status_for_lock(mode, is_update); + new_xmax = MultiXactIdCreate(xmax, old_status, + add_to_xmax, new_status); + GetMultiXactIdHintBits(new_xmax, &new_infomask, &new_infomask2); + } + else if (!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(old_infomask) && + TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)) + { + /* + * It's a committed update, so we gotta preserve him as updater of the + * tuple. + */ + MultiXactStatus status; + MultiXactStatus new_status; + + if (old_infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) + status = MultiXactStatusUpdate; + else + status = MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate; + + new_status = get_mxact_status_for_lock(mode, is_update); + + /* + * since it's not running, it's obviously impossible for the old + * updater to be identical to the current one, so we need not check + * for that case as we do in the block above. + */ + new_xmax = MultiXactIdCreate(xmax, status, add_to_xmax, new_status); + GetMultiXactIdHintBits(new_xmax, &new_infomask, &new_infomask2); + } + else + { + /* + * Can get here iff the locking/updating transaction was running when + * the infomask was extracted from the tuple, but finished before + * TransactionIdIsInProgress got to run. Deal with it as if there was + * no locker at all in the first place. + */ + old_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + goto l5; + } + + *result_infomask = new_infomask; + *result_infomask2 = new_infomask2; + *result_xmax = new_xmax; +} + +/* + * Subroutine for heap_lock_updated_tuple_rec. + * + * Given a hypothetical multixact status held by the transaction identified + * with the given xid, does the current transaction need to wait, fail, or can + * it continue if it wanted to acquire a lock of the given mode? "needwait" + * is set to true if waiting is necessary; if it can continue, then TM_Ok is + * returned. If the lock is already held by the current transaction, return + * TM_SelfModified. In case of a conflict with another transaction, a + * different HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate return code is returned. + * + * The held status is said to be hypothetical because it might correspond to a + * lock held by a single Xid, i.e. not a real MultiXactId; we express it this + * way for simplicity of API. + */ +static TM_Result +test_lockmode_for_conflict(MultiXactStatus status, TransactionId xid, + LockTupleMode mode, HeapTuple tup, + bool *needwait) +{ + MultiXactStatus wantedstatus; + + *needwait = false; + wantedstatus = get_mxact_status_for_lock(mode, false); + + /* + * Note: we *must* check TransactionIdIsInProgress before + * TransactionIdDidAbort/Commit; see comment at top of heapam_visibility.c + * for an explanation. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xid)) + { + /* + * The tuple has already been locked by our own transaction. This is + * very rare but can happen if multiple transactions are trying to + * lock an ancient version of the same tuple. + */ + return TM_SelfModified; + } + else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xid)) + { + /* + * If the locking transaction is running, what we do depends on + * whether the lock modes conflict: if they do, then we must wait for + * it to finish; otherwise we can fall through to lock this tuple + * version without waiting. + */ + if (DoLockModesConflict(LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(status), + LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(wantedstatus))) + { + *needwait = true; + } + + /* + * If we set needwait above, then this value doesn't matter; + * otherwise, this value signals to caller that it's okay to proceed. + */ + return TM_Ok; + } + else if (TransactionIdDidAbort(xid)) + return TM_Ok; + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xid)) + { + /* + * The other transaction committed. If it was only a locker, then the + * lock is completely gone now and we can return success; but if it + * was an update, then what we do depends on whether the two lock + * modes conflict. If they conflict, then we must report error to + * caller. But if they don't, we can fall through to allow the current + * transaction to lock the tuple. + * + * Note: the reason we worry about ISUPDATE here is because as soon as + * a transaction ends, all its locks are gone and meaningless, and + * thus we can ignore them; whereas its updates persist. In the + * TransactionIdIsInProgress case, above, we don't need to check + * because we know the lock is still "alive" and thus a conflict needs + * always be checked. + */ + if (!ISUPDATE_from_mxstatus(status)) + return TM_Ok; + + if (DoLockModesConflict(LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(status), + LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(wantedstatus))) + { + /* bummer */ + if (!ItemPointerEquals(&tup->t_self, &tup->t_data->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tup->t_data)) + return TM_Updated; + else + return TM_Deleted; + } + + return TM_Ok; + } + + /* Not in progress, not aborted, not committed -- must have crashed */ + return TM_Ok; +} + + +/* + * Recursive part of heap_lock_updated_tuple + * + * Fetch the tuple pointed to by tid in rel, and mark it as locked by the given + * xid with the given mode; if this tuple is updated, recurse to lock the new + * version as well. + */ +static TM_Result +heap_lock_updated_tuple_rec(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid, TransactionId xid, + LockTupleMode mode) +{ + TM_Result result; + ItemPointerData tupid; + HeapTupleData mytup; + Buffer buf; + uint16 new_infomask, + new_infomask2, + old_infomask, + old_infomask2; + TransactionId xmax, + new_xmax; + TransactionId priorXmax = InvalidTransactionId; + bool cleared_all_frozen = false; + bool pinned_desired_page; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + BlockNumber block; + + ItemPointerCopy(tid, &tupid); + + for (;;) + { + new_infomask = 0; + new_xmax = InvalidTransactionId; + block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&tupid); + ItemPointerCopy(&tupid, &(mytup.t_self)); + + if (!heap_fetch(rel, SnapshotAny, &mytup, &buf)) + { + /* + * if we fail to find the updated version of the tuple, it's + * because it was vacuumed/pruned away after its creator + * transaction aborted. So behave as if we got to the end of the + * chain, and there's no further tuple to lock: return success to + * caller. + */ + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_unlocked; + } + +l4: + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + /* + * Before locking the buffer, pin the visibility map page if it + * appears to be necessary. Since we haven't got the lock yet, + * someone else might be in the middle of changing this, so we'll need + * to recheck after we have the lock. + */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buf))) + { + visibilitymap_pin(rel, block, &vmbuffer); + pinned_desired_page = true; + } + else + pinned_desired_page = false; + + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * If we didn't pin the visibility map page and the page has become + * all visible while we were busy locking the buffer, we'll have to + * unlock and re-lock, to avoid holding the buffer lock across I/O. + * That's a bit unfortunate, but hopefully shouldn't happen often. + * + * Note: in some paths through this function, we will reach here + * holding a pin on a vm page that may or may not be the one matching + * this page. If this page isn't all-visible, we won't use the vm + * page, but we hold onto such a pin till the end of the function. + */ + if (!pinned_desired_page && PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buf))) + { + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + visibilitymap_pin(rel, block, &vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + } + + /* + * Check the tuple XMIN against prior XMAX, if any. If we reached the + * end of the chain, we're done, so return success. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(priorXmax) && + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(mytup.t_data), + priorXmax)) + { + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_locked; + } + + /* + * Also check Xmin: if this tuple was created by an aborted + * (sub)transaction, then we already locked the last live one in the + * chain, thus we're done, so return success. + */ + if (TransactionIdDidAbort(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(mytup.t_data))) + { + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_locked; + } + + old_infomask = mytup.t_data->t_infomask; + old_infomask2 = mytup.t_data->t_infomask2; + xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(mytup.t_data); + + /* + * If this tuple version has been updated or locked by some concurrent + * transaction(s), what we do depends on whether our lock mode + * conflicts with what those other transactions hold, and also on the + * status of them. + */ + if (!(old_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)) + { + TransactionId rawxmax; + bool needwait; + + rawxmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(mytup.t_data); + if (old_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + int nmembers; + int i; + MultiXactMember *members; + + /* + * We don't need a test for pg_upgrade'd tuples: this is only + * applied to tuples after the first in an update chain. Said + * first tuple in the chain may well be locked-in-9.2-and- + * pg_upgraded, but that one was already locked by our caller, + * not us; and any subsequent ones cannot be because our + * caller must necessarily have obtained a snapshot later than + * the pg_upgrade itself. + */ + Assert(!HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(mytup.t_data->t_infomask)); + + nmembers = GetMultiXactIdMembers(rawxmax, &members, false, + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(old_infomask)); + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + result = test_lockmode_for_conflict(members[i].status, + members[i].xid, + mode, + &mytup, + &needwait); + + /* + * If the tuple was already locked by ourselves in a + * previous iteration of this (say heap_lock_tuple was + * forced to restart the locking loop because of a change + * in xmax), then we hold the lock already on this tuple + * version and we don't need to do anything; and this is + * not an error condition either. We just need to skip + * this tuple and continue locking the next version in the + * update chain. + */ + if (result == TM_SelfModified) + { + pfree(members); + goto next; + } + + if (needwait) + { + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + XactLockTableWait(members[i].xid, rel, + &mytup.t_self, + XLTW_LockUpdated); + pfree(members); + goto l4; + } + if (result != TM_Ok) + { + pfree(members); + goto out_locked; + } + } + if (members) + pfree(members); + } + else + { + MultiXactStatus status; + + /* + * For a non-multi Xmax, we first need to compute the + * corresponding MultiXactStatus by using the infomask bits. + */ + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(old_infomask)) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_KEYSHR_LOCKED(old_infomask)) + status = MultiXactStatusForKeyShare; + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_SHR_LOCKED(old_infomask)) + status = MultiXactStatusForShare; + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_EXCL_LOCKED(old_infomask)) + { + if (old_infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) + status = MultiXactStatusForUpdate; + else + status = MultiXactStatusForNoKeyUpdate; + } + else + { + /* + * LOCK_ONLY present alone (a pg_upgraded tuple marked + * as share-locked in the old cluster) shouldn't be + * seen in the middle of an update chain. + */ + elog(ERROR, "invalid lock status in tuple"); + } + } + else + { + /* it's an update, but which kind? */ + if (old_infomask2 & HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED) + status = MultiXactStatusUpdate; + else + status = MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate; + } + + result = test_lockmode_for_conflict(status, rawxmax, mode, + &mytup, &needwait); + + /* + * If the tuple was already locked by ourselves in a previous + * iteration of this (say heap_lock_tuple was forced to + * restart the locking loop because of a change in xmax), then + * we hold the lock already on this tuple version and we don't + * need to do anything; and this is not an error condition + * either. We just need to skip this tuple and continue + * locking the next version in the update chain. + */ + if (result == TM_SelfModified) + goto next; + + if (needwait) + { + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + XactLockTableWait(rawxmax, rel, &mytup.t_self, + XLTW_LockUpdated); + goto l4; + } + if (result != TM_Ok) + { + goto out_locked; + } + } + } + + /* compute the new Xmax and infomask values for the tuple ... */ + compute_new_xmax_infomask(xmax, old_infomask, mytup.t_data->t_infomask2, + xid, mode, false, + &new_xmax, &new_infomask, &new_infomask2); + + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buf)) && + visibilitymap_clear(rel, block, vmbuffer, + VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN)) + cleared_all_frozen = true; + + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* ... and set them */ + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(mytup.t_data, new_xmax); + mytup.t_data->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_BITS; + mytup.t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + mytup.t_data->t_infomask |= new_infomask; + mytup.t_data->t_infomask2 |= new_infomask2; + + MarkBufferDirty(buf); + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(rel)) + { + xl_heap_lock_updated xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + Page page = BufferGetPage(buf); + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buf, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&mytup.t_self); + xlrec.xmax = new_xmax; + xlrec.infobits_set = compute_infobits(new_infomask, new_infomask2); + xlrec.flags = + cleared_all_frozen ? XLH_LOCK_ALL_FROZEN_CLEARED : 0; + + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapLockUpdated); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, XLOG_HEAP2_LOCK_UPDATED); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + +next: + /* if we find the end of update chain, we're done. */ + if (mytup.t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(mytup.t_data) || + ItemPointerEquals(&mytup.t_self, &mytup.t_data->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(mytup.t_data)) + { + result = TM_Ok; + goto out_locked; + } + + /* tail recursion */ + priorXmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(mytup.t_data); + ItemPointerCopy(&(mytup.t_data->t_ctid), &tupid); + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + } + + result = TM_Ok; + +out_locked: + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + +out_unlocked: + if (vmbuffer != InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + + return result; +} + +/* + * heap_lock_updated_tuple + * Follow update chain when locking an updated tuple, acquiring locks (row + * marks) on the updated versions. + * + * The initial tuple is assumed to be already locked. + * + * This function doesn't check visibility, it just unconditionally marks the + * tuple(s) as locked. If any tuple in the updated chain is being deleted + * concurrently (or updated with the key being modified), sleep until the + * transaction doing it is finished. + * + * Note that we don't acquire heavyweight tuple locks on the tuples we walk + * when we have to wait for other transactions to release them, as opposed to + * what heap_lock_tuple does. The reason is that having more than one + * transaction walking the chain is probably uncommon enough that risk of + * starvation is not likely: one of the preconditions for being here is that + * the snapshot in use predates the update that created this tuple (because we + * started at an earlier version of the tuple), but at the same time such a + * transaction cannot be using repeatable read or serializable isolation + * levels, because that would lead to a serializability failure. + */ +static TM_Result +heap_lock_updated_tuple(Relation rel, HeapTuple tuple, ItemPointer ctid, + TransactionId xid, LockTupleMode mode) +{ + /* + * If the tuple has not been updated, or has moved into another partition + * (effectively a delete) stop here. + */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tuple->t_data) && + !ItemPointerEquals(&tuple->t_self, ctid)) + { + /* + * If this is the first possibly-multixact-able operation in the + * current transaction, set my per-backend OldestMemberMXactId + * setting. We can be certain that the transaction will never become a + * member of any older MultiXactIds than that. (We have to do this + * even if we end up just using our own TransactionId below, since + * some other backend could incorporate our XID into a MultiXact + * immediately afterwards.) + */ + MultiXactIdSetOldestMember(); + + return heap_lock_updated_tuple_rec(rel, ctid, xid, mode); + } + + /* nothing to lock */ + return TM_Ok; +} + +/* + * heap_finish_speculative - mark speculative insertion as successful + * + * To successfully finish a speculative insertion we have to clear speculative + * token from tuple. To do so the t_ctid field, which will contain a + * speculative token value, is modified in place to point to the tuple itself, + * which is characteristic of a newly inserted ordinary tuple. + * + * NB: It is not ok to commit without either finishing or aborting a + * speculative insertion. We could treat speculative tuples of committed + * transactions implicitly as completed, but then we would have to be prepared + * to deal with speculative tokens on committed tuples. That wouldn't be + * difficult - no-one looks at the ctid field of a tuple with invalid xmax - + * but clearing the token at completion isn't very expensive either. + * An explicit confirmation WAL record also makes logical decoding simpler. + */ +void +heap_finish_speculative(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid) +{ + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid)); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid); + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(ERROR, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + /* SpecTokenOffsetNumber should be distinguishable from any real offset */ + StaticAssertStmt(MaxOffsetNumber < SpecTokenOffsetNumber, + "invalid speculative token constant"); + + /* NO EREPORT(ERROR) from here till changes are logged */ + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + Assert(HeapTupleHeaderIsSpeculative(htup)); + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* + * Replace the speculative insertion token with a real t_ctid, pointing to + * itself like it does on regular tuples. + */ + htup->t_ctid = *tid; + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + xl_heap_confirm xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid); + + XLogBeginInsert(); + + /* We want the same filtering on this as on a plain insert */ + XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN); + + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapConfirm); + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_CONFIRM); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); +} + +/* + * heap_abort_speculative - kill a speculatively inserted tuple + * + * Marks a tuple that was speculatively inserted in the same command as dead, + * by setting its xmin as invalid. That makes it immediately appear as dead + * to all transactions, including our own. In particular, it makes + * HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty() regard the tuple as dead, so that another backend + * inserting a duplicate key value won't unnecessarily wait for our whole + * transaction to finish (it'll just wait for our speculative insertion to + * finish). + * + * Killing the tuple prevents "unprincipled deadlocks", which are deadlocks + * that arise due to a mutual dependency that is not user visible. By + * definition, unprincipled deadlocks cannot be prevented by the user + * reordering lock acquisition in client code, because the implementation level + * lock acquisitions are not under the user's direct control. If speculative + * inserters did not take this precaution, then under high concurrency they + * could deadlock with each other, which would not be acceptable. + * + * This is somewhat redundant with heap_delete, but we prefer to have a + * dedicated routine with stripped down requirements. Note that this is also + * used to delete the TOAST tuples created during speculative insertion. + * + * This routine does not affect logical decoding as it only looks at + * confirmation records. + */ +void +heap_abort_speculative(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid) +{ + TransactionId xid = GetCurrentTransactionId(); + ItemId lp; + HeapTupleData tp; + Page page; + BlockNumber block; + Buffer buffer; + TransactionId prune_xid; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(tid)); + + block = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid); + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, block); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * Page can't be all visible, we just inserted into it, and are still + * running. + */ + Assert(!PageIsAllVisible(page)); + + lp = PageGetItemId(page, ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid)); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lp)); + + tp.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + tp.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + tp.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + tp.t_self = *tid; + + /* + * Sanity check that the tuple really is a speculatively inserted tuple, + * inserted by us. + */ + if (tp.t_data->t_choice.t_heap.t_xmin != xid) + elog(ERROR, "attempted to kill a tuple inserted by another transaction"); + if (!(IsToastRelation(relation) || HeapTupleHeaderIsSpeculative(tp.t_data))) + elog(ERROR, "attempted to kill a non-speculative tuple"); + Assert(!HeapTupleHeaderIsHeapOnly(tp.t_data)); + + /* + * No need to check for serializable conflicts here. There is never a + * need for a combocid, either. No need to extract replica identity, or + * do anything special with infomask bits. + */ + + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* + * The tuple will become DEAD immediately. Flag that this page is a + * candidate for pruning by setting xmin to TransactionXmin. While not + * immediately prunable, it is the oldest xid we can cheaply determine + * that's safe against wraparound / being older than the table's + * relfrozenxid. To defend against the unlikely case of a new relation + * having a newer relfrozenxid than our TransactionXmin, use relfrozenxid + * if so (vacuum can't subsequently move relfrozenxid to beyond + * TransactionXmin, so there's no race here). + */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(TransactionXmin)); + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(TransactionXmin, relation->rd_rel->relfrozenxid)) + prune_xid = relation->rd_rel->relfrozenxid; + else + prune_xid = TransactionXmin; + PageSetPrunable(page, prune_xid); + + /* store transaction information of xact deleting the tuple */ + tp.t_data->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + tp.t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + + /* + * Set the tuple header xmin to InvalidTransactionId. This makes the + * tuple immediately invisible everyone. (In particular, to any + * transactions waiting on the speculative token, woken up later.) + */ + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmin(tp.t_data, InvalidTransactionId); + + /* Clear the speculative insertion token too */ + tp.t_data->t_ctid = tp.t_self; + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* + * XLOG stuff + * + * The WAL records generated here match heap_delete(). The same recovery + * routines are used. + */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + xl_heap_delete xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + xlrec.flags = XLH_DELETE_IS_SUPER; + xlrec.infobits_set = compute_infobits(tp.t_data->t_infomask, + tp.t_data->t_infomask2); + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&tp.t_self); + xlrec.xmax = xid; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapDelete); + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + /* No replica identity & replication origin logged */ + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_DELETE); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + if (HeapTupleHasExternal(&tp)) + { + Assert(!IsToastRelation(relation)); + heap_toast_delete(relation, &tp, true); + } + + /* + * Never need to mark tuple for invalidation, since catalogs don't support + * speculative insertion + */ + + /* Now we can release the buffer */ + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* count deletion, as we counted the insertion too */ + pgstat_count_heap_delete(relation); +} + +/* + * heap_inplace_update - update a tuple "in place" (ie, overwrite it) + * + * Overwriting violates both MVCC and transactional safety, so the uses + * of this function in Postgres are extremely limited. Nonetheless we + * find some places to use it. + * + * The tuple cannot change size, and therefore it's reasonable to assume + * that its null bitmap (if any) doesn't change either. So we just + * overwrite the data portion of the tuple without touching the null + * bitmap or any of the header fields. + * + * tuple is an in-memory tuple structure containing the data to be written + * over the target tuple. Also, tuple->t_self identifies the target tuple. + */ +void +heap_inplace_update(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple) +{ + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + uint32 oldlen; + uint32 newlen; + + /* + * For now, we don't allow parallel updates. Unlike a regular update, + * this should never create a combo CID, so it might be possible to relax + * this restriction, but not without more thought and testing. It's not + * clear that it would be useful, anyway. + */ + if (IsInParallelMode()) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE), + errmsg("cannot update tuples during a parallel operation"))); + + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(tuple->t_self))); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(tuple->t_self)); + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(ERROR, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + oldlen = ItemIdGetLength(lp) - htup->t_hoff; + newlen = tuple->t_len - tuple->t_data->t_hoff; + if (oldlen != newlen || htup->t_hoff != tuple->t_data->t_hoff) + elog(ERROR, "wrong tuple length"); + + /* NO EREPORT(ERROR) from here till changes are logged */ + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + memcpy((char *) htup + htup->t_hoff, + (char *) tuple->t_data + tuple->t_data->t_hoff, + newlen); + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + xl_heap_inplace xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + xlrec.offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&tuple->t_self); + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapInplace); + + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) htup + htup->t_hoff, newlen); + + /* inplace updates aren't decoded atm, don't log the origin */ + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_INPLACE); + + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* + * Send out shared cache inval if necessary. Note that because we only + * pass the new version of the tuple, this mustn't be used for any + * operations that could change catcache lookup keys. But we aren't + * bothering with index updates either, so that's true a fortiori. + */ + if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode()) + CacheInvalidateHeapTuple(relation, tuple, NULL); +} + +#define FRM_NOOP 0x0001 +#define FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX 0x0002 +#define FRM_RETURN_IS_XID 0x0004 +#define FRM_RETURN_IS_MULTI 0x0008 +#define FRM_MARK_COMMITTED 0x0010 + +/* + * FreezeMultiXactId + * Determine what to do during freezing when a tuple is marked by a + * MultiXactId. + * + * NB -- this might have the side-effect of creating a new MultiXactId! + * + * "flags" is an output value; it's used to tell caller what to do on return. + * Possible flags are: + * FRM_NOOP + * don't do anything -- keep existing Xmax + * FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX + * mark Xmax as InvalidTransactionId and set XMAX_INVALID flag. + * FRM_RETURN_IS_XID + * The Xid return value is a single update Xid to set as xmax. + * FRM_MARK_COMMITTED + * Xmax can be marked as HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED + * FRM_RETURN_IS_MULTI + * The return value is a new MultiXactId to set as new Xmax. + * (caller must obtain proper infomask bits using GetMultiXactIdHintBits) + */ +static TransactionId +FreezeMultiXactId(MultiXactId multi, uint16 t_infomask, + TransactionId relfrozenxid, TransactionId relminmxid, + TransactionId cutoff_xid, MultiXactId cutoff_multi, + uint16 *flags) +{ + TransactionId xid = InvalidTransactionId; + int i; + MultiXactMember *members; + int nmembers; + bool need_replace; + int nnewmembers; + MultiXactMember *newmembers; + bool has_lockers; + TransactionId update_xid; + bool update_committed; + + *flags = 0; + + /* We should only be called in Multis */ + Assert(t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI); + + if (!MultiXactIdIsValid(multi) || + HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(t_infomask)) + { + /* Ensure infomask bits are appropriately set/reset */ + *flags |= FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX; + return InvalidTransactionId; + } + else if (MultiXactIdPrecedes(multi, relminmxid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("found multixact %u from before relminmxid %u", + multi, relminmxid))); + else if (MultiXactIdPrecedes(multi, cutoff_multi)) + { + /* + * This old multi cannot possibly have members still running, but + * verify just in case. If it was a locker only, it can be removed + * without any further consideration; but if it contained an update, + * we might need to preserve it. + */ + if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(multi, + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(t_infomask))) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("multixact %u from before cutoff %u found to be still running", + multi, cutoff_multi))); + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(t_infomask)) + { + *flags |= FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX; + xid = InvalidTransactionId; /* not strictly necessary */ + } + else + { + /* replace multi by update xid */ + xid = MultiXactIdGetUpdateXid(multi, t_infomask); + + /* wasn't only a lock, xid needs to be valid */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xid)); + + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, relfrozenxid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("found update xid %u from before relfrozenxid %u", + xid, relfrozenxid))); + + /* + * If the xid is older than the cutoff, it has to have aborted, + * otherwise the tuple would have gotten pruned away. + */ + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, cutoff_xid)) + { + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("cannot freeze committed update xid %u", xid))); + *flags |= FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX; + xid = InvalidTransactionId; /* not strictly necessary */ + } + else + { + *flags |= FRM_RETURN_IS_XID; + } + } + + return xid; + } + + /* + * This multixact might have or might not have members still running, but + * we know it's valid and is newer than the cutoff point for multis. + * However, some member(s) of it may be below the cutoff for Xids, so we + * need to walk the whole members array to figure out what to do, if + * anything. + */ + + nmembers = + GetMultiXactIdMembers(multi, &members, false, + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(t_infomask)); + if (nmembers <= 0) + { + /* Nothing worth keeping */ + *flags |= FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX; + return InvalidTransactionId; + } + + /* is there anything older than the cutoff? */ + need_replace = false; + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(members[i].xid, cutoff_xid)) + { + need_replace = true; + break; + } + } + + /* + * In the simplest case, there is no member older than the cutoff; we can + * keep the existing MultiXactId as is. + */ + if (!need_replace) + { + *flags |= FRM_NOOP; + pfree(members); + return InvalidTransactionId; + } + + /* + * If the multi needs to be updated, figure out which members do we need + * to keep. + */ + nnewmembers = 0; + newmembers = palloc(sizeof(MultiXactMember) * nmembers); + has_lockers = false; + update_xid = InvalidTransactionId; + update_committed = false; + + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + /* + * Determine whether to keep this member or ignore it. + */ + if (ISUPDATE_from_mxstatus(members[i].status)) + { + TransactionId xid = members[i].xid; + + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xid)); + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, relfrozenxid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("found update xid %u from before relfrozenxid %u", + xid, relfrozenxid))); + + /* + * It's an update; should we keep it? If the transaction is known + * aborted or crashed then it's okay to ignore it, otherwise not. + * Note that an updater older than cutoff_xid cannot possibly be + * committed, because HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum would have returned + * HEAPTUPLE_DEAD and we would not be trying to freeze the tuple. + * + * As with all tuple visibility routines, it's critical to test + * TransactionIdIsInProgress before TransactionIdDidCommit, + * because of race conditions explained in detail in + * heapam_visibility.c. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xid) || + TransactionIdIsInProgress(xid)) + { + Assert(!TransactionIdIsValid(update_xid)); + update_xid = xid; + } + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xid)) + { + /* + * The transaction committed, so we can tell caller to set + * HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED. (We can only do this because we know + * the transaction is not running.) + */ + Assert(!TransactionIdIsValid(update_xid)); + update_committed = true; + update_xid = xid; + } + else + { + /* + * Not in progress, not committed -- must be aborted or + * crashed; we can ignore it. + */ + } + + /* + * Since the tuple wasn't marked HEAPTUPLE_DEAD by vacuum, the + * update Xid cannot possibly be older than the xid cutoff. The + * presence of such a tuple would cause corruption, so be paranoid + * and check. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(update_xid) && + TransactionIdPrecedes(update_xid, cutoff_xid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("found update xid %u from before xid cutoff %u", + update_xid, cutoff_xid))); + + /* + * If we determined that it's an Xid corresponding to an update + * that must be retained, additionally add it to the list of + * members of the new Multi, in case we end up using that. (We + * might still decide to use only an update Xid and not a multi, + * but it's easier to maintain the list as we walk the old members + * list.) + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(update_xid)) + newmembers[nnewmembers++] = members[i]; + } + else + { + /* We only keep lockers if they are still running */ + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(members[i].xid) || + TransactionIdIsInProgress(members[i].xid)) + { + /* running locker cannot possibly be older than the cutoff */ + Assert(!TransactionIdPrecedes(members[i].xid, cutoff_xid)); + newmembers[nnewmembers++] = members[i]; + has_lockers = true; + } + } + } + + pfree(members); + + if (nnewmembers == 0) + { + /* nothing worth keeping!? Tell caller to remove the whole thing */ + *flags |= FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX; + xid = InvalidTransactionId; + } + else if (TransactionIdIsValid(update_xid) && !has_lockers) + { + /* + * If there's a single member and it's an update, pass it back alone + * without creating a new Multi. (XXX we could do this when there's a + * single remaining locker, too, but that would complicate the API too + * much; moreover, the case with the single updater is more + * interesting, because those are longer-lived.) + */ + Assert(nnewmembers == 1); + *flags |= FRM_RETURN_IS_XID; + if (update_committed) + *flags |= FRM_MARK_COMMITTED; + xid = update_xid; + } + else + { + /* + * Create a new multixact with the surviving members of the previous + * one, to set as new Xmax in the tuple. + */ + xid = MultiXactIdCreateFromMembers(nnewmembers, newmembers); + *flags |= FRM_RETURN_IS_MULTI; + } + + pfree(newmembers); + + return xid; +} + +/* + * heap_prepare_freeze_tuple + * + * Check to see whether any of the XID fields of a tuple (xmin, xmax, xvac) + * are older than the specified cutoff XID and cutoff MultiXactId. If so, + * setup enough state (in the *frz output argument) to later execute and + * WAL-log what we would need to do, and return true. Return false if nothing + * is to be changed. In addition, set *totally_frozen_p to true if the tuple + * will be totally frozen after these operations are performed and false if + * more freezing will eventually be required. + * + * Caller is responsible for setting the offset field, if appropriate. + * + * It is assumed that the caller has checked the tuple with + * HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() and determined that it is not HEAPTUPLE_DEAD + * (else we should be removing the tuple, not freezing it). + * + * NB: cutoff_xid *must* be <= the current global xmin, to ensure that any + * XID older than it could neither be running nor seen as running by any + * open transaction. This ensures that the replacement will not change + * anyone's idea of the tuple state. + * Similarly, cutoff_multi must be less than or equal to the smallest + * MultiXactId used by any transaction currently open. + * + * If the tuple is in a shared buffer, caller must hold an exclusive lock on + * that buffer. + * + * NB: It is not enough to set hint bits to indicate something is + * committed/invalid -- they might not be set on a standby, or after crash + * recovery. We really need to remove old xids. + */ +bool +heap_prepare_freeze_tuple(HeapTupleHeader tuple, + TransactionId relfrozenxid, TransactionId relminmxid, + TransactionId cutoff_xid, TransactionId cutoff_multi, + xl_heap_freeze_tuple *frz, bool *totally_frozen_p) +{ + bool changed = false; + bool xmax_already_frozen = false; + bool xmin_frozen; + bool freeze_xmax; + TransactionId xid; + + frz->frzflags = 0; + frz->t_infomask2 = tuple->t_infomask2; + frz->t_infomask = tuple->t_infomask; + frz->xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + + /* + * Process xmin. xmin_frozen has two slightly different meanings: in the + * !XidIsNormal case, it means "the xmin doesn't need any freezing" (it's + * already a permanent value), while in the block below it is set true to + * mean "xmin won't need freezing after what we do to it here" (false + * otherwise). In both cases we're allowed to set totally_frozen, as far + * as xmin is concerned. + */ + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple); + if (!TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)) + xmin_frozen = true; + else + { + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, relfrozenxid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("found xmin %u from before relfrozenxid %u", + xid, relfrozenxid))); + + xmin_frozen = TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, cutoff_xid); + if (xmin_frozen) + { + if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(xid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("uncommitted xmin %u from before xid cutoff %u needs to be frozen", + xid, cutoff_xid))); + + frz->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_FROZEN; + changed = true; + } + } + + /* + * Process xmax. To thoroughly examine the current Xmax value we need to + * resolve a MultiXactId to its member Xids, in case some of them are + * below the given cutoff for Xids. In that case, those values might need + * freezing, too. Also, if a multi needs freezing, we cannot simply take + * it out --- if there's a live updater Xid, it needs to be kept. + * + * Make sure to keep heap_tuple_needs_freeze in sync with this. + */ + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId newxmax; + uint16 flags; + + newxmax = FreezeMultiXactId(xid, tuple->t_infomask, + relfrozenxid, relminmxid, + cutoff_xid, cutoff_multi, &flags); + + freeze_xmax = (flags & FRM_INVALIDATE_XMAX); + + if (flags & FRM_RETURN_IS_XID) + { + /* + * NB -- some of these transformations are only valid because we + * know the return Xid is a tuple updater (i.e. not merely a + * locker.) Also note that the only reason we don't explicitly + * worry about HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED is because it lives in + * t_infomask2 rather than t_infomask. + */ + frz->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_BITS; + frz->xmax = newxmax; + if (flags & FRM_MARK_COMMITTED) + frz->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED; + changed = true; + } + else if (flags & FRM_RETURN_IS_MULTI) + { + uint16 newbits; + uint16 newbits2; + + /* + * We can't use GetMultiXactIdHintBits directly on the new multi + * here; that routine initializes the masks to all zeroes, which + * would lose other bits we need. Doing it this way ensures all + * unrelated bits remain untouched. + */ + frz->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_BITS; + frz->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + GetMultiXactIdHintBits(newxmax, &newbits, &newbits2); + frz->t_infomask |= newbits; + frz->t_infomask2 |= newbits2; + + frz->xmax = newxmax; + + changed = true; + } + } + else if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)) + { + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, relfrozenxid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("found xmax %u from before relfrozenxid %u", + xid, relfrozenxid))); + + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, cutoff_xid)) + { + /* + * If we freeze xmax, make absolutely sure that it's not an XID + * that is important. (Note, a lock-only xmax can be removed + * independent of committedness, since a committed lock holder has + * released the lock). + */ + if (!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask) && + TransactionIdDidCommit(xid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("cannot freeze committed xmax %u", + xid))); + freeze_xmax = true; + } + else + freeze_xmax = false; + } + else if ((tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) || + !TransactionIdIsValid(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + freeze_xmax = false; + xmax_already_frozen = true; + } + else + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("found xmax %u (infomask 0x%04x) not frozen, not multi, not normal", + xid, tuple->t_infomask))); + + if (freeze_xmax) + { + Assert(!xmax_already_frozen); + + frz->xmax = InvalidTransactionId; + + /* + * The tuple might be marked either XMAX_INVALID or XMAX_COMMITTED + + * LOCKED. Normalize to INVALID just to be sure no one gets confused. + * Also get rid of the HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED bit. + */ + frz->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_BITS; + frz->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + frz->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_HOT_UPDATED; + frz->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + changed = true; + } + + /* + * Old-style VACUUM FULL is gone, but we have to keep this code as long as + * we support having MOVED_OFF/MOVED_IN tuples in the database. + */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED) + { + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + /* + * For Xvac, we ignore the cutoff_xid and just always perform the + * freeze operation. The oldest release in which such a value can + * actually be set is PostgreSQL 8.4, because old-style VACUUM FULL + * was removed in PostgreSQL 9.0. Note that if we were to respect + * cutoff_xid here, we'd need to make surely to clear totally_frozen + * when we skipped freezing on that basis. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)) + { + /* + * If a MOVED_OFF tuple is not dead, the xvac transaction must + * have failed; whereas a non-dead MOVED_IN tuple must mean the + * xvac transaction succeeded. + */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF) + frz->frzflags |= XLH_INVALID_XVAC; + else + frz->frzflags |= XLH_FREEZE_XVAC; + + /* + * Might as well fix the hint bits too; usually XMIN_COMMITTED + * will already be set here, but there's a small chance not. + */ + Assert(!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMIN_INVALID)); + frz->t_infomask |= HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED; + changed = true; + } + } + + *totally_frozen_p = (xmin_frozen && + (freeze_xmax || xmax_already_frozen)); + return changed; +} + +/* + * heap_execute_freeze_tuple + * Execute the prepared freezing of a tuple. + * + * Caller is responsible for ensuring that no other backend can access the + * storage underlying this tuple, either by holding an exclusive lock on the + * buffer containing it (which is what lazy VACUUM does), or by having it be + * in private storage (which is what CLUSTER and friends do). + * + * Note: it might seem we could make the changes without exclusive lock, since + * TransactionId read/write is assumed atomic anyway. However there is a race + * condition: someone who just fetched an old XID that we overwrite here could + * conceivably not finish checking the XID against pg_xact before we finish + * the VACUUM and perhaps truncate off the part of pg_xact he needs. Getting + * exclusive lock ensures no other backend is in process of checking the + * tuple status. Also, getting exclusive lock makes it safe to adjust the + * infomask bits. + * + * NB: All code in here must be safe to execute during crash recovery! + */ +void +heap_execute_freeze_tuple(HeapTupleHeader tuple, xl_heap_freeze_tuple *frz) +{ + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(tuple, frz->xmax); + + if (frz->frzflags & XLH_FREEZE_XVAC) + HeapTupleHeaderSetXvac(tuple, FrozenTransactionId); + + if (frz->frzflags & XLH_INVALID_XVAC) + HeapTupleHeaderSetXvac(tuple, InvalidTransactionId); + + tuple->t_infomask = frz->t_infomask; + tuple->t_infomask2 = frz->t_infomask2; +} + +/* + * heap_freeze_tuple + * Freeze tuple in place, without WAL logging. + * + * Useful for callers like CLUSTER that perform their own WAL logging. + */ +bool +heap_freeze_tuple(HeapTupleHeader tuple, + TransactionId relfrozenxid, TransactionId relminmxid, + TransactionId cutoff_xid, TransactionId cutoff_multi) +{ + xl_heap_freeze_tuple frz; + bool do_freeze; + bool tuple_totally_frozen; + + do_freeze = heap_prepare_freeze_tuple(tuple, + relfrozenxid, relminmxid, + cutoff_xid, cutoff_multi, + &frz, &tuple_totally_frozen); + + /* + * Note that because this is not a WAL-logged operation, we don't need to + * fill in the offset in the freeze record. + */ + + if (do_freeze) + heap_execute_freeze_tuple(tuple, &frz); + return do_freeze; +} + +/* + * For a given MultiXactId, return the hint bits that should be set in the + * tuple's infomask. + * + * Normally this should be called for a multixact that was just created, and + * so is on our local cache, so the GetMembers call is fast. + */ +static void +GetMultiXactIdHintBits(MultiXactId multi, uint16 *new_infomask, + uint16 *new_infomask2) +{ + int nmembers; + MultiXactMember *members; + int i; + uint16 bits = HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI; + uint16 bits2 = 0; + bool has_update = false; + LockTupleMode strongest = LockTupleKeyShare; + + /* + * We only use this in multis we just created, so they cannot be values + * pre-pg_upgrade. + */ + nmembers = GetMultiXactIdMembers(multi, &members, false, false); + + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + LockTupleMode mode; + + /* + * Remember the strongest lock mode held by any member of the + * multixact. + */ + mode = TUPLOCK_from_mxstatus(members[i].status); + if (mode > strongest) + strongest = mode; + + /* See what other bits we need */ + switch (members[i].status) + { + case MultiXactStatusForKeyShare: + case MultiXactStatusForShare: + case MultiXactStatusForNoKeyUpdate: + break; + + case MultiXactStatusForUpdate: + bits2 |= HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + break; + + case MultiXactStatusNoKeyUpdate: + has_update = true; + break; + + case MultiXactStatusUpdate: + bits2 |= HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + has_update = true; + break; + } + } + + if (strongest == LockTupleExclusive || + strongest == LockTupleNoKeyExclusive) + bits |= HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK; + else if (strongest == LockTupleShare) + bits |= HEAP_XMAX_SHR_LOCK; + else if (strongest == LockTupleKeyShare) + bits |= HEAP_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK; + + if (!has_update) + bits |= HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY; + + if (nmembers > 0) + pfree(members); + + *new_infomask = bits; + *new_infomask2 = bits2; +} + +/* + * MultiXactIdGetUpdateXid + * + * Given a multixact Xmax and corresponding infomask, which does not have the + * HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY bit set, obtain and return the Xid of the updating + * transaction. + * + * Caller is expected to check the status of the updating transaction, if + * necessary. + */ +static TransactionId +MultiXactIdGetUpdateXid(TransactionId xmax, uint16 t_infomask) +{ + TransactionId update_xact = InvalidTransactionId; + MultiXactMember *members; + int nmembers; + + Assert(!(t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY)); + Assert(t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI); + + /* + * Since we know the LOCK_ONLY bit is not set, this cannot be a multi from + * pre-pg_upgrade. + */ + nmembers = GetMultiXactIdMembers(xmax, &members, false, false); + + if (nmembers > 0) + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + /* Ignore lockers */ + if (!ISUPDATE_from_mxstatus(members[i].status)) + continue; + + /* there can be at most one updater */ + Assert(update_xact == InvalidTransactionId); + update_xact = members[i].xid; +#ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING + + /* + * in an assert-enabled build, walk the whole array to ensure + * there's no other updater. + */ + break; +#endif + } + + pfree(members); + } + + return update_xact; +} + +/* + * HeapTupleGetUpdateXid + * As above, but use a HeapTupleHeader + * + * See also HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid, which can be used without previously + * checking the hint bits. + */ +TransactionId +HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(HeapTupleHeader tuple) +{ + return MultiXactIdGetUpdateXid(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), + tuple->t_infomask); +} + +/* + * Does the given multixact conflict with the current transaction grabbing a + * tuple lock of the given strength? + * + * The passed infomask pairs up with the given multixact in the tuple header. + * + * If current_is_member is not NULL, it is set to 'true' if the current + * transaction is a member of the given multixact. + */ +static bool +DoesMultiXactIdConflict(MultiXactId multi, uint16 infomask, + LockTupleMode lockmode, bool *current_is_member) +{ + int nmembers; + MultiXactMember *members; + bool result = false; + LOCKMODE wanted = tupleLockExtraInfo[lockmode].hwlock; + + if (HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(infomask)) + return false; + + nmembers = GetMultiXactIdMembers(multi, &members, false, + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(infomask)); + if (nmembers >= 0) + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + TransactionId memxid; + LOCKMODE memlockmode; + + if (result && (current_is_member == NULL || *current_is_member)) + break; + + memlockmode = LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(members[i].status); + + /* ignore members from current xact (but track their presence) */ + memxid = members[i].xid; + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(memxid)) + { + if (current_is_member != NULL) + *current_is_member = true; + continue; + } + else if (result) + continue; + + /* ignore members that don't conflict with the lock we want */ + if (!DoLockModesConflict(memlockmode, wanted)) + continue; + + if (ISUPDATE_from_mxstatus(members[i].status)) + { + /* ignore aborted updaters */ + if (TransactionIdDidAbort(memxid)) + continue; + } + else + { + /* ignore lockers-only that are no longer in progress */ + if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(memxid)) + continue; + } + + /* + * Whatever remains are either live lockers that conflict with our + * wanted lock, and updaters that are not aborted. Those conflict + * with what we want. Set up to return true, but keep going to + * look for the current transaction among the multixact members, + * if needed. + */ + result = true; + } + pfree(members); + } + + return result; +} + +/* + * Do_MultiXactIdWait + * Actual implementation for the two functions below. + * + * 'multi', 'status' and 'infomask' indicate what to sleep on (the status is + * needed to ensure we only sleep on conflicting members, and the infomask is + * used to optimize multixact access in case it's a lock-only multi); 'nowait' + * indicates whether to use conditional lock acquisition, to allow callers to + * fail if lock is unavailable. 'rel', 'ctid' and 'oper' are used to set up + * context information for error messages. 'remaining', if not NULL, receives + * the number of members that are still running, including any (non-aborted) + * subtransactions of our own transaction. + * + * We do this by sleeping on each member using XactLockTableWait. Any + * members that belong to the current backend are *not* waited for, however; + * this would not merely be useless but would lead to Assert failure inside + * XactLockTableWait. By the time this returns, it is certain that all + * transactions *of other backends* that were members of the MultiXactId + * that conflict with the requested status are dead (and no new ones can have + * been added, since it is not legal to add members to an existing + * MultiXactId). + * + * But by the time we finish sleeping, someone else may have changed the Xmax + * of the containing tuple, so the caller needs to iterate on us somehow. + * + * Note that in case we return false, the number of remaining members is + * not to be trusted. + */ +static bool +Do_MultiXactIdWait(MultiXactId multi, MultiXactStatus status, + uint16 infomask, bool nowait, + Relation rel, ItemPointer ctid, XLTW_Oper oper, + int *remaining) +{ + bool result = true; + MultiXactMember *members; + int nmembers; + int remain = 0; + + /* for pre-pg_upgrade tuples, no need to sleep at all */ + nmembers = HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(infomask) ? -1 : + GetMultiXactIdMembers(multi, &members, false, + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(infomask)); + + if (nmembers >= 0) + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + TransactionId memxid = members[i].xid; + MultiXactStatus memstatus = members[i].status; + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(memxid)) + { + remain++; + continue; + } + + if (!DoLockModesConflict(LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(memstatus), + LOCKMODE_from_mxstatus(status))) + { + if (remaining && TransactionIdIsInProgress(memxid)) + remain++; + continue; + } + + /* + * This member conflicts with our multi, so we have to sleep (or + * return failure, if asked to avoid waiting.) + * + * Note that we don't set up an error context callback ourselves, + * but instead we pass the info down to XactLockTableWait. This + * might seem a bit wasteful because the context is set up and + * tore down for each member of the multixact, but in reality it + * should be barely noticeable, and it avoids duplicate code. + */ + if (nowait) + { + result = ConditionalXactLockTableWait(memxid); + if (!result) + break; + } + else + XactLockTableWait(memxid, rel, ctid, oper); + } + + pfree(members); + } + + if (remaining) + *remaining = remain; + + return result; +} + +/* + * MultiXactIdWait + * Sleep on a MultiXactId. + * + * By the time we finish sleeping, someone else may have changed the Xmax + * of the containing tuple, so the caller needs to iterate on us somehow. + * + * We return (in *remaining, if not NULL) the number of members that are still + * running, including any (non-aborted) subtransactions of our own transaction. + */ +static void +MultiXactIdWait(MultiXactId multi, MultiXactStatus status, uint16 infomask, + Relation rel, ItemPointer ctid, XLTW_Oper oper, + int *remaining) +{ + (void) Do_MultiXactIdWait(multi, status, infomask, false, + rel, ctid, oper, remaining); +} + +/* + * ConditionalMultiXactIdWait + * As above, but only lock if we can get the lock without blocking. + * + * By the time we finish sleeping, someone else may have changed the Xmax + * of the containing tuple, so the caller needs to iterate on us somehow. + * + * If the multixact is now all gone, return true. Returns false if some + * transactions might still be running. + * + * We return (in *remaining, if not NULL) the number of members that are still + * running, including any (non-aborted) subtransactions of our own transaction. + */ +static bool +ConditionalMultiXactIdWait(MultiXactId multi, MultiXactStatus status, + uint16 infomask, Relation rel, int *remaining) +{ + return Do_MultiXactIdWait(multi, status, infomask, true, + rel, NULL, XLTW_None, remaining); +} + +/* + * heap_tuple_needs_eventual_freeze + * + * Check to see whether any of the XID fields of a tuple (xmin, xmax, xvac) + * will eventually require freezing. Similar to heap_tuple_needs_freeze, + * but there's no cutoff, since we're trying to figure out whether freezing + * will ever be needed, not whether it's needed now. + */ +bool +heap_tuple_needs_eventual_freeze(HeapTupleHeader tuple) +{ + TransactionId xid; + + /* + * If xmin is a normal transaction ID, this tuple is definitely not + * frozen. + */ + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple); + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)) + return true; + + /* + * If xmax is a valid xact or multixact, this tuple is also not frozen. + */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + MultiXactId multi; + + multi = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + if (MultiXactIdIsValid(multi)) + return true; + } + else + { + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)) + return true; + } + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED) + { + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/* + * heap_tuple_needs_freeze + * + * Check to see whether any of the XID fields of a tuple (xmin, xmax, xvac) + * are older than the specified cutoff XID or MultiXactId. If so, return true. + * + * It doesn't matter whether the tuple is alive or dead, we are checking + * to see if a tuple needs to be removed or frozen to avoid wraparound. + * + * NB: Cannot rely on hint bits here, they might not be set after a crash or + * on a standby. + */ +bool +heap_tuple_needs_freeze(HeapTupleHeader tuple, TransactionId cutoff_xid, + MultiXactId cutoff_multi, Buffer buf) +{ + TransactionId xid; + + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple); + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid) && + TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, cutoff_xid)) + return true; + + /* + * The considerations for multixacts are complicated; look at + * heap_prepare_freeze_tuple for justifications. This routine had better + * be in sync with that one! + */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + MultiXactId multi; + + multi = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + if (!MultiXactIdIsValid(multi)) + { + /* no xmax set, ignore */ + ; + } + else if (HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + else if (MultiXactIdPrecedes(multi, cutoff_multi)) + return true; + else + { + MultiXactMember *members; + int nmembers; + int i; + + /* need to check whether any member of the mxact is too old */ + + nmembers = GetMultiXactIdMembers(multi, &members, false, + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)); + + for (i = 0; i < nmembers; i++) + { + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(members[i].xid, cutoff_xid)) + { + pfree(members); + return true; + } + } + if (nmembers > 0) + pfree(members); + } + } + else + { + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid) && + TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, cutoff_xid)) + return true; + } + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED) + { + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xid) && + TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, cutoff_xid)) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/* + * If 'tuple' contains any visible XID greater than latestRemovedXid, + * ratchet forwards latestRemovedXid to the greatest one found. + * This is used as the basis for generating Hot Standby conflicts, so + * if a tuple was never visible then removing it should not conflict + * with queries. + */ +void +HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid(HeapTupleHeader tuple, + TransactionId *latestRemovedXid) +{ + TransactionId xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple); + TransactionId xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tuple); + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED) + { + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(*latestRemovedXid, xvac)) + *latestRemovedXid = xvac; + } + + /* + * Ignore tuples inserted by an aborted transaction or if the tuple was + * updated/deleted by the inserting transaction. + * + * Look for a committed hint bit, or if no xmin bit is set, check clog. + * This needs to work on both master and standby, where it is used to + * assess btree delete records. + */ + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple) || + (!HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple) && TransactionIdDidCommit(xmin))) + { + if (xmax != xmin && + TransactionIdFollows(xmax, *latestRemovedXid)) + *latestRemovedXid = xmax; + } + + /* *latestRemovedXid may still be invalid at end */ +} + +#ifdef USE_PREFETCH +/* + * Helper function for heap_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples. Issue prefetch + * requests for the number of buffers indicated by prefetch_count. The + * prefetch_state keeps track of all the buffers that we can prefetch and + * which ones have already been prefetched; each call to this function picks + * up where the previous call left off. + */ +static void +xid_horizon_prefetch_buffer(Relation rel, + XidHorizonPrefetchState *prefetch_state, + int prefetch_count) +{ + BlockNumber cur_hblkno = prefetch_state->cur_hblkno; + int count = 0; + int i; + int nitems = prefetch_state->nitems; + ItemPointerData *tids = prefetch_state->tids; + + for (i = prefetch_state->next_item; + i < nitems && count < prefetch_count; + i++) + { + ItemPointer htid = &tids[i]; + + if (cur_hblkno == InvalidBlockNumber || + ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(htid) != cur_hblkno) + { + cur_hblkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(htid); + PrefetchBuffer(rel, MAIN_FORKNUM, cur_hblkno); + count++; + } + } + + /* + * Save the prefetch position so that next time we can continue from that + * position. + */ + prefetch_state->next_item = i; + prefetch_state->cur_hblkno = cur_hblkno; +} +#endif + +/* + * Get the latestRemovedXid from the heap pages pointed at by the index + * tuples being deleted. + * + * We used to do this during recovery rather than on the primary, but that + * approach now appears inferior. It meant that the master could generate + * a lot of work for the standby without any back-pressure to slow down the + * master, and it required the standby to have reached consistency, whereas + * we want to have correct information available even before that point. + * + * It's possible for this to generate a fair amount of I/O, since we may be + * deleting hundreds of tuples from a single index block. To amortize that + * cost to some degree, this uses prefetching and combines repeat accesses to + * the same block. + */ +TransactionId +heap_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples(Relation rel, + ItemPointerData *tids, + int nitems) +{ + /* Initial assumption is that earlier pruning took care of conflict */ + TransactionId latestRemovedXid = InvalidTransactionId; + BlockNumber blkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + Buffer buf = InvalidBuffer; + Page page = NULL; + OffsetNumber maxoff = InvalidOffsetNumber; + TransactionId priorXmax; +#ifdef USE_PREFETCH + XidHorizonPrefetchState prefetch_state; + int prefetch_distance; +#endif + + /* + * Sort to avoid repeated lookups for the same page, and to make it more + * likely to access items in an efficient order. In particular, this + * ensures that if there are multiple pointers to the same page, they all + * get processed looking up and locking the page just once. + */ + qsort((void *) tids, nitems, sizeof(ItemPointerData), + (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) ItemPointerCompare); + +#ifdef USE_PREFETCH + /* Initialize prefetch state. */ + prefetch_state.cur_hblkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + prefetch_state.next_item = 0; + prefetch_state.nitems = nitems; + prefetch_state.tids = tids; + + /* + * Compute the prefetch distance that we will attempt to maintain. + * + * Since the caller holds a buffer lock somewhere in rel, we'd better make + * sure that isn't a catalog relation before we call code that does + * syscache lookups, to avoid risk of deadlock. + */ + if (IsCatalogRelation(rel)) + prefetch_distance = maintenance_io_concurrency; + else + prefetch_distance = + get_tablespace_maintenance_io_concurrency(rel->rd_rel->reltablespace); + + /* Start prefetching. */ + xid_horizon_prefetch_buffer(rel, &prefetch_state, prefetch_distance); +#endif + + /* Iterate over all tids, and check their horizon */ + for (int i = 0; i < nitems; i++) + { + ItemPointer htid = &tids[i]; + OffsetNumber offnum; + + /* + * Read heap buffer, but avoid refetching if it's the same block as + * required for the last tid. + */ + if (blkno == InvalidBlockNumber || + ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(htid) != blkno) + { + /* release old buffer */ + if (BufferIsValid(buf)) + { + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + ReleaseBuffer(buf); + } + + blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(htid); + + buf = ReadBuffer(rel, blkno); + +#ifdef USE_PREFETCH + + /* + * To maintain the prefetch distance, prefetch one more page for + * each page we read. + */ + xid_horizon_prefetch_buffer(rel, &prefetch_state, 1); +#endif + + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + page = BufferGetPage(buf); + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + } + + /* + * Maintain latestRemovedXid value for deletion operation as a whole + * by advancing current value using heap tuple headers. This is + * loosely based on the logic for pruning a HOT chain. + */ + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(htid); + priorXmax = InvalidTransactionId; /* cannot check first XMIN */ + for (;;) + { + ItemId lp; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + + /* Some sanity checks */ + if (offnum < FirstOffsetNumber || offnum > maxoff) + { + Assert(false); + break; + } + + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + if (ItemIdIsRedirected(lp)) + { + offnum = ItemIdGetRedirect(lp); + continue; + } + + /* + * We'll often encounter LP_DEAD line pointers. No need to do + * anything more with htid when that happens. This is okay + * because the earlier pruning operation that made the line + * pointer LP_DEAD in the first place must have considered the + * tuple header as part of generating its own latestRemovedXid + * value. + * + * Relying on XLOG_HEAP2_CLEANUP_INFO records like this is the + * same strategy that index vacuuming uses in all cases. Index + * VACUUM WAL records don't even have a latestRemovedXid field of + * their own for this reason. + */ + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + break; + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + /* + * Check the tuple XMIN against prior XMAX, if any + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(priorXmax) && + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(htup), priorXmax)) + break; + + HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid(htup, &latestRemovedXid); + + /* + * If the tuple is not HOT-updated, then we are at the end of this + * HOT-chain. No need to visit later tuples from the same update + * chain (they get their own index entries) -- just move on to + * next htid from index AM caller. + */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderIsHotUpdated(htup)) + break; + + /* Advance to next HOT chain member */ + Assert(ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&htup->t_ctid) == blkno); + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&htup->t_ctid); + priorXmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(htup); + } + } + + if (BufferIsValid(buf)) + { + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + ReleaseBuffer(buf); + } + + return latestRemovedXid; +} + +/* + * Perform XLogInsert to register a heap cleanup info message. These + * messages are sent once per VACUUM and are required because + * of the phasing of removal operations during a lazy VACUUM. + * see comments for vacuum_log_cleanup_info(). + */ +XLogRecPtr +log_heap_cleanup_info(RelFileNode rnode, TransactionId latestRemovedXid) +{ + xl_heap_cleanup_info xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + xlrec.node = rnode; + xlrec.latestRemovedXid = latestRemovedXid; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapCleanupInfo); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, XLOG_HEAP2_CLEANUP_INFO); + + return recptr; +} + +/* + * Perform XLogInsert for a heap-clean operation. Caller must already + * have modified the buffer and marked it dirty. + * + * Note: prior to Postgres 8.3, the entries in the nowunused[] array were + * zero-based tuple indexes. Now they are one-based like other uses + * of OffsetNumber. + * + * We also include latestRemovedXid, which is the greatest XID present in + * the removed tuples. That allows recovery processing to cancel or wait + * for long standby queries that can still see these tuples. + */ +XLogRecPtr +log_heap_clean(Relation reln, Buffer buffer, + OffsetNumber *redirected, int nredirected, + OffsetNumber *nowdead, int ndead, + OffsetNumber *nowunused, int nunused, + TransactionId latestRemovedXid) +{ + xl_heap_clean xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + /* Caller should not call me on a non-WAL-logged relation */ + Assert(RelationNeedsWAL(reln)); + + xlrec.latestRemovedXid = latestRemovedXid; + xlrec.nredirected = nredirected; + xlrec.ndead = ndead; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapClean); + + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + /* + * The OffsetNumber arrays are not actually in the buffer, but we pretend + * that they are. When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the offset + * arrays need not be stored too. Note that even if all three arrays are + * empty, we want to expose the buffer as a candidate for whole-page + * storage, since this record type implies a defragmentation operation + * even if no line pointers changed state. + */ + if (nredirected > 0) + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) redirected, + nredirected * sizeof(OffsetNumber) * 2); + + if (ndead > 0) + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) nowdead, + ndead * sizeof(OffsetNumber)); + + if (nunused > 0) + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) nowunused, + nunused * sizeof(OffsetNumber)); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, XLOG_HEAP2_CLEAN); + + return recptr; +} + +/* + * Perform XLogInsert for a heap-freeze operation. Caller must have already + * modified the buffer and marked it dirty. + */ +XLogRecPtr +log_heap_freeze(Relation reln, Buffer buffer, TransactionId cutoff_xid, + xl_heap_freeze_tuple *tuples, int ntuples) +{ + xl_heap_freeze_page xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + /* Caller should not call me on a non-WAL-logged relation */ + Assert(RelationNeedsWAL(reln)); + /* nor when there are no tuples to freeze */ + Assert(ntuples > 0); + + xlrec.cutoff_xid = cutoff_xid; + xlrec.ntuples = ntuples; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapFreezePage); + + /* + * The freeze plan array is not actually in the buffer, but pretend that + * it is. When XLogInsert stores the whole buffer, the freeze plan need + * not be stored too. + */ + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, buffer, REGBUF_STANDARD); + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) tuples, + ntuples * sizeof(xl_heap_freeze_tuple)); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, XLOG_HEAP2_FREEZE_PAGE); + + return recptr; +} + +/* + * Perform XLogInsert for a heap-visible operation. 'block' is the block + * being marked all-visible, and vm_buffer is the buffer containing the + * corresponding visibility map block. Both should have already been modified + * and dirtied. + * + * If checksums are enabled, we also generate a full-page image of + * heap_buffer, if necessary. + */ +XLogRecPtr +log_heap_visible(RelFileNode rnode, Buffer heap_buffer, Buffer vm_buffer, + TransactionId cutoff_xid, uint8 vmflags) +{ + xl_heap_visible xlrec; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + uint8 flags; + + Assert(BufferIsValid(heap_buffer)); + Assert(BufferIsValid(vm_buffer)); + + xlrec.cutoff_xid = cutoff_xid; + xlrec.flags = vmflags; + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapVisible); + + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, vm_buffer, 0); + + flags = REGBUF_STANDARD; + if (!XLogHintBitIsNeeded()) + flags |= REGBUF_NO_IMAGE; + XLogRegisterBuffer(1, heap_buffer, flags); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, XLOG_HEAP2_VISIBLE); + + return recptr; +} + +/* + * Perform XLogInsert for a heap-update operation. Caller must already + * have modified the buffer(s) and marked them dirty. + */ +static XLogRecPtr +log_heap_update(Relation reln, Buffer oldbuf, + Buffer newbuf, HeapTuple oldtup, HeapTuple newtup, + HeapTuple old_key_tuple, + bool all_visible_cleared, bool new_all_visible_cleared) +{ + xl_heap_update xlrec; + xl_heap_header xlhdr; + xl_heap_header xlhdr_idx; + uint8 info; + uint16 prefix_suffix[2]; + uint16 prefixlen = 0, + suffixlen = 0; + XLogRecPtr recptr; + Page page = BufferGetPage(newbuf); + bool need_tuple_data = RelationIsLogicallyLogged(reln); + bool init; + int bufflags; + + /* Caller should not call me on a non-WAL-logged relation */ + Assert(RelationNeedsWAL(reln)); + + XLogBeginInsert(); + + if (HeapTupleIsHeapOnly(newtup)) + info = XLOG_HEAP_HOT_UPDATE; + else + info = XLOG_HEAP_UPDATE; + + /* + * If the old and new tuple are on the same page, we only need to log the + * parts of the new tuple that were changed. That saves on the amount of + * WAL we need to write. Currently, we just count any unchanged bytes in + * the beginning and end of the tuple. That's quick to check, and + * perfectly covers the common case that only one field is updated. + * + * We could do this even if the old and new tuple are on different pages, + * but only if we don't make a full-page image of the old page, which is + * difficult to know in advance. Also, if the old tuple is corrupt for + * some reason, it would allow the corruption to propagate the new page, + * so it seems best to avoid. Under the general assumption that most + * updates tend to create the new tuple version on the same page, there + * isn't much to be gained by doing this across pages anyway. + * + * Skip this if we're taking a full-page image of the new page, as we + * don't include the new tuple in the WAL record in that case. Also + * disable if wal_level='logical', as logical decoding needs to be able to + * read the new tuple in whole from the WAL record alone. + */ + if (oldbuf == newbuf && !need_tuple_data && + !XLogCheckBufferNeedsBackup(newbuf)) + { + char *oldp = (char *) oldtup->t_data + oldtup->t_data->t_hoff; + char *newp = (char *) newtup->t_data + newtup->t_data->t_hoff; + int oldlen = oldtup->t_len - oldtup->t_data->t_hoff; + int newlen = newtup->t_len - newtup->t_data->t_hoff; + + /* Check for common prefix between old and new tuple */ + for (prefixlen = 0; prefixlen < Min(oldlen, newlen); prefixlen++) + { + if (newp[prefixlen] != oldp[prefixlen]) + break; + } + + /* + * Storing the length of the prefix takes 2 bytes, so we need to save + * at least 3 bytes or there's no point. + */ + if (prefixlen < 3) + prefixlen = 0; + + /* Same for suffix */ + for (suffixlen = 0; suffixlen < Min(oldlen, newlen) - prefixlen; suffixlen++) + { + if (newp[newlen - suffixlen - 1] != oldp[oldlen - suffixlen - 1]) + break; + } + if (suffixlen < 3) + suffixlen = 0; + } + + /* Prepare main WAL data chain */ + xlrec.flags = 0; + if (all_visible_cleared) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_UPDATE_OLD_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED; + if (new_all_visible_cleared) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_UPDATE_NEW_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED; + if (prefixlen > 0) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_UPDATE_PREFIX_FROM_OLD; + if (suffixlen > 0) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_UPDATE_SUFFIX_FROM_OLD; + if (need_tuple_data) + { + xlrec.flags |= XLH_UPDATE_CONTAINS_NEW_TUPLE; + if (old_key_tuple) + { + if (reln->rd_rel->relreplident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL) + xlrec.flags |= XLH_UPDATE_CONTAINS_OLD_TUPLE; + else + xlrec.flags |= XLH_UPDATE_CONTAINS_OLD_KEY; + } + } + + /* If new tuple is the single and first tuple on page... */ + if (ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(newtup->t_self)) == FirstOffsetNumber && + PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) == FirstOffsetNumber) + { + info |= XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE; + init = true; + } + else + init = false; + + /* Prepare WAL data for the old page */ + xlrec.old_offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&oldtup->t_self); + xlrec.old_xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(oldtup->t_data); + xlrec.old_infobits_set = compute_infobits(oldtup->t_data->t_infomask, + oldtup->t_data->t_infomask2); + + /* Prepare WAL data for the new page */ + xlrec.new_offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&newtup->t_self); + xlrec.new_xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(newtup->t_data); + + bufflags = REGBUF_STANDARD; + if (init) + bufflags |= REGBUF_WILL_INIT; + if (need_tuple_data) + bufflags |= REGBUF_KEEP_DATA; + + XLogRegisterBuffer(0, newbuf, bufflags); + if (oldbuf != newbuf) + XLogRegisterBuffer(1, oldbuf, REGBUF_STANDARD); + + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapUpdate); + + /* + * Prepare WAL data for the new tuple. + */ + if (prefixlen > 0 || suffixlen > 0) + { + if (prefixlen > 0 && suffixlen > 0) + { + prefix_suffix[0] = prefixlen; + prefix_suffix[1] = suffixlen; + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) &prefix_suffix, sizeof(uint16) * 2); + } + else if (prefixlen > 0) + { + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) &prefixlen, sizeof(uint16)); + } + else + { + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) &suffixlen, sizeof(uint16)); + } + } + + xlhdr.t_infomask2 = newtup->t_data->t_infomask2; + xlhdr.t_infomask = newtup->t_data->t_infomask; + xlhdr.t_hoff = newtup->t_data->t_hoff; + Assert(SizeofHeapTupleHeader + prefixlen + suffixlen <= newtup->t_len); + + /* + * PG73FORMAT: write bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data + * + * The 'data' doesn't include the common prefix or suffix. + */ + XLogRegisterBufData(0, (char *) &xlhdr, SizeOfHeapHeader); + if (prefixlen == 0) + { + XLogRegisterBufData(0, + ((char *) newtup->t_data) + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + newtup->t_len - SizeofHeapTupleHeader - suffixlen); + } + else + { + /* + * Have to write the null bitmap and data after the common prefix as + * two separate rdata entries. + */ + /* bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] */ + if (newtup->t_data->t_hoff - SizeofHeapTupleHeader > 0) + { + XLogRegisterBufData(0, + ((char *) newtup->t_data) + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + newtup->t_data->t_hoff - SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + } + + /* data after common prefix */ + XLogRegisterBufData(0, + ((char *) newtup->t_data) + newtup->t_data->t_hoff + prefixlen, + newtup->t_len - newtup->t_data->t_hoff - prefixlen - suffixlen); + } + + /* We need to log a tuple identity */ + if (need_tuple_data && old_key_tuple) + { + /* don't really need this, but its more comfy to decode */ + xlhdr_idx.t_infomask2 = old_key_tuple->t_data->t_infomask2; + xlhdr_idx.t_infomask = old_key_tuple->t_data->t_infomask; + xlhdr_idx.t_hoff = old_key_tuple->t_data->t_hoff; + + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlhdr_idx, SizeOfHeapHeader); + + /* PG73FORMAT: write bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */ + XLogRegisterData((char *) old_key_tuple->t_data + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + old_key_tuple->t_len - SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + } + + /* filtering by origin on a row level is much more efficient */ + XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN); + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, info); + + return recptr; +} + +/* + * Perform XLogInsert of an XLOG_HEAP2_NEW_CID record + * + * This is only used in wal_level >= WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL, and only for catalog + * tuples. + */ +static XLogRecPtr +log_heap_new_cid(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup) +{ + xl_heap_new_cid xlrec; + + XLogRecPtr recptr; + HeapTupleHeader hdr = tup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&tup->t_self)); + Assert(tup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + xlrec.top_xid = GetTopTransactionId(); + xlrec.target_node = relation->rd_node; + xlrec.target_tid = tup->t_self; + + /* + * If the tuple got inserted & deleted in the same TX we definitely have a + * combocid, set cmin and cmax. + */ + if (hdr->t_infomask & HEAP_COMBOCID) + { + Assert(!(hdr->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID)); + Assert(!HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(hdr)); + xlrec.cmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(hdr); + xlrec.cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(hdr); + xlrec.combocid = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawCommandId(hdr); + } + /* No combocid, so only cmin or cmax can be set by this TX */ + else + { + /* + * Tuple inserted. + * + * We need to check for LOCK ONLY because multixacts might be + * transferred to the new tuple in case of FOR KEY SHARE updates in + * which case there will be an xmax, although the tuple just got + * inserted. + */ + if (hdr->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID || + HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(hdr->t_infomask)) + { + xlrec.cmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawCommandId(hdr); + xlrec.cmax = InvalidCommandId; + } + /* Tuple from a different tx updated or deleted. */ + else + { + xlrec.cmin = InvalidCommandId; + xlrec.cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawCommandId(hdr); + + } + xlrec.combocid = InvalidCommandId; + } + + /* + * Note that we don't need to register the buffer here, because this + * operation does not modify the page. The insert/update/delete that + * called us certainly did, but that's WAL-logged separately. + */ + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapNewCid); + + /* will be looked at irrespective of origin */ + + recptr = XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, XLOG_HEAP2_NEW_CID); + + return recptr; +} + +/* + * Build a heap tuple representing the configured REPLICA IDENTITY to represent + * the old tuple in a UPDATE or DELETE. + * + * Returns NULL if there's no need to log an identity or if there's no suitable + * key defined. + * + * key_changed should be false if caller knows that no replica identity + * columns changed value. It's always true in the DELETE case. + * + * *copy is set to true if the returned tuple is a modified copy rather than + * the same tuple that was passed in. + */ +static HeapTuple +ExtractReplicaIdentity(Relation relation, HeapTuple tp, bool key_changed, + bool *copy) +{ + TupleDesc desc = RelationGetDescr(relation); + char replident = relation->rd_rel->relreplident; + Bitmapset *idattrs; + HeapTuple key_tuple; + bool nulls[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + Datum values[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + + *copy = false; + + if (!RelationIsLogicallyLogged(relation)) + return NULL; + + if (replident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_NOTHING) + return NULL; + + if (replident == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL) + { + /* + * When logging the entire old tuple, it very well could contain + * toasted columns. If so, force them to be inlined. + */ + if (HeapTupleHasExternal(tp)) + { + *copy = true; + tp = toast_flatten_tuple(tp, desc); + } + return tp; + } + + /* if the key hasn't changed and we're only logging the key, we're done */ + if (!key_changed) + return NULL; + + /* find out the replica identity columns */ + idattrs = RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(relation, + INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_IDENTITY_KEY); + + /* + * If there's no defined replica identity columns, treat as !key_changed. + * (This case should not be reachable from heap_update, since that should + * calculate key_changed accurately. But heap_delete just passes constant + * true for key_changed, so we can hit this case in deletes.) + */ + if (bms_is_empty(idattrs)) + return NULL; + + /* + * Construct a new tuple containing only the replica identity columns, + * with nulls elsewhere. While we're at it, assert that the replica + * identity columns aren't null. + */ + heap_deform_tuple(tp, desc, values, nulls); + + for (int i = 0; i < desc->natts; i++) + { + if (bms_is_member(i + 1 - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, + idattrs)) + Assert(!nulls[i]); + else + nulls[i] = true; + } + + key_tuple = heap_form_tuple(desc, values, nulls); + *copy = true; + + bms_free(idattrs); + + /* + * If the tuple, which by here only contains indexed columns, still has + * toasted columns, force them to be inlined. This is somewhat unlikely + * since there's limits on the size of indexed columns, so we don't + * duplicate toast_flatten_tuple()s functionality in the above loop over + * the indexed columns, even if it would be more efficient. + */ + if (HeapTupleHasExternal(key_tuple)) + { + HeapTuple oldtup = key_tuple; + + key_tuple = toast_flatten_tuple(oldtup, desc); + heap_freetuple(oldtup); + } + + return key_tuple; +} + +/* + * Handles CLEANUP_INFO + */ +static void +heap_xlog_cleanup_info(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + xl_heap_cleanup_info *xlrec = (xl_heap_cleanup_info *) XLogRecGetData(record); + + if (InHotStandby) + ResolveRecoveryConflictWithSnapshot(xlrec->latestRemovedXid, xlrec->node); + + /* + * Actual operation is a no-op. Record type exists to provide a means for + * conflict processing to occur before we begin index vacuum actions. see + * vacuumlazy.c and also comments in btvacuumpage() + */ + + /* Backup blocks are not used in cleanup_info records */ + Assert(!XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs(record)); +} + +/* + * Handles XLOG_HEAP2_CLEAN record type + */ +static void +heap_xlog_clean(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_clean *xlrec = (xl_heap_clean *) XLogRecGetData(record); + Buffer buffer; + RelFileNode rnode; + BlockNumber blkno; + XLogRedoAction action; + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &rnode, NULL, &blkno); + + /* + * We're about to remove tuples. In Hot Standby mode, ensure that there's + * no queries running for which the removed tuples are still visible. + * + * Not all HEAP2_CLEAN records remove tuples with xids, so we only want to + * conflict on the records that cause MVCC failures for user queries. If + * latestRemovedXid is invalid, skip conflict processing. + */ + if (InHotStandby && TransactionIdIsValid(xlrec->latestRemovedXid)) + ResolveRecoveryConflictWithSnapshot(xlrec->latestRemovedXid, rnode); + + /* + * If we have a full-page image, restore it (using a cleanup lock) and + * we're done. + */ + action = XLogReadBufferForRedoExtended(record, 0, RBM_NORMAL, true, + &buffer); + if (action == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + Page page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + OffsetNumber *end; + OffsetNumber *redirected; + OffsetNumber *nowdead; + OffsetNumber *nowunused; + int nredirected; + int ndead; + int nunused; + Size datalen; + + redirected = (OffsetNumber *) XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &datalen); + + nredirected = xlrec->nredirected; + ndead = xlrec->ndead; + end = (OffsetNumber *) ((char *) redirected + datalen); + nowdead = redirected + (nredirected * 2); + nowunused = nowdead + ndead; + nunused = (end - nowunused); + Assert(nunused >= 0); + + /* Update all line pointers per the record, and repair fragmentation */ + heap_page_prune_execute(buffer, + redirected, nredirected, + nowdead, ndead, + nowunused, nunused); + + /* + * Note: we don't worry about updating the page's prunability hints. + * At worst this will cause an extra prune cycle to occur soon. + */ + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + { + Size freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(BufferGetPage(buffer)); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* + * After cleaning records from a page, it's useful to update the FSM + * about it, as it may cause the page become target for insertions + * later even if vacuum decides not to visit it (which is possible if + * gets marked all-visible.) + * + * Do this regardless of a full-page image being applied, since the + * FSM data is not in the page anyway. + */ + XLogRecordPageWithFreeSpace(rnode, blkno, freespace); + } +} + +/* + * Replay XLOG_HEAP2_VISIBLE record. + * + * The critical integrity requirement here is that we must never end up with + * a situation where the visibility map bit is set, and the page-level + * PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit is clear. If that were to occur, then a subsequent + * page modification would fail to clear the visibility map bit. + */ +static void +heap_xlog_visible(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_visible *xlrec = (xl_heap_visible *) XLogRecGetData(record); + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + RelFileNode rnode; + BlockNumber blkno; + XLogRedoAction action; + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 1, &rnode, NULL, &blkno); + + /* + * If there are any Hot Standby transactions running that have an xmin + * horizon old enough that this page isn't all-visible for them, they + * might incorrectly decide that an index-only scan can skip a heap fetch. + * + * NB: It might be better to throw some kind of "soft" conflict here that + * forces any index-only scan that is in flight to perform heap fetches, + * rather than killing the transaction outright. + */ + if (InHotStandby) + ResolveRecoveryConflictWithSnapshot(xlrec->cutoff_xid, rnode); + + /* + * Read the heap page, if it still exists. If the heap file has dropped or + * truncated later in recovery, we don't need to update the page, but we'd + * better still update the visibility map. + */ + action = XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 1, &buffer); + if (action == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + /* + * We don't bump the LSN of the heap page when setting the visibility + * map bit (unless checksums or wal_hint_bits is enabled, in which + * case we must), because that would generate an unworkable volume of + * full-page writes. This exposes us to torn page hazards, but since + * we're not inspecting the existing page contents in any way, we + * don't care. + * + * However, all operations that clear the visibility map bit *do* bump + * the LSN, and those operations will only be replayed if the XLOG LSN + * follows the page LSN. Thus, if the page LSN has advanced past our + * XLOG record's LSN, we mustn't mark the page all-visible, because + * the subsequent update won't be replayed to clear the flag. + */ + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + PageSetAllVisible(page); + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + else if (action == BLK_RESTORED) + { + /* + * If heap block was backed up, we already restored it and there's + * nothing more to do. (This can only happen with checksums or + * wal_log_hints enabled.) + */ + } + + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + { + Size space = PageGetFreeSpace(BufferGetPage(buffer)); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* + * Since FSM is not WAL-logged and only updated heuristically, it + * easily becomes stale in standbys. If the standby is later promoted + * and runs VACUUM, it will skip updating individual free space + * figures for pages that became all-visible (or all-frozen, depending + * on the vacuum mode,) which is troublesome when FreeSpaceMapVacuum + * propagates too optimistic free space values to upper FSM layers; + * later inserters try to use such pages only to find out that they + * are unusable. This can cause long stalls when there are many such + * pages. + * + * Forestall those problems by updating FSM's idea about a page that + * is becoming all-visible or all-frozen. + * + * Do this regardless of a full-page image being applied, since the + * FSM data is not in the page anyway. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS) + XLogRecordPageWithFreeSpace(rnode, blkno, space); + } + + /* + * Even if we skipped the heap page update due to the LSN interlock, it's + * still safe to update the visibility map. Any WAL record that clears + * the visibility map bit does so before checking the page LSN, so any + * bits that need to be cleared will still be cleared. + */ + if (XLogReadBufferForRedoExtended(record, 0, RBM_ZERO_ON_ERROR, false, + &vmbuffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + Page vmpage = BufferGetPage(vmbuffer); + Relation reln; + + /* initialize the page if it was read as zeros */ + if (PageIsNew(vmpage)) + PageInit(vmpage, BLCKSZ, 0); + + /* + * XLogReadBufferForRedoExtended locked the buffer. But + * visibilitymap_set will handle locking itself. + */ + LockBuffer(vmbuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(rnode); + visibilitymap_pin(reln, blkno, &vmbuffer); + + /* + * Don't set the bit if replay has already passed this point. + * + * It might be safe to do this unconditionally; if replay has passed + * this point, we'll replay at least as far this time as we did + * before, and if this bit needs to be cleared, the record responsible + * for doing so should be again replayed, and clear it. For right + * now, out of an abundance of conservatism, we use the same test here + * we did for the heap page. If this results in a dropped bit, no + * real harm is done; and the next VACUUM will fix it. + */ + if (lsn > PageGetLSN(vmpage)) + visibilitymap_set(reln, blkno, InvalidBuffer, lsn, vmbuffer, + xlrec->cutoff_xid, xlrec->flags); + + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + else if (BufferIsValid(vmbuffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); +} + +/* + * Replay XLOG_HEAP2_FREEZE_PAGE records + */ +static void +heap_xlog_freeze_page(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_freeze_page *xlrec = (xl_heap_freeze_page *) XLogRecGetData(record); + TransactionId cutoff_xid = xlrec->cutoff_xid; + Buffer buffer; + int ntup; + + /* + * In Hot Standby mode, ensure that there's no queries running which still + * consider the frozen xids as running. + */ + if (InHotStandby) + { + RelFileNode rnode; + TransactionId latestRemovedXid = cutoff_xid; + + TransactionIdRetreat(latestRemovedXid); + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &rnode, NULL, NULL); + ResolveRecoveryConflictWithSnapshot(latestRemovedXid, rnode); + } + + if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + Page page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + xl_heap_freeze_tuple *tuples; + + tuples = (xl_heap_freeze_tuple *) XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, NULL); + + /* now execute freeze plan for each frozen tuple */ + for (ntup = 0; ntup < xlrec->ntuples; ntup++) + { + xl_heap_freeze_tuple *xlrec_tp; + ItemId lp; + HeapTupleHeader tuple; + + xlrec_tp = &tuples[ntup]; + lp = PageGetItemId(page, xlrec_tp->offset); /* offsets are one-based */ + tuple = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + heap_execute_freeze_tuple(tuple, xlrec_tp); + } + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); +} + +/* + * Given an "infobits" field from an XLog record, set the correct bits in the + * given infomask and infomask2 for the tuple touched by the record. + * + * (This is the reverse of compute_infobits). + */ +static void +fix_infomask_from_infobits(uint8 infobits, uint16 *infomask, uint16 *infomask2) +{ + *infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI | HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY | + HEAP_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK | HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK); + *infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + + if (infobits & XLHL_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + *infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI; + if (infobits & XLHL_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY) + *infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY; + if (infobits & XLHL_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK) + *infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_EXCL_LOCK; + /* note HEAP_XMAX_SHR_LOCK isn't considered here */ + if (infobits & XLHL_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK) + *infomask |= HEAP_XMAX_KEYSHR_LOCK; + + if (infobits & XLHL_KEYS_UPDATED) + *infomask2 |= HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; +} + +static void +heap_xlog_delete(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_delete *xlrec = (xl_heap_delete *) XLogRecGetData(record); + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + BlockNumber blkno; + RelFileNode target_node; + ItemPointerData target_tid; + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &target_node, NULL, &blkno); + ItemPointerSetBlockNumber(&target_tid, blkno); + ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(&target_tid, xlrec->offnum); + + /* + * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is + * already up-to-date. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_DELETE_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + { + Relation reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(target_node); + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + + visibilitymap_pin(reln, blkno, &vmbuffer); + visibilitymap_clear(reln, blkno, vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + + if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= xlrec->offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, xlrec->offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < xlrec->offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(PANIC, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + htup->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + htup->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + HeapTupleHeaderClearHotUpdated(htup); + fix_infomask_from_infobits(xlrec->infobits_set, + &htup->t_infomask, &htup->t_infomask2); + if (!(xlrec->flags & XLH_DELETE_IS_SUPER)) + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(htup, xlrec->xmax); + else + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmin(htup, InvalidTransactionId); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(htup, FirstCommandId, false); + + /* Mark the page as a candidate for pruning */ + PageSetPrunable(page, XLogRecGetXid(record)); + + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_DELETE_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + PageClearAllVisible(page); + + /* Make sure t_ctid is set correctly */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_DELETE_IS_PARTITION_MOVE) + HeapTupleHeaderSetMovedPartitions(htup); + else + htup->t_ctid = target_tid; + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); +} + +static void +heap_xlog_insert(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_insert *xlrec = (xl_heap_insert *) XLogRecGetData(record); + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + union + { + HeapTupleHeaderData hdr; + char data[MaxHeapTupleSize]; + } tbuf; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + xl_heap_header xlhdr; + uint32 newlen; + Size freespace = 0; + RelFileNode target_node; + BlockNumber blkno; + ItemPointerData target_tid; + XLogRedoAction action; + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &target_node, NULL, &blkno); + ItemPointerSetBlockNumber(&target_tid, blkno); + ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(&target_tid, xlrec->offnum); + + /* + * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is + * already up-to-date. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_INSERT_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + { + Relation reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(target_node); + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + + visibilitymap_pin(reln, blkno, &vmbuffer); + visibilitymap_clear(reln, blkno, vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + + /* + * If we inserted the first and only tuple on the page, re-initialize the + * page from scratch. + */ + if (XLogRecGetInfo(record) & XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE) + { + buffer = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 0); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0); + action = BLK_NEEDS_REDO; + } + else + action = XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer); + if (action == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + Size datalen; + char *data; + + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) + 1 < xlrec->offnum) + elog(PANIC, "invalid max offset number"); + + data = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &datalen); + + newlen = datalen - SizeOfHeapHeader; + Assert(datalen > SizeOfHeapHeader && newlen <= MaxHeapTupleSize); + memcpy((char *) &xlhdr, data, SizeOfHeapHeader); + data += SizeOfHeapHeader; + + htup = &tbuf.hdr; + MemSet((char *) htup, 0, SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + /* PG73FORMAT: get bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */ + memcpy((char *) htup + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + data, + newlen); + newlen += SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + htup->t_infomask2 = xlhdr.t_infomask2; + htup->t_infomask = xlhdr.t_infomask; + htup->t_hoff = xlhdr.t_hoff; + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmin(htup, XLogRecGetXid(record)); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmin(htup, FirstCommandId); + htup->t_ctid = target_tid; + + if (PageAddItem(page, (Item) htup, newlen, xlrec->offnum, + true, true) == InvalidOffsetNumber) + elog(PANIC, "failed to add tuple"); + + freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); /* needed to update FSM below */ + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_INSERT_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + PageClearAllVisible(page); + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* + * If the page is running low on free space, update the FSM as well. + * Arbitrarily, our definition of "low" is less than 20%. We can't do much + * better than that without knowing the fill-factor for the table. + * + * XXX: Don't do this if the page was restored from full page image. We + * don't bother to update the FSM in that case, it doesn't need to be + * totally accurate anyway. + */ + if (action == BLK_NEEDS_REDO && freespace < BLCKSZ / 5) + XLogRecordPageWithFreeSpace(target_node, blkno, freespace); +} + +/* + * Handles MULTI_INSERT record type. + */ +static void +heap_xlog_multi_insert(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_multi_insert *xlrec; + RelFileNode rnode; + BlockNumber blkno; + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + union + { + HeapTupleHeaderData hdr; + char data[MaxHeapTupleSize]; + } tbuf; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + uint32 newlen; + Size freespace = 0; + int i; + bool isinit = (XLogRecGetInfo(record) & XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE) != 0; + XLogRedoAction action; + + /* + * Insertion doesn't overwrite MVCC data, so no conflict processing is + * required. + */ + xlrec = (xl_heap_multi_insert *) XLogRecGetData(record); + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &rnode, NULL, &blkno); + + /* + * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is + * already up-to-date. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_INSERT_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + { + Relation reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(rnode); + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + + visibilitymap_pin(reln, blkno, &vmbuffer); + visibilitymap_clear(reln, blkno, vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + + if (isinit) + { + buffer = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 0); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0); + action = BLK_NEEDS_REDO; + } + else + action = XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer); + if (action == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + char *tupdata; + char *endptr; + Size len; + + /* Tuples are stored as block data */ + tupdata = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &len); + endptr = tupdata + len; + + page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + + for (i = 0; i < xlrec->ntuples; i++) + { + OffsetNumber offnum; + xl_multi_insert_tuple *xlhdr; + + /* + * If we're reinitializing the page, the tuples are stored in + * order from FirstOffsetNumber. Otherwise there's an array of + * offsets in the WAL record, and the tuples come after that. + */ + if (isinit) + offnum = FirstOffsetNumber + i; + else + offnum = xlrec->offsets[i]; + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) + 1 < offnum) + elog(PANIC, "invalid max offset number"); + + xlhdr = (xl_multi_insert_tuple *) SHORTALIGN(tupdata); + tupdata = ((char *) xlhdr) + SizeOfMultiInsertTuple; + + newlen = xlhdr->datalen; + Assert(newlen <= MaxHeapTupleSize); + htup = &tbuf.hdr; + MemSet((char *) htup, 0, SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + /* PG73FORMAT: get bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data */ + memcpy((char *) htup + SizeofHeapTupleHeader, + (char *) tupdata, + newlen); + tupdata += newlen; + + newlen += SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + htup->t_infomask2 = xlhdr->t_infomask2; + htup->t_infomask = xlhdr->t_infomask; + htup->t_hoff = xlhdr->t_hoff; + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmin(htup, XLogRecGetXid(record)); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmin(htup, FirstCommandId); + ItemPointerSetBlockNumber(&htup->t_ctid, blkno); + ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(&htup->t_ctid, offnum); + + offnum = PageAddItem(page, (Item) htup, newlen, offnum, true, true); + if (offnum == InvalidOffsetNumber) + elog(PANIC, "failed to add tuple"); + } + if (tupdata != endptr) + elog(PANIC, "total tuple length mismatch"); + + freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); /* needed to update FSM below */ + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_INSERT_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + PageClearAllVisible(page); + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* + * If the page is running low on free space, update the FSM as well. + * Arbitrarily, our definition of "low" is less than 20%. We can't do much + * better than that without knowing the fill-factor for the table. + * + * XXX: Don't do this if the page was restored from full page image. We + * don't bother to update the FSM in that case, it doesn't need to be + * totally accurate anyway. + */ + if (action == BLK_NEEDS_REDO && freespace < BLCKSZ / 5) + XLogRecordPageWithFreeSpace(rnode, blkno, freespace); +} + +/* + * Handles UPDATE and HOT_UPDATE + */ +static void +heap_xlog_update(XLogReaderState *record, bool hot_update) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_update *xlrec = (xl_heap_update *) XLogRecGetData(record); + RelFileNode rnode; + BlockNumber oldblk; + BlockNumber newblk; + ItemPointerData newtid; + Buffer obuffer, + nbuffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleData oldtup; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + uint16 prefixlen = 0, + suffixlen = 0; + char *newp; + union + { + HeapTupleHeaderData hdr; + char data[MaxHeapTupleSize]; + } tbuf; + xl_heap_header xlhdr; + uint32 newlen; + Size freespace = 0; + XLogRedoAction oldaction; + XLogRedoAction newaction; + + /* initialize to keep the compiler quiet */ + oldtup.t_data = NULL; + oldtup.t_len = 0; + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &rnode, NULL, &newblk); + if (XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 1, NULL, NULL, &oldblk)) + { + /* HOT updates are never done across pages */ + Assert(!hot_update); + } + else + oldblk = newblk; + + ItemPointerSet(&newtid, newblk, xlrec->new_offnum); + + /* + * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is + * already up-to-date. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_UPDATE_OLD_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + { + Relation reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(rnode); + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + + visibilitymap_pin(reln, oldblk, &vmbuffer); + visibilitymap_clear(reln, oldblk, vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + + /* + * In normal operation, it is important to lock the two pages in + * page-number order, to avoid possible deadlocks against other update + * operations going the other way. However, during WAL replay there can + * be no other update happening, so we don't need to worry about that. But + * we *do* need to worry that we don't expose an inconsistent state to Hot + * Standby queries --- so the original page can't be unlocked before we've + * added the new tuple to the new page. + */ + + /* Deal with old tuple version */ + oldaction = XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, (oldblk == newblk) ? 0 : 1, + &obuffer); + if (oldaction == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + page = BufferGetPage(obuffer); + offnum = xlrec->old_offnum; + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(PANIC, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + oldtup.t_data = htup; + oldtup.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + + htup->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + htup->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + if (hot_update) + HeapTupleHeaderSetHotUpdated(htup); + else + HeapTupleHeaderClearHotUpdated(htup); + fix_infomask_from_infobits(xlrec->old_infobits_set, &htup->t_infomask, + &htup->t_infomask2); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(htup, xlrec->old_xmax); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(htup, FirstCommandId, false); + /* Set forward chain link in t_ctid */ + htup->t_ctid = newtid; + + /* Mark the page as a candidate for pruning */ + PageSetPrunable(page, XLogRecGetXid(record)); + + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_UPDATE_OLD_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + PageClearAllVisible(page); + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(obuffer); + } + + /* + * Read the page the new tuple goes into, if different from old. + */ + if (oldblk == newblk) + { + nbuffer = obuffer; + newaction = oldaction; + } + else if (XLogRecGetInfo(record) & XLOG_HEAP_INIT_PAGE) + { + nbuffer = XLogInitBufferForRedo(record, 0); + page = (Page) BufferGetPage(nbuffer); + PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(nbuffer), 0); + newaction = BLK_NEEDS_REDO; + } + else + newaction = XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &nbuffer); + + /* + * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is + * already up-to-date. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_UPDATE_NEW_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + { + Relation reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(rnode); + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + + visibilitymap_pin(reln, newblk, &vmbuffer); + visibilitymap_clear(reln, newblk, vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + + /* Deal with new tuple */ + if (newaction == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + char *recdata; + char *recdata_end; + Size datalen; + Size tuplen; + + recdata = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &datalen); + recdata_end = recdata + datalen; + + page = BufferGetPage(nbuffer); + + offnum = xlrec->new_offnum; + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) + 1 < offnum) + elog(PANIC, "invalid max offset number"); + + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_UPDATE_PREFIX_FROM_OLD) + { + Assert(newblk == oldblk); + memcpy(&prefixlen, recdata, sizeof(uint16)); + recdata += sizeof(uint16); + } + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_UPDATE_SUFFIX_FROM_OLD) + { + Assert(newblk == oldblk); + memcpy(&suffixlen, recdata, sizeof(uint16)); + recdata += sizeof(uint16); + } + + memcpy((char *) &xlhdr, recdata, SizeOfHeapHeader); + recdata += SizeOfHeapHeader; + + tuplen = recdata_end - recdata; + Assert(tuplen <= MaxHeapTupleSize); + + htup = &tbuf.hdr; + MemSet((char *) htup, 0, SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + + /* + * Reconstruct the new tuple using the prefix and/or suffix from the + * old tuple, and the data stored in the WAL record. + */ + newp = (char *) htup + SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + if (prefixlen > 0) + { + int len; + + /* copy bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] from WAL record */ + len = xlhdr.t_hoff - SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + memcpy(newp, recdata, len); + recdata += len; + newp += len; + + /* copy prefix from old tuple */ + memcpy(newp, (char *) oldtup.t_data + oldtup.t_data->t_hoff, prefixlen); + newp += prefixlen; + + /* copy new tuple data from WAL record */ + len = tuplen - (xlhdr.t_hoff - SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + memcpy(newp, recdata, len); + recdata += len; + newp += len; + } + else + { + /* + * copy bitmap [+ padding] [+ oid] + data from record, all in one + * go + */ + memcpy(newp, recdata, tuplen); + recdata += tuplen; + newp += tuplen; + } + Assert(recdata == recdata_end); + + /* copy suffix from old tuple */ + if (suffixlen > 0) + memcpy(newp, (char *) oldtup.t_data + oldtup.t_len - suffixlen, suffixlen); + + newlen = SizeofHeapTupleHeader + tuplen + prefixlen + suffixlen; + htup->t_infomask2 = xlhdr.t_infomask2; + htup->t_infomask = xlhdr.t_infomask; + htup->t_hoff = xlhdr.t_hoff; + + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmin(htup, XLogRecGetXid(record)); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmin(htup, FirstCommandId); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(htup, xlrec->new_xmax); + /* Make sure there is no forward chain link in t_ctid */ + htup->t_ctid = newtid; + + offnum = PageAddItem(page, (Item) htup, newlen, offnum, true, true); + if (offnum == InvalidOffsetNumber) + elog(PANIC, "failed to add tuple"); + + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_UPDATE_NEW_ALL_VISIBLE_CLEARED) + PageClearAllVisible(page); + + freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); /* needed to update FSM below */ + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(nbuffer); + } + + if (BufferIsValid(nbuffer) && nbuffer != obuffer) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(nbuffer); + if (BufferIsValid(obuffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(obuffer); + + /* + * If the new page is running low on free space, update the FSM as well. + * Arbitrarily, our definition of "low" is less than 20%. We can't do much + * better than that without knowing the fill-factor for the table. + * + * However, don't update the FSM on HOT updates, because after crash + * recovery, either the old or the new tuple will certainly be dead and + * prunable. After pruning, the page will have roughly as much free space + * as it did before the update, assuming the new tuple is about the same + * size as the old one. + * + * XXX: Don't do this if the page was restored from full page image. We + * don't bother to update the FSM in that case, it doesn't need to be + * totally accurate anyway. + */ + if (newaction == BLK_NEEDS_REDO && !hot_update && freespace < BLCKSZ / 5) + XLogRecordPageWithFreeSpace(rnode, newblk, freespace); +} + +static void +heap_xlog_confirm(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_confirm *xlrec = (xl_heap_confirm *) XLogRecGetData(record); + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + + if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + offnum = xlrec->offnum; + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(PANIC, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + /* + * Confirm tuple as actually inserted + */ + ItemPointerSet(&htup->t_ctid, BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), offnum); + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); +} + +static void +heap_xlog_lock(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_lock *xlrec = (xl_heap_lock *) XLogRecGetData(record); + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + + /* + * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is + * already up-to-date. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_LOCK_ALL_FROZEN_CLEARED) + { + RelFileNode rnode; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + BlockNumber block; + Relation reln; + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &rnode, NULL, &block); + reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(rnode); + + visibilitymap_pin(reln, block, &vmbuffer); + visibilitymap_clear(reln, block, vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN); + + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + + if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + + offnum = xlrec->offnum; + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(PANIC, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + htup->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + htup->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + fix_infomask_from_infobits(xlrec->infobits_set, &htup->t_infomask, + &htup->t_infomask2); + + /* + * Clear relevant update flags, but only if the modified infomask says + * there's no update. + */ + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(htup->t_infomask)) + { + HeapTupleHeaderClearHotUpdated(htup); + /* Make sure there is no forward chain link in t_ctid */ + ItemPointerSet(&htup->t_ctid, + BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), + offnum); + } + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(htup, xlrec->locking_xid); + HeapTupleHeaderSetCmax(htup, FirstCommandId, false); + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); +} + +static void +heap_xlog_lock_updated(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_lock_updated *xlrec; + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + + xlrec = (xl_heap_lock_updated *) XLogRecGetData(record); + + /* + * The visibility map may need to be fixed even if the heap page is + * already up-to-date. + */ + if (xlrec->flags & XLH_LOCK_ALL_FROZEN_CLEARED) + { + RelFileNode rnode; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + BlockNumber block; + Relation reln; + + XLogRecGetBlockTag(record, 0, &rnode, NULL, &block); + reln = CreateFakeRelcacheEntry(rnode); + + visibilitymap_pin(reln, block, &vmbuffer); + visibilitymap_clear(reln, block, vmbuffer, VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN); + + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + FreeFakeRelcacheEntry(reln); + } + + if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + offnum = xlrec->offnum; + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(PANIC, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + htup->t_infomask &= ~(HEAP_XMAX_BITS | HEAP_MOVED); + htup->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP_KEYS_UPDATED; + fix_infomask_from_infobits(xlrec->infobits_set, &htup->t_infomask, + &htup->t_infomask2); + HeapTupleHeaderSetXmax(htup, xlrec->xmax); + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); +} + +static void +heap_xlog_inplace(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr; + xl_heap_inplace *xlrec = (xl_heap_inplace *) XLogRecGetData(record); + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum; + ItemId lp = NULL; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + uint32 oldlen; + Size newlen; + + if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, 0, &buffer) == BLK_NEEDS_REDO) + { + char *newtup = XLogRecGetBlockData(record, 0, &newlen); + + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + offnum = xlrec->offnum; + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) >= offnum) + lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + if (PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page) < offnum || !ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + elog(PANIC, "invalid lp"); + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + oldlen = ItemIdGetLength(lp) - htup->t_hoff; + if (oldlen != newlen) + elog(PANIC, "wrong tuple length"); + + memcpy((char *) htup + htup->t_hoff, newtup, newlen); + + PageSetLSN(page, lsn); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); +} + +void +heap_redo(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + uint8 info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK; + + /* + * These operations don't overwrite MVCC data so no conflict processing is + * required. The ones in heap2 rmgr do. + */ + + switch (info & XLOG_HEAP_OPMASK) + { + case XLOG_HEAP_INSERT: + heap_xlog_insert(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP_DELETE: + heap_xlog_delete(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP_UPDATE: + heap_xlog_update(record, false); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP_TRUNCATE: + + /* + * TRUNCATE is a no-op because the actions are already logged as + * SMGR WAL records. TRUNCATE WAL record only exists for logical + * decoding. + */ + break; + case XLOG_HEAP_HOT_UPDATE: + heap_xlog_update(record, true); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP_CONFIRM: + heap_xlog_confirm(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP_LOCK: + heap_xlog_lock(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP_INPLACE: + heap_xlog_inplace(record); + break; + default: + elog(PANIC, "heap_redo: unknown op code %u", info); + } +} + +void +heap2_redo(XLogReaderState *record) +{ + uint8 info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK; + + switch (info & XLOG_HEAP_OPMASK) + { + case XLOG_HEAP2_CLEAN: + heap_xlog_clean(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP2_FREEZE_PAGE: + heap_xlog_freeze_page(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP2_CLEANUP_INFO: + heap_xlog_cleanup_info(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP2_VISIBLE: + heap_xlog_visible(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP2_MULTI_INSERT: + heap_xlog_multi_insert(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP2_LOCK_UPDATED: + heap_xlog_lock_updated(record); + break; + case XLOG_HEAP2_NEW_CID: + + /* + * Nothing to do on a real replay, only used during logical + * decoding. + */ + break; + case XLOG_HEAP2_REWRITE: + heap_xlog_logical_rewrite(record); + break; + default: + elog(PANIC, "heap2_redo: unknown op code %u", info); + } +} + +/* + * Mask a heap page before performing consistency checks on it. + */ +void +heap_mask(char *pagedata, BlockNumber blkno) +{ + Page page = (Page) pagedata; + OffsetNumber off; + + mask_page_lsn_and_checksum(page); + + mask_page_hint_bits(page); + mask_unused_space(page); + + for (off = 1; off <= PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); off++) + { + ItemId iid = PageGetItemId(page, off); + char *page_item; + + page_item = (char *) (page + ItemIdGetOffset(iid)); + + if (ItemIdIsNormal(iid)) + { + HeapTupleHeader page_htup = (HeapTupleHeader) page_item; + + /* + * If xmin of a tuple is not yet frozen, we should ignore + * differences in hint bits, since they can be set without + * emitting WAL. + */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminFrozen(page_htup)) + page_htup->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XACT_MASK; + else + { + /* Still we need to mask xmax hint bits. */ + page_htup->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_INVALID; + page_htup->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED; + } + + /* + * During replay, we set Command Id to FirstCommandId. Hence, mask + * it. See heap_xlog_insert() for details. + */ + page_htup->t_choice.t_heap.t_field3.t_cid = MASK_MARKER; + + /* + * For a speculative tuple, heap_insert() does not set ctid in the + * caller-passed heap tuple itself, leaving the ctid field to + * contain a speculative token value - a per-backend monotonically + * increasing identifier. Besides, it does not WAL-log ctid under + * any circumstances. + * + * During redo, heap_xlog_insert() sets t_ctid to current block + * number and self offset number. It doesn't care about any + * speculative insertions in master. Hence, we set t_ctid to + * current block number and self offset number to ignore any + * inconsistency. + */ + if (HeapTupleHeaderIsSpeculative(page_htup)) + ItemPointerSet(&page_htup->t_ctid, blkno, off); + + /* + * NB: Not ignoring ctid changes due to the tuple having moved + * (i.e. HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions), because that's + * important information that needs to be in-sync between primary + * and standby, and thus is WAL logged. + */ + } + + /* + * Ignore any padding bytes after the tuple, when the length of the + * item is not MAXALIGNed. + */ + if (ItemIdHasStorage(iid)) + { + int len = ItemIdGetLength(iid); + int padlen = MAXALIGN(len) - len; + + if (padlen > 0) + memset(page_item + len, MASK_MARKER, padlen); + } + } +} + +/* + * HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut + * We are reading a tuple. If it's not visible, there may be a + * rw-conflict out with the inserter. Otherwise, if it is visible to us + * but has been deleted, there may be a rw-conflict out with the deleter. + * + * We will determine the top level xid of the writing transaction with which + * we may be in conflict, and ask CheckForSerializableConflictOut() to check + * for overlap with our own transaction. + * + * This function should be called just about anywhere in heapam.c where a + * tuple has been read. The caller must hold at least a shared lock on the + * buffer, because this function might set hint bits on the tuple. There is + * currently no known reason to call this function from an index AM. + */ +void +HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(bool visible, Relation relation, + HeapTuple tuple, Buffer buffer, + Snapshot snapshot) +{ + TransactionId xid; + HTSV_Result htsvResult; + + if (!CheckForSerializableConflictOutNeeded(relation, snapshot)) + return; + + /* + * Check to see whether the tuple has been written to by a concurrent + * transaction, either to create it not visible to us, or to delete it + * while it is visible to us. The "visible" bool indicates whether the + * tuple is visible to us, while HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum checks what else + * is going on with it. + * + * In the event of a concurrently inserted tuple that also happens to have + * been concurrently updated (by a separate transaction), the xmin of the + * tuple will be used -- not the updater's xid. + */ + htsvResult = HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(tuple, TransactionXmin, buffer); + switch (htsvResult) + { + case HEAPTUPLE_LIVE: + if (visible) + return; + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple->t_data); + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD: + case HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS: + if (visible) + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tuple->t_data); + else + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple->t_data); + + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, TransactionXmin)) + { + /* This is like the HEAPTUPLE_DEAD case */ + Assert(!visible); + return; + } + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS: + xid = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple->t_data); + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_DEAD: + Assert(!visible); + return; + default: + + /* + * The only way to get to this default clause is if a new value is + * added to the enum type without adding it to this switch + * statement. That's a bug, so elog. + */ + elog(ERROR, "unrecognized return value from HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum: %u", htsvResult); + + /* + * In spite of having all enum values covered and calling elog on + * this default, some compilers think this is a code path which + * allows xid to be used below without initialization. Silence + * that warning. + */ + xid = InvalidTransactionId; + } + + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xid)); + Assert(TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals(xid, TransactionXmin)); + + /* + * Find top level xid. Bail out if xid is too early to be a conflict, or + * if it's our own xid. + */ + if (TransactionIdEquals(xid, GetTopTransactionIdIfAny())) + return; + xid = SubTransGetTopmostTransaction(xid); + if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, TransactionXmin)) + return; + + CheckForSerializableConflictOut(relation, xid, snapshot); +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1e0d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c @@ -0,0 +1,2599 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * heapam_handler.c + * heap table access method code + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c + * + * + * NOTES + * This files wires up the lower level heapam.c et al routines with the + * tableam abstraction. + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/genam.h" +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/heaptoast.h" +#include "access/multixact.h" +#include "access/rewriteheap.h" +#include "access/tableam.h" +#include "access/tsmapi.h" +#include "access/xact.h" +#include "catalog/catalog.h" +#include "catalog/index.h" +#include "catalog/storage.h" +#include "catalog/storage_xlog.h" +#include "commands/progress.h" +#include "executor/executor.h" +#include "miscadmin.h" +#include "pgstat.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "storage/bufpage.h" +#include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/predicate.h" +#include "storage/procarray.h" +#include "storage/smgr.h" +#include "utils/builtins.h" +#include "utils/rel.h" + +static void reform_and_rewrite_tuple(HeapTuple tuple, + Relation OldHeap, Relation NewHeap, + Datum *values, bool *isnull, RewriteState rwstate); + +static bool SampleHeapTupleVisible(TableScanDesc scan, Buffer buffer, + HeapTuple tuple, + OffsetNumber tupoffset); + +static BlockNumber heapam_scan_get_blocks_done(HeapScanDesc hscan); + +static const TableAmRoutine heapam_methods; + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Slot related callbacks for heap AM + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +static const TupleTableSlotOps * +heapam_slot_callbacks(Relation relation) +{ + return &TTSOpsBufferHeapTuple; +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Index Scan Callbacks for heap AM + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +static IndexFetchTableData * +heapam_index_fetch_begin(Relation rel) +{ + IndexFetchHeapData *hscan = palloc0(sizeof(IndexFetchHeapData)); + + hscan->xs_base.rel = rel; + hscan->xs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + + return &hscan->xs_base; +} + +static void +heapam_index_fetch_reset(IndexFetchTableData *scan) +{ + IndexFetchHeapData *hscan = (IndexFetchHeapData *) scan; + + if (BufferIsValid(hscan->xs_cbuf)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(hscan->xs_cbuf); + hscan->xs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + } +} + +static void +heapam_index_fetch_end(IndexFetchTableData *scan) +{ + IndexFetchHeapData *hscan = (IndexFetchHeapData *) scan; + + heapam_index_fetch_reset(scan); + + pfree(hscan); +} + +static bool +heapam_index_fetch_tuple(struct IndexFetchTableData *scan, + ItemPointer tid, + Snapshot snapshot, + TupleTableSlot *slot, + bool *call_again, bool *all_dead) +{ + IndexFetchHeapData *hscan = (IndexFetchHeapData *) scan; + BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *bslot = (BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *) slot; + bool got_heap_tuple; + + Assert(TTS_IS_BUFFERTUPLE(slot)); + + /* We can skip the buffer-switching logic if we're in mid-HOT chain. */ + if (!*call_again) + { + /* Switch to correct buffer if we don't have it already */ + Buffer prev_buf = hscan->xs_cbuf; + + hscan->xs_cbuf = ReleaseAndReadBuffer(hscan->xs_cbuf, + hscan->xs_base.rel, + ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid)); + + /* + * Prune page, but only if we weren't already on this page + */ + if (prev_buf != hscan->xs_cbuf) + heap_page_prune_opt(hscan->xs_base.rel, hscan->xs_cbuf); + } + + /* Obtain share-lock on the buffer so we can examine visibility */ + LockBuffer(hscan->xs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + got_heap_tuple = heap_hot_search_buffer(tid, + hscan->xs_base.rel, + hscan->xs_cbuf, + snapshot, + &bslot->base.tupdata, + all_dead, + !*call_again); + bslot->base.tupdata.t_self = *tid; + LockBuffer(hscan->xs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + if (got_heap_tuple) + { + /* + * Only in a non-MVCC snapshot can more than one member of the HOT + * chain be visible. + */ + *call_again = !IsMVCCSnapshot(snapshot); + + slot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(scan->rel); + ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple(&bslot->base.tupdata, slot, hscan->xs_cbuf); + } + else + { + /* We've reached the end of the HOT chain. */ + *call_again = false; + } + + return got_heap_tuple; +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Callbacks for non-modifying operations on individual tuples for heap AM + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +static bool +heapam_fetch_row_version(Relation relation, + ItemPointer tid, + Snapshot snapshot, + TupleTableSlot *slot) +{ + BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *bslot = (BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *) slot; + Buffer buffer; + + Assert(TTS_IS_BUFFERTUPLE(slot)); + + bslot->base.tupdata.t_self = *tid; + if (heap_fetch(relation, snapshot, &bslot->base.tupdata, &buffer)) + { + /* store in slot, transferring existing pin */ + ExecStorePinnedBufferHeapTuple(&bslot->base.tupdata, slot, buffer); + slot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +static bool +heapam_tuple_tid_valid(TableScanDesc scan, ItemPointer tid) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + + return ItemPointerIsValid(tid) && + ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid) < hscan->rs_nblocks; +} + +static bool +heapam_tuple_satisfies_snapshot(Relation rel, TupleTableSlot *slot, + Snapshot snapshot) +{ + BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *bslot = (BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *) slot; + bool res; + + Assert(TTS_IS_BUFFERTUPLE(slot)); + Assert(BufferIsValid(bslot->buffer)); + + /* + * We need buffer pin and lock to call HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility. + * Caller should be holding pin, but not lock. + */ + LockBuffer(bslot->buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + res = HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(bslot->base.tuple, snapshot, + bslot->buffer); + LockBuffer(bslot->buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + return res; +} + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Functions for manipulations of physical tuples for heap AM. + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static void +heapam_tuple_insert(Relation relation, TupleTableSlot *slot, CommandId cid, + int options, BulkInsertState bistate) +{ + bool shouldFree = true; + HeapTuple tuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &shouldFree); + + /* Update the tuple with table oid */ + slot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + tuple->t_tableOid = slot->tts_tableOid; + + /* Perform the insertion, and copy the resulting ItemPointer */ + heap_insert(relation, tuple, cid, options, bistate); + ItemPointerCopy(&tuple->t_self, &slot->tts_tid); + + if (shouldFree) + pfree(tuple); +} + +static void +heapam_tuple_insert_speculative(Relation relation, TupleTableSlot *slot, + CommandId cid, int options, + BulkInsertState bistate, uint32 specToken) +{ + bool shouldFree = true; + HeapTuple tuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &shouldFree); + + /* Update the tuple with table oid */ + slot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + tuple->t_tableOid = slot->tts_tableOid; + + HeapTupleHeaderSetSpeculativeToken(tuple->t_data, specToken); + options |= HEAP_INSERT_SPECULATIVE; + + /* Perform the insertion, and copy the resulting ItemPointer */ + heap_insert(relation, tuple, cid, options, bistate); + ItemPointerCopy(&tuple->t_self, &slot->tts_tid); + + if (shouldFree) + pfree(tuple); +} + +static void +heapam_tuple_complete_speculative(Relation relation, TupleTableSlot *slot, + uint32 specToken, bool succeeded) +{ + bool shouldFree = true; + HeapTuple tuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &shouldFree); + + /* adjust the tuple's state accordingly */ + if (succeeded) + heap_finish_speculative(relation, &slot->tts_tid); + else + heap_abort_speculative(relation, &slot->tts_tid); + + if (shouldFree) + pfree(tuple); +} + +static TM_Result +heapam_tuple_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, CommandId cid, + Snapshot snapshot, Snapshot crosscheck, bool wait, + TM_FailureData *tmfd, bool changingPart) +{ + /* + * Currently Deleting of index tuples are handled at vacuum, in case if + * the storage itself is cleaning the dead tuples by itself, it is the + * time to call the index tuple deletion also. + */ + return heap_delete(relation, tid, cid, crosscheck, wait, tmfd, changingPart); +} + + +static TM_Result +heapam_tuple_update(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid, TupleTableSlot *slot, + CommandId cid, Snapshot snapshot, Snapshot crosscheck, + bool wait, TM_FailureData *tmfd, + LockTupleMode *lockmode, bool *update_indexes) +{ + bool shouldFree = true; + HeapTuple tuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &shouldFree); + TM_Result result; + + /* Update the tuple with table oid */ + slot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + tuple->t_tableOid = slot->tts_tableOid; + + result = heap_update(relation, otid, tuple, cid, crosscheck, wait, + tmfd, lockmode); + ItemPointerCopy(&tuple->t_self, &slot->tts_tid); + + /* + * Decide whether new index entries are needed for the tuple + * + * Note: heap_update returns the tid (location) of the new tuple in the + * t_self field. + * + * If it's a HOT update, we mustn't insert new index entries. + */ + *update_indexes = result == TM_Ok && !HeapTupleIsHeapOnly(tuple); + + if (shouldFree) + pfree(tuple); + + return result; +} + +static TM_Result +heapam_tuple_lock(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid, Snapshot snapshot, + TupleTableSlot *slot, CommandId cid, LockTupleMode mode, + LockWaitPolicy wait_policy, uint8 flags, + TM_FailureData *tmfd) +{ + BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *bslot = (BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *) slot; + TM_Result result; + Buffer buffer; + HeapTuple tuple = &bslot->base.tupdata; + bool follow_updates; + + follow_updates = (flags & TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_LOCK_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS) != 0; + tmfd->traversed = false; + + Assert(TTS_IS_BUFFERTUPLE(slot)); + +tuple_lock_retry: + tuple->t_self = *tid; + result = heap_lock_tuple(relation, tuple, cid, mode, wait_policy, + follow_updates, &buffer, tmfd); + + if (result == TM_Updated && + (flags & TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + /* Should not encounter speculative tuple on recheck */ + Assert(!HeapTupleHeaderIsSpeculative(tuple->t_data)); + + if (!ItemPointerEquals(&tmfd->ctid, &tuple->t_self)) + { + SnapshotData SnapshotDirty; + TransactionId priorXmax; + + /* it was updated, so look at the updated version */ + *tid = tmfd->ctid; + /* updated row should have xmin matching this xmax */ + priorXmax = tmfd->xmax; + + /* signal that a tuple later in the chain is getting locked */ + tmfd->traversed = true; + + /* + * fetch target tuple + * + * Loop here to deal with updated or busy tuples + */ + InitDirtySnapshot(SnapshotDirty); + for (;;) + { + if (ItemPointerIndicatesMovedPartitions(tid)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE), + errmsg("tuple to be locked was already moved to another partition due to concurrent update"))); + + tuple->t_self = *tid; + if (heap_fetch(relation, &SnapshotDirty, tuple, &buffer)) + { + /* + * If xmin isn't what we're expecting, the slot must have + * been recycled and reused for an unrelated tuple. This + * implies that the latest version of the row was deleted, + * so we need do nothing. (Should be safe to examine xmin + * without getting buffer's content lock. We assume + * reading a TransactionId to be atomic, and Xmin never + * changes in an existing tuple, except to invalid or + * frozen, and neither of those can match priorXmax.) + */ + if (!TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple->t_data), + priorXmax)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + return TM_Deleted; + } + + /* otherwise xmin should not be dirty... */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(SnapshotDirty.xmin)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("t_xmin is uncommitted in tuple to be updated"))); + + /* + * If tuple is being updated by other transaction then we + * have to wait for its commit/abort, or die trying. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(SnapshotDirty.xmax)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + switch (wait_policy) + { + case LockWaitBlock: + XactLockTableWait(SnapshotDirty.xmax, + relation, &tuple->t_self, + XLTW_FetchUpdated); + break; + case LockWaitSkip: + if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(SnapshotDirty.xmax)) + /* skip instead of waiting */ + return TM_WouldBlock; + break; + case LockWaitError: + if (!ConditionalXactLockTableWait(SnapshotDirty.xmax)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_NOT_AVAILABLE), + errmsg("could not obtain lock on row in relation \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); + break; + } + continue; /* loop back to repeat heap_fetch */ + } + + /* + * If tuple was inserted by our own transaction, we have + * to check cmin against cid: cmin >= current CID means + * our command cannot see the tuple, so we should ignore + * it. Otherwise heap_lock_tuple() will throw an error, + * and so would any later attempt to update or delete the + * tuple. (We need not check cmax because + * HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty will consider a tuple deleted + * by our transaction dead, regardless of cmax.) We just + * checked that priorXmax == xmin, so we can test that + * variable instead of doing HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin again. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(priorXmax) && + HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(tuple->t_data) >= cid) + { + tmfd->xmax = priorXmax; + + /* + * Cmin is the problematic value, so store that. See + * above. + */ + tmfd->cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(tuple->t_data); + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + return TM_SelfModified; + } + + /* + * This is a live tuple, so try to lock it again. + */ + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + goto tuple_lock_retry; + } + + /* + * If the referenced slot was actually empty, the latest + * version of the row must have been deleted, so we need do + * nothing. + */ + if (tuple->t_data == NULL) + { + return TM_Deleted; + } + + /* + * As above, if xmin isn't what we're expecting, do nothing. + */ + if (!TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple->t_data), + priorXmax)) + { + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + return TM_Deleted; + } + + /* + * If we get here, the tuple was found but failed + * SnapshotDirty. Assuming the xmin is either a committed xact + * or our own xact (as it certainly should be if we're trying + * to modify the tuple), this must mean that the row was + * updated or deleted by either a committed xact or our own + * xact. If it was deleted, we can ignore it; if it was + * updated then chain up to the next version and repeat the + * whole process. + * + * As above, it should be safe to examine xmax and t_ctid + * without the buffer content lock, because they can't be + * changing. + */ + if (ItemPointerEquals(&tuple->t_self, &tuple->t_data->t_ctid)) + { + /* deleted, so forget about it */ + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + return TM_Deleted; + } + + /* updated, so look at the updated row */ + *tid = tuple->t_data->t_ctid; + /* updated row should have xmin matching this xmax */ + priorXmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tuple->t_data); + if (BufferIsValid(buffer)) + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + /* loop back to fetch next in chain */ + } + } + else + { + /* tuple was deleted, so give up */ + return TM_Deleted; + } + } + + slot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + tuple->t_tableOid = slot->tts_tableOid; + + /* store in slot, transferring existing pin */ + ExecStorePinnedBufferHeapTuple(tuple, slot, buffer); + + return result; +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * DDL related callbacks for heap AM. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +static void +heapam_relation_set_new_filenode(Relation rel, + const RelFileNode *newrnode, + char persistence, + TransactionId *freezeXid, + MultiXactId *minmulti) +{ + SMgrRelation srel; + + /* + * Initialize to the minimum XID that could put tuples in the table. We + * know that no xacts older than RecentXmin are still running, so that + * will do. + */ + *freezeXid = RecentXmin; + + /* + * Similarly, initialize the minimum Multixact to the first value that + * could possibly be stored in tuples in the table. Running transactions + * could reuse values from their local cache, so we are careful to + * consider all currently running multis. + * + * XXX this could be refined further, but is it worth the hassle? + */ + *minmulti = GetOldestMultiXactId(); + + srel = RelationCreateStorage(*newrnode, persistence); + + /* + * If required, set up an init fork for an unlogged table so that it can + * be correctly reinitialized on restart. An immediate sync is required + * even if the page has been logged, because the write did not go through + * shared_buffers and therefore a concurrent checkpoint may have moved the + * redo pointer past our xlog record. Recovery may as well remove it + * while replaying, for example, XLOG_DBASE_CREATE or XLOG_TBLSPC_CREATE + * record. Therefore, logging is necessary even if wal_level=minimal. + */ + if (persistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED) + { + Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || + rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW || + rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE); + smgrcreate(srel, INIT_FORKNUM, false); + log_smgrcreate(newrnode, INIT_FORKNUM); + smgrimmedsync(srel, INIT_FORKNUM); + } + + smgrclose(srel); +} + +static void +heapam_relation_nontransactional_truncate(Relation rel) +{ + RelationTruncate(rel, 0); +} + +static void +heapam_relation_copy_data(Relation rel, const RelFileNode *newrnode) +{ + SMgrRelation dstrel; + + dstrel = smgropen(*newrnode, rel->rd_backend); + RelationOpenSmgr(rel); + + /* + * Since we copy the file directly without looking at the shared buffers, + * we'd better first flush out any pages of the source relation that are + * in shared buffers. We assume no new changes will be made while we are + * holding exclusive lock on the rel. + */ + FlushRelationBuffers(rel); + + /* + * Create and copy all forks of the relation, and schedule unlinking of + * old physical files. + * + * NOTE: any conflict in relfilenode value will be caught in + * RelationCreateStorage(). + */ + RelationCreateStorage(*newrnode, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); + + /* copy main fork */ + RelationCopyStorage(rel->rd_smgr, dstrel, MAIN_FORKNUM, + rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); + + /* copy those extra forks that exist */ + for (ForkNumber forkNum = MAIN_FORKNUM + 1; + forkNum <= MAX_FORKNUM; forkNum++) + { + if (smgrexists(rel->rd_smgr, forkNum)) + { + smgrcreate(dstrel, forkNum, false); + + /* + * WAL log creation if the relation is persistent, or this is the + * init fork of an unlogged relation. + */ + if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT || + (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED && + forkNum == INIT_FORKNUM)) + log_smgrcreate(newrnode, forkNum); + RelationCopyStorage(rel->rd_smgr, dstrel, forkNum, + rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); + } + } + + + /* drop old relation, and close new one */ + RelationDropStorage(rel); + smgrclose(dstrel); +} + +static void +heapam_relation_copy_for_cluster(Relation OldHeap, Relation NewHeap, + Relation OldIndex, bool use_sort, + TransactionId OldestXmin, + TransactionId *xid_cutoff, + MultiXactId *multi_cutoff, + double *num_tuples, + double *tups_vacuumed, + double *tups_recently_dead) +{ + RewriteState rwstate; + IndexScanDesc indexScan; + TableScanDesc tableScan; + HeapScanDesc heapScan; + bool is_system_catalog; + Tuplesortstate *tuplesort; + TupleDesc oldTupDesc = RelationGetDescr(OldHeap); + TupleDesc newTupDesc = RelationGetDescr(NewHeap); + TupleTableSlot *slot; + int natts; + Datum *values; + bool *isnull; + BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *hslot; + BlockNumber prev_cblock = InvalidBlockNumber; + + /* Remember if it's a system catalog */ + is_system_catalog = IsSystemRelation(OldHeap); + + /* + * Valid smgr_targblock implies something already wrote to the relation. + * This may be harmless, but this function hasn't planned for it. + */ + Assert(RelationGetTargetBlock(NewHeap) == InvalidBlockNumber); + + /* Preallocate values/isnull arrays */ + natts = newTupDesc->natts; + values = (Datum *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Datum)); + isnull = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool)); + + /* Initialize the rewrite operation */ + rwstate = begin_heap_rewrite(OldHeap, NewHeap, OldestXmin, *xid_cutoff, + *multi_cutoff); + + + /* Set up sorting if wanted */ + if (use_sort) + tuplesort = tuplesort_begin_cluster(oldTupDesc, OldIndex, + maintenance_work_mem, + NULL, false); + else + tuplesort = NULL; + + /* + * Prepare to scan the OldHeap. To ensure we see recently-dead tuples + * that still need to be copied, we scan with SnapshotAny and use + * HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum for the visibility test. + */ + if (OldIndex != NULL && !use_sort) + { + const int ci_index[] = { + PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE, + PROGRESS_CLUSTER_INDEX_RELID + }; + int64 ci_val[2]; + + /* Set phase and OIDOldIndex to columns */ + ci_val[0] = PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE_INDEX_SCAN_HEAP; + ci_val[1] = RelationGetRelid(OldIndex); + pgstat_progress_update_multi_param(2, ci_index, ci_val); + + tableScan = NULL; + heapScan = NULL; + indexScan = index_beginscan(OldHeap, OldIndex, SnapshotAny, 0, 0); + index_rescan(indexScan, NULL, 0, NULL, 0); + } + else + { + /* In scan-and-sort mode and also VACUUM FULL, set phase */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE, + PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE_SEQ_SCAN_HEAP); + + tableScan = table_beginscan(OldHeap, SnapshotAny, 0, (ScanKey) NULL); + heapScan = (HeapScanDesc) tableScan; + indexScan = NULL; + + /* Set total heap blocks */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_TOTAL_HEAP_BLKS, + heapScan->rs_nblocks); + } + + slot = table_slot_create(OldHeap, NULL); + hslot = (BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *) slot; + + /* + * Scan through the OldHeap, either in OldIndex order or sequentially; + * copy each tuple into the NewHeap, or transiently to the tuplesort + * module. Note that we don't bother sorting dead tuples (they won't get + * to the new table anyway). + */ + for (;;) + { + HeapTuple tuple; + Buffer buf; + bool isdead; + + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + if (indexScan != NULL) + { + if (!index_getnext_slot(indexScan, ForwardScanDirection, slot)) + break; + + /* Since we used no scan keys, should never need to recheck */ + if (indexScan->xs_recheck) + elog(ERROR, "CLUSTER does not support lossy index conditions"); + } + else + { + if (!table_scan_getnextslot(tableScan, ForwardScanDirection, slot)) + { + /* + * If the last pages of the scan were empty, we would go to + * the next phase while heap_blks_scanned != heap_blks_total. + * Instead, to ensure that heap_blks_scanned is equivalent to + * total_heap_blks after the table scan phase, this parameter + * is manually updated to the correct value when the table + * scan finishes. + */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_HEAP_BLKS_SCANNED, + heapScan->rs_nblocks); + break; + } + + /* + * In scan-and-sort mode and also VACUUM FULL, set heap blocks + * scanned + * + * Note that heapScan may start at an offset and wrap around, i.e. + * rs_startblock may be >0, and rs_cblock may end with a number + * below rs_startblock. To prevent showing this wraparound to the + * user, we offset rs_cblock by rs_startblock (modulo rs_nblocks). + */ + if (prev_cblock != heapScan->rs_cblock) + { + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_HEAP_BLKS_SCANNED, + (heapScan->rs_cblock + + heapScan->rs_nblocks - + heapScan->rs_startblock + ) % heapScan->rs_nblocks + 1); + prev_cblock = heapScan->rs_cblock; + } + } + + tuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, false, NULL); + buf = hslot->buffer; + + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + switch (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(tuple, OldestXmin, buf)) + { + case HEAPTUPLE_DEAD: + /* Definitely dead */ + isdead = true; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD: + *tups_recently_dead += 1; + /* fall through */ + case HEAPTUPLE_LIVE: + /* Live or recently dead, must copy it */ + isdead = false; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * Since we hold exclusive lock on the relation, normally the + * only way to see this is if it was inserted earlier in our + * own transaction. However, it can happen in system + * catalogs, since we tend to release write lock before commit + * there. Give a warning if neither case applies; but in any + * case we had better copy it. + */ + if (!is_system_catalog && + !TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple->t_data))) + elog(WARNING, "concurrent insert in progress within table \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap)); + /* treat as live */ + isdead = false; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * Similar situation to INSERT_IN_PROGRESS case. + */ + if (!is_system_catalog && + !TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tuple->t_data))) + elog(WARNING, "concurrent delete in progress within table \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap)); + /* treat as recently dead */ + *tups_recently_dead += 1; + isdead = false; + break; + default: + elog(ERROR, "unexpected HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum result"); + isdead = false; /* keep compiler quiet */ + break; + } + + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + if (isdead) + { + *tups_vacuumed += 1; + /* heap rewrite module still needs to see it... */ + if (rewrite_heap_dead_tuple(rwstate, tuple)) + { + /* A previous recently-dead tuple is now known dead */ + *tups_vacuumed += 1; + *tups_recently_dead -= 1; + } + continue; + } + + *num_tuples += 1; + if (tuplesort != NULL) + { + tuplesort_putheaptuple(tuplesort, tuple); + + /* + * In scan-and-sort mode, report increase in number of tuples + * scanned + */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_HEAP_TUPLES_SCANNED, + *num_tuples); + } + else + { + const int ct_index[] = { + PROGRESS_CLUSTER_HEAP_TUPLES_SCANNED, + PROGRESS_CLUSTER_HEAP_TUPLES_WRITTEN + }; + int64 ct_val[2]; + + reform_and_rewrite_tuple(tuple, OldHeap, NewHeap, + values, isnull, rwstate); + + /* + * In indexscan mode and also VACUUM FULL, report increase in + * number of tuples scanned and written + */ + ct_val[0] = *num_tuples; + ct_val[1] = *num_tuples; + pgstat_progress_update_multi_param(2, ct_index, ct_val); + } + } + + if (indexScan != NULL) + index_endscan(indexScan); + if (tableScan != NULL) + table_endscan(tableScan); + if (slot) + ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot); + + /* + * In scan-and-sort mode, complete the sort, then read out all live tuples + * from the tuplestore and write them to the new relation. + */ + if (tuplesort != NULL) + { + double n_tuples = 0; + + /* Report that we are now sorting tuples */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE, + PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE_SORT_TUPLES); + + tuplesort_performsort(tuplesort); + + /* Report that we are now writing new heap */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE, + PROGRESS_CLUSTER_PHASE_WRITE_NEW_HEAP); + + for (;;) + { + HeapTuple tuple; + + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + tuple = tuplesort_getheaptuple(tuplesort, true); + if (tuple == NULL) + break; + + n_tuples += 1; + reform_and_rewrite_tuple(tuple, + OldHeap, NewHeap, + values, isnull, + rwstate); + /* Report n_tuples */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_CLUSTER_HEAP_TUPLES_WRITTEN, + n_tuples); + } + + tuplesort_end(tuplesort); + } + + /* Write out any remaining tuples, and fsync if needed */ + end_heap_rewrite(rwstate); + + /* Clean up */ + pfree(values); + pfree(isnull); +} + +static bool +heapam_scan_analyze_next_block(TableScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blockno, + BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + + /* + * We must maintain a pin on the target page's buffer to ensure that + * concurrent activity - e.g. HOT pruning - doesn't delete tuples out from + * under us. Hence, pin the page until we are done looking at it. We + * also choose to hold sharelock on the buffer throughout --- we could + * release and re-acquire sharelock for each tuple, but since we aren't + * doing much work per tuple, the extra lock traffic is probably better + * avoided. + */ + hscan->rs_cblock = blockno; + hscan->rs_cindex = FirstOffsetNumber; + hscan->rs_cbuf = ReadBufferExtended(scan->rs_rd, MAIN_FORKNUM, + blockno, RBM_NORMAL, bstrategy); + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + /* in heap all blocks can contain tuples, so always return true */ + return true; +} + +static bool +heapam_scan_analyze_next_tuple(TableScanDesc scan, TransactionId OldestXmin, + double *liverows, double *deadrows, + TupleTableSlot *slot) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + Page targpage; + OffsetNumber maxoffset; + BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *hslot; + + Assert(TTS_IS_BUFFERTUPLE(slot)); + + hslot = (BufferHeapTupleTableSlot *) slot; + targpage = BufferGetPage(hscan->rs_cbuf); + maxoffset = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(targpage); + + /* Inner loop over all tuples on the selected page */ + for (; hscan->rs_cindex <= maxoffset; hscan->rs_cindex++) + { + ItemId itemid; + HeapTuple targtuple = &hslot->base.tupdata; + bool sample_it = false; + + itemid = PageGetItemId(targpage, hscan->rs_cindex); + + /* + * We ignore unused and redirect line pointers. DEAD line pointers + * should be counted as dead, because we need vacuum to run to get rid + * of them. Note that this rule agrees with the way that + * heap_page_prune() counts things. + */ + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(itemid)) + { + if (ItemIdIsDead(itemid)) + *deadrows += 1; + continue; + } + + ItemPointerSet(&targtuple->t_self, hscan->rs_cblock, hscan->rs_cindex); + + targtuple->t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(scan->rs_rd); + targtuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(targpage, itemid); + targtuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(itemid); + + switch (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(targtuple, OldestXmin, + hscan->rs_cbuf)) + { + case HEAPTUPLE_LIVE: + sample_it = true; + *liverows += 1; + break; + + case HEAPTUPLE_DEAD: + case HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD: + /* Count dead and recently-dead rows */ + *deadrows += 1; + break; + + case HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * Insert-in-progress rows are not counted. We assume that + * when the inserting transaction commits or aborts, it will + * send a stats message to increment the proper count. This + * works right only if that transaction ends after we finish + * analyzing the table; if things happen in the other order, + * its stats update will be overwritten by ours. However, the + * error will be large only if the other transaction runs long + * enough to insert many tuples, so assuming it will finish + * after us is the safer option. + * + * A special case is that the inserting transaction might be + * our own. In this case we should count and sample the row, + * to accommodate users who load a table and analyze it in one + * transaction. (pgstat_report_analyze has to adjust the + * numbers we send to the stats collector to make this come + * out right.) + */ + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(targtuple->t_data))) + { + sample_it = true; + *liverows += 1; + } + break; + + case HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * We count and sample delete-in-progress rows the same as + * live ones, so that the stats counters come out right if the + * deleting transaction commits after us, per the same + * reasoning given above. + * + * If the delete was done by our own transaction, however, we + * must count the row as dead to make pgstat_report_analyze's + * stats adjustments come out right. (Note: this works out + * properly when the row was both inserted and deleted in our + * xact.) + * + * The net effect of these choices is that we act as though an + * IN_PROGRESS transaction hasn't happened yet, except if it + * is our own transaction, which we assume has happened. + * + * This approach ensures that we behave sanely if we see both + * the pre-image and post-image rows for a row being updated + * by a concurrent transaction: we will sample the pre-image + * but not the post-image. We also get sane results if the + * concurrent transaction never commits. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(targtuple->t_data))) + *deadrows += 1; + else + { + sample_it = true; + *liverows += 1; + } + break; + + default: + elog(ERROR, "unexpected HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum result"); + break; + } + + if (sample_it) + { + ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple(targtuple, slot, hscan->rs_cbuf); + hscan->rs_cindex++; + + /* note that we leave the buffer locked here! */ + return true; + } + } + + /* Now release the lock and pin on the page */ + UnlockReleaseBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf); + hscan->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + + /* also prevent old slot contents from having pin on page */ + ExecClearTuple(slot); + + return false; +} + +static double +heapam_index_build_range_scan(Relation heapRelation, + Relation indexRelation, + IndexInfo *indexInfo, + bool allow_sync, + bool anyvisible, + bool progress, + BlockNumber start_blockno, + BlockNumber numblocks, + IndexBuildCallback callback, + void *callback_state, + TableScanDesc scan) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan; + bool is_system_catalog; + bool checking_uniqueness; + HeapTuple heapTuple; + Datum values[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; + bool isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; + double reltuples; + ExprState *predicate; + TupleTableSlot *slot; + EState *estate; + ExprContext *econtext; + Snapshot snapshot; + bool need_unregister_snapshot = false; + TransactionId OldestXmin; + BlockNumber previous_blkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + BlockNumber root_blkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + OffsetNumber root_offsets[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage]; + + /* + * sanity checks + */ + Assert(OidIsValid(indexRelation->rd_rel->relam)); + + /* Remember if it's a system catalog */ + is_system_catalog = IsSystemRelation(heapRelation); + + /* See whether we're verifying uniqueness/exclusion properties */ + checking_uniqueness = (indexInfo->ii_Unique || + indexInfo->ii_ExclusionOps != NULL); + + /* + * "Any visible" mode is not compatible with uniqueness checks; make sure + * only one of those is requested. + */ + Assert(!(anyvisible && checking_uniqueness)); + + /* + * Need an EState for evaluation of index expressions and partial-index + * predicates. Also a slot to hold the current tuple. + */ + estate = CreateExecutorState(); + econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate); + slot = table_slot_create(heapRelation, NULL); + + /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */ + econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot; + + /* Set up execution state for predicate, if any. */ + predicate = ExecPrepareQual(indexInfo->ii_Predicate, estate); + + /* + * Prepare for scan of the base relation. In a normal index build, we use + * SnapshotAny because we must retrieve all tuples and do our own time + * qual checks (because we have to index RECENTLY_DEAD tuples). In a + * concurrent build, or during bootstrap, we take a regular MVCC snapshot + * and index whatever's live according to that. + */ + OldestXmin = InvalidTransactionId; + + /* okay to ignore lazy VACUUMs here */ + if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode() && !indexInfo->ii_Concurrent) + OldestXmin = GetOldestXmin(heapRelation, PROCARRAY_FLAGS_VACUUM); + + if (!scan) + { + /* + * Serial index build. + * + * Must begin our own heap scan in this case. We may also need to + * register a snapshot whose lifetime is under our direct control. + */ + if (!TransactionIdIsValid(OldestXmin)) + { + snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot()); + need_unregister_snapshot = true; + } + else + snapshot = SnapshotAny; + + scan = table_beginscan_strat(heapRelation, /* relation */ + snapshot, /* snapshot */ + 0, /* number of keys */ + NULL, /* scan key */ + true, /* buffer access strategy OK */ + allow_sync); /* syncscan OK? */ + } + else + { + /* + * Parallel index build. + * + * Parallel case never registers/unregisters own snapshot. Snapshot + * is taken from parallel heap scan, and is SnapshotAny or an MVCC + * snapshot, based on same criteria as serial case. + */ + Assert(!IsBootstrapProcessingMode()); + Assert(allow_sync); + snapshot = scan->rs_snapshot; + } + + hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + + /* Publish number of blocks to scan */ + if (progress) + { + BlockNumber nblocks; + + if (hscan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc pbscan; + + pbscan = (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) hscan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + nblocks = pbscan->phs_nblocks; + } + else + nblocks = hscan->rs_nblocks; + + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_SCAN_BLOCKS_TOTAL, + nblocks); + } + + /* + * Must call GetOldestXmin() with SnapshotAny. Should never call + * GetOldestXmin() with MVCC snapshot. (It's especially worth checking + * this for parallel builds, since ambuild routines that support parallel + * builds must work these details out for themselves.) + */ + Assert(snapshot == SnapshotAny || IsMVCCSnapshot(snapshot)); + Assert(snapshot == SnapshotAny ? TransactionIdIsValid(OldestXmin) : + !TransactionIdIsValid(OldestXmin)); + Assert(snapshot == SnapshotAny || !anyvisible); + + /* set our scan endpoints */ + if (!allow_sync) + heap_setscanlimits(scan, start_blockno, numblocks); + else + { + /* syncscan can only be requested on whole relation */ + Assert(start_blockno == 0); + Assert(numblocks == InvalidBlockNumber); + } + + reltuples = 0; + + /* + * Scan all tuples in the base relation. + */ + while ((heapTuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL) + { + bool tupleIsAlive; + + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + /* Report scan progress, if asked to. */ + if (progress) + { + BlockNumber blocks_done = heapam_scan_get_blocks_done(hscan); + + if (blocks_done != previous_blkno) + { + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_SCAN_BLOCKS_DONE, + blocks_done); + previous_blkno = blocks_done; + } + } + + /* + * When dealing with a HOT-chain of updated tuples, we want to index + * the values of the live tuple (if any), but index it under the TID + * of the chain's root tuple. This approach is necessary to preserve + * the HOT-chain structure in the heap. So we need to be able to find + * the root item offset for every tuple that's in a HOT-chain. When + * first reaching a new page of the relation, call + * heap_get_root_tuples() to build a map of root item offsets on the + * page. + * + * It might look unsafe to use this information across buffer + * lock/unlock. However, we hold ShareLock on the table so no + * ordinary insert/update/delete should occur; and we hold pin on the + * buffer continuously while visiting the page, so no pruning + * operation can occur either. + * + * In cases with only ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on the table, it's + * possible for some HOT tuples to appear that we didn't know about + * when we first read the page. To handle that case, we re-obtain the + * list of root offsets when a HOT tuple points to a root item that we + * don't know about. + * + * Also, although our opinions about tuple liveness could change while + * we scan the page (due to concurrent transaction commits/aborts), + * the chain root locations won't, so this info doesn't need to be + * rebuilt after waiting for another transaction. + * + * Note the implied assumption that there is no more than one live + * tuple per HOT-chain --- else we could create more than one index + * entry pointing to the same root tuple. + */ + if (hscan->rs_cblock != root_blkno) + { + Page page = BufferGetPage(hscan->rs_cbuf); + + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + heap_get_root_tuples(page, root_offsets); + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + root_blkno = hscan->rs_cblock; + } + + if (snapshot == SnapshotAny) + { + /* do our own time qual check */ + bool indexIt; + TransactionId xwait; + + recheck: + + /* + * We could possibly get away with not locking the buffer here, + * since caller should hold ShareLock on the relation, but let's + * be conservative about it. (This remark is still correct even + * with HOT-pruning: our pin on the buffer prevents pruning.) + */ + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + /* + * The criteria for counting a tuple as live in this block need to + * match what analyze.c's heapam_scan_analyze_next_tuple() does, + * otherwise CREATE INDEX and ANALYZE may produce wildly different + * reltuples values, e.g. when there are many recently-dead + * tuples. + */ + switch (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(heapTuple, OldestXmin, + hscan->rs_cbuf)) + { + case HEAPTUPLE_DEAD: + /* Definitely dead, we can ignore it */ + indexIt = false; + tupleIsAlive = false; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_LIVE: + /* Normal case, index and unique-check it */ + indexIt = true; + tupleIsAlive = true; + /* Count it as live, too */ + reltuples += 1; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD: + + /* + * If tuple is recently deleted then we must index it + * anyway to preserve MVCC semantics. (Pre-existing + * transactions could try to use the index after we finish + * building it, and may need to see such tuples.) + * + * However, if it was HOT-updated then we must only index + * the live tuple at the end of the HOT-chain. Since this + * breaks semantics for pre-existing snapshots, mark the + * index as unusable for them. + * + * We don't count recently-dead tuples in reltuples, even + * if we index them; see heapam_scan_analyze_next_tuple(). + */ + if (HeapTupleIsHotUpdated(heapTuple)) + { + indexIt = false; + /* mark the index as unsafe for old snapshots */ + indexInfo->ii_BrokenHotChain = true; + } + else + indexIt = true; + /* In any case, exclude the tuple from unique-checking */ + tupleIsAlive = false; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * In "anyvisible" mode, this tuple is visible and we + * don't need any further checks. + */ + if (anyvisible) + { + indexIt = true; + tupleIsAlive = true; + reltuples += 1; + break; + } + + /* + * Since caller should hold ShareLock or better, normally + * the only way to see this is if it was inserted earlier + * in our own transaction. However, it can happen in + * system catalogs, since we tend to release write lock + * before commit there. Give a warning if neither case + * applies. + */ + xwait = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(heapTuple->t_data); + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xwait)) + { + if (!is_system_catalog) + elog(WARNING, "concurrent insert in progress within table \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(heapRelation)); + + /* + * If we are performing uniqueness checks, indexing + * such a tuple could lead to a bogus uniqueness + * failure. In that case we wait for the inserting + * transaction to finish and check again. + */ + if (checking_uniqueness) + { + /* + * Must drop the lock on the buffer before we wait + */ + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + XactLockTableWait(xwait, heapRelation, + &heapTuple->t_self, + XLTW_InsertIndexUnique); + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + goto recheck; + } + } + else + { + /* + * For consistency with + * heapam_scan_analyze_next_tuple(), count + * HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS tuples as live only + * when inserted by our own transaction. + */ + reltuples += 1; + } + + /* + * We must index such tuples, since if the index build + * commits then they're good. + */ + indexIt = true; + tupleIsAlive = true; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * As with INSERT_IN_PROGRESS case, this is unexpected + * unless it's our own deletion or a system catalog; but + * in anyvisible mode, this tuple is visible. + */ + if (anyvisible) + { + indexIt = true; + tupleIsAlive = false; + reltuples += 1; + break; + } + + xwait = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(heapTuple->t_data); + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xwait)) + { + if (!is_system_catalog) + elog(WARNING, "concurrent delete in progress within table \"%s\"", + RelationGetRelationName(heapRelation)); + + /* + * If we are performing uniqueness checks, assuming + * the tuple is dead could lead to missing a + * uniqueness violation. In that case we wait for the + * deleting transaction to finish and check again. + * + * Also, if it's a HOT-updated tuple, we should not + * index it but rather the live tuple at the end of + * the HOT-chain. However, the deleting transaction + * could abort, possibly leaving this tuple as live + * after all, in which case it has to be indexed. The + * only way to know what to do is to wait for the + * deleting transaction to finish and check again. + */ + if (checking_uniqueness || + HeapTupleIsHotUpdated(heapTuple)) + { + /* + * Must drop the lock on the buffer before we wait + */ + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + XactLockTableWait(xwait, heapRelation, + &heapTuple->t_self, + XLTW_InsertIndexUnique); + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + goto recheck; + } + + /* + * Otherwise index it but don't check for uniqueness, + * the same as a RECENTLY_DEAD tuple. + */ + indexIt = true; + + /* + * Count HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS tuples as live, + * if they were not deleted by the current + * transaction. That's what + * heapam_scan_analyze_next_tuple() does, and we want + * the behavior to be consistent. + */ + reltuples += 1; + } + else if (HeapTupleIsHotUpdated(heapTuple)) + { + /* + * It's a HOT-updated tuple deleted by our own xact. + * We can assume the deletion will commit (else the + * index contents don't matter), so treat the same as + * RECENTLY_DEAD HOT-updated tuples. + */ + indexIt = false; + /* mark the index as unsafe for old snapshots */ + indexInfo->ii_BrokenHotChain = true; + } + else + { + /* + * It's a regular tuple deleted by our own xact. Index + * it, but don't check for uniqueness nor count in + * reltuples, the same as a RECENTLY_DEAD tuple. + */ + indexIt = true; + } + /* In any case, exclude the tuple from unique-checking */ + tupleIsAlive = false; + break; + default: + elog(ERROR, "unexpected HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum result"); + indexIt = tupleIsAlive = false; /* keep compiler quiet */ + break; + } + + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + if (!indexIt) + continue; + } + else + { + /* heap_getnext did the time qual check */ + tupleIsAlive = true; + reltuples += 1; + } + + MemoryContextReset(econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory); + + /* Set up for predicate or expression evaluation */ + ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple(heapTuple, slot, hscan->rs_cbuf); + + /* + * In a partial index, discard tuples that don't satisfy the + * predicate. + */ + if (predicate != NULL) + { + if (!ExecQual(predicate, econtext)) + continue; + } + + /* + * For the current heap tuple, extract all the attributes we use in + * this index, and note which are null. This also performs evaluation + * of any expressions needed. + */ + FormIndexDatum(indexInfo, + slot, + estate, + values, + isnull); + + /* + * You'd think we should go ahead and build the index tuple here, but + * some index AMs want to do further processing on the data first. So + * pass the values[] and isnull[] arrays, instead. + */ + + if (HeapTupleIsHeapOnly(heapTuple)) + { + /* + * For a heap-only tuple, pretend its TID is that of the root. See + * src/backend/access/heap/README.HOT for discussion. + */ + ItemPointerData tid; + OffsetNumber offnum; + + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&heapTuple->t_self); + + /* + * If a HOT tuple points to a root that we don't know + * about, obtain root items afresh. If that still fails, + * report it as corruption. + */ + if (root_offsets[offnum - 1] == InvalidOffsetNumber) + { + Page page = BufferGetPage(hscan->rs_cbuf); + + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + heap_get_root_tuples(page, root_offsets); + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + } + + if (!OffsetNumberIsValid(root_offsets[offnum - 1])) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("failed to find parent tuple for heap-only tuple at (%u,%u) in table \"%s\"", + ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&heapTuple->t_self), + offnum, + RelationGetRelationName(heapRelation)))); + + ItemPointerSet(&tid, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&heapTuple->t_self), + root_offsets[offnum - 1]); + + /* Call the AM's callback routine to process the tuple */ + callback(indexRelation, &tid, values, isnull, tupleIsAlive, + callback_state); + } + else + { + /* Call the AM's callback routine to process the tuple */ + callback(indexRelation, &heapTuple->t_self, values, isnull, + tupleIsAlive, callback_state); + } + } + + /* Report scan progress one last time. */ + if (progress) + { + BlockNumber blks_done; + + if (hscan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc pbscan; + + pbscan = (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) hscan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + blks_done = pbscan->phs_nblocks; + } + else + blks_done = hscan->rs_nblocks; + + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_SCAN_BLOCKS_DONE, + blks_done); + } + + table_endscan(scan); + + /* we can now forget our snapshot, if set and registered by us */ + if (need_unregister_snapshot) + UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot); + + ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot); + + FreeExecutorState(estate); + + /* These may have been pointing to the now-gone estate */ + indexInfo->ii_ExpressionsState = NIL; + indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = NULL; + + return reltuples; +} + +static void +heapam_index_validate_scan(Relation heapRelation, + Relation indexRelation, + IndexInfo *indexInfo, + Snapshot snapshot, + ValidateIndexState *state) +{ + TableScanDesc scan; + HeapScanDesc hscan; + HeapTuple heapTuple; + Datum values[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; + bool isnull[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; + ExprState *predicate; + TupleTableSlot *slot; + EState *estate; + ExprContext *econtext; + BlockNumber root_blkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + OffsetNumber root_offsets[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage]; + bool in_index[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage]; + BlockNumber previous_blkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + + /* state variables for the merge */ + ItemPointer indexcursor = NULL; + ItemPointerData decoded; + bool tuplesort_empty = false; + + /* + * sanity checks + */ + Assert(OidIsValid(indexRelation->rd_rel->relam)); + + /* + * Need an EState for evaluation of index expressions and partial-index + * predicates. Also a slot to hold the current tuple. + */ + estate = CreateExecutorState(); + econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate); + slot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(RelationGetDescr(heapRelation), + &TTSOpsHeapTuple); + + /* Arrange for econtext's scan tuple to be the tuple under test */ + econtext->ecxt_scantuple = slot; + + /* Set up execution state for predicate, if any. */ + predicate = ExecPrepareQual(indexInfo->ii_Predicate, estate); + + /* + * Prepare for scan of the base relation. We need just those tuples + * satisfying the passed-in reference snapshot. We must disable syncscan + * here, because it's critical that we read from block zero forward to + * match the sorted TIDs. + */ + scan = table_beginscan_strat(heapRelation, /* relation */ + snapshot, /* snapshot */ + 0, /* number of keys */ + NULL, /* scan key */ + true, /* buffer access strategy OK */ + false); /* syncscan not OK */ + hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_SCAN_BLOCKS_TOTAL, + hscan->rs_nblocks); + + /* + * Scan all tuples matching the snapshot. + */ + while ((heapTuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL) + { + ItemPointer heapcursor = &heapTuple->t_self; + ItemPointerData rootTuple; + OffsetNumber root_offnum; + + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + state->htups += 1; + + if ((previous_blkno == InvalidBlockNumber) || + (hscan->rs_cblock != previous_blkno)) + { + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_SCAN_BLOCKS_DONE, + hscan->rs_cblock); + previous_blkno = hscan->rs_cblock; + } + + /* + * As commented in table_index_build_scan, we should index heap-only + * tuples under the TIDs of their root tuples; so when we advance onto + * a new heap page, build a map of root item offsets on the page. + * + * This complicates merging against the tuplesort output: we will + * visit the live tuples in order by their offsets, but the root + * offsets that we need to compare against the index contents might be + * ordered differently. So we might have to "look back" within the + * tuplesort output, but only within the current page. We handle that + * by keeping a bool array in_index[] showing all the + * already-passed-over tuplesort output TIDs of the current page. We + * clear that array here, when advancing onto a new heap page. + */ + if (hscan->rs_cblock != root_blkno) + { + Page page = BufferGetPage(hscan->rs_cbuf); + + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + heap_get_root_tuples(page, root_offsets); + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + memset(in_index, 0, sizeof(in_index)); + + root_blkno = hscan->rs_cblock; + } + + /* Convert actual tuple TID to root TID */ + rootTuple = *heapcursor; + root_offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(heapcursor); + + if (HeapTupleIsHeapOnly(heapTuple)) + { + root_offnum = root_offsets[root_offnum - 1]; + if (!OffsetNumberIsValid(root_offnum)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("failed to find parent tuple for heap-only tuple at (%u,%u) in table \"%s\"", + ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(heapcursor), + ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(heapcursor), + RelationGetRelationName(heapRelation)))); + ItemPointerSetOffsetNumber(&rootTuple, root_offnum); + } + + /* + * "merge" by skipping through the index tuples until we find or pass + * the current root tuple. + */ + while (!tuplesort_empty && + (!indexcursor || + ItemPointerCompare(indexcursor, &rootTuple) < 0)) + { + Datum ts_val; + bool ts_isnull; + + if (indexcursor) + { + /* + * Remember index items seen earlier on the current heap page + */ + if (ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(indexcursor) == root_blkno) + in_index[ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(indexcursor) - 1] = true; + } + + tuplesort_empty = !tuplesort_getdatum(state->tuplesort, true, + &ts_val, &ts_isnull, NULL); + Assert(tuplesort_empty || !ts_isnull); + if (!tuplesort_empty) + { + itemptr_decode(&decoded, DatumGetInt64(ts_val)); + indexcursor = &decoded; + + /* If int8 is pass-by-ref, free (encoded) TID Datum memory */ +#ifndef USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL + pfree(DatumGetPointer(ts_val)); +#endif + } + else + { + /* Be tidy */ + indexcursor = NULL; + } + } + + /* + * If the tuplesort has overshot *and* we didn't see a match earlier, + * then this tuple is missing from the index, so insert it. + */ + if ((tuplesort_empty || + ItemPointerCompare(indexcursor, &rootTuple) > 0) && + !in_index[root_offnum - 1]) + { + MemoryContextReset(econtext->ecxt_per_tuple_memory); + + /* Set up for predicate or expression evaluation */ + ExecStoreHeapTuple(heapTuple, slot, false); + + /* + * In a partial index, discard tuples that don't satisfy the + * predicate. + */ + if (predicate != NULL) + { + if (!ExecQual(predicate, econtext)) + continue; + } + + /* + * For the current heap tuple, extract all the attributes we use + * in this index, and note which are null. This also performs + * evaluation of any expressions needed. + */ + FormIndexDatum(indexInfo, + slot, + estate, + values, + isnull); + + /* + * You'd think we should go ahead and build the index tuple here, + * but some index AMs want to do further processing on the data + * first. So pass the values[] and isnull[] arrays, instead. + */ + + /* + * If the tuple is already committed dead, you might think we + * could suppress uniqueness checking, but this is no longer true + * in the presence of HOT, because the insert is actually a proxy + * for a uniqueness check on the whole HOT-chain. That is, the + * tuple we have here could be dead because it was already + * HOT-updated, and if so the updating transaction will not have + * thought it should insert index entries. The index AM will + * check the whole HOT-chain and correctly detect a conflict if + * there is one. + */ + + index_insert(indexRelation, + values, + isnull, + &rootTuple, + heapRelation, + indexInfo->ii_Unique ? + UNIQUE_CHECK_YES : UNIQUE_CHECK_NO, + indexInfo); + + state->tups_inserted += 1; + } + } + + table_endscan(scan); + + ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot); + + FreeExecutorState(estate); + + /* These may have been pointing to the now-gone estate */ + indexInfo->ii_ExpressionsState = NIL; + indexInfo->ii_PredicateState = NULL; +} + +/* + * Return the number of blocks that have been read by this scan since + * starting. This is meant for progress reporting rather than be fully + * accurate: in a parallel scan, workers can be concurrently reading blocks + * further ahead than what we report. + */ +static BlockNumber +heapam_scan_get_blocks_done(HeapScanDesc hscan) +{ + ParallelBlockTableScanDesc bpscan = NULL; + BlockNumber startblock; + BlockNumber blocks_done; + + if (hscan->rs_base.rs_parallel != NULL) + { + bpscan = (ParallelBlockTableScanDesc) hscan->rs_base.rs_parallel; + startblock = bpscan->phs_startblock; + } + else + startblock = hscan->rs_startblock; + + /* + * Might have wrapped around the end of the relation, if startblock was + * not zero. + */ + if (hscan->rs_cblock > startblock) + blocks_done = hscan->rs_cblock - startblock; + else + { + BlockNumber nblocks; + + nblocks = bpscan != NULL ? bpscan->phs_nblocks : hscan->rs_nblocks; + blocks_done = nblocks - startblock + + hscan->rs_cblock; + } + + return blocks_done; +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Miscellaneous callbacks for the heap AM + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +/* + * Check to see whether the table needs a TOAST table. It does only if + * (1) there are any toastable attributes, and (2) the maximum length + * of a tuple could exceed TOAST_TUPLE_THRESHOLD. (We don't want to + * create a toast table for something like "f1 varchar(20)".) + */ +static bool +heapam_relation_needs_toast_table(Relation rel) +{ + int32 data_length = 0; + bool maxlength_unknown = false; + bool has_toastable_attrs = false; + TupleDesc tupdesc = rel->rd_att; + int32 tuple_length; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++) + { + Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i); + + if (att->attisdropped) + continue; + data_length = att_align_nominal(data_length, att->attalign); + if (att->attlen > 0) + { + /* Fixed-length types are never toastable */ + data_length += att->attlen; + } + else + { + int32 maxlen = type_maximum_size(att->atttypid, + att->atttypmod); + + if (maxlen < 0) + maxlength_unknown = true; + else + data_length += maxlen; + if (att->attstorage != TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN) + has_toastable_attrs = true; + } + } + if (!has_toastable_attrs) + return false; /* nothing to toast? */ + if (maxlength_unknown) + return true; /* any unlimited-length attrs? */ + tuple_length = MAXALIGN(SizeofHeapTupleHeader + + BITMAPLEN(tupdesc->natts)) + + MAXALIGN(data_length); + return (tuple_length > TOAST_TUPLE_THRESHOLD); +} + +/* + * TOAST tables for heap relations are just heap relations. + */ +static Oid +heapam_relation_toast_am(Relation rel) +{ + return rel->rd_rel->relam; +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Planner related callbacks for the heap AM + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +#define HEAP_OVERHEAD_BYTES_PER_TUPLE \ + (MAXALIGN(SizeofHeapTupleHeader) + sizeof(ItemIdData)) +#define HEAP_USABLE_BYTES_PER_PAGE \ + (BLCKSZ - SizeOfPageHeaderData) + +static void +heapam_estimate_rel_size(Relation rel, int32 *attr_widths, + BlockNumber *pages, double *tuples, + double *allvisfrac) +{ + table_block_relation_estimate_size(rel, attr_widths, pages, + tuples, allvisfrac, + HEAP_OVERHEAD_BYTES_PER_TUPLE, + HEAP_USABLE_BYTES_PER_PAGE); +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Executor related callbacks for the heap AM + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +static bool +heapam_scan_bitmap_next_block(TableScanDesc scan, + TBMIterateResult *tbmres) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + BlockNumber page = tbmres->blockno; + Buffer buffer; + Snapshot snapshot; + int ntup; + + hscan->rs_cindex = 0; + hscan->rs_ntuples = 0; + + /* + * Ignore any claimed entries past what we think is the end of the + * relation. It may have been extended after the start of our scan (we + * only hold an AccessShareLock, and it could be inserts from this + * backend). + */ + if (page >= hscan->rs_nblocks) + return false; + + /* + * Acquire pin on the target heap page, trading in any pin we held before. + */ + hscan->rs_cbuf = ReleaseAndReadBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, + scan->rs_rd, + page); + hscan->rs_cblock = page; + buffer = hscan->rs_cbuf; + snapshot = scan->rs_snapshot; + + ntup = 0; + + /* + * Prune and repair fragmentation for the whole page, if possible. + */ + heap_page_prune_opt(scan->rs_rd, buffer); + + /* + * We must hold share lock on the buffer content while examining tuple + * visibility. Afterwards, however, the tuples we have found to be + * visible are guaranteed good as long as we hold the buffer pin. + */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + /* + * We need two separate strategies for lossy and non-lossy cases. + */ + if (tbmres->ntuples >= 0) + { + /* + * Bitmap is non-lossy, so we just look through the offsets listed in + * tbmres; but we have to follow any HOT chain starting at each such + * offset. + */ + int curslot; + + for (curslot = 0; curslot < tbmres->ntuples; curslot++) + { + OffsetNumber offnum = tbmres->offsets[curslot]; + ItemPointerData tid; + HeapTupleData heapTuple; + + ItemPointerSet(&tid, page, offnum); + if (heap_hot_search_buffer(&tid, scan->rs_rd, buffer, snapshot, + &heapTuple, NULL, true)) + hscan->rs_vistuples[ntup++] = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&tid); + } + } + else + { + /* + * Bitmap is lossy, so we must examine each line pointer on the page. + * But we can ignore HOT chains, since we'll check each tuple anyway. + */ + Page dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + OffsetNumber maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp); + OffsetNumber offnum; + + for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; offnum <= maxoff; offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) + { + ItemId lp; + HeapTupleData loctup; + bool valid; + + lp = PageGetItemId(dp, offnum); + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + continue; + loctup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lp); + loctup.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + loctup.t_tableOid = scan->rs_rd->rd_id; + ItemPointerSet(&loctup.t_self, page, offnum); + valid = HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(&loctup, snapshot, buffer); + if (valid) + { + hscan->rs_vistuples[ntup++] = offnum; + PredicateLockTID(scan->rs_rd, &loctup.t_self, snapshot, + HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(loctup.t_data)); + } + HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(valid, scan->rs_rd, &loctup, + buffer, snapshot); + } + } + + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + Assert(ntup <= MaxHeapTuplesPerPage); + hscan->rs_ntuples = ntup; + + return ntup > 0; +} + +static bool +heapam_scan_bitmap_next_tuple(TableScanDesc scan, + TBMIterateResult *tbmres, + TupleTableSlot *slot) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + OffsetNumber targoffset; + Page dp; + ItemId lp; + + /* + * Out of range? If so, nothing more to look at on this page + */ + if (hscan->rs_cindex < 0 || hscan->rs_cindex >= hscan->rs_ntuples) + return false; + + targoffset = hscan->rs_vistuples[hscan->rs_cindex]; + dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(hscan->rs_cbuf); + lp = PageGetItemId(dp, targoffset); + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lp)); + + hscan->rs_ctup.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem((Page) dp, lp); + hscan->rs_ctup.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + hscan->rs_ctup.t_tableOid = scan->rs_rd->rd_id; + ItemPointerSet(&hscan->rs_ctup.t_self, hscan->rs_cblock, targoffset); + + pgstat_count_heap_fetch(scan->rs_rd); + + /* + * Set up the result slot to point to this tuple. Note that the slot + * acquires a pin on the buffer. + */ + ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple(&hscan->rs_ctup, + slot, + hscan->rs_cbuf); + + hscan->rs_cindex++; + + return true; +} + +static bool +heapam_scan_sample_next_block(TableScanDesc scan, SampleScanState *scanstate) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + TsmRoutine *tsm = scanstate->tsmroutine; + BlockNumber blockno; + + /* return false immediately if relation is empty */ + if (hscan->rs_nblocks == 0) + return false; + + if (tsm->NextSampleBlock) + { + blockno = tsm->NextSampleBlock(scanstate, hscan->rs_nblocks); + hscan->rs_cblock = blockno; + } + else + { + /* scanning table sequentially */ + + if (hscan->rs_cblock == InvalidBlockNumber) + { + Assert(!hscan->rs_inited); + blockno = hscan->rs_startblock; + } + else + { + Assert(hscan->rs_inited); + + blockno = hscan->rs_cblock + 1; + + if (blockno >= hscan->rs_nblocks) + { + /* wrap to beginning of rel, might not have started at 0 */ + blockno = 0; + } + + /* + * Report our new scan position for synchronization purposes. + * + * Note: we do this before checking for end of scan so that the + * final state of the position hint is back at the start of the + * rel. That's not strictly necessary, but otherwise when you run + * the same query multiple times the starting position would shift + * a little bit backwards on every invocation, which is confusing. + * We don't guarantee any specific ordering in general, though. + */ + if (scan->rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_SYNC) + ss_report_location(scan->rs_rd, blockno); + + if (blockno == hscan->rs_startblock) + { + blockno = InvalidBlockNumber; + } + } + } + + if (!BlockNumberIsValid(blockno)) + { + if (BufferIsValid(hscan->rs_cbuf)) + ReleaseBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf); + hscan->rs_cbuf = InvalidBuffer; + hscan->rs_cblock = InvalidBlockNumber; + hscan->rs_inited = false; + + return false; + } + + heapgetpage(scan, blockno); + hscan->rs_inited = true; + + return true; +} + +static bool +heapam_scan_sample_next_tuple(TableScanDesc scan, SampleScanState *scanstate, + TupleTableSlot *slot) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + TsmRoutine *tsm = scanstate->tsmroutine; + BlockNumber blockno = hscan->rs_cblock; + bool pagemode = (scan->rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE) != 0; + + Page page; + bool all_visible; + OffsetNumber maxoffset; + + /* + * When not using pagemode, we must lock the buffer during tuple + * visibility checks. + */ + if (!pagemode) + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + page = (Page) BufferGetPage(hscan->rs_cbuf); + all_visible = PageIsAllVisible(page) && + !scan->rs_snapshot->takenDuringRecovery; + maxoffset = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + + for (;;) + { + OffsetNumber tupoffset; + + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + /* Ask the tablesample method which tuples to check on this page. */ + tupoffset = tsm->NextSampleTuple(scanstate, + blockno, + maxoffset); + + if (OffsetNumberIsValid(tupoffset)) + { + ItemId itemid; + bool visible; + HeapTuple tuple = &(hscan->rs_ctup); + + /* Skip invalid tuple pointers. */ + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, tupoffset); + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(itemid)) + continue; + + tuple->t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, itemid); + tuple->t_len = ItemIdGetLength(itemid); + ItemPointerSet(&(tuple->t_self), blockno, tupoffset); + + + if (all_visible) + visible = true; + else + visible = SampleHeapTupleVisible(scan, hscan->rs_cbuf, + tuple, tupoffset); + + /* in pagemode, heapgetpage did this for us */ + if (!pagemode) + HeapCheckForSerializableConflictOut(visible, scan->rs_rd, tuple, + hscan->rs_cbuf, scan->rs_snapshot); + + /* Try next tuple from same page. */ + if (!visible) + continue; + + /* Found visible tuple, return it. */ + if (!pagemode) + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + ExecStoreBufferHeapTuple(tuple, slot, hscan->rs_cbuf); + + /* Count successfully-fetched tuples as heap fetches */ + pgstat_count_heap_getnext(scan->rs_rd); + + return true; + } + else + { + /* + * If we get here, it means we've exhausted the items on this page + * and it's time to move to the next. + */ + if (!pagemode) + LockBuffer(hscan->rs_cbuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + ExecClearTuple(slot); + return false; + } + } + + Assert(0); +} + + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Helper functions for the above. + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +/* + * Reconstruct and rewrite the given tuple + * + * We cannot simply copy the tuple as-is, for several reasons: + * + * 1. We'd like to squeeze out the values of any dropped columns, both + * to save space and to ensure we have no corner-case failures. (It's + * possible for example that the new table hasn't got a TOAST table + * and so is unable to store any large values of dropped cols.) + * + * 2. The tuple might not even be legal for the new table; this is + * currently only known to happen as an after-effect of ALTER TABLE + * SET WITHOUT OIDS. + * + * So, we must reconstruct the tuple from component Datums. + */ +static void +reform_and_rewrite_tuple(HeapTuple tuple, + Relation OldHeap, Relation NewHeap, + Datum *values, bool *isnull, RewriteState rwstate) +{ + TupleDesc oldTupDesc = RelationGetDescr(OldHeap); + TupleDesc newTupDesc = RelationGetDescr(NewHeap); + HeapTuple copiedTuple; + int i; + + heap_deform_tuple(tuple, oldTupDesc, values, isnull); + + /* Be sure to null out any dropped columns */ + for (i = 0; i < newTupDesc->natts; i++) + { + if (TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, i)->attisdropped) + isnull[i] = true; + } + + copiedTuple = heap_form_tuple(newTupDesc, values, isnull); + + /* The heap rewrite module does the rest */ + rewrite_heap_tuple(rwstate, tuple, copiedTuple); + + heap_freetuple(copiedTuple); +} + +/* + * Check visibility of the tuple. + */ +static bool +SampleHeapTupleVisible(TableScanDesc scan, Buffer buffer, + HeapTuple tuple, + OffsetNumber tupoffset) +{ + HeapScanDesc hscan = (HeapScanDesc) scan; + + if (scan->rs_flags & SO_ALLOW_PAGEMODE) + { + /* + * In pageatatime mode, heapgetpage() already did visibility checks, + * so just look at the info it left in rs_vistuples[]. + * + * We use a binary search over the known-sorted array. Note: we could + * save some effort if we insisted that NextSampleTuple select tuples + * in increasing order, but it's not clear that there would be enough + * gain to justify the restriction. + */ + int start = 0, + end = hscan->rs_ntuples - 1; + + while (start <= end) + { + int mid = (start + end) / 2; + OffsetNumber curoffset = hscan->rs_vistuples[mid]; + + if (tupoffset == curoffset) + return true; + else if (tupoffset < curoffset) + end = mid - 1; + else + start = mid + 1; + } + + return false; + } + else + { + /* Otherwise, we have to check the tuple individually. */ + return HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(tuple, scan->rs_snapshot, + buffer); + } +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Definition of the heap table access method. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +static const TableAmRoutine heapam_methods = { + .type = T_TableAmRoutine, + + .slot_callbacks = heapam_slot_callbacks, + + .scan_begin = heap_beginscan, + .scan_end = heap_endscan, + .scan_rescan = heap_rescan, + .scan_getnextslot = heap_getnextslot, + + .parallelscan_estimate = table_block_parallelscan_estimate, + .parallelscan_initialize = table_block_parallelscan_initialize, + .parallelscan_reinitialize = table_block_parallelscan_reinitialize, + + .index_fetch_begin = heapam_index_fetch_begin, + .index_fetch_reset = heapam_index_fetch_reset, + .index_fetch_end = heapam_index_fetch_end, + .index_fetch_tuple = heapam_index_fetch_tuple, + + .tuple_insert = heapam_tuple_insert, + .tuple_insert_speculative = heapam_tuple_insert_speculative, + .tuple_complete_speculative = heapam_tuple_complete_speculative, + .multi_insert = heap_multi_insert, + .tuple_delete = heapam_tuple_delete, + .tuple_update = heapam_tuple_update, + .tuple_lock = heapam_tuple_lock, + + .tuple_fetch_row_version = heapam_fetch_row_version, + .tuple_get_latest_tid = heap_get_latest_tid, + .tuple_tid_valid = heapam_tuple_tid_valid, + .tuple_satisfies_snapshot = heapam_tuple_satisfies_snapshot, + .compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples = heap_compute_xid_horizon_for_tuples, + + .relation_set_new_filenode = heapam_relation_set_new_filenode, + .relation_nontransactional_truncate = heapam_relation_nontransactional_truncate, + .relation_copy_data = heapam_relation_copy_data, + .relation_copy_for_cluster = heapam_relation_copy_for_cluster, + .relation_vacuum = heap_vacuum_rel, + .scan_analyze_next_block = heapam_scan_analyze_next_block, + .scan_analyze_next_tuple = heapam_scan_analyze_next_tuple, + .index_build_range_scan = heapam_index_build_range_scan, + .index_validate_scan = heapam_index_validate_scan, + + .relation_size = table_block_relation_size, + .relation_needs_toast_table = heapam_relation_needs_toast_table, + .relation_toast_am = heapam_relation_toast_am, + .relation_fetch_toast_slice = heap_fetch_toast_slice, + + .relation_estimate_size = heapam_estimate_rel_size, + + .scan_bitmap_next_block = heapam_scan_bitmap_next_block, + .scan_bitmap_next_tuple = heapam_scan_bitmap_next_tuple, + .scan_sample_next_block = heapam_scan_sample_next_block, + .scan_sample_next_tuple = heapam_scan_sample_next_tuple +}; + + +const TableAmRoutine * +GetHeapamTableAmRoutine(void) +{ + return &heapam_methods; +} + +Datum +heap_tableam_handler(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) +{ + PG_RETURN_POINTER(&heapam_methods); +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_visibility.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_visibility.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dba1089 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heapam_visibility.c @@ -0,0 +1,1718 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * heapam_visibility.c + * Tuple visibility rules for tuples stored in heap. + * + * NOTE: all the HeapTupleSatisfies routines will update the tuple's + * "hint" status bits if we see that the inserting or deleting transaction + * has now committed or aborted (and it is safe to set the hint bits). + * If the hint bits are changed, MarkBufferDirtyHint is called on + * the passed-in buffer. The caller must hold not only a pin, but at least + * shared buffer content lock on the buffer containing the tuple. + * + * NOTE: When using a non-MVCC snapshot, we must check + * TransactionIdIsInProgress (which looks in the PGXACT array) + * before TransactionIdDidCommit/TransactionIdDidAbort (which look in + * pg_xact). Otherwise we have a race condition: we might decide that a + * just-committed transaction crashed, because none of the tests succeed. + * xact.c is careful to record commit/abort in pg_xact before it unsets + * MyPgXact->xid in the PGXACT array. That fixes that problem, but it + * also means there is a window where TransactionIdIsInProgress and + * TransactionIdDidCommit will both return true. If we check only + * TransactionIdDidCommit, we could consider a tuple committed when a + * later GetSnapshotData call will still think the originating transaction + * is in progress, which leads to application-level inconsistency. The + * upshot is that we gotta check TransactionIdIsInProgress first in all + * code paths, except for a few cases where we are looking at + * subtransactions of our own main transaction and so there can't be any + * race condition. + * + * When using an MVCC snapshot, we rely on XidInMVCCSnapshot rather than + * TransactionIdIsInProgress, but the logic is otherwise the same: do not + * check pg_xact until after deciding that the xact is no longer in progress. + * + * + * Summary of visibility functions: + * + * HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC() + * visible to supplied snapshot, excludes current command + * HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate() + * visible to instant snapshot, with user-supplied command + * counter and more complex result + * HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf() + * visible to instant snapshot and current command + * HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty() + * like HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf(), but includes open transactions + * HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() + * visible to any running transaction, used by VACUUM + * HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable() + * Snapshot-style API for HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum + * HeapTupleSatisfiesToast() + * visible unless part of interrupted vacuum, used for TOAST + * HeapTupleSatisfiesAny() + * all tuples are visible + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/heapam_visibility.c + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/htup_details.h" +#include "access/multixact.h" +#include "access/subtrans.h" +#include "access/tableam.h" +#include "access/transam.h" +#include "access/xact.h" +#include "access/xlog.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "storage/procarray.h" +#include "utils/builtins.h" +#include "utils/combocid.h" +#include "utils/snapmgr.h" + + +/* + * SetHintBits() + * + * Set commit/abort hint bits on a tuple, if appropriate at this time. + * + * It is only safe to set a transaction-committed hint bit if we know the + * transaction's commit record is guaranteed to be flushed to disk before the + * buffer, or if the table is temporary or unlogged and will be obliterated by + * a crash anyway. We cannot change the LSN of the page here, because we may + * hold only a share lock on the buffer, so we can only use the LSN to + * interlock this if the buffer's LSN already is newer than the commit LSN; + * otherwise we have to just refrain from setting the hint bit until some + * future re-examination of the tuple. + * + * We can always set hint bits when marking a transaction aborted. (Some + * code in heapam.c relies on that!) + * + * Also, if we are cleaning up HEAP_MOVED_IN or HEAP_MOVED_OFF entries, then + * we can always set the hint bits, since pre-9.0 VACUUM FULL always used + * synchronous commits and didn't move tuples that weren't previously + * hinted. (This is not known by this subroutine, but is applied by its + * callers.) Note: old-style VACUUM FULL is gone, but we have to keep this + * module's support for MOVED_OFF/MOVED_IN flag bits for as long as we + * support in-place update from pre-9.0 databases. + * + * Normal commits may be asynchronous, so for those we need to get the LSN + * of the transaction and then check whether this is flushed. + * + * The caller should pass xid as the XID of the transaction to check, or + * InvalidTransactionId if no check is needed. + */ +static inline void +SetHintBits(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Buffer buffer, + uint16 infomask, TransactionId xid) +{ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(xid)) + { + /* NB: xid must be known committed here! */ + XLogRecPtr commitLSN = TransactionIdGetCommitLSN(xid); + + if (BufferIsPermanent(buffer) && XLogNeedsFlush(commitLSN) && + BufferGetLSNAtomic(buffer) < commitLSN) + { + /* not flushed and no LSN interlock, so don't set hint */ + return; + } + } + + tuple->t_infomask |= infomask; + MarkBufferDirtyHint(buffer, true); +} + +/* + * HeapTupleSetHintBits --- exported version of SetHintBits() + * + * This must be separate because of C99's brain-dead notions about how to + * implement inline functions. + */ +void +HeapTupleSetHintBits(HeapTupleHeader tuple, Buffer buffer, + uint16 infomask, TransactionId xid) +{ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, infomask, xid); +} + + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf + * True iff heap tuple is valid "for itself". + * + * See SNAPSHOT_MVCC's definition for the intended behaviour. + * + * Note: + * Assumes heap tuple is valid. + * + * The satisfaction of "itself" requires the following: + * + * ((Xmin == my-transaction && the row was updated by the current transaction, and + * (Xmax is null it was not deleted + * [|| Xmax != my-transaction)]) [or it was deleted by another transaction] + * || + * + * (Xmin is committed && the row was modified by a committed transaction, and + * (Xmax is null || the row has not been deleted, or + * (Xmax != my-transaction && the row was deleted by another transaction + * Xmax is not committed))) that has not been committed + */ +static bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, Buffer buffer) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple)) + return false; + + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + return false; + if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + } + } + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + else + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + } + } + else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + { + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */ + return true; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) /* not deleter */ + return true; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + /* updating subtransaction must have aborted */ + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + return true; + else + return false; + } + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + return false; + } + else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + return false; + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)); + else + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + } + + /* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */ + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */ + return true; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + return false; /* updated by other */ + } + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax)) + return true; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)) + return false; + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + return true; + } + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + return false; + } + + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + return true; + + if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + /* xmax transaction committed */ + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)); + return false; +} + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesAny + * Dummy "satisfies" routine: any tuple satisfies SnapshotAny. + */ +static bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesAny(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, Buffer buffer) +{ + return true; +} + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesToast + * True iff heap tuple is valid as a TOAST row. + * + * See SNAPSHOT_TOAST's definition for the intended behaviour. + * + * This is a simplified version that only checks for VACUUM moving conditions. + * It's appropriate for TOAST usage because TOAST really doesn't want to do + * its own time qual checks; if you can see the main table row that contains + * a TOAST reference, you should be able to see the TOASTed value. However, + * vacuuming a TOAST table is independent of the main table, and in case such + * a vacuum fails partway through, we'd better do this much checking. + * + * Among other things, this means you can't do UPDATEs of rows in a TOAST + * table. + */ +static bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesToast(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, + Buffer buffer) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple)) + return false; + + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + return false; + if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + } + } + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + else + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + } + } + + /* + * An invalid Xmin can be left behind by a speculative insertion that + * is canceled by super-deleting the tuple. This also applies to + * TOAST tuples created during speculative insertion. + */ + else if (!TransactionIdIsValid(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple))) + return false; + } + + /* otherwise assume the tuple is valid for TOAST. */ + return true; +} + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate + * + * This function returns a more detailed result code than most of the + * functions in this file, since UPDATE needs to know more than "is it + * visible?". It also allows for user-supplied CommandId rather than + * relying on CurrentCommandId. + * + * The possible return codes are: + * + * TM_Invisible: the tuple didn't exist at all when the scan started, e.g. it + * was created by a later CommandId. + * + * TM_Ok: The tuple is valid and visible, so it may be updated. + * + * TM_SelfModified: The tuple was updated by the current transaction, after + * the current scan started. + * + * TM_Updated: The tuple was updated by a committed transaction (including + * the case where the tuple was moved into a different partition). + * + * TM_Deleted: The tuple was deleted by a committed transaction. + * + * TM_BeingModified: The tuple is being updated by an in-progress transaction + * other than the current transaction. (Note: this includes the case where + * the tuple is share-locked by a MultiXact, even if the MultiXact includes + * the current transaction. Callers that want to distinguish that case must + * test for it themselves.) + */ +TM_Result +HeapTupleSatisfiesUpdate(HeapTuple htup, CommandId curcid, + Buffer buffer) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple)) + return TM_Invisible; + + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + return TM_Invisible; + if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Invisible; + } + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + } + } + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + return TM_Invisible; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + else + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Invisible; + } + } + } + else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(tuple) >= curcid) + return TM_Invisible; /* inserted after scan started */ + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */ + return TM_Ok; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + + /* + * Careful here: even though this tuple was created by our own + * transaction, it might be locked by other transactions, if + * the original version was key-share locked when we updated + * it. + */ + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(xmax, true)) + return TM_BeingModified; + else + return TM_Ok; + } + + /* + * If the locker is gone, then there is nothing of interest + * left in this Xmax; otherwise, report the tuple as + * locked/updated. + */ + if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax)) + return TM_Ok; + return TM_BeingModified; + } + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + /* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */ + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + { + if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), + false)) + return TM_BeingModified; + return TM_Ok; + } + else + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid) + return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */ + else + return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */ + } + } + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Ok; + } + + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid) + return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */ + else + return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */ + } + else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + return TM_Invisible; + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)); + else + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Invisible; + } + } + + /* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */ + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */ + return TM_Ok; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return TM_Ok; + if (!ItemPointerEquals(&htup->t_self, &tuple->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tuple)) + return TM_Updated; /* updated by other */ + else + return TM_Deleted; /* deleted by other */ + } + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + if (HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(tuple->t_infomask)) + return TM_Ok; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + { + if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), true)) + return TM_BeingModified; + + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Ok; + } + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + if (!TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)) + { + if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false)) + return TM_BeingModified; + } + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid) + return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */ + else + return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */ + } + + if (MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false)) + return TM_BeingModified; + + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)) + { + if (!ItemPointerEquals(&htup->t_self, &tuple->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tuple)) + return TM_Updated; + else + return TM_Deleted; + } + + /* + * By here, the update in the Xmax is either aborted or crashed, but + * what about the other members? + */ + + if (!MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false)) + { + /* + * There's no member, even just a locker, alive anymore, so we can + * mark the Xmax as invalid. + */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Ok; + } + else + { + /* There are lockers running */ + return TM_BeingModified; + } + } + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return TM_BeingModified; + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= curcid) + return TM_SelfModified; /* updated after scan started */ + else + return TM_Invisible; /* updated before scan started */ + } + + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + return TM_BeingModified; + + if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Ok; + } + + /* xmax transaction committed */ + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return TM_Ok; + } + + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)); + if (!ItemPointerEquals(&htup->t_self, &tuple->t_ctid) || + HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(tuple)) + return TM_Updated; /* updated by other */ + else + return TM_Deleted; /* deleted by other */ +} + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty + * True iff heap tuple is valid including effects of open transactions. + * + * See SNAPSHOT_DIRTY's definition for the intended behaviour. + * + * This is essentially like HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf as far as effects of + * the current transaction and committed/aborted xacts are concerned. + * However, we also include the effects of other xacts still in progress. + * + * A special hack is that the passed-in snapshot struct is used as an + * output argument to return the xids of concurrent xacts that affected the + * tuple. snapshot->xmin is set to the tuple's xmin if that is another + * transaction that's still in progress; or to InvalidTransactionId if the + * tuple's xmin is committed good, committed dead, or my own xact. + * Similarly for snapshot->xmax and the tuple's xmax. If the tuple was + * inserted speculatively, meaning that the inserter might still back down + * on the insertion without aborting the whole transaction, the associated + * token is also returned in snapshot->speculativeToken. + */ +static bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, + Buffer buffer) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + snapshot->xmin = snapshot->xmax = InvalidTransactionId; + snapshot->speculativeToken = 0; + + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple)) + return false; + + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + return false; + if (!TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + } + } + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + { + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + else + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + } + } + else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + { + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */ + return true; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) /* not deleter */ + return true; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + /* updating subtransaction must have aborted */ + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + return true; + else + return false; + } + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + return false; + } + else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + { + /* + * Return the speculative token to caller. Caller can worry about + * xmax, since it requires a conclusively locked row version, and + * a concurrent update to this tuple is a conflict of its + * purposes. + */ + if (HeapTupleHeaderIsSpeculative(tuple)) + { + snapshot->speculativeToken = + HeapTupleHeaderGetSpeculativeToken(tuple); + + Assert(snapshot->speculativeToken != 0); + } + + snapshot->xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple); + /* XXX shouldn't we fall through to look at xmax? */ + return true; /* in insertion by other */ + } + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)); + else + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + } + + /* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */ + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */ + return true; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + return false; /* updated by other */ + } + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax)) + { + snapshot->xmax = xmax; + return true; + } + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)) + return false; + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + return true; + } + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + return false; + } + + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + if (!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + snapshot->xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + return true; + } + + if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + /* xmax transaction committed */ + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)); + return false; /* updated by other */ +} + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC + * True iff heap tuple is valid for the given MVCC snapshot. + * + * See SNAPSHOT_MVCC's definition for the intended behaviour. + * + * Notice that here, we will not update the tuple status hint bits if the + * inserting/deleting transaction is still running according to our snapshot, + * even if in reality it's committed or aborted by now. This is intentional. + * Checking the true transaction state would require access to high-traffic + * shared data structures, creating contention we'd rather do without, and it + * would not change the result of our visibility check anyway. The hint bits + * will be updated by the first visitor that has a snapshot new enough to see + * the inserting/deleting transaction as done. In the meantime, the cost of + * leaving the hint bits unset is basically that each HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC + * call will need to run TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId in addition to + * XidInMVCCSnapshot (but it would have to do the latter anyway). In the old + * coding where we tried to set the hint bits as soon as possible, we instead + * did TransactionIdIsInProgress in each call --- to no avail, as long as the + * inserting/deleting transaction was still running --- which was more cycles + * and more contention on the PGXACT array. + */ +static bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, + Buffer buffer) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple)) + return false; + + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + return false; + if (!XidInMVCCSnapshot(xvac, snapshot)) + { + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + } + } + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + { + if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(xvac, snapshot)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + else + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + } + } + else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmin(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid) + return false; /* inserted after scan started */ + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */ + return true; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) /* not deleter */ + return true; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + /* updating subtransaction must have aborted */ + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + return true; + else if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid) + return true; /* updated after scan started */ + else + return false; /* updated before scan started */ + } + + if (!TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid) + return true; /* deleted after scan started */ + else + return false; /* deleted before scan started */ + } + else if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple), snapshot)) + return false; + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)); + else + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return false; + } + } + else + { + /* xmin is committed, but maybe not according to our snapshot */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminFrozen(tuple) && + XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple), snapshot)) + return false; /* treat as still in progress */ + } + + /* by here, the inserting transaction has committed */ + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid or aborted */ + return true; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax; + + /* already checked above */ + Assert(!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)); + + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid) + return true; /* deleted after scan started */ + else + return false; /* deleted before scan started */ + } + if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(xmax, snapshot)) + return true; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)) + return false; /* updating transaction committed */ + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + return true; + } + + if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)) + { + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderGetCmax(tuple) >= snapshot->curcid) + return true; /* deleted after scan started */ + else + return false; /* deleted before scan started */ + } + + if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), snapshot)) + return true; + + if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + { + /* it must have aborted or crashed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return true; + } + + /* xmax transaction committed */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)); + } + else + { + /* xmax is committed, but maybe not according to our snapshot */ + if (XidInMVCCSnapshot(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), snapshot)) + return true; /* treat as still in progress */ + } + + /* xmax transaction committed */ + + return false; +} + + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum + * + * Determine the status of tuples for VACUUM purposes. Here, what + * we mainly want to know is if a tuple is potentially visible to *any* + * running transaction. If so, it can't be removed yet by VACUUM. + * + * OldestXmin is a cutoff XID (obtained from GetOldestXmin()). Tuples + * deleted by XIDs >= OldestXmin are deemed "recently dead"; they might + * still be visible to some open transaction, so we can't remove them, + * even if we see that the deleting transaction has committed. + */ +HTSV_Result +HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(HeapTuple htup, TransactionId OldestXmin, + Buffer buffer) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + /* + * Has inserting transaction committed? + * + * If the inserting transaction aborted, then the tuple was never visible + * to any other transaction, so we can delete it immediately. + */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple)) + { + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple)) + return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD; + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_OFF) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS; + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD; + } + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + } + /* Used by pre-9.0 binary upgrades */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_MOVED_IN) + { + TransactionId xvac = HeapTupleHeaderGetXvac(tuple); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xvac)) + return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS; + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xvac)) + return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xvac)) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + InvalidTransactionId); + else + { + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD; + } + } + else if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + { + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) /* xid invalid */ + return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS; + /* only locked? run infomask-only check first, for performance */ + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask) || + HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(tuple)) + return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS; + /* inserted and then deleted by same xact */ + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(tuple))) + return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS; + /* deleting subtransaction must have aborted */ + return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS; + } + else if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + { + /* + * It'd be possible to discern between INSERT/DELETE in progress + * here by looking at xmax - but that doesn't seem beneficial for + * the majority of callers and even detrimental for some. We'd + * rather have callers look at/wait for xmin than xmax. It's + * always correct to return INSERT_IN_PROGRESS because that's + * what's happening from the view of other backends. + */ + return HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS; + } + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple))) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmin(tuple)); + else + { + /* + * Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed + */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMIN_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD; + } + + /* + * At this point the xmin is known committed, but we might not have + * been able to set the hint bit yet; so we can no longer Assert that + * it's set. + */ + } + + /* + * Okay, the inserter committed, so it was good at some point. Now what + * about the deleting transaction? + */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) + return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE; + + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + { + /* + * "Deleting" xact really only locked it, so the tuple is live in any + * case. However, we should make sure that either XMAX_COMMITTED or + * XMAX_INVALID gets set once the xact is gone, to reduce the costs of + * examining the tuple for future xacts. + */ + if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)) + { + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + /* + * If it's a pre-pg_upgrade tuple, the multixact cannot + * possibly be running; otherwise have to check. + */ + if (!HEAP_LOCKED_UPGRADED(tuple->t_infomask) && + MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), + true)) + return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE; + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, InvalidTransactionId); + } + else + { + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE; + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + } + } + + /* + * We don't really care whether xmax did commit, abort or crash. We + * know that xmax did lock the tuple, but it did not and will never + * actually update it. + */ + + return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE; + } + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + TransactionId xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* already checked above */ + Assert(!HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax)) + return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS; + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)) + { + /* + * The multixact might still be running due to lockers. If the + * updater is below the xid horizon, we have to return DEAD + * regardless -- otherwise we could end up with a tuple where the + * updater has to be removed due to the horizon, but is not pruned + * away. It's not a problem to prune that tuple, because any + * remaining lockers will also be present in newer tuple versions. + */ + if (!TransactionIdPrecedes(xmax, OldestXmin)) + return HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD; + + return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD; + } + else if (!MultiXactIdIsRunning(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), false)) + { + /* + * Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed. + * Mark the Xmax as invalid. + */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, InvalidTransactionId); + } + + return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE; + } + + if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)) + { + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + return HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS; + else if (TransactionIdDidCommit(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED, + HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple)); + else + { + /* + * Not in Progress, Not Committed, so either Aborted or crashed + */ + SetHintBits(tuple, buffer, HEAP_XMAX_INVALID, + InvalidTransactionId); + return HEAPTUPLE_LIVE; + } + + /* + * At this point the xmax is known committed, but we might not have + * been able to set the hint bit yet; so we can no longer Assert that + * it's set. + */ + } + + /* + * Deleter committed, but perhaps it was recent enough that some open + * transactions could still see the tuple. + */ + if (!TransactionIdPrecedes(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), OldestXmin)) + return HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD; + + /* Otherwise, it's dead and removable */ + return HEAPTUPLE_DEAD; +} + + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable + * + * True if tuple might be visible to some transaction; false if it's + * surely dead to everyone, ie, vacuumable. + * + * See SNAPSHOT_NON_VACUUMABLE's definition for the intended behaviour. + * + * This is an interface to HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum that's callable via + * HeapTupleSatisfiesSnapshot, so it can be used through a Snapshot. + * snapshot->xmin must have been set up with the xmin horizon to use. + */ +static bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, + Buffer buffer) +{ + return HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(htup, snapshot->xmin, buffer) + != HEAPTUPLE_DEAD; +} + + +/* + * HeapTupleIsSurelyDead + * + * Cheaply determine whether a tuple is surely dead to all onlookers. + * We sometimes use this in lieu of HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum when the + * tuple has just been tested by another visibility routine (usually + * HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC) and, therefore, any hint bits that can be set + * should already be set. We assume that if no hint bits are set, the xmin + * or xmax transaction is still running. This is therefore faster than + * HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum, because we don't consult PGXACT nor CLOG. + * It's okay to return false when in doubt, but we must return true only + * if the tuple is removable. + */ +bool +HeapTupleIsSurelyDead(HeapTuple htup, TransactionId OldestXmin) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + /* + * If the inserting transaction is marked invalid, then it aborted, and + * the tuple is definitely dead. If it's marked neither committed nor + * invalid, then we assume it's still alive (since the presumption is that + * all relevant hint bits were just set moments ago). + */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple)) + return HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple) ? true : false; + + /* + * If the inserting transaction committed, but any deleting transaction + * aborted, the tuple is still alive. + */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) + return false; + + /* + * If the XMAX is just a lock, the tuple is still alive. + */ + if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return false; + + /* + * If the Xmax is a MultiXact, it might be dead or alive, but we cannot + * know without checking pg_multixact. + */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + return false; + + /* If deleter isn't known to have committed, assume it's still running. */ + if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED)) + return false; + + /* Deleter committed, so tuple is dead if the XID is old enough. */ + return TransactionIdPrecedes(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple), OldestXmin); +} + +/* + * Is the tuple really only locked? That is, is it not updated? + * + * It's easy to check just infomask bits if the locker is not a multi; but + * otherwise we need to verify that the updating transaction has not aborted. + * + * This function is here because it follows the same visibility rules laid out + * at the top of this file. + */ +bool +HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(HeapTupleHeader tuple) +{ + TransactionId xmax; + + /* if there's no valid Xmax, then there's obviously no update either */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) + return true; + + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY) + return true; + + /* invalid xmax means no update */ + if (!TransactionIdIsValid(HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple))) + return true; + + /* + * if HEAP_XMAX_LOCK_ONLY is not set and not a multi, then this must + * necessarily have been updated + */ + if (!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI)) + return false; + + /* ... but if it's a multi, then perhaps the updating Xid aborted. */ + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + + /* not LOCKED_ONLY, so it has to have an xmax */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(xmax)); + + if (TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(xmax)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdIsInProgress(xmax)) + return false; + if (TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax)) + return false; + + /* + * not current, not in progress, not committed -- must have aborted or + * crashed + */ + return true; +} + +/* + * check whether the transaction id 'xid' is in the pre-sorted array 'xip'. + */ +static bool +TransactionIdInArray(TransactionId xid, TransactionId *xip, Size num) +{ + return bsearch(&xid, xip, num, + sizeof(TransactionId), xidComparator) != NULL; +} + +/* + * See the comments for HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC for the semantics this function + * obeys. + * + * Only usable on tuples from catalog tables! + * + * We don't need to support HEAP_MOVED_(IN|OFF) for now because we only support + * reading catalog pages which couldn't have been created in an older version. + * + * We don't set any hint bits in here as it seems unlikely to be beneficial as + * those should already be set by normal access and it seems to be too + * dangerous to do so as the semantics of doing so during timetravel are more + * complicated than when dealing "only" with the present. + */ +static bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesHistoricMVCC(HeapTuple htup, Snapshot snapshot, + Buffer buffer) +{ + HeapTupleHeader tuple = htup->t_data; + TransactionId xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple); + TransactionId xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawXmax(tuple); + + Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(&htup->t_self)); + Assert(htup->t_tableOid != InvalidOid); + + /* inserting transaction aborted */ + if (HeapTupleHeaderXminInvalid(tuple)) + { + Assert(!TransactionIdDidCommit(xmin)); + return false; + } + /* check if it's one of our txids, toplevel is also in there */ + else if (TransactionIdInArray(xmin, snapshot->subxip, snapshot->subxcnt)) + { + bool resolved; + CommandId cmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawCommandId(tuple); + CommandId cmax = InvalidCommandId; + + /* + * another transaction might have (tried to) delete this tuple or + * cmin/cmax was stored in a combocid. So we need to lookup the actual + * values externally. + */ + resolved = ResolveCminCmaxDuringDecoding(HistoricSnapshotGetTupleCids(), snapshot, + htup, buffer, + &cmin, &cmax); + + if (!resolved) + elog(ERROR, "could not resolve cmin/cmax of catalog tuple"); + + Assert(cmin != InvalidCommandId); + + if (cmin >= snapshot->curcid) + return false; /* inserted after scan started */ + /* fall through */ + } + /* committed before our xmin horizon. Do a normal visibility check. */ + else if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xmin, snapshot->xmin)) + { + Assert(!(HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple) && + !TransactionIdDidCommit(xmin))); + + /* check for hint bit first, consult clog afterwards */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple) && + !TransactionIdDidCommit(xmin)) + return false; + /* fall through */ + } + /* beyond our xmax horizon, i.e. invisible */ + else if (TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals(xmin, snapshot->xmax)) + { + return false; + } + /* check if it's a committed transaction in [xmin, xmax) */ + else if (TransactionIdInArray(xmin, snapshot->xip, snapshot->xcnt)) + { + /* fall through */ + } + + /* + * none of the above, i.e. between [xmin, xmax) but hasn't committed. I.e. + * invisible. + */ + else + { + return false; + } + + /* at this point we know xmin is visible, go on to check xmax */ + + /* xid invalid or aborted */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) + return true; + /* locked tuples are always visible */ + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(tuple->t_infomask)) + return true; + + /* + * We can see multis here if we're looking at user tables or if somebody + * SELECT ... FOR SHARE/UPDATE a system table. + */ + else if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_IS_MULTI) + { + xmax = HeapTupleGetUpdateXid(tuple); + } + + /* check if it's one of our txids, toplevel is also in there */ + if (TransactionIdInArray(xmax, snapshot->subxip, snapshot->subxcnt)) + { + bool resolved; + CommandId cmin; + CommandId cmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetRawCommandId(tuple); + + /* Lookup actual cmin/cmax values */ + resolved = ResolveCminCmaxDuringDecoding(HistoricSnapshotGetTupleCids(), snapshot, + htup, buffer, + &cmin, &cmax); + + if (!resolved) + elog(ERROR, "could not resolve combocid to cmax"); + + Assert(cmax != InvalidCommandId); + + if (cmax >= snapshot->curcid) + return true; /* deleted after scan started */ + else + return false; /* deleted before scan started */ + } + /* below xmin horizon, normal transaction state is valid */ + else if (TransactionIdPrecedes(xmax, snapshot->xmin)) + { + Assert(!(tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED && + !TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax))); + + /* check hint bit first */ + if (tuple->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_COMMITTED) + return false; + + /* check clog */ + return !TransactionIdDidCommit(xmax); + } + /* above xmax horizon, we cannot possibly see the deleting transaction */ + else if (TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals(xmax, snapshot->xmax)) + return true; + /* xmax is between [xmin, xmax), check known committed array */ + else if (TransactionIdInArray(xmax, snapshot->xip, snapshot->xcnt)) + return false; + /* xmax is between [xmin, xmax), but known not to have committed yet */ + else + return true; +} + +/* + * HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility + * True iff heap tuple satisfies a time qual. + * + * Notes: + * Assumes heap tuple is valid, and buffer at least share locked. + * + * Hint bits in the HeapTuple's t_infomask may be updated as a side effect; + * if so, the indicated buffer is marked dirty. + */ +bool +HeapTupleSatisfiesVisibility(HeapTuple tup, Snapshot snapshot, Buffer buffer) +{ + switch (snapshot->snapshot_type) + { + case SNAPSHOT_MVCC: + return HeapTupleSatisfiesMVCC(tup, snapshot, buffer); + break; + case SNAPSHOT_SELF: + return HeapTupleSatisfiesSelf(tup, snapshot, buffer); + break; + case SNAPSHOT_ANY: + return HeapTupleSatisfiesAny(tup, snapshot, buffer); + break; + case SNAPSHOT_TOAST: + return HeapTupleSatisfiesToast(tup, snapshot, buffer); + break; + case SNAPSHOT_DIRTY: + return HeapTupleSatisfiesDirty(tup, snapshot, buffer); + break; + case SNAPSHOT_HISTORIC_MVCC: + return HeapTupleSatisfiesHistoricMVCC(tup, snapshot, buffer); + break; + case SNAPSHOT_NON_VACUUMABLE: + return HeapTupleSatisfiesNonVacuumable(tup, snapshot, buffer); + break; + } + + return false; /* keep compiler quiet */ +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/heaptoast.c b/src/backend/access/heap/heaptoast.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..584f101 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/heaptoast.c @@ -0,0 +1,793 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * heaptoast.c + * Heap-specific definitions for external and compressed storage + * of variable size attributes. + * + * Copyright (c) 2000-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/heaptoast.c + * + * + * INTERFACE ROUTINES + * heap_toast_insert_or_update - + * Try to make a given tuple fit into one page by compressing + * or moving off attributes + * + * heap_toast_delete - + * Reclaim toast storage when a tuple is deleted + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/detoast.h" +#include "access/genam.h" +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/heaptoast.h" +#include "access/toast_helper.h" +#include "access/toast_internals.h" +#include "utils/fmgroids.h" + + +/* ---------- + * heap_toast_delete - + * + * Cascaded delete toast-entries on DELETE + * ---------- + */ +void +heap_toast_delete(Relation rel, HeapTuple oldtup, bool is_speculative) +{ + TupleDesc tupleDesc; + Datum toast_values[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + bool toast_isnull[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + + /* + * We should only ever be called for tuples of plain relations or + * materialized views --- recursing on a toast rel is bad news. + */ + Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || + rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW); + + /* + * Get the tuple descriptor and break down the tuple into fields. + * + * NOTE: it's debatable whether to use heap_deform_tuple() here or just + * heap_getattr() only the varlena columns. The latter could win if there + * are few varlena columns and many non-varlena ones. However, + * heap_deform_tuple costs only O(N) while the heap_getattr way would cost + * O(N^2) if there are many varlena columns, so it seems better to err on + * the side of linear cost. (We won't even be here unless there's at + * least one varlena column, by the way.) + */ + tupleDesc = rel->rd_att; + + Assert(tupleDesc->natts <= MaxHeapAttributeNumber); + heap_deform_tuple(oldtup, tupleDesc, toast_values, toast_isnull); + + /* Do the real work. */ + toast_delete_external(rel, toast_values, toast_isnull, is_speculative); +} + + +/* ---------- + * heap_toast_insert_or_update - + * + * Delete no-longer-used toast-entries and create new ones to + * make the new tuple fit on INSERT or UPDATE + * + * Inputs: + * newtup: the candidate new tuple to be inserted + * oldtup: the old row version for UPDATE, or NULL for INSERT + * options: options to be passed to heap_insert() for toast rows + * Result: + * either newtup if no toasting is needed, or a palloc'd modified tuple + * that is what should actually get stored + * + * NOTE: neither newtup nor oldtup will be modified. This is a change + * from the pre-8.1 API of this routine. + * ---------- + */ +HeapTuple +heap_toast_insert_or_update(Relation rel, HeapTuple newtup, HeapTuple oldtup, + int options) +{ + HeapTuple result_tuple; + TupleDesc tupleDesc; + int numAttrs; + + Size maxDataLen; + Size hoff; + + bool toast_isnull[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + bool toast_oldisnull[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + Datum toast_values[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + Datum toast_oldvalues[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + ToastAttrInfo toast_attr[MaxHeapAttributeNumber]; + ToastTupleContext ttc; + + /* + * Ignore the INSERT_SPECULATIVE option. Speculative insertions/super + * deletions just normally insert/delete the toast values. It seems + * easiest to deal with that here, instead on, potentially, multiple + * callers. + */ + options &= ~HEAP_INSERT_SPECULATIVE; + + /* + * We should only ever be called for tuples of plain relations or + * materialized views --- recursing on a toast rel is bad news. + */ + Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || + rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW); + + /* + * Get the tuple descriptor and break down the tuple(s) into fields. + */ + tupleDesc = rel->rd_att; + numAttrs = tupleDesc->natts; + + Assert(numAttrs <= MaxHeapAttributeNumber); + heap_deform_tuple(newtup, tupleDesc, toast_values, toast_isnull); + if (oldtup != NULL) + heap_deform_tuple(oldtup, tupleDesc, toast_oldvalues, toast_oldisnull); + + /* ---------- + * Prepare for toasting + * ---------- + */ + ttc.ttc_rel = rel; + ttc.ttc_values = toast_values; + ttc.ttc_isnull = toast_isnull; + if (oldtup == NULL) + { + ttc.ttc_oldvalues = NULL; + ttc.ttc_oldisnull = NULL; + } + else + { + ttc.ttc_oldvalues = toast_oldvalues; + ttc.ttc_oldisnull = toast_oldisnull; + } + ttc.ttc_attr = toast_attr; + toast_tuple_init(&ttc); + + /* ---------- + * Compress and/or save external until data fits into target length + * + * 1: Inline compress attributes with attstorage EXTENDED, and store very + * large attributes with attstorage EXTENDED or EXTERNAL external + * immediately + * 2: Store attributes with attstorage EXTENDED or EXTERNAL external + * 3: Inline compress attributes with attstorage MAIN + * 4: Store attributes with attstorage MAIN external + * ---------- + */ + + /* compute header overhead --- this should match heap_form_tuple() */ + hoff = SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + if ((ttc.ttc_flags & TOAST_HAS_NULLS) != 0) + hoff += BITMAPLEN(numAttrs); + hoff = MAXALIGN(hoff); + /* now convert to a limit on the tuple data size */ + maxDataLen = RelationGetToastTupleTarget(rel, TOAST_TUPLE_TARGET) - hoff; + + /* + * Look for attributes with attstorage EXTENDED to compress. Also find + * large attributes with attstorage EXTENDED or EXTERNAL, and store them + * external. + */ + while (heap_compute_data_size(tupleDesc, + toast_values, toast_isnull) > maxDataLen) + { + int biggest_attno; + + biggest_attno = toast_tuple_find_biggest_attribute(&ttc, true, false); + if (biggest_attno < 0) + break; + + /* + * Attempt to compress it inline, if it has attstorage EXTENDED + */ + if (TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, biggest_attno)->attstorage == TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED) + toast_tuple_try_compression(&ttc, biggest_attno); + else + { + /* + * has attstorage EXTERNAL, ignore on subsequent compression + * passes + */ + toast_attr[biggest_attno].tai_colflags |= TOASTCOL_INCOMPRESSIBLE; + } + + /* + * If this value is by itself more than maxDataLen (after compression + * if any), push it out to the toast table immediately, if possible. + * This avoids uselessly compressing other fields in the common case + * where we have one long field and several short ones. + * + * XXX maybe the threshold should be less than maxDataLen? + */ + if (toast_attr[biggest_attno].tai_size > maxDataLen && + rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid != InvalidOid) + toast_tuple_externalize(&ttc, biggest_attno, options); + } + + /* + * Second we look for attributes of attstorage EXTENDED or EXTERNAL that + * are still inline, and make them external. But skip this if there's no + * toast table to push them to. + */ + while (heap_compute_data_size(tupleDesc, + toast_values, toast_isnull) > maxDataLen && + rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid != InvalidOid) + { + int biggest_attno; + + biggest_attno = toast_tuple_find_biggest_attribute(&ttc, false, false); + if (biggest_attno < 0) + break; + toast_tuple_externalize(&ttc, biggest_attno, options); + } + + /* + * Round 3 - this time we take attributes with storage MAIN into + * compression + */ + while (heap_compute_data_size(tupleDesc, + toast_values, toast_isnull) > maxDataLen) + { + int biggest_attno; + + biggest_attno = toast_tuple_find_biggest_attribute(&ttc, true, true); + if (biggest_attno < 0) + break; + + toast_tuple_try_compression(&ttc, biggest_attno); + } + + /* + * Finally we store attributes of type MAIN externally. At this point we + * increase the target tuple size, so that MAIN attributes aren't stored + * externally unless really necessary. + */ + maxDataLen = TOAST_TUPLE_TARGET_MAIN - hoff; + + while (heap_compute_data_size(tupleDesc, + toast_values, toast_isnull) > maxDataLen && + rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid != InvalidOid) + { + int biggest_attno; + + biggest_attno = toast_tuple_find_biggest_attribute(&ttc, false, true); + if (biggest_attno < 0) + break; + + toast_tuple_externalize(&ttc, biggest_attno, options); + } + + /* + * In the case we toasted any values, we need to build a new heap tuple + * with the changed values. + */ + if ((ttc.ttc_flags & TOAST_NEEDS_CHANGE) != 0) + { + HeapTupleHeader olddata = newtup->t_data; + HeapTupleHeader new_data; + int32 new_header_len; + int32 new_data_len; + int32 new_tuple_len; + + /* + * Calculate the new size of the tuple. + * + * Note: we used to assume here that the old tuple's t_hoff must equal + * the new_header_len value, but that was incorrect. The old tuple + * might have a smaller-than-current natts, if there's been an ALTER + * TABLE ADD COLUMN since it was stored; and that would lead to a + * different conclusion about the size of the null bitmap, or even + * whether there needs to be one at all. + */ + new_header_len = SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + if ((ttc.ttc_flags & TOAST_HAS_NULLS) != 0) + new_header_len += BITMAPLEN(numAttrs); + new_header_len = MAXALIGN(new_header_len); + new_data_len = heap_compute_data_size(tupleDesc, + toast_values, toast_isnull); + new_tuple_len = new_header_len + new_data_len; + + /* + * Allocate and zero the space needed, and fill HeapTupleData fields. + */ + result_tuple = (HeapTuple) palloc0(HEAPTUPLESIZE + new_tuple_len); + result_tuple->t_len = new_tuple_len; + result_tuple->t_self = newtup->t_self; + result_tuple->t_tableOid = newtup->t_tableOid; + new_data = (HeapTupleHeader) ((char *) result_tuple + HEAPTUPLESIZE); + result_tuple->t_data = new_data; + + /* + * Copy the existing tuple header, but adjust natts and t_hoff. + */ + memcpy(new_data, olddata, SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + HeapTupleHeaderSetNatts(new_data, numAttrs); + new_data->t_hoff = new_header_len; + + /* Copy over the data, and fill the null bitmap if needed */ + heap_fill_tuple(tupleDesc, + toast_values, + toast_isnull, + (char *) new_data + new_header_len, + new_data_len, + &(new_data->t_infomask), + ((ttc.ttc_flags & TOAST_HAS_NULLS) != 0) ? + new_data->t_bits : NULL); + } + else + result_tuple = newtup; + + toast_tuple_cleanup(&ttc); + + return result_tuple; +} + + +/* ---------- + * toast_flatten_tuple - + * + * "Flatten" a tuple to contain no out-of-line toasted fields. + * (This does not eliminate compressed or short-header datums.) + * + * Note: we expect the caller already checked HeapTupleHasExternal(tup), + * so there is no need for a short-circuit path. + * ---------- + */ +HeapTuple +toast_flatten_tuple(HeapTuple tup, TupleDesc tupleDesc) +{ + HeapTuple new_tuple; + int numAttrs = tupleDesc->natts; + int i; + Datum toast_values[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + bool toast_isnull[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + bool toast_free[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + + /* + * Break down the tuple into fields. + */ + Assert(numAttrs <= MaxTupleAttributeNumber); + heap_deform_tuple(tup, tupleDesc, toast_values, toast_isnull); + + memset(toast_free, 0, numAttrs * sizeof(bool)); + + for (i = 0; i < numAttrs; i++) + { + /* + * Look at non-null varlena attributes + */ + if (!toast_isnull[i] && TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, i)->attlen == -1) + { + struct varlena *new_value; + + new_value = (struct varlena *) DatumGetPointer(toast_values[i]); + if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL(new_value)) + { + new_value = detoast_external_attr(new_value); + toast_values[i] = PointerGetDatum(new_value); + toast_free[i] = true; + } + } + } + + /* + * Form the reconfigured tuple. + */ + new_tuple = heap_form_tuple(tupleDesc, toast_values, toast_isnull); + + /* + * Be sure to copy the tuple's identity fields. We also make a point of + * copying visibility info, just in case anybody looks at those fields in + * a syscache entry. + */ + new_tuple->t_self = tup->t_self; + new_tuple->t_tableOid = tup->t_tableOid; + + new_tuple->t_data->t_choice = tup->t_data->t_choice; + new_tuple->t_data->t_ctid = tup->t_data->t_ctid; + new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XACT_MASK; + new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask |= + tup->t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XACT_MASK; + new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP2_XACT_MASK; + new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask2 |= + tup->t_data->t_infomask2 & HEAP2_XACT_MASK; + + /* + * Free allocated temp values + */ + for (i = 0; i < numAttrs; i++) + if (toast_free[i]) + pfree(DatumGetPointer(toast_values[i])); + + return new_tuple; +} + + +/* ---------- + * toast_flatten_tuple_to_datum - + * + * "Flatten" a tuple containing out-of-line toasted fields into a Datum. + * The result is always palloc'd in the current memory context. + * + * We have a general rule that Datums of container types (rows, arrays, + * ranges, etc) must not contain any external TOAST pointers. Without + * this rule, we'd have to look inside each Datum when preparing a tuple + * for storage, which would be expensive and would fail to extend cleanly + * to new sorts of container types. + * + * However, we don't want to say that tuples represented as HeapTuples + * can't contain toasted fields, so instead this routine should be called + * when such a HeapTuple is being converted into a Datum. + * + * While we're at it, we decompress any compressed fields too. This is not + * necessary for correctness, but reflects an expectation that compression + * will be more effective if applied to the whole tuple not individual + * fields. We are not so concerned about that that we want to deconstruct + * and reconstruct tuples just to get rid of compressed fields, however. + * So callers typically won't call this unless they see that the tuple has + * at least one external field. + * + * On the other hand, in-line short-header varlena fields are left alone. + * If we "untoasted" them here, they'd just get changed back to short-header + * format anyway within heap_fill_tuple. + * ---------- + */ +Datum +toast_flatten_tuple_to_datum(HeapTupleHeader tup, + uint32 tup_len, + TupleDesc tupleDesc) +{ + HeapTupleHeader new_data; + int32 new_header_len; + int32 new_data_len; + int32 new_tuple_len; + HeapTupleData tmptup; + int numAttrs = tupleDesc->natts; + int i; + bool has_nulls = false; + Datum toast_values[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + bool toast_isnull[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + bool toast_free[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + + /* Build a temporary HeapTuple control structure */ + tmptup.t_len = tup_len; + ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(tmptup.t_self)); + tmptup.t_tableOid = InvalidOid; + tmptup.t_data = tup; + + /* + * Break down the tuple into fields. + */ + Assert(numAttrs <= MaxTupleAttributeNumber); + heap_deform_tuple(&tmptup, tupleDesc, toast_values, toast_isnull); + + memset(toast_free, 0, numAttrs * sizeof(bool)); + + for (i = 0; i < numAttrs; i++) + { + /* + * Look at non-null varlena attributes + */ + if (toast_isnull[i]) + has_nulls = true; + else if (TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, i)->attlen == -1) + { + struct varlena *new_value; + + new_value = (struct varlena *) DatumGetPointer(toast_values[i]); + if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL(new_value) || + VARATT_IS_COMPRESSED(new_value)) + { + new_value = detoast_attr(new_value); + toast_values[i] = PointerGetDatum(new_value); + toast_free[i] = true; + } + } + } + + /* + * Calculate the new size of the tuple. + * + * This should match the reconstruction code in + * heap_toast_insert_or_update. + */ + new_header_len = SizeofHeapTupleHeader; + if (has_nulls) + new_header_len += BITMAPLEN(numAttrs); + new_header_len = MAXALIGN(new_header_len); + new_data_len = heap_compute_data_size(tupleDesc, + toast_values, toast_isnull); + new_tuple_len = new_header_len + new_data_len; + + new_data = (HeapTupleHeader) palloc0(new_tuple_len); + + /* + * Copy the existing tuple header, but adjust natts and t_hoff. + */ + memcpy(new_data, tup, SizeofHeapTupleHeader); + HeapTupleHeaderSetNatts(new_data, numAttrs); + new_data->t_hoff = new_header_len; + + /* Set the composite-Datum header fields correctly */ + HeapTupleHeaderSetDatumLength(new_data, new_tuple_len); + HeapTupleHeaderSetTypeId(new_data, tupleDesc->tdtypeid); + HeapTupleHeaderSetTypMod(new_data, tupleDesc->tdtypmod); + + /* Copy over the data, and fill the null bitmap if needed */ + heap_fill_tuple(tupleDesc, + toast_values, + toast_isnull, + (char *) new_data + new_header_len, + new_data_len, + &(new_data->t_infomask), + has_nulls ? new_data->t_bits : NULL); + + /* + * Free allocated temp values + */ + for (i = 0; i < numAttrs; i++) + if (toast_free[i]) + pfree(DatumGetPointer(toast_values[i])); + + return PointerGetDatum(new_data); +} + + +/* ---------- + * toast_build_flattened_tuple - + * + * Build a tuple containing no out-of-line toasted fields. + * (This does not eliminate compressed or short-header datums.) + * + * This is essentially just like heap_form_tuple, except that it will + * expand any external-data pointers beforehand. + * + * It's not very clear whether it would be preferable to decompress + * in-line compressed datums while at it. For now, we don't. + * ---------- + */ +HeapTuple +toast_build_flattened_tuple(TupleDesc tupleDesc, + Datum *values, + bool *isnull) +{ + HeapTuple new_tuple; + int numAttrs = tupleDesc->natts; + int num_to_free; + int i; + Datum new_values[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + Pointer freeable_values[MaxTupleAttributeNumber]; + + /* + * We can pass the caller's isnull array directly to heap_form_tuple, but + * we potentially need to modify the values array. + */ + Assert(numAttrs <= MaxTupleAttributeNumber); + memcpy(new_values, values, numAttrs * sizeof(Datum)); + + num_to_free = 0; + for (i = 0; i < numAttrs; i++) + { + /* + * Look at non-null varlena attributes + */ + if (!isnull[i] && TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, i)->attlen == -1) + { + struct varlena *new_value; + + new_value = (struct varlena *) DatumGetPointer(new_values[i]); + if (VARATT_IS_EXTERNAL(new_value)) + { + new_value = detoast_external_attr(new_value); + new_values[i] = PointerGetDatum(new_value); + freeable_values[num_to_free++] = (Pointer) new_value; + } + } + } + + /* + * Form the reconfigured tuple. + */ + new_tuple = heap_form_tuple(tupleDesc, new_values, isnull); + + /* + * Free allocated temp values + */ + for (i = 0; i < num_to_free; i++) + pfree(freeable_values[i]); + + return new_tuple; +} + +/* + * Fetch a TOAST slice from a heap table. + * + * toastrel is the relation from which chunks are to be fetched. + * valueid identifies the TOAST value from which chunks are being fetched. + * attrsize is the total size of the TOAST value. + * sliceoffset is the byte offset within the TOAST value from which to fetch. + * slicelength is the number of bytes to be fetched from the TOAST value. + * result is the varlena into which the results should be written. + */ +void +heap_fetch_toast_slice(Relation toastrel, Oid valueid, int32 attrsize, + int32 sliceoffset, int32 slicelength, + struct varlena *result) +{ + Relation *toastidxs; + ScanKeyData toastkey[3]; + TupleDesc toasttupDesc = toastrel->rd_att; + int nscankeys; + SysScanDesc toastscan; + HeapTuple ttup; + int32 expectedchunk; + int32 totalchunks = ((attrsize - 1) / TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE) + 1; + int startchunk; + int endchunk; + int num_indexes; + int validIndex; + SnapshotData SnapshotToast; + + /* Look for the valid index of toast relation */ + validIndex = toast_open_indexes(toastrel, + AccessShareLock, + &toastidxs, + &num_indexes); + + startchunk = sliceoffset / TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE; + endchunk = (sliceoffset + slicelength - 1) / TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE; + Assert(endchunk <= totalchunks); + + /* Set up a scan key to fetch from the index. */ + ScanKeyInit(&toastkey[0], + (AttrNumber) 1, + BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, + ObjectIdGetDatum(valueid)); + + /* + * No additional condition if fetching all chunks. Otherwise, use an + * equality condition for one chunk, and a range condition otherwise. + */ + if (startchunk == 0 && endchunk == totalchunks - 1) + nscankeys = 1; + else if (startchunk == endchunk) + { + ScanKeyInit(&toastkey[1], + (AttrNumber) 2, + BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ, + Int32GetDatum(startchunk)); + nscankeys = 2; + } + else + { + ScanKeyInit(&toastkey[1], + (AttrNumber) 2, + BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4GE, + Int32GetDatum(startchunk)); + ScanKeyInit(&toastkey[2], + (AttrNumber) 2, + BTLessEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4LE, + Int32GetDatum(endchunk)); + nscankeys = 3; + } + + /* Prepare for scan */ + init_toast_snapshot(&SnapshotToast); + toastscan = systable_beginscan_ordered(toastrel, toastidxs[validIndex], + &SnapshotToast, nscankeys, toastkey); + + /* + * Read the chunks by index + * + * The index is on (valueid, chunkidx) so they will come in order + */ + expectedchunk = startchunk; + while ((ttup = systable_getnext_ordered(toastscan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL) + { + int32 curchunk; + Pointer chunk; + bool isnull; + char *chunkdata; + int32 chunksize; + int32 expected_size; + int32 chcpystrt; + int32 chcpyend; + + /* + * Have a chunk, extract the sequence number and the data + */ + curchunk = DatumGetInt32(fastgetattr(ttup, 2, toasttupDesc, &isnull)); + Assert(!isnull); + chunk = DatumGetPointer(fastgetattr(ttup, 3, toasttupDesc, &isnull)); + Assert(!isnull); + if (!VARATT_IS_EXTENDED(chunk)) + { + chunksize = VARSIZE(chunk) - VARHDRSZ; + chunkdata = VARDATA(chunk); + } + else if (VARATT_IS_SHORT(chunk)) + { + /* could happen due to heap_form_tuple doing its thing */ + chunksize = VARSIZE_SHORT(chunk) - VARHDRSZ_SHORT; + chunkdata = VARDATA_SHORT(chunk); + } + else + { + /* should never happen */ + elog(ERROR, "found toasted toast chunk for toast value %u in %s", + valueid, RelationGetRelationName(toastrel)); + chunksize = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ + chunkdata = NULL; + } + + /* + * Some checks on the data we've found + */ + if (curchunk != expectedchunk) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("unexpected chunk number %d (expected %d) for toast value %u in %s", + curchunk, expectedchunk, valueid, + RelationGetRelationName(toastrel)))); + if (curchunk > endchunk) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("unexpected chunk number %d (out of range %d..%d) for toast value %u in %s", + curchunk, + startchunk, endchunk, valueid, + RelationGetRelationName(toastrel)))); + expected_size = curchunk < totalchunks - 1 ? TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE + : attrsize - ((totalchunks - 1) * TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE); + if (chunksize != expected_size) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("unexpected chunk size %d (expected %d) in chunk %d of %d for toast value %u in %s", + chunksize, expected_size, + curchunk, totalchunks, valueid, + RelationGetRelationName(toastrel)))); + + /* + * Copy the data into proper place in our result + */ + chcpystrt = 0; + chcpyend = chunksize - 1; + if (curchunk == startchunk) + chcpystrt = sliceoffset % TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE; + if (curchunk == endchunk) + chcpyend = (sliceoffset + slicelength - 1) % TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE; + + memcpy(VARDATA(result) + + (curchunk * TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE - sliceoffset) + chcpystrt, + chunkdata + chcpystrt, + (chcpyend - chcpystrt) + 1); + + expectedchunk++; + } + + /* + * Final checks that we successfully fetched the datum + */ + if (expectedchunk != (endchunk + 1)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED), + errmsg_internal("missing chunk number %d for toast value %u in %s", + expectedchunk, valueid, + RelationGetRelationName(toastrel)))); + + /* End scan and close indexes. */ + systable_endscan_ordered(toastscan); + toast_close_indexes(toastidxs, num_indexes, AccessShareLock); +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c b/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43a43a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/hio.c @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * hio.c + * POSTGRES heap access method input/output code. + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/hio.c + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/hio.h" +#include "access/htup_details.h" +#include "access/visibilitymap.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "storage/freespace.h" +#include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/smgr.h" + + +/* + * RelationPutHeapTuple - place tuple at specified page + * + * !!! EREPORT(ERROR) IS DISALLOWED HERE !!! Must PANIC on failure!!! + * + * Note - caller must hold BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE on the buffer. + */ +void +RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation, + Buffer buffer, + HeapTuple tuple, + bool token) +{ + Page pageHeader; + OffsetNumber offnum; + + /* + * A tuple that's being inserted speculatively should already have its + * token set. + */ + Assert(!token || HeapTupleHeaderIsSpeculative(tuple->t_data)); + + /* Add the tuple to the page */ + pageHeader = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + offnum = PageAddItem(pageHeader, (Item) tuple->t_data, + tuple->t_len, InvalidOffsetNumber, false, true); + + if (offnum == InvalidOffsetNumber) + elog(PANIC, "failed to add tuple to page"); + + /* Update tuple->t_self to the actual position where it was stored */ + ItemPointerSet(&(tuple->t_self), BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), offnum); + + /* + * Insert the correct position into CTID of the stored tuple, too (unless + * this is a speculative insertion, in which case the token is held in + * CTID field instead) + */ + if (!token) + { + ItemId itemId = PageGetItemId(pageHeader, offnum); + HeapTupleHeader item = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(pageHeader, itemId); + + item->t_ctid = tuple->t_self; + } +} + +/* + * Read in a buffer in mode, using bulk-insert strategy if bistate isn't NULL. + */ +static Buffer +ReadBufferBI(Relation relation, BlockNumber targetBlock, + ReadBufferMode mode, BulkInsertState bistate) +{ + Buffer buffer; + + /* If not bulk-insert, exactly like ReadBuffer */ + if (!bistate) + return ReadBufferExtended(relation, MAIN_FORKNUM, targetBlock, + mode, NULL); + + /* If we have the desired block already pinned, re-pin and return it */ + if (bistate->current_buf != InvalidBuffer) + { + if (BufferGetBlockNumber(bistate->current_buf) == targetBlock) + { + /* + * Currently the LOCK variants are only used for extending + * relation, which should never reach this branch. + */ + Assert(mode != RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK && + mode != RBM_ZERO_AND_CLEANUP_LOCK); + + IncrBufferRefCount(bistate->current_buf); + return bistate->current_buf; + } + /* ... else drop the old buffer */ + ReleaseBuffer(bistate->current_buf); + bistate->current_buf = InvalidBuffer; + } + + /* Perform a read using the buffer strategy */ + buffer = ReadBufferExtended(relation, MAIN_FORKNUM, targetBlock, + mode, bistate->strategy); + + /* Save the selected block as target for future inserts */ + IncrBufferRefCount(buffer); + bistate->current_buf = buffer; + + return buffer; +} + +/* + * For each heap page which is all-visible, acquire a pin on the appropriate + * visibility map page, if we haven't already got one. + * + * buffer2 may be InvalidBuffer, if only one buffer is involved. buffer1 + * must not be InvalidBuffer. If both buffers are specified, block1 must + * be less than block2. + */ +static void +GetVisibilityMapPins(Relation relation, Buffer buffer1, Buffer buffer2, + BlockNumber block1, BlockNumber block2, + Buffer *vmbuffer1, Buffer *vmbuffer2) +{ + bool need_to_pin_buffer1; + bool need_to_pin_buffer2; + + Assert(BufferIsValid(buffer1)); + Assert(buffer2 == InvalidBuffer || block1 <= block2); + + while (1) + { + /* Figure out which pins we need but don't have. */ + need_to_pin_buffer1 = PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer1)) + && !visibilitymap_pin_ok(block1, *vmbuffer1); + need_to_pin_buffer2 = buffer2 != InvalidBuffer + && PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer2)) + && !visibilitymap_pin_ok(block2, *vmbuffer2); + if (!need_to_pin_buffer1 && !need_to_pin_buffer2) + return; + + /* We must unlock both buffers before doing any I/O. */ + LockBuffer(buffer1, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + if (buffer2 != InvalidBuffer && buffer2 != buffer1) + LockBuffer(buffer2, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + /* Get pins. */ + if (need_to_pin_buffer1) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block1, vmbuffer1); + if (need_to_pin_buffer2) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, block2, vmbuffer2); + + /* Relock buffers. */ + LockBuffer(buffer1, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + if (buffer2 != InvalidBuffer && buffer2 != buffer1) + LockBuffer(buffer2, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * If there are two buffers involved and we pinned just one of them, + * it's possible that the second one became all-visible while we were + * busy pinning the first one. If it looks like that's a possible + * scenario, we'll need to make a second pass through this loop. + */ + if (buffer2 == InvalidBuffer || buffer1 == buffer2 + || (need_to_pin_buffer1 && need_to_pin_buffer2)) + break; + } +} + +/* + * Extend a relation by multiple blocks to avoid future contention on the + * relation extension lock. Our goal is to pre-extend the relation by an + * amount which ramps up as the degree of contention ramps up, but limiting + * the result to some sane overall value. + */ +static void +RelationAddExtraBlocks(Relation relation, BulkInsertState bistate) +{ + BlockNumber blockNum, + firstBlock = InvalidBlockNumber; + int extraBlocks; + int lockWaiters; + + /* Use the length of the lock wait queue to judge how much to extend. */ + lockWaiters = RelationExtensionLockWaiterCount(relation); + if (lockWaiters <= 0) + return; + + /* + * It might seem like multiplying the number of lock waiters by as much as + * 20 is too aggressive, but benchmarking revealed that smaller numbers + * were insufficient. 512 is just an arbitrary cap to prevent + * pathological results. + */ + extraBlocks = Min(512, lockWaiters * 20); + + do + { + Buffer buffer; + Page page; + Size freespace; + + /* + * Extend by one page. This should generally match the main-line + * extension code in RelationGetBufferForTuple, except that we hold + * the relation extension lock throughout, and we don't immediately + * initialize the page (see below). + */ + buffer = ReadBufferBI(relation, P_NEW, RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK, bistate); + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + if (!PageIsNew(page)) + elog(ERROR, "page %u of relation \"%s\" should be empty but is not", + BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), + RelationGetRelationName(relation)); + + /* + * Add the page to the FSM without initializing. If we were to + * initialize here, the page would potentially get flushed out to disk + * before we add any useful content. There's no guarantee that that'd + * happen before a potential crash, so we need to deal with + * uninitialized pages anyway, thus avoid the potential for + * unnecessary writes. + */ + + /* we'll need this info below */ + blockNum = BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer); + freespace = BufferGetPageSize(buffer) - SizeOfPageHeaderData; + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + /* Remember first block number thus added. */ + if (firstBlock == InvalidBlockNumber) + firstBlock = blockNum; + + /* + * Immediately update the bottom level of the FSM. This has a good + * chance of making this page visible to other concurrently inserting + * backends, and we want that to happen without delay. + */ + RecordPageWithFreeSpace(relation, blockNum, freespace); + } + while (--extraBlocks > 0); + + /* + * Updating the upper levels of the free space map is too expensive to do + * for every block, but it's worth doing once at the end to make sure that + * subsequent insertion activity sees all of those nifty free pages we + * just inserted. + */ + FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange(relation, firstBlock, blockNum + 1); +} + +/* + * RelationGetBufferForTuple + * + * Returns pinned and exclusive-locked buffer of a page in given relation + * with free space >= given len. + * + * If otherBuffer is not InvalidBuffer, then it references a previously + * pinned buffer of another page in the same relation; on return, this + * buffer will also be exclusive-locked. (This case is used by heap_update; + * the otherBuffer contains the tuple being updated.) + * + * The reason for passing otherBuffer is that if two backends are doing + * concurrent heap_update operations, a deadlock could occur if they try + * to lock the same two buffers in opposite orders. To ensure that this + * can't happen, we impose the rule that buffers of a relation must be + * locked in increasing page number order. This is most conveniently done + * by having RelationGetBufferForTuple lock them both, with suitable care + * for ordering. + * + * NOTE: it is unlikely, but not quite impossible, for otherBuffer to be the + * same buffer we select for insertion of the new tuple (this could only + * happen if space is freed in that page after heap_update finds there's not + * enough there). In that case, the page will be pinned and locked only once. + * + * We also handle the possibility that the all-visible flag will need to be + * cleared on one or both pages. If so, pin on the associated visibility map + * page must be acquired before acquiring buffer lock(s), to avoid possibly + * doing I/O while holding buffer locks. The pins are passed back to the + * caller using the input-output arguments vmbuffer and vmbuffer_other. + * Note that in some cases the caller might have already acquired such pins, + * which is indicated by these arguments not being InvalidBuffer on entry. + * + * We normally use FSM to help us find free space. However, + * if HEAP_INSERT_SKIP_FSM is specified, we just append a new empty page to + * the end of the relation if the tuple won't fit on the current target page. + * This can save some cycles when we know the relation is new and doesn't + * contain useful amounts of free space. + * + * HEAP_INSERT_SKIP_FSM is also useful for non-WAL-logged additions to a + * relation, if the caller holds exclusive lock and is careful to invalidate + * relation's smgr_targblock before the first insertion --- that ensures that + * all insertions will occur into newly added pages and not be intermixed + * with tuples from other transactions. That way, a crash can't risk losing + * any committed data of other transactions. (See heap_insert's comments + * for additional constraints needed for safe usage of this behavior.) + * + * The caller can also provide a BulkInsertState object to optimize many + * insertions into the same relation. This keeps a pin on the current + * insertion target page (to save pin/unpin cycles) and also passes a + * BULKWRITE buffer selection strategy object to the buffer manager. + * Passing NULL for bistate selects the default behavior. + * + * We always try to avoid filling existing pages further than the fillfactor. + * This is OK since this routine is not consulted when updating a tuple and + * keeping it on the same page, which is the scenario fillfactor is meant + * to reserve space for. + * + * ereport(ERROR) is allowed here, so this routine *must* be called + * before any (unlogged) changes are made in buffer pool. + */ +Buffer +RelationGetBufferForTuple(Relation relation, Size len, + Buffer otherBuffer, int options, + BulkInsertState bistate, + Buffer *vmbuffer, Buffer *vmbuffer_other) +{ + bool use_fsm = !(options & HEAP_INSERT_SKIP_FSM); + Buffer buffer = InvalidBuffer; + Page page; + Size pageFreeSpace = 0, + saveFreeSpace = 0; + BlockNumber targetBlock, + otherBlock; + bool needLock; + + len = MAXALIGN(len); /* be conservative */ + + /* Bulk insert is not supported for updates, only inserts. */ + Assert(otherBuffer == InvalidBuffer || !bistate); + + /* + * If we're gonna fail for oversize tuple, do it right away + */ + if (len > MaxHeapTupleSize) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED), + errmsg("row is too big: size %zu, maximum size %zu", + len, MaxHeapTupleSize))); + + /* Compute desired extra freespace due to fillfactor option */ + saveFreeSpace = RelationGetTargetPageFreeSpace(relation, + HEAP_DEFAULT_FILLFACTOR); + + if (otherBuffer != InvalidBuffer) + otherBlock = BufferGetBlockNumber(otherBuffer); + else + otherBlock = InvalidBlockNumber; /* just to keep compiler quiet */ + + /* + * We first try to put the tuple on the same page we last inserted a tuple + * on, as cached in the BulkInsertState or relcache entry. If that + * doesn't work, we ask the Free Space Map to locate a suitable page. + * Since the FSM's info might be out of date, we have to be prepared to + * loop around and retry multiple times. (To insure this isn't an infinite + * loop, we must update the FSM with the correct amount of free space on + * each page that proves not to be suitable.) If the FSM has no record of + * a page with enough free space, we give up and extend the relation. + * + * When use_fsm is false, we either put the tuple onto the existing target + * page or extend the relation. + */ + if (len + saveFreeSpace > MaxHeapTupleSize) + { + /* can't fit, don't bother asking FSM */ + targetBlock = InvalidBlockNumber; + use_fsm = false; + } + else if (bistate && bistate->current_buf != InvalidBuffer) + targetBlock = BufferGetBlockNumber(bistate->current_buf); + else + targetBlock = RelationGetTargetBlock(relation); + + if (targetBlock == InvalidBlockNumber && use_fsm) + { + /* + * We have no cached target page, so ask the FSM for an initial + * target. + */ + targetBlock = GetPageWithFreeSpace(relation, len + saveFreeSpace); + + /* + * If the FSM knows nothing of the rel, try the last page before we + * give up and extend. This avoids one-tuple-per-page syndrome during + * bootstrapping or in a recently-started system. + */ + if (targetBlock == InvalidBlockNumber) + { + BlockNumber nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(relation); + + if (nblocks > 0) + targetBlock = nblocks - 1; + } + } + +loop: + while (targetBlock != InvalidBlockNumber) + { + /* + * Read and exclusive-lock the target block, as well as the other + * block if one was given, taking suitable care with lock ordering and + * the possibility they are the same block. + * + * If the page-level all-visible flag is set, caller will need to + * clear both that and the corresponding visibility map bit. However, + * by the time we return, we'll have x-locked the buffer, and we don't + * want to do any I/O while in that state. So we check the bit here + * before taking the lock, and pin the page if it appears necessary. + * Checking without the lock creates a risk of getting the wrong + * answer, so we'll have to recheck after acquiring the lock. + */ + if (otherBuffer == InvalidBuffer) + { + /* easy case */ + buffer = ReadBufferBI(relation, targetBlock, RBM_NORMAL, bistate); + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer))) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, targetBlock, vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + } + else if (otherBlock == targetBlock) + { + /* also easy case */ + buffer = otherBuffer; + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer))) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, targetBlock, vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + } + else if (otherBlock < targetBlock) + { + /* lock other buffer first */ + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, targetBlock); + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer))) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, targetBlock, vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(otherBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + } + else + { + /* lock target buffer first */ + buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, targetBlock); + if (PageIsAllVisible(BufferGetPage(buffer))) + visibilitymap_pin(relation, targetBlock, vmbuffer); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + LockBuffer(otherBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + } + + /* + * We now have the target page (and the other buffer, if any) pinned + * and locked. However, since our initial PageIsAllVisible checks + * were performed before acquiring the lock, the results might now be + * out of date, either for the selected victim buffer, or for the + * other buffer passed by the caller. In that case, we'll need to + * give up our locks, go get the pin(s) we failed to get earlier, and + * re-lock. That's pretty painful, but hopefully shouldn't happen + * often. + * + * Note that there's a small possibility that we didn't pin the page + * above but still have the correct page pinned anyway, either because + * we've already made a previous pass through this loop, or because + * caller passed us the right page anyway. + * + * Note also that it's possible that by the time we get the pin and + * retake the buffer locks, the visibility map bit will have been + * cleared by some other backend anyway. In that case, we'll have + * done a bit of extra work for no gain, but there's no real harm + * done. + */ + if (otherBuffer == InvalidBuffer || targetBlock <= otherBlock) + GetVisibilityMapPins(relation, buffer, otherBuffer, + targetBlock, otherBlock, vmbuffer, + vmbuffer_other); + else + GetVisibilityMapPins(relation, otherBuffer, buffer, + otherBlock, targetBlock, vmbuffer_other, + vmbuffer); + + /* + * Now we can check to see if there's enough free space here. If so, + * we're done. + */ + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + /* + * If necessary initialize page, it'll be used soon. We could avoid + * dirtying the buffer here, and rely on the caller to do so whenever + * it puts a tuple onto the page, but there seems not much benefit in + * doing so. + */ + if (PageIsNew(page)) + { + PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + } + + pageFreeSpace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); + if (len + saveFreeSpace <= pageFreeSpace) + { + /* use this page as future insert target, too */ + RelationSetTargetBlock(relation, targetBlock); + return buffer; + } + + /* + * Not enough space, so we must give up our page locks and pin (if + * any) and prepare to look elsewhere. We don't care which order we + * unlock the two buffers in, so this can be slightly simpler than the + * code above. + */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + if (otherBuffer == InvalidBuffer) + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + else if (otherBlock != targetBlock) + { + LockBuffer(otherBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + ReleaseBuffer(buffer); + } + + /* Without FSM, always fall out of the loop and extend */ + if (!use_fsm) + break; + + /* + * Update FSM as to condition of this page, and ask for another page + * to try. + */ + targetBlock = RecordAndGetPageWithFreeSpace(relation, + targetBlock, + pageFreeSpace, + len + saveFreeSpace); + } + + /* + * Have to extend the relation. + * + * We have to use a lock to ensure no one else is extending the rel at the + * same time, else we will both try to initialize the same new page. We + * can skip locking for new or temp relations, however, since no one else + * could be accessing them. + */ + needLock = !RELATION_IS_LOCAL(relation); + + /* + * If we need the lock but are not able to acquire it immediately, we'll + * consider extending the relation by multiple blocks at a time to manage + * contention on the relation extension lock. However, this only makes + * sense if we're using the FSM; otherwise, there's no point. + */ + if (needLock) + { + if (!use_fsm) + LockRelationForExtension(relation, ExclusiveLock); + else if (!ConditionalLockRelationForExtension(relation, ExclusiveLock)) + { + /* Couldn't get the lock immediately; wait for it. */ + LockRelationForExtension(relation, ExclusiveLock); + + /* + * Check if some other backend has extended a block for us while + * we were waiting on the lock. + */ + targetBlock = GetPageWithFreeSpace(relation, len + saveFreeSpace); + + /* + * If some other waiter has already extended the relation, we + * don't need to do so; just use the existing freespace. + */ + if (targetBlock != InvalidBlockNumber) + { + UnlockRelationForExtension(relation, ExclusiveLock); + goto loop; + } + + /* Time to bulk-extend. */ + RelationAddExtraBlocks(relation, bistate); + } + } + + /* + * In addition to whatever extension we performed above, we always add at + * least one block to satisfy our own request. + * + * XXX This does an lseek - rather expensive - but at the moment it is the + * only way to accurately determine how many blocks are in a relation. Is + * it worth keeping an accurate file length in shared memory someplace, + * rather than relying on the kernel to do it for us? + */ + buffer = ReadBufferBI(relation, P_NEW, RBM_ZERO_AND_LOCK, bistate); + + /* + * We need to initialize the empty new page. Double-check that it really + * is empty (this should never happen, but if it does we don't want to + * risk wiping out valid data). + */ + page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + + if (!PageIsNew(page)) + elog(ERROR, "page %u of relation \"%s\" should be empty but is not", + BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), + RelationGetRelationName(relation)); + + PageInit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0); + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* + * Release the file-extension lock; it's now OK for someone else to extend + * the relation some more. + */ + if (needLock) + UnlockRelationForExtension(relation, ExclusiveLock); + + /* + * Lock the other buffer. It's guaranteed to be of a lower page number + * than the new page. To conform with the deadlock prevent rules, we ought + * to lock otherBuffer first, but that would give other backends a chance + * to put tuples on our page. To reduce the likelihood of that, attempt to + * lock the other buffer conditionally, that's very likely to work. + * Otherwise we need to lock buffers in the correct order, and retry if + * the space has been used in the mean time. + * + * Alternatively, we could acquire the lock on otherBuffer before + * extending the relation, but that'd require holding the lock while + * performing IO, which seems worse than an unlikely retry. + */ + if (otherBuffer != InvalidBuffer) + { + Assert(otherBuffer != buffer); + targetBlock = BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer); + Assert(targetBlock > otherBlock); + + if (unlikely(!ConditionalLockBuffer(otherBuffer))) + { + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + LockBuffer(otherBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* + * Because the buffers were unlocked for a while, it's possible, + * although unlikely, that an all-visible flag became set or that + * somebody used up the available space in the new page. We can + * use GetVisibilityMapPins to deal with the first case. In the + * second case, just retry from start. + */ + GetVisibilityMapPins(relation, otherBuffer, buffer, + otherBlock, targetBlock, vmbuffer_other, + vmbuffer); + + if (len > PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page)) + { + LockBuffer(otherBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer); + + goto loop; + } + } + } + + if (len > PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page)) + { + /* We should not get here given the test at the top */ + elog(PANIC, "tuple is too big: size %zu", len); + } + + /* + * Remember the new page as our target for future insertions. + * + * XXX should we enter the new page into the free space map immediately, + * or just keep it for this backend's exclusive use in the short run + * (until VACUUM sees it)? Seems to depend on whether you expect the + * current backend to make more insertions or not, which is probably a + * good bet most of the time. So for now, don't add it to FSM yet. + */ + RelationSetTargetBlock(relation, BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer)); + + return buffer; +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/pruneheap.c b/src/backend/access/heap/pruneheap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7740e1b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/pruneheap.c @@ -0,0 +1,836 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * pruneheap.c + * heap page pruning and HOT-chain management code + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/pruneheap.c + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/heapam_xlog.h" +#include "access/htup_details.h" +#include "access/transam.h" +#include "access/xlog.h" +#include "catalog/catalog.h" +#include "miscadmin.h" +#include "pgstat.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "utils/rel.h" +#include "utils/snapmgr.h" + +/* Working data for heap_page_prune and subroutines */ +typedef struct +{ + TransactionId new_prune_xid; /* new prune hint value for page */ + TransactionId latestRemovedXid; /* latest xid to be removed by this prune */ + int nredirected; /* numbers of entries in arrays below */ + int ndead; + int nunused; + /* arrays that accumulate indexes of items to be changed */ + OffsetNumber redirected[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage * 2]; + OffsetNumber nowdead[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage]; + OffsetNumber nowunused[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage]; + /* marked[i] is true if item i is entered in one of the above arrays */ + bool marked[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage + 1]; +} PruneState; + +/* Local functions */ +static int heap_prune_chain(Relation relation, Buffer buffer, + OffsetNumber rootoffnum, + TransactionId OldestXmin, + PruneState *prstate); +static void heap_prune_record_prunable(PruneState *prstate, TransactionId xid); +static void heap_prune_record_redirect(PruneState *prstate, + OffsetNumber offnum, OffsetNumber rdoffnum); +static void heap_prune_record_dead(PruneState *prstate, OffsetNumber offnum); +static void heap_prune_record_unused(PruneState *prstate, OffsetNumber offnum); + + +/* + * Optionally prune and repair fragmentation in the specified page. + * + * This is an opportunistic function. It will perform housekeeping + * only if the page heuristically looks like a candidate for pruning and we + * can acquire buffer cleanup lock without blocking. + * + * Note: this is called quite often. It's important that it fall out quickly + * if there's not any use in pruning. + * + * Caller must have pin on the buffer, and must *not* have a lock on it. + * + * OldestXmin is the cutoff XID used to distinguish whether tuples are DEAD + * or RECENTLY_DEAD (see HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum). + */ +void +heap_page_prune_opt(Relation relation, Buffer buffer) +{ + Page page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + Size minfree; + TransactionId OldestXmin; + + /* + * We can't write WAL in recovery mode, so there's no point trying to + * clean the page. The master will likely issue a cleaning WAL record soon + * anyway, so this is no particular loss. + */ + if (RecoveryInProgress()) + return; + + /* + * Use the appropriate xmin horizon for this relation. If it's a proper + * catalog relation or a user defined, additional, catalog relation, we + * need to use the horizon that includes slots, otherwise the data-only + * horizon can be used. Note that the toast relation of user defined + * relations are *not* considered catalog relations. + * + * It is OK to apply the old snapshot limit before acquiring the cleanup + * lock because the worst that can happen is that we are not quite as + * aggressive about the cleanup (by however many transaction IDs are + * consumed between this point and acquiring the lock). This allows us to + * save significant overhead in the case where the page is found not to be + * prunable. + */ + if (IsCatalogRelation(relation) || + RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding(relation)) + OldestXmin = RecentGlobalXmin; + else + OldestXmin = + TransactionIdLimitedForOldSnapshots(RecentGlobalDataXmin, + relation); + + Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(OldestXmin)); + + /* + * Let's see if we really need pruning. + * + * Forget it if page is not hinted to contain something prunable that's + * older than OldestXmin. + */ + if (!PageIsPrunable(page, OldestXmin)) + return; + + /* + * We prune when a previous UPDATE failed to find enough space on the page + * for a new tuple version, or when free space falls below the relation's + * fill-factor target (but not less than 10%). + * + * Checking free space here is questionable since we aren't holding any + * lock on the buffer; in the worst case we could get a bogus answer. It's + * unlikely to be *seriously* wrong, though, since reading either pd_lower + * or pd_upper is probably atomic. Avoiding taking a lock seems more + * important than sometimes getting a wrong answer in what is after all + * just a heuristic estimate. + */ + minfree = RelationGetTargetPageFreeSpace(relation, + HEAP_DEFAULT_FILLFACTOR); + minfree = Max(minfree, BLCKSZ / 10); + + if (PageIsFull(page) || PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page) < minfree) + { + /* OK, try to get exclusive buffer lock */ + if (!ConditionalLockBufferForCleanup(buffer)) + return; + + /* + * Now that we have buffer lock, get accurate information about the + * page's free space, and recheck the heuristic about whether to + * prune. (We needn't recheck PageIsPrunable, since no one else could + * have pruned while we hold pin.) + */ + if (PageIsFull(page) || PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page) < minfree) + { + TransactionId ignore = InvalidTransactionId; /* return value not + * needed */ + + /* OK to prune */ + (void) heap_page_prune(relation, buffer, OldestXmin, true, &ignore); + } + + /* And release buffer lock */ + LockBuffer(buffer, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + } +} + + +/* + * Prune and repair fragmentation in the specified page. + * + * Caller must have pin and buffer cleanup lock on the page. + * + * OldestXmin is the cutoff XID used to distinguish whether tuples are DEAD + * or RECENTLY_DEAD (see HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum). + * + * If report_stats is true then we send the number of reclaimed heap-only + * tuples to pgstats. (This must be false during vacuum, since vacuum will + * send its own new total to pgstats, and we don't want this delta applied + * on top of that.) + * + * Returns the number of tuples deleted from the page and sets + * latestRemovedXid. + */ +int +heap_page_prune(Relation relation, Buffer buffer, TransactionId OldestXmin, + bool report_stats, TransactionId *latestRemovedXid) +{ + int ndeleted = 0; + Page page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + OffsetNumber offnum, + maxoff; + PruneState prstate; + + /* + * Our strategy is to scan the page and make lists of items to change, + * then apply the changes within a critical section. This keeps as much + * logic as possible out of the critical section, and also ensures that + * WAL replay will work the same as the normal case. + * + * First, initialize the new pd_prune_xid value to zero (indicating no + * prunable tuples). If we find any tuples which may soon become + * prunable, we will save the lowest relevant XID in new_prune_xid. Also + * initialize the rest of our working state. + */ + prstate.new_prune_xid = InvalidTransactionId; + prstate.latestRemovedXid = *latestRemovedXid; + prstate.nredirected = prstate.ndead = prstate.nunused = 0; + memset(prstate.marked, 0, sizeof(prstate.marked)); + + /* Scan the page */ + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; + offnum <= maxoff; + offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) + { + ItemId itemid; + + /* Ignore items already processed as part of an earlier chain */ + if (prstate.marked[offnum]) + continue; + + /* Nothing to do if slot is empty or already dead */ + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + if (!ItemIdIsUsed(itemid) || ItemIdIsDead(itemid)) + continue; + + /* Process this item or chain of items */ + ndeleted += heap_prune_chain(relation, buffer, offnum, + OldestXmin, + &prstate); + } + + /* Any error while applying the changes is critical */ + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* Have we found any prunable items? */ + if (prstate.nredirected > 0 || prstate.ndead > 0 || prstate.nunused > 0) + { + /* + * Apply the planned item changes, then repair page fragmentation, and + * update the page's hint bit about whether it has free line pointers. + */ + heap_page_prune_execute(buffer, + prstate.redirected, prstate.nredirected, + prstate.nowdead, prstate.ndead, + prstate.nowunused, prstate.nunused); + + /* + * Update the page's pd_prune_xid field to either zero, or the lowest + * XID of any soon-prunable tuple. + */ + ((PageHeader) page)->pd_prune_xid = prstate.new_prune_xid; + + /* + * Also clear the "page is full" flag, since there's no point in + * repeating the prune/defrag process until something else happens to + * the page. + */ + PageClearFull(page); + + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* + * Emit a WAL XLOG_HEAP2_CLEAN record showing what we did + */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(relation)) + { + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + recptr = log_heap_clean(relation, buffer, + prstate.redirected, prstate.nredirected, + prstate.nowdead, prstate.ndead, + prstate.nowunused, prstate.nunused, + prstate.latestRemovedXid); + + PageSetLSN(BufferGetPage(buffer), recptr); + } + } + else + { + /* + * If we didn't prune anything, but have found a new value for the + * pd_prune_xid field, update it and mark the buffer dirty. This is + * treated as a non-WAL-logged hint. + * + * Also clear the "page is full" flag if it is set, since there's no + * point in repeating the prune/defrag process until something else + * happens to the page. + */ + if (((PageHeader) page)->pd_prune_xid != prstate.new_prune_xid || + PageIsFull(page)) + { + ((PageHeader) page)->pd_prune_xid = prstate.new_prune_xid; + PageClearFull(page); + MarkBufferDirtyHint(buffer, true); + } + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* + * If requested, report the number of tuples reclaimed to pgstats. This is + * ndeleted minus ndead, because we don't want to count a now-DEAD root + * item as a deletion for this purpose. + */ + if (report_stats && ndeleted > prstate.ndead) + pgstat_update_heap_dead_tuples(relation, ndeleted - prstate.ndead); + + *latestRemovedXid = prstate.latestRemovedXid; + + /* + * XXX Should we update the FSM information of this page ? + * + * There are two schools of thought here. We may not want to update FSM + * information so that the page is not used for unrelated UPDATEs/INSERTs + * and any free space in this page will remain available for further + * UPDATEs in *this* page, thus improving chances for doing HOT updates. + * + * But for a large table and where a page does not receive further UPDATEs + * for a long time, we might waste this space by not updating the FSM + * information. The relation may get extended and fragmented further. + * + * One possibility is to leave "fillfactor" worth of space in this page + * and update FSM with the remaining space. + */ + + return ndeleted; +} + + +/* + * Prune specified line pointer or a HOT chain originating at line pointer. + * + * If the item is an index-referenced tuple (i.e. not a heap-only tuple), + * the HOT chain is pruned by removing all DEAD tuples at the start of the HOT + * chain. We also prune any RECENTLY_DEAD tuples preceding a DEAD tuple. + * This is OK because a RECENTLY_DEAD tuple preceding a DEAD tuple is really + * DEAD, the OldestXmin test is just too coarse to detect it. + * + * The root line pointer is redirected to the tuple immediately after the + * latest DEAD tuple. If all tuples in the chain are DEAD, the root line + * pointer is marked LP_DEAD. (This includes the case of a DEAD simple + * tuple, which we treat as a chain of length 1.) + * + * OldestXmin is the cutoff XID used to identify dead tuples. + * + * We don't actually change the page here, except perhaps for hint-bit updates + * caused by HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum. We just add entries to the arrays in + * prstate showing the changes to be made. Items to be redirected are added + * to the redirected[] array (two entries per redirection); items to be set to + * LP_DEAD state are added to nowdead[]; and items to be set to LP_UNUSED + * state are added to nowunused[]. + * + * Returns the number of tuples (to be) deleted from the page. + */ +static int +heap_prune_chain(Relation relation, Buffer buffer, OffsetNumber rootoffnum, + TransactionId OldestXmin, + PruneState *prstate) +{ + int ndeleted = 0; + Page dp = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + TransactionId priorXmax = InvalidTransactionId; + ItemId rootlp; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + OffsetNumber latestdead = InvalidOffsetNumber, + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(dp), + offnum; + OffsetNumber chainitems[MaxHeapTuplesPerPage]; + int nchain = 0, + i; + HeapTupleData tup; + + tup.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(relation); + + rootlp = PageGetItemId(dp, rootoffnum); + + /* + * If it's a heap-only tuple, then it is not the start of a HOT chain. + */ + if (ItemIdIsNormal(rootlp)) + { + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(dp, rootlp); + + tup.t_data = htup; + tup.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(rootlp); + ItemPointerSet(&(tup.t_self), BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), rootoffnum); + + if (HeapTupleHeaderIsHeapOnly(htup)) + { + /* + * If the tuple is DEAD and doesn't chain to anything else, mark + * it unused immediately. (If it does chain, we can only remove + * it as part of pruning its chain.) + * + * We need this primarily to handle aborted HOT updates, that is, + * XMIN_INVALID heap-only tuples. Those might not be linked to by + * any chain, since the parent tuple might be re-updated before + * any pruning occurs. So we have to be able to reap them + * separately from chain-pruning. (Note that + * HeapTupleHeaderIsHotUpdated will never return true for an + * XMIN_INVALID tuple, so this code will work even when there were + * sequential updates within the aborted transaction.) + * + * Note that we might first arrive at a dead heap-only tuple + * either here or while following a chain below. Whichever path + * gets there first will mark the tuple unused. + */ + if (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(&tup, OldestXmin, buffer) + == HEAPTUPLE_DEAD && !HeapTupleHeaderIsHotUpdated(htup)) + { + heap_prune_record_unused(prstate, rootoffnum); + HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid(htup, + &prstate->latestRemovedXid); + ndeleted++; + } + + /* Nothing more to do */ + return ndeleted; + } + } + + /* Start from the root tuple */ + offnum = rootoffnum; + + /* while not end of the chain */ + for (;;) + { + ItemId lp; + bool tupdead, + recent_dead; + + /* Some sanity checks */ + if (offnum < FirstOffsetNumber || offnum > maxoff) + break; + + /* If item is already processed, stop --- it must not be same chain */ + if (prstate->marked[offnum]) + break; + + lp = PageGetItemId(dp, offnum); + + /* Unused item obviously isn't part of the chain */ + if (!ItemIdIsUsed(lp)) + break; + + /* + * If we are looking at the redirected root line pointer, jump to the + * first normal tuple in the chain. If we find a redirect somewhere + * else, stop --- it must not be same chain. + */ + if (ItemIdIsRedirected(lp)) + { + if (nchain > 0) + break; /* not at start of chain */ + chainitems[nchain++] = offnum; + offnum = ItemIdGetRedirect(rootlp); + continue; + } + + /* + * Likewise, a dead line pointer can't be part of the chain. (We + * already eliminated the case of dead root tuple outside this + * function.) + */ + if (ItemIdIsDead(lp)) + break; + + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(lp)); + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(dp, lp); + + tup.t_data = htup; + tup.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(lp); + ItemPointerSet(&(tup.t_self), BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer), offnum); + + /* + * Check the tuple XMIN against prior XMAX, if any + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(priorXmax) && + !TransactionIdEquals(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(htup), priorXmax)) + break; + + /* + * OK, this tuple is indeed a member of the chain. + */ + chainitems[nchain++] = offnum; + + /* + * Check tuple's visibility status. + */ + tupdead = recent_dead = false; + + switch (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(&tup, OldestXmin, buffer)) + { + case HEAPTUPLE_DEAD: + tupdead = true; + break; + + case HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD: + recent_dead = true; + + /* + * This tuple may soon become DEAD. Update the hint field so + * that the page is reconsidered for pruning in future. + */ + heap_prune_record_prunable(prstate, + HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(htup)); + break; + + case HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * This tuple may soon become DEAD. Update the hint field so + * that the page is reconsidered for pruning in future. + */ + heap_prune_record_prunable(prstate, + HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(htup)); + break; + + case HEAPTUPLE_LIVE: + case HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * If we wanted to optimize for aborts, we might consider + * marking the page prunable when we see INSERT_IN_PROGRESS. + * But we don't. See related decisions about when to mark the + * page prunable in heapam.c. + */ + break; + + default: + elog(ERROR, "unexpected HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum result"); + break; + } + + /* + * Remember the last DEAD tuple seen. We will advance past + * RECENTLY_DEAD tuples just in case there's a DEAD one after them; + * but we can't advance past anything else. (XXX is it really worth + * continuing to scan beyond RECENTLY_DEAD? The case where we will + * find another DEAD tuple is a fairly unusual corner case.) + */ + if (tupdead) + { + latestdead = offnum; + HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid(htup, + &prstate->latestRemovedXid); + } + else if (!recent_dead) + break; + + /* + * If the tuple is not HOT-updated, then we are at the end of this + * HOT-update chain. + */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderIsHotUpdated(htup)) + break; + + /* HOT implies it can't have moved to different partition */ + Assert(!HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(htup)); + + /* + * Advance to next chain member. + */ + Assert(ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&htup->t_ctid) == + BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer)); + offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&htup->t_ctid); + priorXmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(htup); + } + + /* + * If we found a DEAD tuple in the chain, adjust the HOT chain so that all + * the DEAD tuples at the start of the chain are removed and the root line + * pointer is appropriately redirected. + */ + if (OffsetNumberIsValid(latestdead)) + { + /* + * Mark as unused each intermediate item that we are able to remove + * from the chain. + * + * When the previous item is the last dead tuple seen, we are at the + * right candidate for redirection. + */ + for (i = 1; (i < nchain) && (chainitems[i - 1] != latestdead); i++) + { + heap_prune_record_unused(prstate, chainitems[i]); + ndeleted++; + } + + /* + * If the root entry had been a normal tuple, we are deleting it, so + * count it in the result. But changing a redirect (even to DEAD + * state) doesn't count. + */ + if (ItemIdIsNormal(rootlp)) + ndeleted++; + + /* + * If the DEAD tuple is at the end of the chain, the entire chain is + * dead and the root line pointer can be marked dead. Otherwise just + * redirect the root to the correct chain member. + */ + if (i >= nchain) + heap_prune_record_dead(prstate, rootoffnum); + else + heap_prune_record_redirect(prstate, rootoffnum, chainitems[i]); + } + else if (nchain < 2 && ItemIdIsRedirected(rootlp)) + { + /* + * We found a redirect item that doesn't point to a valid follow-on + * item. This can happen if the loop in heap_page_prune caused us to + * visit the dead successor of a redirect item before visiting the + * redirect item. We can clean up by setting the redirect item to + * DEAD state. + */ + heap_prune_record_dead(prstate, rootoffnum); + } + + return ndeleted; +} + +/* Record lowest soon-prunable XID */ +static void +heap_prune_record_prunable(PruneState *prstate, TransactionId xid) +{ + /* + * This should exactly match the PageSetPrunable macro. We can't store + * directly into the page header yet, so we update working state. + */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)); + if (!TransactionIdIsValid(prstate->new_prune_xid) || + TransactionIdPrecedes(xid, prstate->new_prune_xid)) + prstate->new_prune_xid = xid; +} + +/* Record line pointer to be redirected */ +static void +heap_prune_record_redirect(PruneState *prstate, + OffsetNumber offnum, OffsetNumber rdoffnum) +{ + Assert(prstate->nredirected < MaxHeapTuplesPerPage); + prstate->redirected[prstate->nredirected * 2] = offnum; + prstate->redirected[prstate->nredirected * 2 + 1] = rdoffnum; + prstate->nredirected++; + Assert(!prstate->marked[offnum]); + prstate->marked[offnum] = true; + Assert(!prstate->marked[rdoffnum]); + prstate->marked[rdoffnum] = true; +} + +/* Record line pointer to be marked dead */ +static void +heap_prune_record_dead(PruneState *prstate, OffsetNumber offnum) +{ + Assert(prstate->ndead < MaxHeapTuplesPerPage); + prstate->nowdead[prstate->ndead] = offnum; + prstate->ndead++; + Assert(!prstate->marked[offnum]); + prstate->marked[offnum] = true; +} + +/* Record line pointer to be marked unused */ +static void +heap_prune_record_unused(PruneState *prstate, OffsetNumber offnum) +{ + Assert(prstate->nunused < MaxHeapTuplesPerPage); + prstate->nowunused[prstate->nunused] = offnum; + prstate->nunused++; + Assert(!prstate->marked[offnum]); + prstate->marked[offnum] = true; +} + + +/* + * Perform the actual page changes needed by heap_page_prune. + * It is expected that the caller has suitable pin and lock on the + * buffer, and is inside a critical section. + * + * This is split out because it is also used by heap_xlog_clean() + * to replay the WAL record when needed after a crash. Note that the + * arguments are identical to those of log_heap_clean(). + */ +void +heap_page_prune_execute(Buffer buffer, + OffsetNumber *redirected, int nredirected, + OffsetNumber *nowdead, int ndead, + OffsetNumber *nowunused, int nunused) +{ + Page page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer); + OffsetNumber *offnum; + int i; + + /* Update all redirected line pointers */ + offnum = redirected; + for (i = 0; i < nredirected; i++) + { + OffsetNumber fromoff = *offnum++; + OffsetNumber tooff = *offnum++; + ItemId fromlp = PageGetItemId(page, fromoff); + + ItemIdSetRedirect(fromlp, tooff); + } + + /* Update all now-dead line pointers */ + offnum = nowdead; + for (i = 0; i < ndead; i++) + { + OffsetNumber off = *offnum++; + ItemId lp = PageGetItemId(page, off); + + ItemIdSetDead(lp); + } + + /* Update all now-unused line pointers */ + offnum = nowunused; + for (i = 0; i < nunused; i++) + { + OffsetNumber off = *offnum++; + ItemId lp = PageGetItemId(page, off); + + ItemIdSetUnused(lp); + } + + /* + * Finally, repair any fragmentation, and update the page's hint bit about + * whether it has free pointers. + */ + PageRepairFragmentation(page); +} + + +/* + * For all items in this page, find their respective root line pointers. + * If item k is part of a HOT-chain with root at item j, then we set + * root_offsets[k - 1] = j. + * + * The passed-in root_offsets array must have MaxHeapTuplesPerPage entries. + * Unused entries are filled with InvalidOffsetNumber (zero). + * + * The function must be called with at least share lock on the buffer, to + * prevent concurrent prune operations. + * + * Note: The information collected here is valid only as long as the caller + * holds a pin on the buffer. Once pin is released, a tuple might be pruned + * and reused by a completely unrelated tuple. + */ +void +heap_get_root_tuples(Page page, OffsetNumber *root_offsets) +{ + OffsetNumber offnum, + maxoff; + + MemSet(root_offsets, InvalidOffsetNumber, + MaxHeapTuplesPerPage * sizeof(OffsetNumber)); + + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; offnum <= maxoff; offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) + { + ItemId lp = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + HeapTupleHeader htup; + OffsetNumber nextoffnum; + TransactionId priorXmax; + + /* skip unused and dead items */ + if (!ItemIdIsUsed(lp) || ItemIdIsDead(lp)) + continue; + + if (ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + { + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + /* + * Check if this tuple is part of a HOT-chain rooted at some other + * tuple. If so, skip it for now; we'll process it when we find + * its root. + */ + if (HeapTupleHeaderIsHeapOnly(htup)) + continue; + + /* + * This is either a plain tuple or the root of a HOT-chain. + * Remember it in the mapping. + */ + root_offsets[offnum - 1] = offnum; + + /* If it's not the start of a HOT-chain, we're done with it */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderIsHotUpdated(htup)) + continue; + + /* Set up to scan the HOT-chain */ + nextoffnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&htup->t_ctid); + priorXmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(htup); + } + else + { + /* Must be a redirect item. We do not set its root_offsets entry */ + Assert(ItemIdIsRedirected(lp)); + /* Set up to scan the HOT-chain */ + nextoffnum = ItemIdGetRedirect(lp); + priorXmax = InvalidTransactionId; + } + + /* + * Now follow the HOT-chain and collect other tuples in the chain. + * + * Note: Even though this is a nested loop, the complexity of the + * function is O(N) because a tuple in the page should be visited not + * more than twice, once in the outer loop and once in HOT-chain + * chases. + */ + for (;;) + { + lp = PageGetItemId(page, nextoffnum); + + /* Check for broken chains */ + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(lp)) + break; + + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, lp); + + if (TransactionIdIsValid(priorXmax) && + !TransactionIdEquals(priorXmax, HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(htup))) + break; + + /* Remember the root line pointer for this item */ + root_offsets[nextoffnum - 1] = offnum; + + /* Advance to next chain member, if any */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderIsHotUpdated(htup)) + break; + + /* HOT implies it can't have moved to different partition */ + Assert(!HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(htup)); + + nextoffnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&htup->t_ctid); + priorXmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(htup); + } + } +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/rewriteheap.c b/src/backend/access/heap/rewriteheap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56c6123 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/rewriteheap.c @@ -0,0 +1,1292 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * rewriteheap.c + * Support functions to rewrite tables. + * + * These functions provide a facility to completely rewrite a heap, while + * preserving visibility information and update chains. + * + * INTERFACE + * + * The caller is responsible for creating the new heap, all catalog + * changes, supplying the tuples to be written to the new heap, and + * rebuilding indexes. The caller must hold AccessExclusiveLock on the + * target table, because we assume no one else is writing into it. + * + * To use the facility: + * + * begin_heap_rewrite + * while (fetch next tuple) + * { + * if (tuple is dead) + * rewrite_heap_dead_tuple + * else + * { + * // do any transformations here if required + * rewrite_heap_tuple + * } + * } + * end_heap_rewrite + * + * The contents of the new relation shouldn't be relied on until after + * end_heap_rewrite is called. + * + * + * IMPLEMENTATION + * + * This would be a fairly trivial affair, except that we need to maintain + * the ctid chains that link versions of an updated tuple together. + * Since the newly stored tuples will have tids different from the original + * ones, if we just copied t_ctid fields to the new table the links would + * be wrong. When we are required to copy a (presumably recently-dead or + * delete-in-progress) tuple whose ctid doesn't point to itself, we have + * to substitute the correct ctid instead. + * + * For each ctid reference from A -> B, we might encounter either A first + * or B first. (Note that a tuple in the middle of a chain is both A and B + * of different pairs.) + * + * If we encounter A first, we'll store the tuple in the unresolved_tups + * hash table. When we later encounter B, we remove A from the hash table, + * fix the ctid to point to the new location of B, and insert both A and B + * to the new heap. + * + * If we encounter B first, we can insert B to the new heap right away. + * We then add an entry to the old_new_tid_map hash table showing B's + * original tid (in the old heap) and new tid (in the new heap). + * When we later encounter A, we get the new location of B from the table, + * and can write A immediately with the correct ctid. + * + * Entries in the hash tables can be removed as soon as the later tuple + * is encountered. That helps to keep the memory usage down. At the end, + * both tables are usually empty; we should have encountered both A and B + * of each pair. However, it's possible for A to be RECENTLY_DEAD and B + * entirely DEAD according to HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum, because the test + * for deadness using OldestXmin is not exact. In such a case we might + * encounter B first, and skip it, and find A later. Then A would be added + * to unresolved_tups, and stay there until end of the rewrite. Since + * this case is very unusual, we don't worry about the memory usage. + * + * Using in-memory hash tables means that we use some memory for each live + * update chain in the table, from the time we find one end of the + * reference until we find the other end. That shouldn't be a problem in + * practice, but if you do something like an UPDATE without a where-clause + * on a large table, and then run CLUSTER in the same transaction, you + * could run out of memory. It doesn't seem worthwhile to add support for + * spill-to-disk, as there shouldn't be that many RECENTLY_DEAD tuples in a + * table under normal circumstances. Furthermore, in the typical scenario + * of CLUSTERing on an unchanging key column, we'll see all the versions + * of a given tuple together anyway, and so the peak memory usage is only + * proportional to the number of RECENTLY_DEAD versions of a single row, not + * in the whole table. Note that if we do fail halfway through a CLUSTER, + * the old table is still valid, so failure is not catastrophic. + * + * We can't use the normal heap_insert function to insert into the new + * heap, because heap_insert overwrites the visibility information. + * We use a special-purpose raw_heap_insert function instead, which + * is optimized for bulk inserting a lot of tuples, knowing that we have + * exclusive access to the heap. raw_heap_insert builds new pages in + * local storage. When a page is full, or at the end of the process, + * we insert it to WAL as a single record and then write it to disk + * directly through smgr. Note, however, that any data sent to the new + * heap's TOAST table will go through the normal bufmgr. + * + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994-5, Regents of the University of California + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/rewriteheap.c + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#include "postgres.h" + +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/heapam_xlog.h" +#include "access/heaptoast.h" +#include "access/rewriteheap.h" +#include "access/transam.h" +#include "access/xact.h" +#include "access/xloginsert.h" +#include "catalog/catalog.h" +#include "lib/ilist.h" +#include "miscadmin.h" +#include "pgstat.h" +#include "replication/logical.h" +#include "replication/slot.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "storage/fd.h" +#include "storage/procarray.h" +#include "storage/smgr.h" +#include "utils/memutils.h" +#include "utils/rel.h" + +/* + * State associated with a rewrite operation. This is opaque to the user + * of the rewrite facility. + */ +typedef struct RewriteStateData +{ + Relation rs_old_rel; /* source heap */ + Relation rs_new_rel; /* destination heap */ + Page rs_buffer; /* page currently being built */ + BlockNumber rs_blockno; /* block where page will go */ + bool rs_buffer_valid; /* T if any tuples in buffer */ + bool rs_logical_rewrite; /* do we need to do logical rewriting */ + TransactionId rs_oldest_xmin; /* oldest xmin used by caller to determine + * tuple visibility */ + TransactionId rs_freeze_xid; /* Xid that will be used as freeze cutoff + * point */ + TransactionId rs_logical_xmin; /* Xid that will be used as cutoff point + * for logical rewrites */ + MultiXactId rs_cutoff_multi; /* MultiXactId that will be used as cutoff + * point for multixacts */ + MemoryContext rs_cxt; /* for hash tables and entries and tuples in + * them */ + XLogRecPtr rs_begin_lsn; /* XLogInsertLsn when starting the rewrite */ + HTAB *rs_unresolved_tups; /* unmatched A tuples */ + HTAB *rs_old_new_tid_map; /* unmatched B tuples */ + HTAB *rs_logical_mappings; /* logical remapping files */ + uint32 rs_num_rewrite_mappings; /* # in memory mappings */ +} RewriteStateData; + +/* + * The lookup keys for the hash tables are tuple TID and xmin (we must check + * both to avoid false matches from dead tuples). Beware that there is + * probably some padding space in this struct; it must be zeroed out for + * correct hashtable operation. + */ +typedef struct +{ + TransactionId xmin; /* tuple xmin */ + ItemPointerData tid; /* tuple location in old heap */ +} TidHashKey; + +/* + * Entry structures for the hash tables + */ +typedef struct +{ + TidHashKey key; /* expected xmin/old location of B tuple */ + ItemPointerData old_tid; /* A's location in the old heap */ + HeapTuple tuple; /* A's tuple contents */ +} UnresolvedTupData; + +typedef UnresolvedTupData *UnresolvedTup; + +typedef struct +{ + TidHashKey key; /* actual xmin/old location of B tuple */ + ItemPointerData new_tid; /* where we put it in the new heap */ +} OldToNewMappingData; + +typedef OldToNewMappingData *OldToNewMapping; + +/* + * In-Memory data for an xid that might need logical remapping entries + * to be logged. + */ +typedef struct RewriteMappingFile +{ + TransactionId xid; /* xid that might need to see the row */ + int vfd; /* fd of mappings file */ + off_t off; /* how far have we written yet */ + uint32 num_mappings; /* number of in-memory mappings */ + dlist_head mappings; /* list of in-memory mappings */ + char path[MAXPGPATH]; /* path, for error messages */ +} RewriteMappingFile; + +/* + * A single In-Memory logical rewrite mapping, hanging off + * RewriteMappingFile->mappings. + */ +typedef struct RewriteMappingDataEntry +{ + LogicalRewriteMappingData map; /* map between old and new location of the + * tuple */ + dlist_node node; +} RewriteMappingDataEntry; + + +/* prototypes for internal functions */ +static void raw_heap_insert(RewriteState state, HeapTuple tup); + +/* internal logical remapping prototypes */ +static void logical_begin_heap_rewrite(RewriteState state); +static void logical_rewrite_heap_tuple(RewriteState state, ItemPointerData old_tid, HeapTuple new_tuple); +static void logical_end_heap_rewrite(RewriteState state); + + +/* + * Begin a rewrite of a table + * + * old_heap old, locked heap relation tuples will be read from + * new_heap new, locked heap relation to insert tuples to + * oldest_xmin xid used by the caller to determine which tuples are dead + * freeze_xid xid before which tuples will be frozen + * cutoff_multi multixact before which multis will be removed + * + * Returns an opaque RewriteState, allocated in current memory context, + * to be used in subsequent calls to the other functions. + */ +RewriteState +begin_heap_rewrite(Relation old_heap, Relation new_heap, TransactionId oldest_xmin, + TransactionId freeze_xid, MultiXactId cutoff_multi) +{ + RewriteState state; + MemoryContext rw_cxt; + MemoryContext old_cxt; + HASHCTL hash_ctl; + + /* + * To ease cleanup, make a separate context that will contain the + * RewriteState struct itself plus all subsidiary data. + */ + rw_cxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext, + "Table rewrite", + ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES); + old_cxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(rw_cxt); + + /* Create and fill in the state struct */ + state = palloc0(sizeof(RewriteStateData)); + + state->rs_old_rel = old_heap; + state->rs_new_rel = new_heap; + state->rs_buffer = (Page) palloc(BLCKSZ); + /* new_heap needn't be empty, just locked */ + state->rs_blockno = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(new_heap); + state->rs_buffer_valid = false; + state->rs_oldest_xmin = oldest_xmin; + state->rs_freeze_xid = freeze_xid; + state->rs_cutoff_multi = cutoff_multi; + state->rs_cxt = rw_cxt; + + /* Initialize hash tables used to track update chains */ + memset(&hash_ctl, 0, sizeof(hash_ctl)); + hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(TidHashKey); + hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(UnresolvedTupData); + hash_ctl.hcxt = state->rs_cxt; + + state->rs_unresolved_tups = + hash_create("Rewrite / Unresolved ctids", + 128, /* arbitrary initial size */ + &hash_ctl, + HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT); + + hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(OldToNewMappingData); + + state->rs_old_new_tid_map = + hash_create("Rewrite / Old to new tid map", + 128, /* arbitrary initial size */ + &hash_ctl, + HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT); + + MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_cxt); + + logical_begin_heap_rewrite(state); + + return state; +} + +/* + * End a rewrite. + * + * state and any other resources are freed. + */ +void +end_heap_rewrite(RewriteState state) +{ + HASH_SEQ_STATUS seq_status; + UnresolvedTup unresolved; + + /* + * Write any remaining tuples in the UnresolvedTups table. If we have any + * left, they should in fact be dead, but let's err on the safe side. + */ + hash_seq_init(&seq_status, state->rs_unresolved_tups); + + while ((unresolved = hash_seq_search(&seq_status)) != NULL) + { + ItemPointerSetInvalid(&unresolved->tuple->t_data->t_ctid); + raw_heap_insert(state, unresolved->tuple); + } + + /* Write the last page, if any */ + if (state->rs_buffer_valid) + { + if (RelationNeedsWAL(state->rs_new_rel)) + log_newpage(&state->rs_new_rel->rd_node, + MAIN_FORKNUM, + state->rs_blockno, + state->rs_buffer, + true); + + PageSetChecksumInplace(state->rs_buffer, state->rs_blockno); + + RelationOpenSmgr(state->rs_new_rel); + smgrextend(state->rs_new_rel->rd_smgr, MAIN_FORKNUM, state->rs_blockno, + (char *) state->rs_buffer, true); + } + + /* + * When we WAL-logged rel pages, we must nonetheless fsync them. The + * reason is the same as in storage.c's RelationCopyStorage(): we're + * writing data that's not in shared buffers, and so a CHECKPOINT + * occurring during the rewriteheap operation won't have fsync'd data we + * wrote before the checkpoint. + */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(state->rs_new_rel)) + { + /* for an empty table, this could be first smgr access */ + RelationOpenSmgr(state->rs_new_rel); + smgrimmedsync(state->rs_new_rel->rd_smgr, MAIN_FORKNUM); + } + + logical_end_heap_rewrite(state); + + /* Deleting the context frees everything */ + MemoryContextDelete(state->rs_cxt); +} + +/* + * Add a tuple to the new heap. + * + * Visibility information is copied from the original tuple, except that + * we "freeze" very-old tuples. Note that since we scribble on new_tuple, + * it had better be temp storage not a pointer to the original tuple. + * + * state opaque state as returned by begin_heap_rewrite + * old_tuple original tuple in the old heap + * new_tuple new, rewritten tuple to be inserted to new heap + */ +void +rewrite_heap_tuple(RewriteState state, + HeapTuple old_tuple, HeapTuple new_tuple) +{ + MemoryContext old_cxt; + ItemPointerData old_tid; + TidHashKey hashkey; + bool found; + bool free_new; + + old_cxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(state->rs_cxt); + + /* + * Copy the original tuple's visibility information into new_tuple. + * + * XXX we might later need to copy some t_infomask2 bits, too? Right now, + * we intentionally clear the HOT status bits. + */ + memcpy(&new_tuple->t_data->t_choice.t_heap, + &old_tuple->t_data->t_choice.t_heap, + sizeof(HeapTupleFields)); + + new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask &= ~HEAP_XACT_MASK; + new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask2 &= ~HEAP2_XACT_MASK; + new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask |= + old_tuple->t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XACT_MASK; + + /* + * While we have our hands on the tuple, we may as well freeze any + * eligible xmin or xmax, so that future VACUUM effort can be saved. + */ + heap_freeze_tuple(new_tuple->t_data, + state->rs_old_rel->rd_rel->relfrozenxid, + state->rs_old_rel->rd_rel->relminmxid, + state->rs_freeze_xid, + state->rs_cutoff_multi); + + /* + * Invalid ctid means that ctid should point to the tuple itself. We'll + * override it later if the tuple is part of an update chain. + */ + ItemPointerSetInvalid(&new_tuple->t_data->t_ctid); + + /* + * If the tuple has been updated, check the old-to-new mapping hash table. + */ + if (!((old_tuple->t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_XMAX_INVALID) || + HeapTupleHeaderIsOnlyLocked(old_tuple->t_data)) && + !HeapTupleHeaderIndicatesMovedPartitions(old_tuple->t_data) && + !(ItemPointerEquals(&(old_tuple->t_self), + &(old_tuple->t_data->t_ctid)))) + { + OldToNewMapping mapping; + + memset(&hashkey, 0, sizeof(hashkey)); + hashkey.xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(old_tuple->t_data); + hashkey.tid = old_tuple->t_data->t_ctid; + + mapping = (OldToNewMapping) + hash_search(state->rs_old_new_tid_map, &hashkey, + HASH_FIND, NULL); + + if (mapping != NULL) + { + /* + * We've already copied the tuple that t_ctid points to, so we can + * set the ctid of this tuple to point to the new location, and + * insert it right away. + */ + new_tuple->t_data->t_ctid = mapping->new_tid; + + /* We don't need the mapping entry anymore */ + hash_search(state->rs_old_new_tid_map, &hashkey, + HASH_REMOVE, &found); + Assert(found); + } + else + { + /* + * We haven't seen the tuple t_ctid points to yet. Stash this + * tuple into unresolved_tups to be written later. + */ + UnresolvedTup unresolved; + + unresolved = hash_search(state->rs_unresolved_tups, &hashkey, + HASH_ENTER, &found); + Assert(!found); + + unresolved->old_tid = old_tuple->t_self; + unresolved->tuple = heap_copytuple(new_tuple); + + /* + * We can't do anything more now, since we don't know where the + * tuple will be written. + */ + MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_cxt); + return; + } + } + + /* + * Now we will write the tuple, and then check to see if it is the B tuple + * in any new or known pair. When we resolve a known pair, we will be + * able to write that pair's A tuple, and then we have to check if it + * resolves some other pair. Hence, we need a loop here. + */ + old_tid = old_tuple->t_self; + free_new = false; + + for (;;) + { + ItemPointerData new_tid; + + /* Insert the tuple and find out where it's put in new_heap */ + raw_heap_insert(state, new_tuple); + new_tid = new_tuple->t_self; + + logical_rewrite_heap_tuple(state, old_tid, new_tuple); + + /* + * If the tuple is the updated version of a row, and the prior version + * wouldn't be DEAD yet, then we need to either resolve the prior + * version (if it's waiting in rs_unresolved_tups), or make an entry + * in rs_old_new_tid_map (so we can resolve it when we do see it). The + * previous tuple's xmax would equal this one's xmin, so it's + * RECENTLY_DEAD if and only if the xmin is not before OldestXmin. + */ + if ((new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask & HEAP_UPDATED) && + !TransactionIdPrecedes(HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(new_tuple->t_data), + state->rs_oldest_xmin)) + { + /* + * Okay, this is B in an update pair. See if we've seen A. + */ + UnresolvedTup unresolved; + + memset(&hashkey, 0, sizeof(hashkey)); + hashkey.xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(new_tuple->t_data); + hashkey.tid = old_tid; + + unresolved = hash_search(state->rs_unresolved_tups, &hashkey, + HASH_FIND, NULL); + + if (unresolved != NULL) + { + /* + * We have seen and memorized the previous tuple already. Now + * that we know where we inserted the tuple its t_ctid points + * to, fix its t_ctid and insert it to the new heap. + */ + if (free_new) + heap_freetuple(new_tuple); + new_tuple = unresolved->tuple; + free_new = true; + old_tid = unresolved->old_tid; + new_tuple->t_data->t_ctid = new_tid; + + /* + * We don't need the hash entry anymore, but don't free its + * tuple just yet. + */ + hash_search(state->rs_unresolved_tups, &hashkey, + HASH_REMOVE, &found); + Assert(found); + + /* loop back to insert the previous tuple in the chain */ + continue; + } + else + { + /* + * Remember the new tid of this tuple. We'll use it to set the + * ctid when we find the previous tuple in the chain. + */ + OldToNewMapping mapping; + + mapping = hash_search(state->rs_old_new_tid_map, &hashkey, + HASH_ENTER, &found); + Assert(!found); + + mapping->new_tid = new_tid; + } + } + + /* Done with this (chain of) tuples, for now */ + if (free_new) + heap_freetuple(new_tuple); + break; + } + + MemoryContextSwitchTo(old_cxt); +} + +/* + * Register a dead tuple with an ongoing rewrite. Dead tuples are not + * copied to the new table, but we still make note of them so that we + * can release some resources earlier. + * + * Returns true if a tuple was removed from the unresolved_tups table. + * This indicates that that tuple, previously thought to be "recently dead", + * is now known really dead and won't be written to the output. + */ +bool +rewrite_heap_dead_tuple(RewriteState state, HeapTuple old_tuple) +{ + /* + * If we have already seen an earlier tuple in the update chain that + * points to this tuple, let's forget about that earlier tuple. It's in + * fact dead as well, our simple xmax < OldestXmin test in + * HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum just wasn't enough to detect it. It happens + * when xmin of a tuple is greater than xmax, which sounds + * counter-intuitive but is perfectly valid. + * + * We don't bother to try to detect the situation the other way round, + * when we encounter the dead tuple first and then the recently dead one + * that points to it. If that happens, we'll have some unmatched entries + * in the UnresolvedTups hash table at the end. That can happen anyway, + * because a vacuum might have removed the dead tuple in the chain before + * us. + */ + UnresolvedTup unresolved; + TidHashKey hashkey; + bool found; + + memset(&hashkey, 0, sizeof(hashkey)); + hashkey.xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(old_tuple->t_data); + hashkey.tid = old_tuple->t_self; + + unresolved = hash_search(state->rs_unresolved_tups, &hashkey, + HASH_FIND, NULL); + + if (unresolved != NULL) + { + /* Need to free the contained tuple as well as the hashtable entry */ + heap_freetuple(unresolved->tuple); + hash_search(state->rs_unresolved_tups, &hashkey, + HASH_REMOVE, &found); + Assert(found); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/* + * Insert a tuple to the new relation. This has to track heap_insert + * and its subsidiary functions! + * + * t_self of the tuple is set to the new TID of the tuple. If t_ctid of the + * tuple is invalid on entry, it's replaced with the new TID as well (in + * the inserted data only, not in the caller's copy). + */ +static void +raw_heap_insert(RewriteState state, HeapTuple tup) +{ + Page page = state->rs_buffer; + Size pageFreeSpace, + saveFreeSpace; + Size len; + OffsetNumber newoff; + HeapTuple heaptup; + + /* + * If the new tuple is too big for storage or contains already toasted + * out-of-line attributes from some other relation, invoke the toaster. + * + * Note: below this point, heaptup is the data we actually intend to store + * into the relation; tup is the caller's original untoasted data. + */ + if (state->rs_new_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE) + { + /* toast table entries should never be recursively toasted */ + Assert(!HeapTupleHasExternal(tup)); + heaptup = tup; + } + else if (HeapTupleHasExternal(tup) || tup->t_len > TOAST_TUPLE_THRESHOLD) + { + int options = HEAP_INSERT_SKIP_FSM; + + /* + * While rewriting the heap for VACUUM FULL / CLUSTER, make sure data + * for the TOAST table are not logically decoded. The main heap is + * WAL-logged as XLOG FPI records, which are not logically decoded. + */ + options |= HEAP_INSERT_NO_LOGICAL; + + heaptup = heap_toast_insert_or_update(state->rs_new_rel, tup, NULL, + options); + } + else + heaptup = tup; + + len = MAXALIGN(heaptup->t_len); /* be conservative */ + + /* + * If we're gonna fail for oversize tuple, do it right away + */ + if (len > MaxHeapTupleSize) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED), + errmsg("row is too big: size %zu, maximum size %zu", + len, MaxHeapTupleSize))); + + /* Compute desired extra freespace due to fillfactor option */ + saveFreeSpace = RelationGetTargetPageFreeSpace(state->rs_new_rel, + HEAP_DEFAULT_FILLFACTOR); + + /* Now we can check to see if there's enough free space already. */ + if (state->rs_buffer_valid) + { + pageFreeSpace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); + + if (len + saveFreeSpace > pageFreeSpace) + { + /* Doesn't fit, so write out the existing page */ + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(state->rs_new_rel)) + log_newpage(&state->rs_new_rel->rd_node, + MAIN_FORKNUM, + state->rs_blockno, + page, + true); + + /* + * Now write the page. We say skipFsync = true because there's no + * need for smgr to schedule an fsync for this write; we'll do it + * ourselves in end_heap_rewrite. + */ + RelationOpenSmgr(state->rs_new_rel); + + PageSetChecksumInplace(page, state->rs_blockno); + + smgrextend(state->rs_new_rel->rd_smgr, MAIN_FORKNUM, + state->rs_blockno, (char *) page, true); + + state->rs_blockno++; + state->rs_buffer_valid = false; + } + } + + if (!state->rs_buffer_valid) + { + /* Initialize a new empty page */ + PageInit(page, BLCKSZ, 0); + state->rs_buffer_valid = true; + } + + /* And now we can insert the tuple into the page */ + newoff = PageAddItem(page, (Item) heaptup->t_data, heaptup->t_len, + InvalidOffsetNumber, false, true); + if (newoff == InvalidOffsetNumber) + elog(ERROR, "failed to add tuple"); + + /* Update caller's t_self to the actual position where it was stored */ + ItemPointerSet(&(tup->t_self), state->rs_blockno, newoff); + + /* + * Insert the correct position into CTID of the stored tuple, too, if the + * caller didn't supply a valid CTID. + */ + if (!ItemPointerIsValid(&tup->t_data->t_ctid)) + { + ItemId newitemid; + HeapTupleHeader onpage_tup; + + newitemid = PageGetItemId(page, newoff); + onpage_tup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, newitemid); + + onpage_tup->t_ctid = tup->t_self; + } + + /* If heaptup is a private copy, release it. */ + if (heaptup != tup) + heap_freetuple(heaptup); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Logical rewrite support + * + * When doing logical decoding - which relies on using cmin/cmax of catalog + * tuples, via xl_heap_new_cid records - heap rewrites have to log enough + * information to allow the decoding backend to updates its internal mapping + * of (relfilenode,ctid) => (cmin, cmax) to be correct for the rewritten heap. + * + * For that, every time we find a tuple that's been modified in a catalog + * relation within the xmin horizon of any decoding slot, we log a mapping + * from the old to the new location. + * + * To deal with rewrites that abort the filename of a mapping file contains + * the xid of the transaction performing the rewrite, which then can be + * checked before being read in. + * + * For efficiency we don't immediately spill every single map mapping for a + * row to disk but only do so in batches when we've collected several of them + * in memory or when end_heap_rewrite() has been called. + * + * Crash-Safety: This module diverts from the usual patterns of doing WAL + * since it cannot rely on checkpoint flushing out all buffers and thus + * waiting for exclusive locks on buffers. Usually the XLogInsert() covering + * buffer modifications is performed while the buffer(s) that are being + * modified are exclusively locked guaranteeing that both the WAL record and + * the modified heap are on either side of the checkpoint. But since the + * mapping files we log aren't in shared_buffers that interlock doesn't work. + * + * Instead we simply write the mapping files out to disk, *before* the + * XLogInsert() is performed. That guarantees that either the XLogInsert() is + * inserted after the checkpoint's redo pointer or that the checkpoint (via + * CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap()) has flushed the (partial) mapping file to + * disk. That leaves the tail end that has not yet been flushed open to + * corruption, which is solved by including the current offset in the + * xl_heap_rewrite_mapping records and truncating the mapping file to it + * during replay. Every time a rewrite is finished all generated mapping files + * are synced to disk. + * + * Note that if we were only concerned about crash safety we wouldn't have to + * deal with WAL logging at all - an fsync() at the end of a rewrite would be + * sufficient for crash safety. Any mapping that hasn't been safely flushed to + * disk has to be by an aborted (explicitly or via a crash) transaction and is + * ignored by virtue of the xid in its name being subject to a + * TransactionDidCommit() check. But we want to support having standbys via + * physical replication, both for availability and to do logical decoding + * there. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +/* + * Do preparations for logging logical mappings during a rewrite if + * necessary. If we detect that we don't need to log anything we'll prevent + * any further action by the various logical rewrite functions. + */ +static void +logical_begin_heap_rewrite(RewriteState state) +{ + HASHCTL hash_ctl; + TransactionId logical_xmin; + + /* + * We only need to persist these mappings if the rewritten table can be + * accessed during logical decoding, if not, we can skip doing any + * additional work. + */ + state->rs_logical_rewrite = + RelationIsAccessibleInLogicalDecoding(state->rs_old_rel); + + if (!state->rs_logical_rewrite) + return; + + ProcArrayGetReplicationSlotXmin(NULL, &logical_xmin); + + /* + * If there are no logical slots in progress we don't need to do anything, + * there cannot be any remappings for relevant rows yet. The relation's + * lock protects us against races. + */ + if (logical_xmin == InvalidTransactionId) + { + state->rs_logical_rewrite = false; + return; + } + + state->rs_logical_xmin = logical_xmin; + state->rs_begin_lsn = GetXLogInsertRecPtr(); + state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings = 0; + + memset(&hash_ctl, 0, sizeof(hash_ctl)); + hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(TransactionId); + hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(RewriteMappingFile); + hash_ctl.hcxt = state->rs_cxt; + + state->rs_logical_mappings = + hash_create("Logical rewrite mapping", + 128, /* arbitrary initial size */ + &hash_ctl, + HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT); +} + +/* + * Flush all logical in-memory mappings to disk, but don't fsync them yet. + */ +static void +logical_heap_rewrite_flush_mappings(RewriteState state) +{ + HASH_SEQ_STATUS seq_status; + RewriteMappingFile *src; + dlist_mutable_iter iter; + + Assert(state->rs_logical_rewrite); + + /* no logical rewrite in progress, no need to iterate over mappings */ + if (state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings == 0) + return; + + elog(DEBUG1, "flushing %u logical rewrite mapping entries", + state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings); + + hash_seq_init(&seq_status, state->rs_logical_mappings); + while ((src = (RewriteMappingFile *) hash_seq_search(&seq_status)) != NULL) + { + char *waldata; + char *waldata_start; + xl_heap_rewrite_mapping xlrec; + Oid dboid; + uint32 len; + int written; + + /* this file hasn't got any new mappings */ + if (src->num_mappings == 0) + continue; + + if (state->rs_old_rel->rd_rel->relisshared) + dboid = InvalidOid; + else + dboid = MyDatabaseId; + + xlrec.num_mappings = src->num_mappings; + xlrec.mapped_rel = RelationGetRelid(state->rs_old_rel); + xlrec.mapped_xid = src->xid; + xlrec.mapped_db = dboid; + xlrec.offset = src->off; + xlrec.start_lsn = state->rs_begin_lsn; + + /* write all mappings consecutively */ + len = src->num_mappings * sizeof(LogicalRewriteMappingData); + waldata_start = waldata = palloc(len); + + /* + * collect data we need to write out, but don't modify ondisk data yet + */ + dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &src->mappings) + { + RewriteMappingDataEntry *pmap; + + pmap = dlist_container(RewriteMappingDataEntry, node, iter.cur); + + memcpy(waldata, &pmap->map, sizeof(pmap->map)); + waldata += sizeof(pmap->map); + + /* remove from the list and free */ + dlist_delete(&pmap->node); + pfree(pmap); + + /* update bookkeeping */ + state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings--; + src->num_mappings--; + } + + Assert(src->num_mappings == 0); + Assert(waldata == waldata_start + len); + + /* + * Note that we deviate from the usual WAL coding practices here, + * check the above "Logical rewrite support" comment for reasoning. + */ + written = FileWrite(src->vfd, waldata_start, len, src->off, + WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_REWRITE_WRITE); + if (written != len) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\", wrote %d of %d: %m", src->path, + written, len))); + src->off += len; + + XLogBeginInsert(); + XLogRegisterData((char *) (&xlrec), sizeof(xlrec)); + XLogRegisterData(waldata_start, len); + + /* write xlog record */ + XLogInsert(RM_HEAP2_ID, XLOG_HEAP2_REWRITE); + + pfree(waldata_start); + } + Assert(state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings == 0); +} + +/* + * Logical remapping part of end_heap_rewrite(). + */ +static void +logical_end_heap_rewrite(RewriteState state) +{ + HASH_SEQ_STATUS seq_status; + RewriteMappingFile *src; + + /* done, no logical rewrite in progress */ + if (!state->rs_logical_rewrite) + return; + + /* writeout remaining in-memory entries */ + if (state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings > 0) + logical_heap_rewrite_flush_mappings(state); + + /* Iterate over all mappings we have written and fsync the files. */ + hash_seq_init(&seq_status, state->rs_logical_mappings); + while ((src = (RewriteMappingFile *) hash_seq_search(&seq_status)) != NULL) + { + if (FileSync(src->vfd, WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_REWRITE_SYNC) != 0) + ereport(data_sync_elevel(ERROR), + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", src->path))); + FileClose(src->vfd); + } + /* memory context cleanup will deal with the rest */ +} + +/* + * Log a single (old->new) mapping for 'xid'. + */ +static void +logical_rewrite_log_mapping(RewriteState state, TransactionId xid, + LogicalRewriteMappingData *map) +{ + RewriteMappingFile *src; + RewriteMappingDataEntry *pmap; + Oid relid; + bool found; + + relid = RelationGetRelid(state->rs_old_rel); + + /* look for existing mappings for this 'mapped' xid */ + src = hash_search(state->rs_logical_mappings, &xid, + HASH_ENTER, &found); + + /* + * We haven't yet had the need to map anything for this xid, create + * per-xid data structures. + */ + if (!found) + { + char path[MAXPGPATH]; + Oid dboid; + + if (state->rs_old_rel->rd_rel->relisshared) + dboid = InvalidOid; + else + dboid = MyDatabaseId; + + snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, + "pg_logical/mappings/" LOGICAL_REWRITE_FORMAT, + dboid, relid, + (uint32) (state->rs_begin_lsn >> 32), + (uint32) state->rs_begin_lsn, + xid, GetCurrentTransactionId()); + + dlist_init(&src->mappings); + src->num_mappings = 0; + src->off = 0; + memcpy(src->path, path, sizeof(path)); + src->vfd = PathNameOpenFile(path, + O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_WRONLY | PG_BINARY); + if (src->vfd < 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", path))); + } + + pmap = MemoryContextAlloc(state->rs_cxt, + sizeof(RewriteMappingDataEntry)); + memcpy(&pmap->map, map, sizeof(LogicalRewriteMappingData)); + dlist_push_tail(&src->mappings, &pmap->node); + src->num_mappings++; + state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings++; + + /* + * Write out buffer every time we've too many in-memory entries across all + * mapping files. + */ + if (state->rs_num_rewrite_mappings >= 1000 /* arbitrary number */ ) + logical_heap_rewrite_flush_mappings(state); +} + +/* + * Perform logical remapping for a tuple that's mapped from old_tid to + * new_tuple->t_self by rewrite_heap_tuple() if necessary for the tuple. + */ +static void +logical_rewrite_heap_tuple(RewriteState state, ItemPointerData old_tid, + HeapTuple new_tuple) +{ + ItemPointerData new_tid = new_tuple->t_self; + TransactionId cutoff = state->rs_logical_xmin; + TransactionId xmin; + TransactionId xmax; + bool do_log_xmin = false; + bool do_log_xmax = false; + LogicalRewriteMappingData map; + + /* no logical rewrite in progress, we don't need to log anything */ + if (!state->rs_logical_rewrite) + return; + + xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(new_tuple->t_data); + /* use *GetUpdateXid to correctly deal with multixacts */ + xmax = HeapTupleHeaderGetUpdateXid(new_tuple->t_data); + + /* + * Log the mapping iff the tuple has been created recently. + */ + if (TransactionIdIsNormal(xmin) && !TransactionIdPrecedes(xmin, cutoff)) + do_log_xmin = true; + + if (!TransactionIdIsNormal(xmax)) + { + /* + * no xmax is set, can't have any permanent ones, so this check is + * sufficient + */ + } + else if (HEAP_XMAX_IS_LOCKED_ONLY(new_tuple->t_data->t_infomask)) + { + /* only locked, we don't care */ + } + else if (!TransactionIdPrecedes(xmax, cutoff)) + { + /* tuple has been deleted recently, log */ + do_log_xmax = true; + } + + /* if neither needs to be logged, we're done */ + if (!do_log_xmin && !do_log_xmax) + return; + + /* fill out mapping information */ + map.old_node = state->rs_old_rel->rd_node; + map.old_tid = old_tid; + map.new_node = state->rs_new_rel->rd_node; + map.new_tid = new_tid; + + /* --- + * Now persist the mapping for the individual xids that are affected. We + * need to log for both xmin and xmax if they aren't the same transaction + * since the mapping files are per "affected" xid. + * We don't muster all that much effort detecting whether xmin and xmax + * are actually the same transaction, we just check whether the xid is the + * same disregarding subtransactions. Logging too much is relatively + * harmless and we could never do the check fully since subtransaction + * data is thrown away during restarts. + * --- + */ + if (do_log_xmin) + logical_rewrite_log_mapping(state, xmin, &map); + /* separately log mapping for xmax unless it'd be redundant */ + if (do_log_xmax && !TransactionIdEquals(xmin, xmax)) + logical_rewrite_log_mapping(state, xmax, &map); +} + +/* + * Replay XLOG_HEAP2_REWRITE records + */ +void +heap_xlog_logical_rewrite(XLogReaderState *r) +{ + char path[MAXPGPATH]; + int fd; + xl_heap_rewrite_mapping *xlrec; + uint32 len; + char *data; + + xlrec = (xl_heap_rewrite_mapping *) XLogRecGetData(r); + + snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, + "pg_logical/mappings/" LOGICAL_REWRITE_FORMAT, + xlrec->mapped_db, xlrec->mapped_rel, + (uint32) (xlrec->start_lsn >> 32), + (uint32) xlrec->start_lsn, + xlrec->mapped_xid, XLogRecGetXid(r)); + + fd = OpenTransientFile(path, + O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | PG_BINARY); + if (fd < 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", path))); + + /* + * Truncate all data that's not guaranteed to have been safely fsynced (by + * previous record or by the last checkpoint). + */ + pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_REWRITE_TRUNCATE); + if (ftruncate(fd, xlrec->offset) != 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not truncate file \"%s\" to %u: %m", + path, (uint32) xlrec->offset))); + pgstat_report_wait_end(); + + data = XLogRecGetData(r) + sizeof(*xlrec); + + len = xlrec->num_mappings * sizeof(LogicalRewriteMappingData); + + /* write out tail end of mapping file (again) */ + errno = 0; + pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_REWRITE_MAPPING_WRITE); + if (pg_pwrite(fd, data, len, xlrec->offset) != len) + { + /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */ + if (errno == 0) + errno = ENOSPC; + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", path))); + } + pgstat_report_wait_end(); + + /* + * Now fsync all previously written data. We could improve things and only + * do this for the last write to a file, but the required bookkeeping + * doesn't seem worth the trouble. + */ + pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_REWRITE_MAPPING_SYNC); + if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0) + ereport(data_sync_elevel(ERROR), + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", path))); + pgstat_report_wait_end(); + + if (CloseTransientFile(fd) != 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", path))); +} + +/* --- + * Perform a checkpoint for logical rewrite mappings + * + * This serves two tasks: + * 1) Remove all mappings not needed anymore based on the logical restart LSN + * 2) Flush all remaining mappings to disk, so that replay after a checkpoint + * only has to deal with the parts of a mapping that have been written out + * after the checkpoint started. + * --- + */ +void +CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap(void) +{ + XLogRecPtr cutoff; + XLogRecPtr redo; + DIR *mappings_dir; + struct dirent *mapping_de; + char path[MAXPGPATH + 20]; + + /* + * We start of with a minimum of the last redo pointer. No new decoding + * slot will start before that, so that's a safe upper bound for removal. + */ + redo = GetRedoRecPtr(); + + /* now check for the restart ptrs from existing slots */ + cutoff = ReplicationSlotsComputeLogicalRestartLSN(); + + /* don't start earlier than the restart lsn */ + if (cutoff != InvalidXLogRecPtr && redo < cutoff) + cutoff = redo; + + mappings_dir = AllocateDir("pg_logical/mappings"); + while ((mapping_de = ReadDir(mappings_dir, "pg_logical/mappings")) != NULL) + { + struct stat statbuf; + Oid dboid; + Oid relid; + XLogRecPtr lsn; + TransactionId rewrite_xid; + TransactionId create_xid; + uint32 hi, + lo; + + if (strcmp(mapping_de->d_name, ".") == 0 || + strcmp(mapping_de->d_name, "..") == 0) + continue; + + snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "pg_logical/mappings/%s", mapping_de->d_name); + if (lstat(path, &statbuf) == 0 && !S_ISREG(statbuf.st_mode)) + continue; + + /* Skip over files that cannot be ours. */ + if (strncmp(mapping_de->d_name, "map-", 4) != 0) + continue; + + if (sscanf(mapping_de->d_name, LOGICAL_REWRITE_FORMAT, + &dboid, &relid, &hi, &lo, &rewrite_xid, &create_xid) != 6) + elog(ERROR, "could not parse filename \"%s\"", mapping_de->d_name); + + lsn = ((uint64) hi) << 32 | lo; + + if (lsn < cutoff || cutoff == InvalidXLogRecPtr) + { + elog(DEBUG1, "removing logical rewrite file \"%s\"", path); + if (unlink(path) < 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not remove file \"%s\": %m", path))); + } + else + { + /* on some operating systems fsyncing a file requires O_RDWR */ + int fd = OpenTransientFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY); + + /* + * The file cannot vanish due to concurrency since this function + * is the only one removing logical mappings and it's run while + * CheckpointLock is held exclusively. + */ + if (fd < 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path))); + + /* + * We could try to avoid fsyncing files that either haven't + * changed or have only been created since the checkpoint's start, + * but it's currently not deemed worth the effort. + */ + pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOGICAL_REWRITE_CHECKPOINT_SYNC); + if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0) + ereport(data_sync_elevel(ERROR), + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", path))); + pgstat_report_wait_end(); + + if (CloseTransientFile(fd) != 0) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode_for_file_access(), + errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", path))); + } + } + FreeDir(mappings_dir); +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/syncscan.c b/src/backend/access/heap/syncscan.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a32f683 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/syncscan.c @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * syncscan.c + * heap scan synchronization support + * + * When multiple backends run a sequential scan on the same table, we try + * to keep them synchronized to reduce the overall I/O needed. The goal is + * to read each page into shared buffer cache only once, and let all backends + * that take part in the shared scan process the page before it falls out of + * the cache. + * + * Since the "leader" in a pack of backends doing a seqscan will have to wait + * for I/O, while the "followers" don't, there is a strong self-synchronizing + * effect once we can get the backends examining approximately the same part + * of the table at the same time. Hence all that is really needed is to get + * a new backend beginning a seqscan to begin it close to where other backends + * are reading. We can scan the table circularly, from block X up to the + * end and then from block 0 to X-1, to ensure we visit all rows while still + * participating in the common scan. + * + * To accomplish that, we keep track of the scan position of each table, and + * start new scans close to where the previous scan(s) are. We don't try to + * do any extra synchronization to keep the scans together afterwards; some + * scans might progress much more slowly than others, for example if the + * results need to be transferred to the client over a slow network, and we + * don't want such queries to slow down others. + * + * There can realistically only be a few large sequential scans on different + * tables in progress at any time. Therefore we just keep the scan positions + * in a small LRU list which we scan every time we need to look up or update a + * scan position. The whole mechanism is only applied for tables exceeding + * a threshold size (but that is not the concern of this module). + * + * INTERFACE ROUTINES + * ss_get_location - return current scan location of a relation + * ss_report_location - update current scan location + * + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/syncscan.c + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "miscadmin.h" +#include "storage/lwlock.h" +#include "storage/shmem.h" +#include "utils/rel.h" + + +/* GUC variables */ +#ifdef TRACE_SYNCSCAN +bool trace_syncscan = false; +#endif + + +/* + * Size of the LRU list. + * + * Note: the code assumes that SYNC_SCAN_NELEM > 1. + * + * XXX: What's a good value? It should be large enough to hold the + * maximum number of large tables scanned simultaneously. But a larger value + * means more traversing of the LRU list when starting a new scan. + */ +#define SYNC_SCAN_NELEM 20 + +/* + * Interval between reports of the location of the current scan, in pages. + * + * Note: This should be smaller than the ring size (see buffer/freelist.c) + * we use for bulk reads. Otherwise a scan joining other scans might start + * from a page that's no longer in the buffer cache. This is a bit fuzzy; + * there's no guarantee that the new scan will read the page before it leaves + * the buffer cache anyway, and on the other hand the page is most likely + * still in the OS cache. + */ +#define SYNC_SCAN_REPORT_INTERVAL (128 * 1024 / BLCKSZ) + + +/* + * The scan locations structure is essentially a doubly-linked LRU with head + * and tail pointer, but designed to hold a fixed maximum number of elements in + * fixed-size shared memory. + */ +typedef struct ss_scan_location_t +{ + RelFileNode relfilenode; /* identity of a relation */ + BlockNumber location; /* last-reported location in the relation */ +} ss_scan_location_t; + +typedef struct ss_lru_item_t +{ + struct ss_lru_item_t *prev; + struct ss_lru_item_t *next; + ss_scan_location_t location; +} ss_lru_item_t; + +typedef struct ss_scan_locations_t +{ + ss_lru_item_t *head; + ss_lru_item_t *tail; + ss_lru_item_t items[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* SYNC_SCAN_NELEM items */ +} ss_scan_locations_t; + +#define SizeOfScanLocations(N) \ + (offsetof(ss_scan_locations_t, items) + (N) * sizeof(ss_lru_item_t)) + +/* Pointer to struct in shared memory */ +static ss_scan_locations_t *scan_locations; + +/* prototypes for internal functions */ +static BlockNumber ss_search(RelFileNode relfilenode, + BlockNumber location, bool set); + + +/* + * SyncScanShmemSize --- report amount of shared memory space needed + */ +Size +SyncScanShmemSize(void) +{ + return SizeOfScanLocations(SYNC_SCAN_NELEM); +} + +/* + * SyncScanShmemInit --- initialize this module's shared memory + */ +void +SyncScanShmemInit(void) +{ + int i; + bool found; + + scan_locations = (ss_scan_locations_t *) + ShmemInitStruct("Sync Scan Locations List", + SizeOfScanLocations(SYNC_SCAN_NELEM), + &found); + + if (!IsUnderPostmaster) + { + /* Initialize shared memory area */ + Assert(!found); + + scan_locations->head = &scan_locations->items[0]; + scan_locations->tail = &scan_locations->items[SYNC_SCAN_NELEM - 1]; + + for (i = 0; i < SYNC_SCAN_NELEM; i++) + { + ss_lru_item_t *item = &scan_locations->items[i]; + + /* + * Initialize all slots with invalid values. As scans are started, + * these invalid entries will fall off the LRU list and get + * replaced with real entries. + */ + item->location.relfilenode.spcNode = InvalidOid; + item->location.relfilenode.dbNode = InvalidOid; + item->location.relfilenode.relNode = InvalidOid; + item->location.location = InvalidBlockNumber; + + item->prev = (i > 0) ? + (&scan_locations->items[i - 1]) : NULL; + item->next = (i < SYNC_SCAN_NELEM - 1) ? + (&scan_locations->items[i + 1]) : NULL; + } + } + else + Assert(found); +} + +/* + * ss_search --- search the scan_locations structure for an entry with the + * given relfilenode. + * + * If "set" is true, the location is updated to the given location. If no + * entry for the given relfilenode is found, it will be created at the head + * of the list with the given location, even if "set" is false. + * + * In any case, the location after possible update is returned. + * + * Caller is responsible for having acquired suitable lock on the shared + * data structure. + */ +static BlockNumber +ss_search(RelFileNode relfilenode, BlockNumber location, bool set) +{ + ss_lru_item_t *item; + + item = scan_locations->head; + for (;;) + { + bool match; + + match = RelFileNodeEquals(item->location.relfilenode, relfilenode); + + if (match || item->next == NULL) + { + /* + * If we reached the end of list and no match was found, take over + * the last entry + */ + if (!match) + { + item->location.relfilenode = relfilenode; + item->location.location = location; + } + else if (set) + item->location.location = location; + + /* Move the entry to the front of the LRU list */ + if (item != scan_locations->head) + { + /* unlink */ + if (item == scan_locations->tail) + scan_locations->tail = item->prev; + item->prev->next = item->next; + if (item->next) + item->next->prev = item->prev; + + /* link */ + item->prev = NULL; + item->next = scan_locations->head; + scan_locations->head->prev = item; + scan_locations->head = item; + } + + return item->location.location; + } + + item = item->next; + } + + /* not reached */ +} + +/* + * ss_get_location --- get the optimal starting location for scan + * + * Returns the last-reported location of a sequential scan on the + * relation, or 0 if no valid location is found. + * + * We expect the caller has just done RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(), and + * so that number is passed in rather than computing it again. The result + * is guaranteed less than relnblocks (assuming that's > 0). + */ +BlockNumber +ss_get_location(Relation rel, BlockNumber relnblocks) +{ + BlockNumber startloc; + + LWLockAcquire(SyncScanLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE); + startloc = ss_search(rel->rd_node, 0, false); + LWLockRelease(SyncScanLock); + + /* + * If the location is not a valid block number for this scan, start at 0. + * + * This can happen if for instance a VACUUM truncated the table since the + * location was saved. + */ + if (startloc >= relnblocks) + startloc = 0; + +#ifdef TRACE_SYNCSCAN + if (trace_syncscan) + elog(LOG, + "SYNC_SCAN: start \"%s\" (size %u) at %u", + RelationGetRelationName(rel), relnblocks, startloc); +#endif + + return startloc; +} + +/* + * ss_report_location --- update the current scan location + * + * Writes an entry into the shared Sync Scan state of the form + * (relfilenode, blocknumber), overwriting any existing entry for the + * same relfilenode. + */ +void +ss_report_location(Relation rel, BlockNumber location) +{ +#ifdef TRACE_SYNCSCAN + if (trace_syncscan) + { + if ((location % 1024) == 0) + elog(LOG, + "SYNC_SCAN: scanning \"%s\" at %u", + RelationGetRelationName(rel), location); + } +#endif + + /* + * To reduce lock contention, only report scan progress every N pages. For + * the same reason, don't block if the lock isn't immediately available. + * Missing a few updates isn't critical, it just means that a new scan + * that wants to join the pack will start a little bit behind the head of + * the scan. Hopefully the pages are still in OS cache and the scan + * catches up quickly. + */ + if ((location % SYNC_SCAN_REPORT_INTERVAL) == 0) + { + if (LWLockConditionalAcquire(SyncScanLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE)) + { + (void) ss_search(rel->rd_node, location, true); + LWLockRelease(SyncScanLock); + } +#ifdef TRACE_SYNCSCAN + else if (trace_syncscan) + elog(LOG, + "SYNC_SCAN: missed update for \"%s\" at %u", + RelationGetRelationName(rel), location); +#endif + } +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c b/src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe2a606 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c @@ -0,0 +1,3651 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * vacuumlazy.c + * Concurrent ("lazy") vacuuming. + * + * + * The major space usage for LAZY VACUUM is storage for the array of dead tuple + * TIDs. We want to ensure we can vacuum even the very largest relations with + * finite memory space usage. To do that, we set upper bounds on the number of + * tuples we will keep track of at once. + * + * We are willing to use at most maintenance_work_mem (or perhaps + * autovacuum_work_mem) memory space to keep track of dead tuples. We + * initially allocate an array of TIDs of that size, with an upper limit that + * depends on table size (this limit ensures we don't allocate a huge area + * uselessly for vacuuming small tables). If the array threatens to overflow, + * we suspend the heap scan phase and perform a pass of index cleanup and page + * compaction, then resume the heap scan with an empty TID array. + * + * If we're processing a table with no indexes, we can just vacuum each page + * as we go; there's no need to save up multiple tuples to minimize the number + * of index scans performed. So we don't use maintenance_work_mem memory for + * the TID array, just enough to hold as many heap tuples as fit on one page. + * + * Lazy vacuum supports parallel execution with parallel worker processes. In + * a parallel vacuum, we perform both index vacuum and index cleanup with + * parallel worker processes. Individual indexes are processed by one vacuum + * process. At the beginning of a lazy vacuum (at lazy_scan_heap) we prepare + * the parallel context and initialize the DSM segment that contains shared + * information as well as the memory space for storing dead tuples. When + * starting either index vacuum or index cleanup, we launch parallel worker + * processes. Once all indexes are processed the parallel worker processes + * exit. After that, the leader process re-initializes the parallel context + * so that it can use the same DSM for multiple passes of index vacuum and + * for performing index cleanup. For updating the index statistics, we need + * to update the system table and since updates are not allowed during + * parallel mode we update the index statistics after exiting from the + * parallel mode. + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/vacuumlazy.c + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#include "postgres.h" + +#include <math.h> + +#include "access/amapi.h" +#include "access/genam.h" +#include "access/heapam.h" +#include "access/heapam_xlog.h" +#include "access/htup_details.h" +#include "access/multixact.h" +#include "access/parallel.h" +#include "access/transam.h" +#include "access/visibilitymap.h" +#include "access/xact.h" +#include "access/xlog.h" +#include "catalog/storage.h" +#include "commands/dbcommands.h" +#include "commands/progress.h" +#include "commands/vacuum.h" +#include "executor/instrument.h" +#include "miscadmin.h" +#include "optimizer/paths.h" +#include "pgstat.h" +#include "portability/instr_time.h" +#include "postmaster/autovacuum.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "storage/freespace.h" +#include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "tcop/tcopprot.h" +#include "utils/lsyscache.h" +#include "utils/memutils.h" +#include "utils/pg_rusage.h" +#include "utils/timestamp.h" + + +/* + * Space/time tradeoff parameters: do these need to be user-tunable? + * + * To consider truncating the relation, we want there to be at least + * REL_TRUNCATE_MINIMUM or (relsize / REL_TRUNCATE_FRACTION) (whichever + * is less) potentially-freeable pages. + */ +#define REL_TRUNCATE_MINIMUM 1000 +#define REL_TRUNCATE_FRACTION 16 + +/* + * Timing parameters for truncate locking heuristics. + * + * These were not exposed as user tunable GUC values because it didn't seem + * that the potential for improvement was great enough to merit the cost of + * supporting them. + */ +#define VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_CHECK_INTERVAL 20 /* ms */ +#define VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_WAIT_INTERVAL 50 /* ms */ +#define VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_TIMEOUT 5000 /* ms */ + +/* + * When a table has no indexes, vacuum the FSM after every 8GB, approximately + * (it won't be exact because we only vacuum FSM after processing a heap page + * that has some removable tuples). When there are indexes, this is ignored, + * and we vacuum FSM after each index/heap cleaning pass. + */ +#define VACUUM_FSM_EVERY_PAGES \ + ((BlockNumber) (((uint64) 8 * 1024 * 1024 * 1024) / BLCKSZ)) + +/* + * Guesstimation of number of dead tuples per page. This is used to + * provide an upper limit to memory allocated when vacuuming small + * tables. + */ +#define LAZY_ALLOC_TUPLES MaxHeapTuplesPerPage + +/* + * Before we consider skipping a page that's marked as clean in + * visibility map, we must've seen at least this many clean pages. + */ +#define SKIP_PAGES_THRESHOLD ((BlockNumber) 32) + +/* + * Size of the prefetch window for lazy vacuum backwards truncation scan. + * Needs to be a power of 2. + */ +#define PREFETCH_SIZE ((BlockNumber) 32) + +/* + * DSM keys for parallel vacuum. Unlike other parallel execution code, since + * we don't need to worry about DSM keys conflicting with plan_node_id we can + * use small integers. + */ +#define PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_SHARED 1 +#define PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_DEAD_TUPLES 2 +#define PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_QUERY_TEXT 3 +#define PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_BUFFER_USAGE 4 +#define PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_WAL_USAGE 5 + +/* + * Macro to check if we are in a parallel vacuum. If true, we are in the + * parallel mode and the DSM segment is initialized. + */ +#define ParallelVacuumIsActive(lps) PointerIsValid(lps) + +/* Phases of vacuum during which we report error context. */ +typedef enum +{ + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_UNKNOWN, + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_SCAN_HEAP, + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_VACUUM_INDEX, + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_VACUUM_HEAP, + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_INDEX_CLEANUP, + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_TRUNCATE +} VacErrPhase; + +/* + * LVDeadTuples stores the dead tuple TIDs collected during the heap scan. + * This is allocated in the DSM segment in parallel mode and in local memory + * in non-parallel mode. + */ +typedef struct LVDeadTuples +{ + int max_tuples; /* # slots allocated in array */ + int num_tuples; /* current # of entries */ + /* List of TIDs of tuples we intend to delete */ + /* NB: this list is ordered by TID address */ + ItemPointerData itemptrs[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* array of + * ItemPointerData */ +} LVDeadTuples; + +/* The dead tuple space consists of LVDeadTuples and dead tuple TIDs */ +#define SizeOfDeadTuples(cnt) \ + add_size(offsetof(LVDeadTuples, itemptrs), \ + mul_size(sizeof(ItemPointerData), cnt)) +#define MAXDEADTUPLES(max_size) \ + (((max_size) - offsetof(LVDeadTuples, itemptrs)) / sizeof(ItemPointerData)) + +/* + * Shared information among parallel workers. So this is allocated in the DSM + * segment. + */ +typedef struct LVShared +{ + /* + * Target table relid and log level. These fields are not modified during + * the lazy vacuum. + */ + Oid relid; + int elevel; + + /* + * An indication for vacuum workers to perform either index vacuum or + * index cleanup. first_time is true only if for_cleanup is true and + * bulk-deletion is not performed yet. + */ + bool for_cleanup; + bool first_time; + + /* + * Fields for both index vacuum and cleanup. + * + * reltuples is the total number of input heap tuples. We set either old + * live tuples in the index vacuum case or the new live tuples in the + * index cleanup case. + * + * estimated_count is true if reltuples is an estimated value. + */ + double reltuples; + bool estimated_count; + + /* + * In single process lazy vacuum we could consume more memory during index + * vacuuming or cleanup apart from the memory for heap scanning. In + * parallel vacuum, since individual vacuum workers can consume memory + * equal to maintenance_work_mem, the new maintenance_work_mem for each + * worker is set such that the parallel operation doesn't consume more + * memory than single process lazy vacuum. + */ + int maintenance_work_mem_worker; + + /* + * Shared vacuum cost balance. During parallel vacuum, + * VacuumSharedCostBalance points to this value and it accumulates the + * balance of each parallel vacuum worker. + */ + pg_atomic_uint32 cost_balance; + + /* + * Number of active parallel workers. This is used for computing the + * minimum threshold of the vacuum cost balance before a worker sleeps for + * cost-based delay. + */ + pg_atomic_uint32 active_nworkers; + + /* + * Variables to control parallel vacuum. We have a bitmap to indicate + * which index has stats in shared memory. The set bit in the map + * indicates that the particular index supports a parallel vacuum. + */ + pg_atomic_uint32 idx; /* counter for vacuuming and clean up */ + uint32 offset; /* sizeof header incl. bitmap */ + bits8 bitmap[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; /* bit map of NULLs */ + + /* Shared index statistics data follows at end of struct */ +} LVShared; + +#define SizeOfLVShared (offsetof(LVShared, bitmap) + sizeof(bits8)) +#define GetSharedIndStats(s) \ + ((LVSharedIndStats *)((char *)(s) + ((LVShared *)(s))->offset)) +#define IndStatsIsNull(s, i) \ + (!(((LVShared *)(s))->bitmap[(i) >> 3] & (1 << ((i) & 0x07)))) + +/* + * Struct for an index bulk-deletion statistic used for parallel vacuum. This + * is allocated in the DSM segment. + */ +typedef struct LVSharedIndStats +{ + bool updated; /* are the stats updated? */ + IndexBulkDeleteResult stats; +} LVSharedIndStats; + +/* Struct for maintaining a parallel vacuum state. */ +typedef struct LVParallelState +{ + ParallelContext *pcxt; + + /* Shared information among parallel vacuum workers */ + LVShared *lvshared; + + /* Points to buffer usage area in DSM */ + BufferUsage *buffer_usage; + + /* Points to WAL usage area in DSM */ + WalUsage *wal_usage; + + /* + * The number of indexes that support parallel index bulk-deletion and + * parallel index cleanup respectively. + */ + int nindexes_parallel_bulkdel; + int nindexes_parallel_cleanup; + int nindexes_parallel_condcleanup; +} LVParallelState; + +typedef struct LVRelStats +{ + char *relnamespace; + char *relname; + /* useindex = true means two-pass strategy; false means one-pass */ + bool useindex; + /* Overall statistics about rel */ + BlockNumber old_rel_pages; /* previous value of pg_class.relpages */ + BlockNumber rel_pages; /* total number of pages */ + BlockNumber scanned_pages; /* number of pages we examined */ + BlockNumber pinskipped_pages; /* # of pages we skipped due to a pin */ + BlockNumber frozenskipped_pages; /* # of frozen pages we skipped */ + BlockNumber tupcount_pages; /* pages whose tuples we counted */ + double old_live_tuples; /* previous value of pg_class.reltuples */ + double new_rel_tuples; /* new estimated total # of tuples */ + double new_live_tuples; /* new estimated total # of live tuples */ + double new_dead_tuples; /* new estimated total # of dead tuples */ + BlockNumber pages_removed; + double tuples_deleted; + BlockNumber nonempty_pages; /* actually, last nonempty page + 1 */ + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples; + int num_index_scans; + TransactionId latestRemovedXid; + bool lock_waiter_detected; + + /* Used for error callback */ + char *indname; + BlockNumber blkno; /* used only for heap operations */ + VacErrPhase phase; +} LVRelStats; + +/* Struct for saving and restoring vacuum error information. */ +typedef struct LVSavedErrInfo +{ + BlockNumber blkno; + VacErrPhase phase; +} LVSavedErrInfo; + +/* A few variables that don't seem worth passing around as parameters */ +static int elevel = -1; + +static TransactionId OldestXmin; +static TransactionId FreezeLimit; +static MultiXactId MultiXactCutoff; + +static BufferAccessStrategy vac_strategy; + + +/* non-export function prototypes */ +static void lazy_scan_heap(Relation onerel, VacuumParams *params, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, Relation *Irel, int nindexes, + bool aggressive); +static void lazy_vacuum_heap(Relation onerel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static bool lazy_check_needs_freeze(Buffer buf, bool *hastup); +static void lazy_vacuum_all_indexes(Relation onerel, Relation *Irel, + IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes); +static void lazy_vacuum_index(Relation indrel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, double reltuples, LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static void lazy_cleanup_index(Relation indrel, + IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + double reltuples, bool estimated_count, LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static int lazy_vacuum_page(Relation onerel, BlockNumber blkno, Buffer buffer, + int tupindex, LVRelStats *vacrelstats, Buffer *vmbuffer); +static bool should_attempt_truncation(VacuumParams *params, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static void lazy_truncate_heap(Relation onerel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static BlockNumber count_nondeletable_pages(Relation onerel, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static void lazy_space_alloc(LVRelStats *vacrelstats, BlockNumber relblocks); +static void lazy_record_dead_tuple(LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, + ItemPointer itemptr); +static bool lazy_tid_reaped(ItemPointer itemptr, void *state); +static int vac_cmp_itemptr(const void *left, const void *right); +static bool heap_page_is_all_visible(Relation rel, Buffer buf, + TransactionId *visibility_cutoff_xid, bool *all_frozen); +static void lazy_parallel_vacuum_indexes(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes); +static void parallel_vacuum_index(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVShared *lvshared, LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, + int nindexes, LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static void vacuum_indexes_leader(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes); +static void vacuum_one_index(Relation indrel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVShared *lvshared, LVSharedIndStats *shared_indstats, + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, LVRelStats *vacrelstats); +static void lazy_cleanup_all_indexes(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes); +static long compute_max_dead_tuples(BlockNumber relblocks, bool hasindex); +static int compute_parallel_vacuum_workers(Relation *Irel, int nindexes, int nrequested, + bool *can_parallel_vacuum); +static void prepare_index_statistics(LVShared *lvshared, bool *can_parallel_vacuum, + int nindexes); +static void update_index_statistics(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + int nindexes); +static LVParallelState *begin_parallel_vacuum(Oid relid, Relation *Irel, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, BlockNumber nblocks, + int nindexes, int nrequested); +static void end_parallel_vacuum(IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVParallelState *lps, int nindexes); +static LVSharedIndStats *get_indstats(LVShared *lvshared, int n); +static bool skip_parallel_vacuum_index(Relation indrel, LVShared *lvshared); +static void vacuum_error_callback(void *arg); +static void update_vacuum_error_info(LVRelStats *errinfo, LVSavedErrInfo *saved_err_info, + int phase, BlockNumber blkno); +static void restore_vacuum_error_info(LVRelStats *errinfo, const LVSavedErrInfo *saved_err_info); + + +/* + * heap_vacuum_rel() -- perform VACUUM for one heap relation + * + * This routine vacuums a single heap, cleans out its indexes, and + * updates its relpages and reltuples statistics. + * + * At entry, we have already established a transaction and opened + * and locked the relation. + */ +void +heap_vacuum_rel(Relation onerel, VacuumParams *params, + BufferAccessStrategy bstrategy) +{ + LVRelStats *vacrelstats; + Relation *Irel; + int nindexes; + PGRUsage ru0; + TimestampTz starttime = 0; + WalUsage walusage_start = pgWalUsage; + WalUsage walusage = {0, 0, 0}; + long secs; + int usecs; + double read_rate, + write_rate; + bool aggressive; /* should we scan all unfrozen pages? */ + bool scanned_all_unfrozen; /* actually scanned all such pages? */ + TransactionId xidFullScanLimit; + MultiXactId mxactFullScanLimit; + BlockNumber new_rel_pages; + BlockNumber new_rel_allvisible; + double new_live_tuples; + TransactionId new_frozen_xid; + MultiXactId new_min_multi; + ErrorContextCallback errcallback; + + Assert(params != NULL); + Assert(params->index_cleanup != VACOPT_TERNARY_DEFAULT); + Assert(params->truncate != VACOPT_TERNARY_DEFAULT); + + /* not every AM requires these to be valid, but heap does */ + Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(onerel->rd_rel->relfrozenxid)); + Assert(MultiXactIdIsValid(onerel->rd_rel->relminmxid)); + + /* measure elapsed time iff autovacuum logging requires it */ + if (IsAutoVacuumWorkerProcess() && params->log_min_duration >= 0) + { + pg_rusage_init(&ru0); + starttime = GetCurrentTimestamp(); + } + + if (params->options & VACOPT_VERBOSE) + elevel = INFO; + else + elevel = DEBUG2; + + pgstat_progress_start_command(PROGRESS_COMMAND_VACUUM, + RelationGetRelid(onerel)); + + vac_strategy = bstrategy; + + vacuum_set_xid_limits(onerel, + params->freeze_min_age, + params->freeze_table_age, + params->multixact_freeze_min_age, + params->multixact_freeze_table_age, + &OldestXmin, &FreezeLimit, &xidFullScanLimit, + &MultiXactCutoff, &mxactFullScanLimit); + + /* + * We request an aggressive scan if the table's frozen Xid is now older + * than or equal to the requested Xid full-table scan limit; or if the + * table's minimum MultiXactId is older than or equal to the requested + * mxid full-table scan limit; or if DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING was specified. + */ + aggressive = TransactionIdPrecedesOrEquals(onerel->rd_rel->relfrozenxid, + xidFullScanLimit); + aggressive |= MultiXactIdPrecedesOrEquals(onerel->rd_rel->relminmxid, + mxactFullScanLimit); + if (params->options & VACOPT_DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) + aggressive = true; + + vacrelstats = (LVRelStats *) palloc0(sizeof(LVRelStats)); + + vacrelstats->relnamespace = get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(onerel)); + vacrelstats->relname = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(onerel)); + vacrelstats->indname = NULL; + vacrelstats->phase = VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_UNKNOWN; + vacrelstats->old_rel_pages = onerel->rd_rel->relpages; + vacrelstats->old_live_tuples = onerel->rd_rel->reltuples; + vacrelstats->num_index_scans = 0; + vacrelstats->pages_removed = 0; + vacrelstats->lock_waiter_detected = false; + + /* Open all indexes of the relation */ + vac_open_indexes(onerel, RowExclusiveLock, &nindexes, &Irel); + vacrelstats->useindex = (nindexes > 0 && + params->index_cleanup == VACOPT_TERNARY_ENABLED); + + /* + * Setup error traceback support for ereport(). The idea is to set up an + * error context callback to display additional information on any error + * during a vacuum. During different phases of vacuum (heap scan, heap + * vacuum, index vacuum, index clean up, heap truncate), we update the + * error context callback to display appropriate information. + * + * Note that the index vacuum and heap vacuum phases may be called + * multiple times in the middle of the heap scan phase. So the old phase + * information is restored at the end of those phases. + */ + errcallback.callback = vacuum_error_callback; + errcallback.arg = vacrelstats; + errcallback.previous = error_context_stack; + error_context_stack = &errcallback; + + /* Do the vacuuming */ + lazy_scan_heap(onerel, params, vacrelstats, Irel, nindexes, aggressive); + + /* Done with indexes */ + vac_close_indexes(nindexes, Irel, NoLock); + + /* + * Compute whether we actually scanned the all unfrozen pages. If we did, + * we can adjust relfrozenxid and relminmxid. + * + * NB: We need to check this before truncating the relation, because that + * will change ->rel_pages. + */ + if ((vacrelstats->scanned_pages + vacrelstats->frozenskipped_pages) + < vacrelstats->rel_pages) + { + Assert(!aggressive); + scanned_all_unfrozen = false; + } + else + scanned_all_unfrozen = true; + + /* + * Optionally truncate the relation. + */ + if (should_attempt_truncation(params, vacrelstats)) + { + /* + * Update error traceback information. This is the last phase during + * which we add context information to errors, so we don't need to + * revert to the previous phase. + */ + update_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, NULL, VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_TRUNCATE, + vacrelstats->nonempty_pages); + lazy_truncate_heap(onerel, vacrelstats); + } + + /* Pop the error context stack */ + error_context_stack = errcallback.previous; + + /* Report that we are now doing final cleanup */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE_FINAL_CLEANUP); + + /* + * Update statistics in pg_class. + * + * A corner case here is that if we scanned no pages at all because every + * page is all-visible, we should not update relpages/reltuples, because + * we have no new information to contribute. In particular this keeps us + * from replacing relpages=reltuples=0 (which means "unknown tuple + * density") with nonzero relpages and reltuples=0 (which means "zero + * tuple density") unless there's some actual evidence for the latter. + * + * It's important that we use tupcount_pages and not scanned_pages for the + * check described above; scanned_pages counts pages where we could not + * get cleanup lock, and which were processed only for frozenxid purposes. + * + * We do update relallvisible even in the corner case, since if the table + * is all-visible we'd definitely like to know that. But clamp the value + * to be not more than what we're setting relpages to. + * + * Also, don't change relfrozenxid/relminmxid if we skipped any pages, + * since then we don't know for certain that all tuples have a newer xmin. + */ + new_rel_pages = vacrelstats->rel_pages; + new_live_tuples = vacrelstats->new_live_tuples; + if (vacrelstats->tupcount_pages == 0 && new_rel_pages > 0) + { + new_rel_pages = vacrelstats->old_rel_pages; + new_live_tuples = vacrelstats->old_live_tuples; + } + + visibilitymap_count(onerel, &new_rel_allvisible, NULL); + if (new_rel_allvisible > new_rel_pages) + new_rel_allvisible = new_rel_pages; + + new_frozen_xid = scanned_all_unfrozen ? FreezeLimit : InvalidTransactionId; + new_min_multi = scanned_all_unfrozen ? MultiXactCutoff : InvalidMultiXactId; + + vac_update_relstats(onerel, + new_rel_pages, + new_live_tuples, + new_rel_allvisible, + nindexes > 0, + new_frozen_xid, + new_min_multi, + false); + + /* report results to the stats collector, too */ + pgstat_report_vacuum(RelationGetRelid(onerel), + onerel->rd_rel->relisshared, + new_live_tuples, + vacrelstats->new_dead_tuples); + pgstat_progress_end_command(); + + /* and log the action if appropriate */ + if (IsAutoVacuumWorkerProcess() && params->log_min_duration >= 0) + { + TimestampTz endtime = GetCurrentTimestamp(); + + if (params->log_min_duration == 0 || + TimestampDifferenceExceeds(starttime, endtime, + params->log_min_duration)) + { + StringInfoData buf; + char *msgfmt; + + TimestampDifference(starttime, endtime, &secs, &usecs); + + memset(&walusage, 0, sizeof(WalUsage)); + WalUsageAccumDiff(&walusage, &pgWalUsage, &walusage_start); + + read_rate = 0; + write_rate = 0; + if ((secs > 0) || (usecs > 0)) + { + read_rate = (double) BLCKSZ * VacuumPageMiss / (1024 * 1024) / + (secs + usecs / 1000000.0); + write_rate = (double) BLCKSZ * VacuumPageDirty / (1024 * 1024) / + (secs + usecs / 1000000.0); + } + + /* + * This is pretty messy, but we split it up so that we can skip + * emitting individual parts of the message when not applicable. + */ + initStringInfo(&buf); + if (params->is_wraparound) + { + if (aggressive) + msgfmt = _("automatic aggressive vacuum to prevent wraparound of table \"%s.%s.%s\": index scans: %d\n"); + else + msgfmt = _("automatic vacuum to prevent wraparound of table \"%s.%s.%s\": index scans: %d\n"); + } + else + { + if (aggressive) + msgfmt = _("automatic aggressive vacuum of table \"%s.%s.%s\": index scans: %d\n"); + else + msgfmt = _("automatic vacuum of table \"%s.%s.%s\": index scans: %d\n"); + } + appendStringInfo(&buf, msgfmt, + get_database_name(MyDatabaseId), + vacrelstats->relnamespace, + vacrelstats->relname, + vacrelstats->num_index_scans); + appendStringInfo(&buf, _("pages: %u removed, %u remain, %u skipped due to pins, %u skipped frozen\n"), + vacrelstats->pages_removed, + vacrelstats->rel_pages, + vacrelstats->pinskipped_pages, + vacrelstats->frozenskipped_pages); + appendStringInfo(&buf, + _("tuples: %.0f removed, %.0f remain, %.0f are dead but not yet removable, oldest xmin: %u\n"), + vacrelstats->tuples_deleted, + vacrelstats->new_rel_tuples, + vacrelstats->new_dead_tuples, + OldestXmin); + appendStringInfo(&buf, + _("buffer usage: %lld hits, %lld misses, %lld dirtied\n"), + (long long) VacuumPageHit, + (long long) VacuumPageMiss, + (long long) VacuumPageDirty); + appendStringInfo(&buf, _("avg read rate: %.3f MB/s, avg write rate: %.3f MB/s\n"), + read_rate, write_rate); + appendStringInfo(&buf, _("system usage: %s\n"), pg_rusage_show(&ru0)); + appendStringInfo(&buf, + _("WAL usage: %ld records, %ld full page images, %llu bytes"), + walusage.wal_records, + walusage.wal_fpi, + (unsigned long long) walusage.wal_bytes); + + ereport(LOG, + (errmsg_internal("%s", buf.data))); + pfree(buf.data); + } + } +} + +/* + * For Hot Standby we need to know the highest transaction id that will + * be removed by any change. VACUUM proceeds in a number of passes so + * we need to consider how each pass operates. The first phase runs + * heap_page_prune(), which can issue XLOG_HEAP2_CLEAN records as it + * progresses - these will have a latestRemovedXid on each record. + * In some cases this removes all of the tuples to be removed, though + * often we have dead tuples with index pointers so we must remember them + * for removal in phase 3. Index records for those rows are removed + * in phase 2 and index blocks do not have MVCC information attached. + * So before we can allow removal of any index tuples we need to issue + * a WAL record containing the latestRemovedXid of rows that will be + * removed in phase three. This allows recovery queries to block at the + * correct place, i.e. before phase two, rather than during phase three + * which would be after the rows have become inaccessible. + */ +static void +vacuum_log_cleanup_info(Relation rel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + /* + * Skip this for relations for which no WAL is to be written, or if we're + * not trying to support archive recovery. + */ + if (!RelationNeedsWAL(rel) || !XLogIsNeeded()) + return; + + /* + * No need to write the record at all unless it contains a valid value + */ + if (TransactionIdIsValid(vacrelstats->latestRemovedXid)) + (void) log_heap_cleanup_info(rel->rd_node, vacrelstats->latestRemovedXid); +} + +/* + * lazy_scan_heap() -- scan an open heap relation + * + * This routine prunes each page in the heap, which will among other + * things truncate dead tuples to dead line pointers, defragment the + * page, and set commit status bits (see heap_page_prune). It also builds + * lists of dead tuples and pages with free space, calculates statistics + * on the number of live tuples in the heap, and marks pages as + * all-visible if appropriate. When done, or when we run low on space for + * dead-tuple TIDs, invoke vacuuming of indexes and call lazy_vacuum_heap + * to reclaim dead line pointers. + * + * If the table has at least two indexes, we execute both index vacuum + * and index cleanup with parallel workers unless parallel vacuum is + * disabled. In a parallel vacuum, we enter parallel mode and then + * create both the parallel context and the DSM segment before starting + * heap scan so that we can record dead tuples to the DSM segment. All + * parallel workers are launched at beginning of index vacuuming and + * index cleanup and they exit once done with all indexes. At the end of + * this function we exit from parallel mode. Index bulk-deletion results + * are stored in the DSM segment and we update index statistics for all + * the indexes after exiting from parallel mode since writes are not + * allowed during parallel mode. + * + * If there are no indexes then we can reclaim line pointers on the fly; + * dead line pointers need only be retained until all index pointers that + * reference them have been killed. + */ +static void +lazy_scan_heap(Relation onerel, VacuumParams *params, LVRelStats *vacrelstats, + Relation *Irel, int nindexes, bool aggressive) +{ + LVParallelState *lps = NULL; + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples; + BlockNumber nblocks, + blkno; + HeapTupleData tuple; + TransactionId relfrozenxid = onerel->rd_rel->relfrozenxid; + TransactionId relminmxid = onerel->rd_rel->relminmxid; + BlockNumber empty_pages, + vacuumed_pages, + next_fsm_block_to_vacuum; + double num_tuples, /* total number of nonremovable tuples */ + live_tuples, /* live tuples (reltuples estimate) */ + tups_vacuumed, /* tuples cleaned up by vacuum */ + nkeep, /* dead-but-not-removable tuples */ + nunused; /* unused line pointers */ + IndexBulkDeleteResult **indstats; + int i; + PGRUsage ru0; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + BlockNumber next_unskippable_block; + bool skipping_blocks; + xl_heap_freeze_tuple *frozen; + StringInfoData buf; + const int initprog_index[] = { + PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_TOTAL_HEAP_BLKS, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_MAX_DEAD_TUPLES + }; + int64 initprog_val[3]; + + pg_rusage_init(&ru0); + + if (aggressive) + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("aggressively vacuuming \"%s.%s\"", + vacrelstats->relnamespace, + vacrelstats->relname))); + else + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("vacuuming \"%s.%s\"", + vacrelstats->relnamespace, + vacrelstats->relname))); + + empty_pages = vacuumed_pages = 0; + next_fsm_block_to_vacuum = (BlockNumber) 0; + num_tuples = live_tuples = tups_vacuumed = nkeep = nunused = 0; + + indstats = (IndexBulkDeleteResult **) + palloc0(nindexes * sizeof(IndexBulkDeleteResult *)); + + nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(onerel); + vacrelstats->rel_pages = nblocks; + vacrelstats->scanned_pages = 0; + vacrelstats->tupcount_pages = 0; + vacrelstats->nonempty_pages = 0; + vacrelstats->latestRemovedXid = InvalidTransactionId; + + /* + * Initialize state for a parallel vacuum. As of now, only one worker can + * be used for an index, so we invoke parallelism only if there are at + * least two indexes on a table. + */ + if (params->nworkers >= 0 && vacrelstats->useindex && nindexes > 1) + { + /* + * Since parallel workers cannot access data in temporary tables, we + * can't perform parallel vacuum on them. + */ + if (RelationUsesLocalBuffers(onerel)) + { + /* + * Give warning only if the user explicitly tries to perform a + * parallel vacuum on the temporary table. + */ + if (params->nworkers > 0) + ereport(WARNING, + (errmsg("disabling parallel option of vacuum on \"%s\" --- cannot vacuum temporary tables in parallel", + vacrelstats->relname))); + } + else + lps = begin_parallel_vacuum(RelationGetRelid(onerel), Irel, + vacrelstats, nblocks, nindexes, + params->nworkers); + } + + /* + * Allocate the space for dead tuples in case parallel vacuum is not + * initialized. + */ + if (!ParallelVacuumIsActive(lps)) + lazy_space_alloc(vacrelstats, nblocks); + + dead_tuples = vacrelstats->dead_tuples; + frozen = palloc(sizeof(xl_heap_freeze_tuple) * MaxHeapTuplesPerPage); + + /* Report that we're scanning the heap, advertising total # of blocks */ + initprog_val[0] = PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE_SCAN_HEAP; + initprog_val[1] = nblocks; + initprog_val[2] = dead_tuples->max_tuples; + pgstat_progress_update_multi_param(3, initprog_index, initprog_val); + + /* + * Except when aggressive is set, we want to skip pages that are + * all-visible according to the visibility map, but only when we can skip + * at least SKIP_PAGES_THRESHOLD consecutive pages. Since we're reading + * sequentially, the OS should be doing readahead for us, so there's no + * gain in skipping a page now and then; that's likely to disable + * readahead and so be counterproductive. Also, skipping even a single + * page means that we can't update relfrozenxid, so we only want to do it + * if we can skip a goodly number of pages. + * + * When aggressive is set, we can't skip pages just because they are + * all-visible, but we can still skip pages that are all-frozen, since + * such pages do not need freezing and do not affect the value that we can + * safely set for relfrozenxid or relminmxid. + * + * Before entering the main loop, establish the invariant that + * next_unskippable_block is the next block number >= blkno that we can't + * skip based on the visibility map, either all-visible for a regular scan + * or all-frozen for an aggressive scan. We set it to nblocks if there's + * no such block. We also set up the skipping_blocks flag correctly at + * this stage. + * + * Note: The value returned by visibilitymap_get_status could be slightly + * out-of-date, since we make this test before reading the corresponding + * heap page or locking the buffer. This is OK. If we mistakenly think + * that the page is all-visible or all-frozen when in fact the flag's just + * been cleared, we might fail to vacuum the page. It's easy to see that + * skipping a page when aggressive is not set is not a very big deal; we + * might leave some dead tuples lying around, but the next vacuum will + * find them. But even when aggressive *is* set, it's still OK if we miss + * a page whose all-frozen marking has just been cleared. Any new XIDs + * just added to that page are necessarily newer than the GlobalXmin we + * computed, so they'll have no effect on the value to which we can safely + * set relfrozenxid. A similar argument applies for MXIDs and relminmxid. + * + * We will scan the table's last page, at least to the extent of + * determining whether it has tuples or not, even if it should be skipped + * according to the above rules; except when we've already determined that + * it's not worth trying to truncate the table. This avoids having + * lazy_truncate_heap() take access-exclusive lock on the table to attempt + * a truncation that just fails immediately because there are tuples in + * the last page. This is worth avoiding mainly because such a lock must + * be replayed on any hot standby, where it can be disruptive. + */ + next_unskippable_block = 0; + if ((params->options & VACOPT_DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) == 0) + { + while (next_unskippable_block < nblocks) + { + uint8 vmstatus; + + vmstatus = visibilitymap_get_status(onerel, next_unskippable_block, + &vmbuffer); + if (aggressive) + { + if ((vmstatus & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN) == 0) + break; + } + else + { + if ((vmstatus & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE) == 0) + break; + } + vacuum_delay_point(); + next_unskippable_block++; + } + } + + if (next_unskippable_block >= SKIP_PAGES_THRESHOLD) + skipping_blocks = true; + else + skipping_blocks = false; + + for (blkno = 0; blkno < nblocks; blkno++) + { + Buffer buf; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum, + maxoff; + bool tupgone, + hastup; + int prev_dead_count; + int nfrozen; + Size freespace; + bool all_visible_according_to_vm = false; + bool all_visible; + bool all_frozen = true; /* provided all_visible is also true */ + bool has_dead_tuples; + TransactionId visibility_cutoff_xid = InvalidTransactionId; + + /* see note above about forcing scanning of last page */ +#define FORCE_CHECK_PAGE() \ + (blkno == nblocks - 1 && should_attempt_truncation(params, vacrelstats)) + + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_HEAP_BLKS_SCANNED, blkno); + + update_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, NULL, VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_SCAN_HEAP, + blkno); + + if (blkno == next_unskippable_block) + { + /* Time to advance next_unskippable_block */ + next_unskippable_block++; + if ((params->options & VACOPT_DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) == 0) + { + while (next_unskippable_block < nblocks) + { + uint8 vmskipflags; + + vmskipflags = visibilitymap_get_status(onerel, + next_unskippable_block, + &vmbuffer); + if (aggressive) + { + if ((vmskipflags & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN) == 0) + break; + } + else + { + if ((vmskipflags & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE) == 0) + break; + } + vacuum_delay_point(); + next_unskippable_block++; + } + } + + /* + * We know we can't skip the current block. But set up + * skipping_blocks to do the right thing at the following blocks. + */ + if (next_unskippable_block - blkno > SKIP_PAGES_THRESHOLD) + skipping_blocks = true; + else + skipping_blocks = false; + + /* + * Normally, the fact that we can't skip this block must mean that + * it's not all-visible. But in an aggressive vacuum we know only + * that it's not all-frozen, so it might still be all-visible. + */ + if (aggressive && VM_ALL_VISIBLE(onerel, blkno, &vmbuffer)) + all_visible_according_to_vm = true; + } + else + { + /* + * The current block is potentially skippable; if we've seen a + * long enough run of skippable blocks to justify skipping it, and + * we're not forced to check it, then go ahead and skip. + * Otherwise, the page must be at least all-visible if not + * all-frozen, so we can set all_visible_according_to_vm = true. + */ + if (skipping_blocks && !FORCE_CHECK_PAGE()) + { + /* + * Tricky, tricky. If this is in aggressive vacuum, the page + * must have been all-frozen at the time we checked whether it + * was skippable, but it might not be any more. We must be + * careful to count it as a skipped all-frozen page in that + * case, or else we'll think we can't update relfrozenxid and + * relminmxid. If it's not an aggressive vacuum, we don't + * know whether it was all-frozen, so we have to recheck; but + * in this case an approximate answer is OK. + */ + if (aggressive || VM_ALL_FROZEN(onerel, blkno, &vmbuffer)) + vacrelstats->frozenskipped_pages++; + continue; + } + all_visible_according_to_vm = true; + } + + vacuum_delay_point(); + + /* + * If we are close to overrunning the available space for dead-tuple + * TIDs, pause and do a cycle of vacuuming before we tackle this page. + */ + if ((dead_tuples->max_tuples - dead_tuples->num_tuples) < MaxHeapTuplesPerPage && + dead_tuples->num_tuples > 0) + { + /* + * Before beginning index vacuuming, we release any pin we may + * hold on the visibility map page. This isn't necessary for + * correctness, but we do it anyway to avoid holding the pin + * across a lengthy, unrelated operation. + */ + if (BufferIsValid(vmbuffer)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + } + + /* Work on all the indexes, then the heap */ + lazy_vacuum_all_indexes(onerel, Irel, indstats, + vacrelstats, lps, nindexes); + + /* Remove tuples from heap */ + lazy_vacuum_heap(onerel, vacrelstats); + + /* + * Forget the now-vacuumed tuples, and press on, but be careful + * not to reset latestRemovedXid since we want that value to be + * valid. + */ + dead_tuples->num_tuples = 0; + + /* + * Vacuum the Free Space Map to make newly-freed space visible on + * upper-level FSM pages. Note we have not yet processed blkno. + */ + FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange(onerel, next_fsm_block_to_vacuum, blkno); + next_fsm_block_to_vacuum = blkno; + + /* Report that we are once again scanning the heap */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE_SCAN_HEAP); + } + + /* + * Pin the visibility map page in case we need to mark the page + * all-visible. In most cases this will be very cheap, because we'll + * already have the correct page pinned anyway. However, it's + * possible that (a) next_unskippable_block is covered by a different + * VM page than the current block or (b) we released our pin and did a + * cycle of index vacuuming. + * + */ + visibilitymap_pin(onerel, blkno, &vmbuffer); + + buf = ReadBufferExtended(onerel, MAIN_FORKNUM, blkno, + RBM_NORMAL, vac_strategy); + + /* We need buffer cleanup lock so that we can prune HOT chains. */ + if (!ConditionalLockBufferForCleanup(buf)) + { + /* + * If we're not performing an aggressive scan to guard against XID + * wraparound, and we don't want to forcibly check the page, then + * it's OK to skip vacuuming pages we get a lock conflict on. They + * will be dealt with in some future vacuum. + */ + if (!aggressive && !FORCE_CHECK_PAGE()) + { + ReleaseBuffer(buf); + vacrelstats->pinskipped_pages++; + continue; + } + + /* + * Read the page with share lock to see if any xids on it need to + * be frozen. If not we just skip the page, after updating our + * scan statistics. If there are some, we wait for cleanup lock. + * + * We could defer the lock request further by remembering the page + * and coming back to it later, or we could even register + * ourselves for multiple buffers and then service whichever one + * is received first. For now, this seems good enough. + * + * If we get here with aggressive false, then we're just forcibly + * checking the page, and so we don't want to insist on getting + * the lock; we only need to know if the page contains tuples, so + * that we can update nonempty_pages correctly. It's convenient + * to use lazy_check_needs_freeze() for both situations, though. + */ + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + if (!lazy_check_needs_freeze(buf, &hastup)) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + vacrelstats->scanned_pages++; + vacrelstats->pinskipped_pages++; + if (hastup) + vacrelstats->nonempty_pages = blkno + 1; + continue; + } + if (!aggressive) + { + /* + * Here, we must not advance scanned_pages; that would amount + * to claiming that the page contains no freezable tuples. + */ + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + vacrelstats->pinskipped_pages++; + if (hastup) + vacrelstats->nonempty_pages = blkno + 1; + continue; + } + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + LockBufferForCleanup(buf); + /* drop through to normal processing */ + } + + vacrelstats->scanned_pages++; + vacrelstats->tupcount_pages++; + + page = BufferGetPage(buf); + + if (PageIsNew(page)) + { + /* + * All-zeroes pages can be left over if either a backend extends + * the relation by a single page, but crashes before the newly + * initialized page has been written out, or when bulk-extending + * the relation (which creates a number of empty pages at the tail + * end of the relation, but enters them into the FSM). + * + * Note we do not enter the page into the visibilitymap. That has + * the downside that we repeatedly visit this page in subsequent + * vacuums, but otherwise we'll never not discover the space on a + * promoted standby. The harm of repeated checking ought to + * normally not be too bad - the space usually should be used at + * some point, otherwise there wouldn't be any regular vacuums. + * + * Make sure these pages are in the FSM, to ensure they can be + * reused. Do that by testing if there's any space recorded for + * the page. If not, enter it. We do so after releasing the lock + * on the heap page, the FSM is approximate, after all. + */ + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + + empty_pages++; + + if (GetRecordedFreeSpace(onerel, blkno) == 0) + { + Size freespace; + + freespace = BufferGetPageSize(buf) - SizeOfPageHeaderData; + RecordPageWithFreeSpace(onerel, blkno, freespace); + } + continue; + } + + if (PageIsEmpty(page)) + { + empty_pages++; + freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); + + /* + * Empty pages are always all-visible and all-frozen (note that + * the same is currently not true for new pages, see above). + */ + if (!PageIsAllVisible(page)) + { + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* mark buffer dirty before writing a WAL record */ + MarkBufferDirty(buf); + + /* + * It's possible that another backend has extended the heap, + * initialized the page, and then failed to WAL-log the page + * due to an ERROR. Since heap extension is not WAL-logged, + * recovery might try to replay our record setting the page + * all-visible and find that the page isn't initialized, which + * will cause a PANIC. To prevent that, check whether the + * page has been previously WAL-logged, and if not, do that + * now. + */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(onerel) && + PageGetLSN(page) == InvalidXLogRecPtr) + log_newpage_buffer(buf, true); + + PageSetAllVisible(page); + visibilitymap_set(onerel, blkno, buf, InvalidXLogRecPtr, + vmbuffer, InvalidTransactionId, + VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE | VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN); + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + } + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + RecordPageWithFreeSpace(onerel, blkno, freespace); + continue; + } + + /* + * Prune all HOT-update chains in this page. + * + * We count tuples removed by the pruning step as removed by VACUUM. + */ + tups_vacuumed += heap_page_prune(onerel, buf, OldestXmin, false, + &vacrelstats->latestRemovedXid); + + /* + * Now scan the page to collect vacuumable items and check for tuples + * requiring freezing. + */ + all_visible = true; + has_dead_tuples = false; + nfrozen = 0; + hastup = false; + prev_dead_count = dead_tuples->num_tuples; + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + + /* + * Note: If you change anything in the loop below, also look at + * heap_page_is_all_visible to see if that needs to be changed. + */ + for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; + offnum <= maxoff; + offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) + { + ItemId itemid; + + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + /* Unused items require no processing, but we count 'em */ + if (!ItemIdIsUsed(itemid)) + { + nunused += 1; + continue; + } + + /* Redirect items mustn't be touched */ + if (ItemIdIsRedirected(itemid)) + { + hastup = true; /* this page won't be truncatable */ + continue; + } + + ItemPointerSet(&(tuple.t_self), blkno, offnum); + + /* + * DEAD line pointers are to be vacuumed normally; but we don't + * count them in tups_vacuumed, else we'd be double-counting (at + * least in the common case where heap_page_prune() just freed up + * a non-HOT tuple). + */ + if (ItemIdIsDead(itemid)) + { + lazy_record_dead_tuple(dead_tuples, &(tuple.t_self)); + all_visible = false; + continue; + } + + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(itemid)); + + tuple.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, itemid); + tuple.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(itemid); + tuple.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(onerel); + + tupgone = false; + + /* + * The criteria for counting a tuple as live in this block need to + * match what analyze.c's acquire_sample_rows() does, otherwise + * VACUUM and ANALYZE may produce wildly different reltuples + * values, e.g. when there are many recently-dead tuples. + * + * The logic here is a bit simpler than acquire_sample_rows(), as + * VACUUM can't run inside a transaction block, which makes some + * cases impossible (e.g. in-progress insert from the same + * transaction). + */ + switch (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(&tuple, OldestXmin, buf)) + { + case HEAPTUPLE_DEAD: + + /* + * Ordinarily, DEAD tuples would have been removed by + * heap_page_prune(), but it's possible that the tuple + * state changed since heap_page_prune() looked. In + * particular an INSERT_IN_PROGRESS tuple could have + * changed to DEAD if the inserter aborted. So this + * cannot be considered an error condition. + * + * If the tuple is HOT-updated then it must only be + * removed by a prune operation; so we keep it just as if + * it were RECENTLY_DEAD. Also, if it's a heap-only + * tuple, we choose to keep it, because it'll be a lot + * cheaper to get rid of it in the next pruning pass than + * to treat it like an indexed tuple. Finally, if index + * cleanup is disabled, the second heap pass will not + * execute, and the tuple will not get removed, so we must + * treat it like any other dead tuple that we choose to + * keep. + * + * If this were to happen for a tuple that actually needed + * to be deleted, we'd be in trouble, because it'd + * possibly leave a tuple below the relation's xmin + * horizon alive. heap_prepare_freeze_tuple() is prepared + * to detect that case and abort the transaction, + * preventing corruption. + */ + if (HeapTupleIsHotUpdated(&tuple) || + HeapTupleIsHeapOnly(&tuple) || + params->index_cleanup == VACOPT_TERNARY_DISABLED) + nkeep += 1; + else + tupgone = true; /* we can delete the tuple */ + all_visible = false; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_LIVE: + + /* + * Count it as live. Not only is this natural, but it's + * also what acquire_sample_rows() does. + */ + live_tuples += 1; + + /* + * Is the tuple definitely visible to all transactions? + * + * NB: Like with per-tuple hint bits, we can't set the + * PD_ALL_VISIBLE flag if the inserter committed + * asynchronously. See SetHintBits for more info. Check + * that the tuple is hinted xmin-committed because of + * that. + */ + if (all_visible) + { + TransactionId xmin; + + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple.t_data)) + { + all_visible = false; + break; + } + + /* + * The inserter definitely committed. But is it old + * enough that everyone sees it as committed? + */ + xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple.t_data); + if (!TransactionIdPrecedes(xmin, OldestXmin)) + { + all_visible = false; + break; + } + + /* Track newest xmin on page. */ + if (TransactionIdFollows(xmin, visibility_cutoff_xid)) + visibility_cutoff_xid = xmin; + } + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD: + + /* + * If tuple is recently deleted then we must not remove it + * from relation. + */ + nkeep += 1; + all_visible = false; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS: + + /* + * This is an expected case during concurrent vacuum. + * + * We do not count these rows as live, because we expect + * the inserting transaction to update the counters at + * commit, and we assume that will happen only after we + * report our results. This assumption is a bit shaky, + * but it is what acquire_sample_rows() does, so be + * consistent. + */ + all_visible = false; + break; + case HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS: + /* This is an expected case during concurrent vacuum */ + all_visible = false; + + /* + * Count such rows as live. As above, we assume the + * deleting transaction will commit and update the + * counters after we report. + */ + live_tuples += 1; + break; + default: + elog(ERROR, "unexpected HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum result"); + break; + } + + if (tupgone) + { + lazy_record_dead_tuple(dead_tuples, &(tuple.t_self)); + HeapTupleHeaderAdvanceLatestRemovedXid(tuple.t_data, + &vacrelstats->latestRemovedXid); + tups_vacuumed += 1; + has_dead_tuples = true; + } + else + { + bool tuple_totally_frozen; + + num_tuples += 1; + hastup = true; + + /* + * Each non-removable tuple must be checked to see if it needs + * freezing. Note we already have exclusive buffer lock. + */ + if (heap_prepare_freeze_tuple(tuple.t_data, + relfrozenxid, relminmxid, + FreezeLimit, MultiXactCutoff, + &frozen[nfrozen], + &tuple_totally_frozen)) + frozen[nfrozen++].offset = offnum; + + if (!tuple_totally_frozen) + all_frozen = false; + } + } /* scan along page */ + + /* + * If we froze any tuples, mark the buffer dirty, and write a WAL + * record recording the changes. We must log the changes to be + * crash-safe against future truncation of CLOG. + */ + if (nfrozen > 0) + { + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + MarkBufferDirty(buf); + + /* execute collected freezes */ + for (i = 0; i < nfrozen; i++) + { + ItemId itemid; + HeapTupleHeader htup; + + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, frozen[i].offset); + htup = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, itemid); + + heap_execute_freeze_tuple(htup, &frozen[i]); + } + + /* Now WAL-log freezing if necessary */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(onerel)) + { + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + recptr = log_heap_freeze(onerel, buf, FreezeLimit, + frozen, nfrozen); + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + } + + /* + * If there are no indexes we can vacuum the page right now instead of + * doing a second scan. Also we don't do that but forget dead tuples + * when index cleanup is disabled. + */ + if (!vacrelstats->useindex && dead_tuples->num_tuples > 0) + { + if (nindexes == 0) + { + /* Remove tuples from heap if the table has no index */ + lazy_vacuum_page(onerel, blkno, buf, 0, vacrelstats, &vmbuffer); + vacuumed_pages++; + has_dead_tuples = false; + } + else + { + /* + * Here, we have indexes but index cleanup is disabled. + * Instead of vacuuming the dead tuples on the heap, we just + * forget them. + * + * Note that vacrelstats->dead_tuples could have tuples which + * became dead after HOT-pruning but are not marked dead yet. + * We do not process them because it's a very rare condition, + * and the next vacuum will process them anyway. + */ + Assert(params->index_cleanup == VACOPT_TERNARY_DISABLED); + } + + /* + * Forget the now-vacuumed tuples, and press on, but be careful + * not to reset latestRemovedXid since we want that value to be + * valid. + */ + dead_tuples->num_tuples = 0; + + /* + * Periodically do incremental FSM vacuuming to make newly-freed + * space visible on upper FSM pages. Note: although we've cleaned + * the current block, we haven't yet updated its FSM entry (that + * happens further down), so passing end == blkno is correct. + */ + if (blkno - next_fsm_block_to_vacuum >= VACUUM_FSM_EVERY_PAGES) + { + FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange(onerel, next_fsm_block_to_vacuum, + blkno); + next_fsm_block_to_vacuum = blkno; + } + } + + freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); + + /* mark page all-visible, if appropriate */ + if (all_visible && !all_visible_according_to_vm) + { + uint8 flags = VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE; + + if (all_frozen) + flags |= VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN; + + /* + * It should never be the case that the visibility map page is set + * while the page-level bit is clear, but the reverse is allowed + * (if checksums are not enabled). Regardless, set both bits so + * that we get back in sync. + * + * NB: If the heap page is all-visible but the VM bit is not set, + * we don't need to dirty the heap page. However, if checksums + * are enabled, we do need to make sure that the heap page is + * dirtied before passing it to visibilitymap_set(), because it + * may be logged. Given that this situation should only happen in + * rare cases after a crash, it is not worth optimizing. + */ + PageSetAllVisible(page); + MarkBufferDirty(buf); + visibilitymap_set(onerel, blkno, buf, InvalidXLogRecPtr, + vmbuffer, visibility_cutoff_xid, flags); + } + + /* + * As of PostgreSQL 9.2, the visibility map bit should never be set if + * the page-level bit is clear. However, it's possible that the bit + * got cleared after we checked it and before we took the buffer + * content lock, so we must recheck before jumping to the conclusion + * that something bad has happened. + */ + else if (all_visible_according_to_vm && !PageIsAllVisible(page) + && VM_ALL_VISIBLE(onerel, blkno, &vmbuffer)) + { + elog(WARNING, "page is not marked all-visible but visibility map bit is set in relation \"%s\" page %u", + vacrelstats->relname, blkno); + visibilitymap_clear(onerel, blkno, vmbuffer, + VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + } + + /* + * It's possible for the value returned by GetOldestXmin() to move + * backwards, so it's not wrong for us to see tuples that appear to + * not be visible to everyone yet, while PD_ALL_VISIBLE is already + * set. The real safe xmin value never moves backwards, but + * GetOldestXmin() is conservative and sometimes returns a value + * that's unnecessarily small, so if we see that contradiction it just + * means that the tuples that we think are not visible to everyone yet + * actually are, and the PD_ALL_VISIBLE flag is correct. + * + * There should never be dead tuples on a page with PD_ALL_VISIBLE + * set, however. + */ + else if (PageIsAllVisible(page) && has_dead_tuples) + { + elog(WARNING, "page containing dead tuples is marked as all-visible in relation \"%s\" page %u", + vacrelstats->relname, blkno); + PageClearAllVisible(page); + MarkBufferDirty(buf); + visibilitymap_clear(onerel, blkno, vmbuffer, + VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + } + + /* + * If the all-visible page is all-frozen but not marked as such yet, + * mark it as all-frozen. Note that all_frozen is only valid if + * all_visible is true, so we must check both. + */ + else if (all_visible_according_to_vm && all_visible && all_frozen && + !VM_ALL_FROZEN(onerel, blkno, &vmbuffer)) + { + /* + * We can pass InvalidTransactionId as the cutoff XID here, + * because setting the all-frozen bit doesn't cause recovery + * conflicts. + */ + visibilitymap_set(onerel, blkno, buf, InvalidXLogRecPtr, + vmbuffer, InvalidTransactionId, + VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN); + } + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + + /* Remember the location of the last page with nonremovable tuples */ + if (hastup) + vacrelstats->nonempty_pages = blkno + 1; + + /* + * If we remembered any tuples for deletion, then the page will be + * visited again by lazy_vacuum_heap, which will compute and record + * its post-compaction free space. If not, then we're done with this + * page, so remember its free space as-is. (This path will always be + * taken if there are no indexes.) + */ + if (dead_tuples->num_tuples == prev_dead_count) + RecordPageWithFreeSpace(onerel, blkno, freespace); + } + + /* report that everything is scanned and vacuumed */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_HEAP_BLKS_SCANNED, blkno); + + /* Clear the block number information */ + vacrelstats->blkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + + pfree(frozen); + + /* save stats for use later */ + vacrelstats->tuples_deleted = tups_vacuumed; + vacrelstats->new_dead_tuples = nkeep; + + /* now we can compute the new value for pg_class.reltuples */ + vacrelstats->new_live_tuples = vac_estimate_reltuples(onerel, + nblocks, + vacrelstats->tupcount_pages, + live_tuples); + + /* also compute total number of surviving heap entries */ + vacrelstats->new_rel_tuples = + vacrelstats->new_live_tuples + vacrelstats->new_dead_tuples; + + /* + * Release any remaining pin on visibility map page. + */ + if (BufferIsValid(vmbuffer)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + } + + /* If any tuples need to be deleted, perform final vacuum cycle */ + /* XXX put a threshold on min number of tuples here? */ + if (dead_tuples->num_tuples > 0) + { + /* Work on all the indexes, and then the heap */ + lazy_vacuum_all_indexes(onerel, Irel, indstats, vacrelstats, + lps, nindexes); + + /* Remove tuples from heap */ + lazy_vacuum_heap(onerel, vacrelstats); + } + + /* + * Vacuum the remainder of the Free Space Map. We must do this whether or + * not there were indexes. + */ + if (blkno > next_fsm_block_to_vacuum) + FreeSpaceMapVacuumRange(onerel, next_fsm_block_to_vacuum, blkno); + + /* report all blocks vacuumed */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_HEAP_BLKS_VACUUMED, blkno); + + /* Do post-vacuum cleanup */ + if (vacrelstats->useindex) + lazy_cleanup_all_indexes(Irel, indstats, vacrelstats, lps, nindexes); + + /* + * End parallel mode before updating index statistics as we cannot write + * during parallel mode. + */ + if (ParallelVacuumIsActive(lps)) + end_parallel_vacuum(indstats, lps, nindexes); + + /* Update index statistics */ + if (vacrelstats->useindex) + update_index_statistics(Irel, indstats, nindexes); + + /* If no indexes, make log report that lazy_vacuum_heap would've made */ + if (vacuumed_pages) + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("\"%s\": removed %.0f row versions in %u pages", + vacrelstats->relname, + tups_vacuumed, vacuumed_pages))); + + /* + * This is pretty messy, but we split it up so that we can skip emitting + * individual parts of the message when not applicable. + */ + initStringInfo(&buf); + appendStringInfo(&buf, + _("%.0f dead row versions cannot be removed yet, oldest xmin: %u\n"), + nkeep, OldestXmin); + appendStringInfo(&buf, _("There were %.0f unused item identifiers.\n"), + nunused); + appendStringInfo(&buf, ngettext("Skipped %u page due to buffer pins, ", + "Skipped %u pages due to buffer pins, ", + vacrelstats->pinskipped_pages), + vacrelstats->pinskipped_pages); + appendStringInfo(&buf, ngettext("%u frozen page.\n", + "%u frozen pages.\n", + vacrelstats->frozenskipped_pages), + vacrelstats->frozenskipped_pages); + appendStringInfo(&buf, ngettext("%u page is entirely empty.\n", + "%u pages are entirely empty.\n", + empty_pages), + empty_pages); + appendStringInfo(&buf, _("%s."), pg_rusage_show(&ru0)); + + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("\"%s\": found %.0f removable, %.0f nonremovable row versions in %u out of %u pages", + vacrelstats->relname, + tups_vacuumed, num_tuples, + vacrelstats->scanned_pages, nblocks), + errdetail_internal("%s", buf.data))); + pfree(buf.data); +} + +/* + * lazy_vacuum_all_indexes() -- vacuum all indexes of relation. + * + * We process the indexes serially unless we are doing parallel vacuum. + */ +static void +lazy_vacuum_all_indexes(Relation onerel, Relation *Irel, + IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes) +{ + Assert(!IsParallelWorker()); + Assert(nindexes > 0); + + /* Log cleanup info before we touch indexes */ + vacuum_log_cleanup_info(onerel, vacrelstats); + + /* Report that we are now vacuuming indexes */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE_VACUUM_INDEX); + + /* Perform index vacuuming with parallel workers for parallel vacuum. */ + if (ParallelVacuumIsActive(lps)) + { + /* Tell parallel workers to do index vacuuming */ + lps->lvshared->for_cleanup = false; + lps->lvshared->first_time = false; + + /* + * We can only provide an approximate value of num_heap_tuples in + * vacuum cases. + */ + lps->lvshared->reltuples = vacrelstats->old_live_tuples; + lps->lvshared->estimated_count = true; + + lazy_parallel_vacuum_indexes(Irel, stats, vacrelstats, lps, nindexes); + } + else + { + int idx; + + for (idx = 0; idx < nindexes; idx++) + lazy_vacuum_index(Irel[idx], &stats[idx], vacrelstats->dead_tuples, + vacrelstats->old_live_tuples, vacrelstats); + } + + /* Increase and report the number of index scans */ + vacrelstats->num_index_scans++; + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_NUM_INDEX_VACUUMS, + vacrelstats->num_index_scans); +} + + +/* + * lazy_vacuum_heap() -- second pass over the heap + * + * This routine marks dead tuples as unused and compacts out free + * space on their pages. Pages not having dead tuples recorded from + * lazy_scan_heap are not visited at all. + * + * Note: the reason for doing this as a second pass is we cannot remove + * the tuples until we've removed their index entries, and we want to + * process index entry removal in batches as large as possible. + */ +static void +lazy_vacuum_heap(Relation onerel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + int tupindex; + int npages; + PGRUsage ru0; + Buffer vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + LVSavedErrInfo saved_err_info; + + /* Report that we are now vacuuming the heap */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE_VACUUM_HEAP); + + /* Update error traceback information */ + update_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info, VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_VACUUM_HEAP, + InvalidBlockNumber); + + pg_rusage_init(&ru0); + npages = 0; + + tupindex = 0; + while (tupindex < vacrelstats->dead_tuples->num_tuples) + { + BlockNumber tblk; + Buffer buf; + Page page; + Size freespace; + + vacuum_delay_point(); + + tblk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&vacrelstats->dead_tuples->itemptrs[tupindex]); + vacrelstats->blkno = tblk; + buf = ReadBufferExtended(onerel, MAIN_FORKNUM, tblk, RBM_NORMAL, + vac_strategy); + if (!ConditionalLockBufferForCleanup(buf)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(buf); + ++tupindex; + continue; + } + tupindex = lazy_vacuum_page(onerel, tblk, buf, tupindex, vacrelstats, + &vmbuffer); + + /* Now that we've compacted the page, record its available space */ + page = BufferGetPage(buf); + freespace = PageGetHeapFreeSpace(page); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + RecordPageWithFreeSpace(onerel, tblk, freespace); + npages++; + } + + /* Clear the block number information */ + vacrelstats->blkno = InvalidBlockNumber; + + if (BufferIsValid(vmbuffer)) + { + ReleaseBuffer(vmbuffer); + vmbuffer = InvalidBuffer; + } + + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("\"%s\": removed %d row versions in %d pages", + vacrelstats->relname, + tupindex, npages), + errdetail_internal("%s", pg_rusage_show(&ru0)))); + + /* Revert to the previous phase information for error traceback */ + restore_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info); +} + +/* + * lazy_vacuum_page() -- free dead tuples on a page + * and repair its fragmentation. + * + * Caller must hold pin and buffer cleanup lock on the buffer. + * + * tupindex is the index in vacrelstats->dead_tuples of the first dead + * tuple for this page. We assume the rest follow sequentially. + * The return value is the first tupindex after the tuples of this page. + */ +static int +lazy_vacuum_page(Relation onerel, BlockNumber blkno, Buffer buffer, + int tupindex, LVRelStats *vacrelstats, Buffer *vmbuffer) +{ + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples = vacrelstats->dead_tuples; + Page page = BufferGetPage(buffer); + OffsetNumber unused[MaxOffsetNumber]; + int uncnt = 0; + TransactionId visibility_cutoff_xid; + bool all_frozen; + LVSavedErrInfo saved_err_info; + + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_HEAP_BLKS_VACUUMED, blkno); + + /* Update error traceback information */ + update_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info, VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_VACUUM_HEAP, + blkno); + + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + for (; tupindex < dead_tuples->num_tuples; tupindex++) + { + BlockNumber tblk; + OffsetNumber toff; + ItemId itemid; + + tblk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&dead_tuples->itemptrs[tupindex]); + if (tblk != blkno) + break; /* past end of tuples for this block */ + toff = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&dead_tuples->itemptrs[tupindex]); + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, toff); + ItemIdSetUnused(itemid); + unused[uncnt++] = toff; + } + + PageRepairFragmentation(page); + + /* + * Mark buffer dirty before we write WAL. + */ + MarkBufferDirty(buffer); + + /* XLOG stuff */ + if (RelationNeedsWAL(onerel)) + { + XLogRecPtr recptr; + + recptr = log_heap_clean(onerel, buffer, + NULL, 0, NULL, 0, + unused, uncnt, + vacrelstats->latestRemovedXid); + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + /* + * End critical section, so we safely can do visibility tests (which + * possibly need to perform IO and allocate memory!). If we crash now the + * page (including the corresponding vm bit) might not be marked all + * visible, but that's fine. A later vacuum will fix that. + */ + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* + * Now that we have removed the dead tuples from the page, once again + * check if the page has become all-visible. The page is already marked + * dirty, exclusively locked, and, if needed, a full page image has been + * emitted in the log_heap_clean() above. + */ + if (heap_page_is_all_visible(onerel, buffer, &visibility_cutoff_xid, + &all_frozen)) + PageSetAllVisible(page); + + /* + * All the changes to the heap page have been done. If the all-visible + * flag is now set, also set the VM all-visible bit (and, if possible, the + * all-frozen bit) unless this has already been done previously. + */ + if (PageIsAllVisible(page)) + { + uint8 vm_status = visibilitymap_get_status(onerel, blkno, vmbuffer); + uint8 flags = 0; + + /* Set the VM all-frozen bit to flag, if needed */ + if ((vm_status & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE) == 0) + flags |= VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_VISIBLE; + if ((vm_status & VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN) == 0 && all_frozen) + flags |= VISIBILITYMAP_ALL_FROZEN; + + Assert(BufferIsValid(*vmbuffer)); + if (flags != 0) + visibilitymap_set(onerel, blkno, buffer, InvalidXLogRecPtr, + *vmbuffer, visibility_cutoff_xid, flags); + } + + /* Revert to the previous phase information for error traceback */ + restore_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info); + return tupindex; +} + +/* + * lazy_check_needs_freeze() -- scan page to see if any tuples + * need to be cleaned to avoid wraparound + * + * Returns true if the page needs to be vacuumed using cleanup lock. + * Also returns a flag indicating whether page contains any tuples at all. + */ +static bool +lazy_check_needs_freeze(Buffer buf, bool *hastup) +{ + Page page = BufferGetPage(buf); + OffsetNumber offnum, + maxoff; + HeapTupleHeader tupleheader; + + *hastup = false; + + /* + * New and empty pages, obviously, don't contain tuples. We could make + * sure that the page is registered in the FSM, but it doesn't seem worth + * waiting for a cleanup lock just for that, especially because it's + * likely that the pin holder will do so. + */ + if (PageIsNew(page) || PageIsEmpty(page)) + return false; + + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; + offnum <= maxoff; + offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) + { + ItemId itemid; + + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + /* this should match hastup test in count_nondeletable_pages() */ + if (ItemIdIsUsed(itemid)) + *hastup = true; + + /* dead and redirect items never need freezing */ + if (!ItemIdIsNormal(itemid)) + continue; + + tupleheader = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, itemid); + + if (heap_tuple_needs_freeze(tupleheader, FreezeLimit, + MultiXactCutoff, buf)) + return true; + } /* scan along page */ + + return false; +} + +/* + * Perform index vacuum or index cleanup with parallel workers. This function + * must be used by the parallel vacuum leader process. The caller must set + * lps->lvshared->for_cleanup to indicate whether to perform vacuum or + * cleanup. + */ +static void +lazy_parallel_vacuum_indexes(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes) +{ + int nworkers; + + Assert(!IsParallelWorker()); + Assert(ParallelVacuumIsActive(lps)); + Assert(nindexes > 0); + + /* Determine the number of parallel workers to launch */ + if (lps->lvshared->for_cleanup) + { + if (lps->lvshared->first_time) + nworkers = lps->nindexes_parallel_cleanup + + lps->nindexes_parallel_condcleanup; + else + nworkers = lps->nindexes_parallel_cleanup; + } + else + nworkers = lps->nindexes_parallel_bulkdel; + + /* The leader process will participate */ + nworkers--; + + /* + * It is possible that parallel context is initialized with fewer workers + * than the number of indexes that need a separate worker in the current + * phase, so we need to consider it. See compute_parallel_vacuum_workers. + */ + nworkers = Min(nworkers, lps->pcxt->nworkers); + + /* Setup the shared cost-based vacuum delay and launch workers */ + if (nworkers > 0) + { + if (vacrelstats->num_index_scans > 0) + { + /* Reset the parallel index processing counter */ + pg_atomic_write_u32(&(lps->lvshared->idx), 0); + + /* Reinitialize the parallel context to relaunch parallel workers */ + ReinitializeParallelDSM(lps->pcxt); + } + + /* + * Set up shared cost balance and the number of active workers for + * vacuum delay. We need to do this before launching workers as + * otherwise, they might not see the updated values for these + * parameters. + */ + pg_atomic_write_u32(&(lps->lvshared->cost_balance), VacuumCostBalance); + pg_atomic_write_u32(&(lps->lvshared->active_nworkers), 0); + + /* + * The number of workers can vary between bulkdelete and cleanup + * phase. + */ + ReinitializeParallelWorkers(lps->pcxt, nworkers); + + LaunchParallelWorkers(lps->pcxt); + + if (lps->pcxt->nworkers_launched > 0) + { + /* + * Reset the local cost values for leader backend as we have + * already accumulated the remaining balance of heap. + */ + VacuumCostBalance = 0; + VacuumCostBalanceLocal = 0; + + /* Enable shared cost balance for leader backend */ + VacuumSharedCostBalance = &(lps->lvshared->cost_balance); + VacuumActiveNWorkers = &(lps->lvshared->active_nworkers); + } + + if (lps->lvshared->for_cleanup) + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg(ngettext("launched %d parallel vacuum worker for index cleanup (planned: %d)", + "launched %d parallel vacuum workers for index cleanup (planned: %d)", + lps->pcxt->nworkers_launched), + lps->pcxt->nworkers_launched, nworkers))); + else + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg(ngettext("launched %d parallel vacuum worker for index vacuuming (planned: %d)", + "launched %d parallel vacuum workers for index vacuuming (planned: %d)", + lps->pcxt->nworkers_launched), + lps->pcxt->nworkers_launched, nworkers))); + } + + /* Process the indexes that can be processed by only leader process */ + vacuum_indexes_leader(Irel, stats, vacrelstats, lps, nindexes); + + /* + * Join as a parallel worker. The leader process alone processes all the + * indexes in the case where no workers are launched. + */ + parallel_vacuum_index(Irel, stats, lps->lvshared, + vacrelstats->dead_tuples, nindexes, vacrelstats); + + /* + * Next, accumulate buffer and WAL usage. (This must wait for the workers + * to finish, or we might get incomplete data.) + */ + if (nworkers > 0) + { + int i; + + /* Wait for all vacuum workers to finish */ + WaitForParallelWorkersToFinish(lps->pcxt); + + for (i = 0; i < lps->pcxt->nworkers_launched; i++) + InstrAccumParallelQuery(&lps->buffer_usage[i], &lps->wal_usage[i]); + } + + /* + * Carry the shared balance value to heap scan and disable shared costing + */ + if (VacuumSharedCostBalance) + { + VacuumCostBalance = pg_atomic_read_u32(VacuumSharedCostBalance); + VacuumSharedCostBalance = NULL; + VacuumActiveNWorkers = NULL; + } +} + +/* + * Index vacuum/cleanup routine used by the leader process and parallel + * vacuum worker processes to process the indexes in parallel. + */ +static void +parallel_vacuum_index(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVShared *lvshared, LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, + int nindexes, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + /* + * Increment the active worker count if we are able to launch any worker. + */ + if (VacuumActiveNWorkers) + pg_atomic_add_fetch_u32(VacuumActiveNWorkers, 1); + + /* Loop until all indexes are vacuumed */ + for (;;) + { + int idx; + LVSharedIndStats *shared_indstats; + + /* Get an index number to process */ + idx = pg_atomic_fetch_add_u32(&(lvshared->idx), 1); + + /* Done for all indexes? */ + if (idx >= nindexes) + break; + + /* Get the index statistics of this index from DSM */ + shared_indstats = get_indstats(lvshared, idx); + + /* + * Skip processing indexes that don't participate in parallel + * operation + */ + if (shared_indstats == NULL || + skip_parallel_vacuum_index(Irel[idx], lvshared)) + continue; + + /* Do vacuum or cleanup of the index */ + vacuum_one_index(Irel[idx], &(stats[idx]), lvshared, shared_indstats, + dead_tuples, vacrelstats); + } + + /* + * We have completed the index vacuum so decrement the active worker + * count. + */ + if (VacuumActiveNWorkers) + pg_atomic_sub_fetch_u32(VacuumActiveNWorkers, 1); +} + +/* + * Vacuum or cleanup indexes that can be processed by only the leader process + * because these indexes don't support parallel operation at that phase. + */ +static void +vacuum_indexes_leader(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes) +{ + int i; + + Assert(!IsParallelWorker()); + + /* + * Increment the active worker count if we are able to launch any worker. + */ + if (VacuumActiveNWorkers) + pg_atomic_add_fetch_u32(VacuumActiveNWorkers, 1); + + for (i = 0; i < nindexes; i++) + { + LVSharedIndStats *shared_indstats; + + shared_indstats = get_indstats(lps->lvshared, i); + + /* Process the indexes skipped by parallel workers */ + if (shared_indstats == NULL || + skip_parallel_vacuum_index(Irel[i], lps->lvshared)) + vacuum_one_index(Irel[i], &(stats[i]), lps->lvshared, + shared_indstats, vacrelstats->dead_tuples, + vacrelstats); + } + + /* + * We have completed the index vacuum so decrement the active worker + * count. + */ + if (VacuumActiveNWorkers) + pg_atomic_sub_fetch_u32(VacuumActiveNWorkers, 1); +} + +/* + * Vacuum or cleanup index either by leader process or by one of the worker + * process. After processing the index this function copies the index + * statistics returned from ambulkdelete and amvacuumcleanup to the DSM + * segment. + */ +static void +vacuum_one_index(Relation indrel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVShared *lvshared, LVSharedIndStats *shared_indstats, + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + IndexBulkDeleteResult *bulkdelete_res = NULL; + + if (shared_indstats) + { + /* Get the space for IndexBulkDeleteResult */ + bulkdelete_res = &(shared_indstats->stats); + + /* + * Update the pointer to the corresponding bulk-deletion result if + * someone has already updated it. + */ + if (shared_indstats->updated && *stats == NULL) + *stats = bulkdelete_res; + } + + /* Do vacuum or cleanup of the index */ + if (lvshared->for_cleanup) + lazy_cleanup_index(indrel, stats, lvshared->reltuples, + lvshared->estimated_count, vacrelstats); + else + lazy_vacuum_index(indrel, stats, dead_tuples, + lvshared->reltuples, vacrelstats); + + /* + * Copy the index bulk-deletion result returned from ambulkdelete and + * amvacuumcleanup to the DSM segment if it's the first cycle because they + * allocate locally and it's possible that an index will be vacuumed by a + * different vacuum process the next cycle. Copying the result normally + * happens only the first time an index is vacuumed. For any additional + * vacuum pass, we directly point to the result on the DSM segment and + * pass it to vacuum index APIs so that workers can update it directly. + * + * Since all vacuum workers write the bulk-deletion result at different + * slots we can write them without locking. + */ + if (shared_indstats && !shared_indstats->updated && *stats != NULL) + { + memcpy(bulkdelete_res, *stats, sizeof(IndexBulkDeleteResult)); + shared_indstats->updated = true; + + /* + * Now that stats[idx] points to the DSM segment, we don't need the + * locally allocated results. + */ + pfree(*stats); + *stats = bulkdelete_res; + } +} + +/* + * lazy_cleanup_all_indexes() -- cleanup all indexes of relation. + * + * Cleanup indexes. We process the indexes serially unless we are doing + * parallel vacuum. + */ +static void +lazy_cleanup_all_indexes(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVRelStats *vacrelstats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes) +{ + int idx; + + Assert(!IsParallelWorker()); + Assert(nindexes > 0); + + /* Report that we are now cleaning up indexes */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE_INDEX_CLEANUP); + + /* + * If parallel vacuum is active we perform index cleanup with parallel + * workers. + */ + if (ParallelVacuumIsActive(lps)) + { + /* Tell parallel workers to do index cleanup */ + lps->lvshared->for_cleanup = true; + lps->lvshared->first_time = + (vacrelstats->num_index_scans == 0); + + /* + * Now we can provide a better estimate of total number of surviving + * tuples (we assume indexes are more interested in that than in the + * number of nominally live tuples). + */ + lps->lvshared->reltuples = vacrelstats->new_rel_tuples; + lps->lvshared->estimated_count = + (vacrelstats->tupcount_pages < vacrelstats->rel_pages); + + lazy_parallel_vacuum_indexes(Irel, stats, vacrelstats, lps, nindexes); + } + else + { + for (idx = 0; idx < nindexes; idx++) + lazy_cleanup_index(Irel[idx], &stats[idx], + vacrelstats->new_rel_tuples, + vacrelstats->tupcount_pages < vacrelstats->rel_pages, + vacrelstats); + } +} + +/* + * lazy_vacuum_index() -- vacuum one index relation. + * + * Delete all the index entries pointing to tuples listed in + * dead_tuples, and update running statistics. + * + * reltuples is the number of heap tuples to be passed to the + * bulkdelete callback. + */ +static void +lazy_vacuum_index(Relation indrel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, double reltuples, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + IndexVacuumInfo ivinfo; + PGRUsage ru0; + LVSavedErrInfo saved_err_info; + + pg_rusage_init(&ru0); + + ivinfo.index = indrel; + ivinfo.analyze_only = false; + ivinfo.report_progress = false; + ivinfo.estimated_count = true; + ivinfo.message_level = elevel; + ivinfo.num_heap_tuples = reltuples; + ivinfo.strategy = vac_strategy; + + /* + * Update error traceback information. + * + * The index name is saved during this phase and restored immediately + * after this phase. See vacuum_error_callback. + */ + Assert(vacrelstats->indname == NULL); + vacrelstats->indname = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(indrel)); + update_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info, + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_VACUUM_INDEX, + InvalidBlockNumber); + + /* Do bulk deletion */ + *stats = index_bulk_delete(&ivinfo, *stats, + lazy_tid_reaped, (void *) dead_tuples); + + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("scanned index \"%s\" to remove %d row versions", + vacrelstats->indname, + dead_tuples->num_tuples), + errdetail_internal("%s", pg_rusage_show(&ru0)))); + + /* Revert to the previous phase information for error traceback */ + restore_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info); + pfree(vacrelstats->indname); + vacrelstats->indname = NULL; +} + +/* + * lazy_cleanup_index() -- do post-vacuum cleanup for one index relation. + * + * reltuples is the number of heap tuples and estimated_count is true + * if reltuples is an estimated value. + */ +static void +lazy_cleanup_index(Relation indrel, + IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + double reltuples, bool estimated_count, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + IndexVacuumInfo ivinfo; + PGRUsage ru0; + LVSavedErrInfo saved_err_info; + + pg_rusage_init(&ru0); + + ivinfo.index = indrel; + ivinfo.analyze_only = false; + ivinfo.report_progress = false; + ivinfo.estimated_count = estimated_count; + ivinfo.message_level = elevel; + + ivinfo.num_heap_tuples = reltuples; + ivinfo.strategy = vac_strategy; + + /* + * Update error traceback information. + * + * The index name is saved during this phase and restored immediately + * after this phase. See vacuum_error_callback. + */ + Assert(vacrelstats->indname == NULL); + vacrelstats->indname = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(indrel)); + update_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info, + VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_INDEX_CLEANUP, + InvalidBlockNumber); + + *stats = index_vacuum_cleanup(&ivinfo, *stats); + + if (*stats) + { + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("index \"%s\" now contains %.0f row versions in %u pages", + RelationGetRelationName(indrel), + (*stats)->num_index_tuples, + (*stats)->num_pages), + errdetail("%.0f index row versions were removed.\n" + "%u index pages have been deleted, %u are currently reusable.\n" + "%s.", + (*stats)->tuples_removed, + (*stats)->pages_deleted, (*stats)->pages_free, + pg_rusage_show(&ru0)))); + } + + /* Revert back to the old phase information for error traceback */ + restore_vacuum_error_info(vacrelstats, &saved_err_info); + pfree(vacrelstats->indname); + vacrelstats->indname = NULL; +} + +/* + * should_attempt_truncation - should we attempt to truncate the heap? + * + * Don't even think about it unless we have a shot at releasing a goodly + * number of pages. Otherwise, the time taken isn't worth it. + * + * Also don't attempt it if we are doing early pruning/vacuuming, because a + * scan which cannot find a truncated heap page cannot determine that the + * snapshot is too old to read that page. We might be able to get away with + * truncating all except one of the pages, setting its LSN to (at least) the + * maximum of the truncated range if we also treated an index leaf tuple + * pointing to a missing heap page as something to trigger the "snapshot too + * old" error, but that seems fragile and seems like it deserves its own patch + * if we consider it. + * + * This is split out so that we can test whether truncation is going to be + * called for before we actually do it. If you change the logic here, be + * careful to depend only on fields that lazy_scan_heap updates on-the-fly. + */ +static bool +should_attempt_truncation(VacuumParams *params, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + BlockNumber possibly_freeable; + + if (params->truncate == VACOPT_TERNARY_DISABLED) + return false; + + possibly_freeable = vacrelstats->rel_pages - vacrelstats->nonempty_pages; + if (possibly_freeable > 0 && + (possibly_freeable >= REL_TRUNCATE_MINIMUM || + possibly_freeable >= vacrelstats->rel_pages / REL_TRUNCATE_FRACTION) && + old_snapshot_threshold < 0) + return true; + else + return false; +} + +/* + * lazy_truncate_heap - try to truncate off any empty pages at the end + */ +static void +lazy_truncate_heap(Relation onerel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + BlockNumber old_rel_pages = vacrelstats->rel_pages; + BlockNumber new_rel_pages; + int lock_retry; + + /* Report that we are now truncating */ + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE, + PROGRESS_VACUUM_PHASE_TRUNCATE); + + /* + * Loop until no more truncating can be done. + */ + do + { + PGRUsage ru0; + + pg_rusage_init(&ru0); + + /* + * We need full exclusive lock on the relation in order to do + * truncation. If we can't get it, give up rather than waiting --- we + * don't want to block other backends, and we don't want to deadlock + * (which is quite possible considering we already hold a lower-grade + * lock). + */ + vacrelstats->lock_waiter_detected = false; + lock_retry = 0; + while (true) + { + if (ConditionalLockRelation(onerel, AccessExclusiveLock)) + break; + + /* + * Check for interrupts while trying to (re-)acquire the exclusive + * lock. + */ + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + if (++lock_retry > (VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_TIMEOUT / + VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_WAIT_INTERVAL)) + { + /* + * We failed to establish the lock in the specified number of + * retries. This means we give up truncating. + */ + vacrelstats->lock_waiter_detected = true; + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("\"%s\": stopping truncate due to conflicting lock request", + vacrelstats->relname))); + return; + } + + pg_usleep(VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_WAIT_INTERVAL * 1000L); + } + + /* + * Now that we have exclusive lock, look to see if the rel has grown + * whilst we were vacuuming with non-exclusive lock. If so, give up; + * the newly added pages presumably contain non-deletable tuples. + */ + new_rel_pages = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(onerel); + if (new_rel_pages != old_rel_pages) + { + /* + * Note: we intentionally don't update vacrelstats->rel_pages with + * the new rel size here. If we did, it would amount to assuming + * that the new pages are empty, which is unlikely. Leaving the + * numbers alone amounts to assuming that the new pages have the + * same tuple density as existing ones, which is less unlikely. + */ + UnlockRelation(onerel, AccessExclusiveLock); + return; + } + + /* + * Scan backwards from the end to verify that the end pages actually + * contain no tuples. This is *necessary*, not optional, because + * other backends could have added tuples to these pages whilst we + * were vacuuming. + */ + new_rel_pages = count_nondeletable_pages(onerel, vacrelstats); + vacrelstats->blkno = new_rel_pages; + + if (new_rel_pages >= old_rel_pages) + { + /* can't do anything after all */ + UnlockRelation(onerel, AccessExclusiveLock); + return; + } + + /* + * Okay to truncate. + */ + RelationTruncate(onerel, new_rel_pages); + + /* + * We can release the exclusive lock as soon as we have truncated. + * Other backends can't safely access the relation until they have + * processed the smgr invalidation that smgrtruncate sent out ... but + * that should happen as part of standard invalidation processing once + * they acquire lock on the relation. + */ + UnlockRelation(onerel, AccessExclusiveLock); + + /* + * Update statistics. Here, it *is* correct to adjust rel_pages + * without also touching reltuples, since the tuple count wasn't + * changed by the truncation. + */ + vacrelstats->pages_removed += old_rel_pages - new_rel_pages; + vacrelstats->rel_pages = new_rel_pages; + + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("\"%s\": truncated %u to %u pages", + vacrelstats->relname, + old_rel_pages, new_rel_pages), + errdetail_internal("%s", + pg_rusage_show(&ru0)))); + old_rel_pages = new_rel_pages; + } while (new_rel_pages > vacrelstats->nonempty_pages && + vacrelstats->lock_waiter_detected); +} + +/* + * Rescan end pages to verify that they are (still) empty of tuples. + * + * Returns number of nondeletable pages (last nonempty page + 1). + */ +static BlockNumber +count_nondeletable_pages(Relation onerel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats) +{ + BlockNumber blkno; + BlockNumber prefetchedUntil; + instr_time starttime; + + /* Initialize the starttime if we check for conflicting lock requests */ + INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(starttime); + + /* + * Start checking blocks at what we believe relation end to be and move + * backwards. (Strange coding of loop control is needed because blkno is + * unsigned.) To make the scan faster, we prefetch a few blocks at a time + * in forward direction, so that OS-level readahead can kick in. + */ + blkno = vacrelstats->rel_pages; + StaticAssertStmt((PREFETCH_SIZE & (PREFETCH_SIZE - 1)) == 0, + "prefetch size must be power of 2"); + prefetchedUntil = InvalidBlockNumber; + while (blkno > vacrelstats->nonempty_pages) + { + Buffer buf; + Page page; + OffsetNumber offnum, + maxoff; + bool hastup; + + /* + * Check if another process requests a lock on our relation. We are + * holding an AccessExclusiveLock here, so they will be waiting. We + * only do this once per VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_CHECK_INTERVAL, and we + * only check if that interval has elapsed once every 32 blocks to + * keep the number of system calls and actual shared lock table + * lookups to a minimum. + */ + if ((blkno % 32) == 0) + { + instr_time currenttime; + instr_time elapsed; + + INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(currenttime); + elapsed = currenttime; + INSTR_TIME_SUBTRACT(elapsed, starttime); + if ((INSTR_TIME_GET_MICROSEC(elapsed) / 1000) + >= VACUUM_TRUNCATE_LOCK_CHECK_INTERVAL) + { + if (LockHasWaitersRelation(onerel, AccessExclusiveLock)) + { + ereport(elevel, + (errmsg("\"%s\": suspending truncate due to conflicting lock request", + vacrelstats->relname))); + + vacrelstats->lock_waiter_detected = true; + return blkno; + } + starttime = currenttime; + } + } + + /* + * We don't insert a vacuum delay point here, because we have an + * exclusive lock on the table which we want to hold for as short a + * time as possible. We still need to check for interrupts however. + */ + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + + blkno--; + + /* If we haven't prefetched this lot yet, do so now. */ + if (prefetchedUntil > blkno) + { + BlockNumber prefetchStart; + BlockNumber pblkno; + + prefetchStart = blkno & ~(PREFETCH_SIZE - 1); + for (pblkno = prefetchStart; pblkno <= blkno; pblkno++) + { + PrefetchBuffer(onerel, MAIN_FORKNUM, pblkno); + CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); + } + prefetchedUntil = prefetchStart; + } + + buf = ReadBufferExtended(onerel, MAIN_FORKNUM, blkno, + RBM_NORMAL, vac_strategy); + + /* In this phase we only need shared access to the buffer */ + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_SHARE); + + page = BufferGetPage(buf); + + if (PageIsNew(page) || PageIsEmpty(page)) + { + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + continue; + } + + hastup = false; + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; + offnum <= maxoff; + offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) + { + ItemId itemid; + + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + /* + * Note: any non-unused item should be taken as a reason to keep + * this page. We formerly thought that DEAD tuples could be + * thrown away, but that's not so, because we'd not have cleaned + * out their index entries. + */ + if (ItemIdIsUsed(itemid)) + { + hastup = true; + break; /* can stop scanning */ + } + } /* scan along page */ + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(buf); + + /* Done scanning if we found a tuple here */ + if (hastup) + return blkno + 1; + } + + /* + * If we fall out of the loop, all the previously-thought-to-be-empty + * pages still are; we need not bother to look at the last known-nonempty + * page. + */ + return vacrelstats->nonempty_pages; +} + +/* + * Return the maximum number of dead tuples we can record. + */ +static long +compute_max_dead_tuples(BlockNumber relblocks, bool useindex) +{ + long maxtuples; + int vac_work_mem = IsAutoVacuumWorkerProcess() && + autovacuum_work_mem != -1 ? + autovacuum_work_mem : maintenance_work_mem; + + if (useindex) + { + maxtuples = MAXDEADTUPLES(vac_work_mem * 1024L); + maxtuples = Min(maxtuples, INT_MAX); + maxtuples = Min(maxtuples, MAXDEADTUPLES(MaxAllocSize)); + + /* curious coding here to ensure the multiplication can't overflow */ + if ((BlockNumber) (maxtuples / LAZY_ALLOC_TUPLES) > relblocks) + maxtuples = relblocks * LAZY_ALLOC_TUPLES; + + /* stay sane if small maintenance_work_mem */ + maxtuples = Max(maxtuples, MaxHeapTuplesPerPage); + } + else + maxtuples = MaxHeapTuplesPerPage; + + return maxtuples; +} + +/* + * lazy_space_alloc - space allocation decisions for lazy vacuum + * + * See the comments at the head of this file for rationale. + */ +static void +lazy_space_alloc(LVRelStats *vacrelstats, BlockNumber relblocks) +{ + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples = NULL; + long maxtuples; + + maxtuples = compute_max_dead_tuples(relblocks, vacrelstats->useindex); + + dead_tuples = (LVDeadTuples *) palloc(SizeOfDeadTuples(maxtuples)); + dead_tuples->num_tuples = 0; + dead_tuples->max_tuples = (int) maxtuples; + + vacrelstats->dead_tuples = dead_tuples; +} + +/* + * lazy_record_dead_tuple - remember one deletable tuple + */ +static void +lazy_record_dead_tuple(LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples, ItemPointer itemptr) +{ + /* + * The array shouldn't overflow under normal behavior, but perhaps it + * could if we are given a really small maintenance_work_mem. In that + * case, just forget the last few tuples (we'll get 'em next time). + */ + if (dead_tuples->num_tuples < dead_tuples->max_tuples) + { + dead_tuples->itemptrs[dead_tuples->num_tuples] = *itemptr; + dead_tuples->num_tuples++; + pgstat_progress_update_param(PROGRESS_VACUUM_NUM_DEAD_TUPLES, + dead_tuples->num_tuples); + } +} + +/* + * lazy_tid_reaped() -- is a particular tid deletable? + * + * This has the right signature to be an IndexBulkDeleteCallback. + * + * Assumes dead_tuples array is in sorted order. + */ +static bool +lazy_tid_reaped(ItemPointer itemptr, void *state) +{ + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples = (LVDeadTuples *) state; + ItemPointer res; + + res = (ItemPointer) bsearch((void *) itemptr, + (void *) dead_tuples->itemptrs, + dead_tuples->num_tuples, + sizeof(ItemPointerData), + vac_cmp_itemptr); + + return (res != NULL); +} + +/* + * Comparator routines for use with qsort() and bsearch(). + */ +static int +vac_cmp_itemptr(const void *left, const void *right) +{ + BlockNumber lblk, + rblk; + OffsetNumber loff, + roff; + + lblk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber((ItemPointer) left); + rblk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber((ItemPointer) right); + + if (lblk < rblk) + return -1; + if (lblk > rblk) + return 1; + + loff = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber((ItemPointer) left); + roff = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber((ItemPointer) right); + + if (loff < roff) + return -1; + if (loff > roff) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* + * Check if every tuple in the given page is visible to all current and future + * transactions. Also return the visibility_cutoff_xid which is the highest + * xmin amongst the visible tuples. Set *all_frozen to true if every tuple + * on this page is frozen. + */ +static bool +heap_page_is_all_visible(Relation rel, Buffer buf, + TransactionId *visibility_cutoff_xid, + bool *all_frozen) +{ + Page page = BufferGetPage(buf); + BlockNumber blockno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf); + OffsetNumber offnum, + maxoff; + bool all_visible = true; + + *visibility_cutoff_xid = InvalidTransactionId; + *all_frozen = true; + + /* + * This is a stripped down version of the line pointer scan in + * lazy_scan_heap(). So if you change anything here, also check that code. + */ + maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page); + for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber; + offnum <= maxoff && all_visible; + offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) + { + ItemId itemid; + HeapTupleData tuple; + + itemid = PageGetItemId(page, offnum); + + /* Unused or redirect line pointers are of no interest */ + if (!ItemIdIsUsed(itemid) || ItemIdIsRedirected(itemid)) + continue; + + ItemPointerSet(&(tuple.t_self), blockno, offnum); + + /* + * Dead line pointers can have index pointers pointing to them. So + * they can't be treated as visible + */ + if (ItemIdIsDead(itemid)) + { + all_visible = false; + *all_frozen = false; + break; + } + + Assert(ItemIdIsNormal(itemid)); + + tuple.t_data = (HeapTupleHeader) PageGetItem(page, itemid); + tuple.t_len = ItemIdGetLength(itemid); + tuple.t_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(rel); + + switch (HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum(&tuple, OldestXmin, buf)) + { + case HEAPTUPLE_LIVE: + { + TransactionId xmin; + + /* Check comments in lazy_scan_heap. */ + if (!HeapTupleHeaderXminCommitted(tuple.t_data)) + { + all_visible = false; + *all_frozen = false; + break; + } + + /* + * The inserter definitely committed. But is it old enough + * that everyone sees it as committed? + */ + xmin = HeapTupleHeaderGetXmin(tuple.t_data); + if (!TransactionIdPrecedes(xmin, OldestXmin)) + { + all_visible = false; + *all_frozen = false; + break; + } + + /* Track newest xmin on page. */ + if (TransactionIdFollows(xmin, *visibility_cutoff_xid)) + *visibility_cutoff_xid = xmin; + + /* Check whether this tuple is already frozen or not */ + if (all_visible && *all_frozen && + heap_tuple_needs_eventual_freeze(tuple.t_data)) + *all_frozen = false; + } + break; + + case HEAPTUPLE_DEAD: + case HEAPTUPLE_RECENTLY_DEAD: + case HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS: + case HEAPTUPLE_DELETE_IN_PROGRESS: + { + all_visible = false; + *all_frozen = false; + break; + } + default: + elog(ERROR, "unexpected HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum result"); + break; + } + } /* scan along page */ + + return all_visible; +} + +/* + * Compute the number of parallel worker processes to request. Both index + * vacuum and index cleanup can be executed with parallel workers. The index + * is eligible for parallel vacuum iff its size is greater than + * min_parallel_index_scan_size as invoking workers for very small indexes + * can hurt performance. + * + * nrequested is the number of parallel workers that user requested. If + * nrequested is 0, we compute the parallel degree based on nindexes, that is + * the number of indexes that support parallel vacuum. This function also + * sets can_parallel_vacuum to remember indexes that participate in parallel + * vacuum. + */ +static int +compute_parallel_vacuum_workers(Relation *Irel, int nindexes, int nrequested, + bool *can_parallel_vacuum) +{ + int nindexes_parallel = 0; + int nindexes_parallel_bulkdel = 0; + int nindexes_parallel_cleanup = 0; + int parallel_workers; + int i; + + /* + * We don't allow performing parallel operation in standalone backend or + * when parallelism is disabled. + */ + if (!IsUnderPostmaster || max_parallel_maintenance_workers == 0) + return 0; + + /* + * Compute the number of indexes that can participate in parallel vacuum. + */ + for (i = 0; i < nindexes; i++) + { + uint8 vacoptions = Irel[i]->rd_indam->amparallelvacuumoptions; + + if (vacoptions == VACUUM_OPTION_NO_PARALLEL || + RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(Irel[i]) < min_parallel_index_scan_size) + continue; + + can_parallel_vacuum[i] = true; + + if ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_BULKDEL) != 0) + nindexes_parallel_bulkdel++; + if (((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_CLEANUP) != 0) || + ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_COND_CLEANUP) != 0)) + nindexes_parallel_cleanup++; + } + + nindexes_parallel = Max(nindexes_parallel_bulkdel, + nindexes_parallel_cleanup); + + /* The leader process takes one index */ + nindexes_parallel--; + + /* No index supports parallel vacuum */ + if (nindexes_parallel <= 0) + return 0; + + /* Compute the parallel degree */ + parallel_workers = (nrequested > 0) ? + Min(nrequested, nindexes_parallel) : nindexes_parallel; + + /* Cap by max_parallel_maintenance_workers */ + parallel_workers = Min(parallel_workers, max_parallel_maintenance_workers); + + return parallel_workers; +} + +/* + * Initialize variables for shared index statistics, set NULL bitmap and the + * size of stats for each index. + */ +static void +prepare_index_statistics(LVShared *lvshared, bool *can_parallel_vacuum, + int nindexes) +{ + int i; + + /* Currently, we don't support parallel vacuum for autovacuum */ + Assert(!IsAutoVacuumWorkerProcess()); + + /* Set NULL for all indexes */ + memset(lvshared->bitmap, 0x00, BITMAPLEN(nindexes)); + + for (i = 0; i < nindexes; i++) + { + if (!can_parallel_vacuum[i]) + continue; + + /* Set NOT NULL as this index does support parallelism */ + lvshared->bitmap[i >> 3] |= 1 << (i & 0x07); + } +} + +/* + * Update index statistics in pg_class if the statistics are accurate. + */ +static void +update_index_statistics(Relation *Irel, IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, + int nindexes) +{ + int i; + + Assert(!IsInParallelMode()); + + for (i = 0; i < nindexes; i++) + { + if (stats[i] == NULL || stats[i]->estimated_count) + continue; + + /* Update index statistics */ + vac_update_relstats(Irel[i], + stats[i]->num_pages, + stats[i]->num_index_tuples, + 0, + false, + InvalidTransactionId, + InvalidMultiXactId, + false); + pfree(stats[i]); + } +} + +/* + * This function prepares and returns parallel vacuum state if we can launch + * even one worker. This function is responsible for entering parallel mode, + * create a parallel context, and then initialize the DSM segment. + */ +static LVParallelState * +begin_parallel_vacuum(Oid relid, Relation *Irel, LVRelStats *vacrelstats, + BlockNumber nblocks, int nindexes, int nrequested) +{ + LVParallelState *lps = NULL; + ParallelContext *pcxt; + LVShared *shared; + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples; + BufferUsage *buffer_usage; + WalUsage *wal_usage; + bool *can_parallel_vacuum; + long maxtuples; + Size est_shared; + Size est_deadtuples; + int nindexes_mwm = 0; + int parallel_workers = 0; + int querylen; + int i; + + /* + * A parallel vacuum must be requested and there must be indexes on the + * relation + */ + Assert(nrequested >= 0); + Assert(nindexes > 0); + + /* + * Compute the number of parallel vacuum workers to launch + */ + can_parallel_vacuum = (bool *) palloc0(sizeof(bool) * nindexes); + parallel_workers = compute_parallel_vacuum_workers(Irel, nindexes, + nrequested, + can_parallel_vacuum); + + /* Can't perform vacuum in parallel */ + if (parallel_workers <= 0) + { + pfree(can_parallel_vacuum); + return lps; + } + + lps = (LVParallelState *) palloc0(sizeof(LVParallelState)); + + EnterParallelMode(); + pcxt = CreateParallelContext("postgres", "parallel_vacuum_main", + parallel_workers); + Assert(pcxt->nworkers > 0); + lps->pcxt = pcxt; + + /* Estimate size for shared information -- PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_SHARED */ + est_shared = MAXALIGN(add_size(SizeOfLVShared, BITMAPLEN(nindexes))); + for (i = 0; i < nindexes; i++) + { + uint8 vacoptions = Irel[i]->rd_indam->amparallelvacuumoptions; + + /* + * Cleanup option should be either disabled, always performing in + * parallel or conditionally performing in parallel. + */ + Assert(((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_CLEANUP) == 0) || + ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_COND_CLEANUP) == 0)); + Assert(vacoptions <= VACUUM_OPTION_MAX_VALID_VALUE); + + /* Skip indexes that don't participate in parallel vacuum */ + if (!can_parallel_vacuum[i]) + continue; + + if (Irel[i]->rd_indam->amusemaintenanceworkmem) + nindexes_mwm++; + + est_shared = add_size(est_shared, sizeof(LVSharedIndStats)); + + /* + * Remember the number of indexes that support parallel operation for + * each phase. + */ + if ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_BULKDEL) != 0) + lps->nindexes_parallel_bulkdel++; + if ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_CLEANUP) != 0) + lps->nindexes_parallel_cleanup++; + if ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_COND_CLEANUP) != 0) + lps->nindexes_parallel_condcleanup++; + } + shm_toc_estimate_chunk(&pcxt->estimator, est_shared); + shm_toc_estimate_keys(&pcxt->estimator, 1); + + /* Estimate size for dead tuples -- PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_DEAD_TUPLES */ + maxtuples = compute_max_dead_tuples(nblocks, true); + est_deadtuples = MAXALIGN(SizeOfDeadTuples(maxtuples)); + shm_toc_estimate_chunk(&pcxt->estimator, est_deadtuples); + shm_toc_estimate_keys(&pcxt->estimator, 1); + + /* + * Estimate space for BufferUsage and WalUsage -- + * PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_BUFFER_USAGE and PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_WAL_USAGE. + * + * If there are no extensions loaded that care, we could skip this. We + * have no way of knowing whether anyone's looking at pgBufferUsage or + * pgWalUsage, so do it unconditionally. + */ + shm_toc_estimate_chunk(&pcxt->estimator, + mul_size(sizeof(BufferUsage), pcxt->nworkers)); + shm_toc_estimate_keys(&pcxt->estimator, 1); + shm_toc_estimate_chunk(&pcxt->estimator, + mul_size(sizeof(WalUsage), pcxt->nworkers)); + shm_toc_estimate_keys(&pcxt->estimator, 1); + + /* Finally, estimate PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_QUERY_TEXT space */ + if (debug_query_string) + { + querylen = strlen(debug_query_string); + shm_toc_estimate_chunk(&pcxt->estimator, querylen + 1); + shm_toc_estimate_keys(&pcxt->estimator, 1); + } + else + querylen = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ + + InitializeParallelDSM(pcxt); + + /* Prepare shared information */ + shared = (LVShared *) shm_toc_allocate(pcxt->toc, est_shared); + MemSet(shared, 0, est_shared); + shared->relid = relid; + shared->elevel = elevel; + shared->maintenance_work_mem_worker = + (nindexes_mwm > 0) ? + maintenance_work_mem / Min(parallel_workers, nindexes_mwm) : + maintenance_work_mem; + + pg_atomic_init_u32(&(shared->cost_balance), 0); + pg_atomic_init_u32(&(shared->active_nworkers), 0); + pg_atomic_init_u32(&(shared->idx), 0); + shared->offset = MAXALIGN(add_size(SizeOfLVShared, BITMAPLEN(nindexes))); + prepare_index_statistics(shared, can_parallel_vacuum, nindexes); + + shm_toc_insert(pcxt->toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_SHARED, shared); + lps->lvshared = shared; + + /* Prepare the dead tuple space */ + dead_tuples = (LVDeadTuples *) shm_toc_allocate(pcxt->toc, est_deadtuples); + dead_tuples->max_tuples = maxtuples; + dead_tuples->num_tuples = 0; + MemSet(dead_tuples->itemptrs, 0, sizeof(ItemPointerData) * maxtuples); + shm_toc_insert(pcxt->toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_DEAD_TUPLES, dead_tuples); + vacrelstats->dead_tuples = dead_tuples; + + /* + * Allocate space for each worker's BufferUsage and WalUsage; no need to + * initialize + */ + buffer_usage = shm_toc_allocate(pcxt->toc, + mul_size(sizeof(BufferUsage), pcxt->nworkers)); + shm_toc_insert(pcxt->toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_BUFFER_USAGE, buffer_usage); + lps->buffer_usage = buffer_usage; + wal_usage = shm_toc_allocate(pcxt->toc, + mul_size(sizeof(WalUsage), pcxt->nworkers)); + shm_toc_insert(pcxt->toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_WAL_USAGE, wal_usage); + lps->wal_usage = wal_usage; + + /* Store query string for workers */ + if (debug_query_string) + { + char *sharedquery; + + sharedquery = (char *) shm_toc_allocate(pcxt->toc, querylen + 1); + memcpy(sharedquery, debug_query_string, querylen + 1); + sharedquery[querylen] = '\0'; + shm_toc_insert(pcxt->toc, + PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_QUERY_TEXT, sharedquery); + } + + pfree(can_parallel_vacuum); + return lps; +} + +/* + * Destroy the parallel context, and end parallel mode. + * + * Since writes are not allowed during parallel mode, copy the + * updated index statistics from DSM into local memory and then later use that + * to update the index statistics. One might think that we can exit from + * parallel mode, update the index statistics and then destroy parallel + * context, but that won't be safe (see ExitParallelMode). + */ +static void +end_parallel_vacuum(IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats, LVParallelState *lps, + int nindexes) +{ + int i; + + Assert(!IsParallelWorker()); + + /* Copy the updated statistics */ + for (i = 0; i < nindexes; i++) + { + LVSharedIndStats *indstats = get_indstats(lps->lvshared, i); + + /* + * Skip unused slot. The statistics of this index are already stored + * in local memory. + */ + if (indstats == NULL) + continue; + + if (indstats->updated) + { + stats[i] = (IndexBulkDeleteResult *) palloc0(sizeof(IndexBulkDeleteResult)); + memcpy(stats[i], &(indstats->stats), sizeof(IndexBulkDeleteResult)); + } + else + stats[i] = NULL; + } + + DestroyParallelContext(lps->pcxt); + ExitParallelMode(); + + /* Deactivate parallel vacuum */ + pfree(lps); + lps = NULL; +} + +/* Return the Nth index statistics or NULL */ +static LVSharedIndStats * +get_indstats(LVShared *lvshared, int n) +{ + int i; + char *p; + + if (IndStatsIsNull(lvshared, n)) + return NULL; + + p = (char *) GetSharedIndStats(lvshared); + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + if (IndStatsIsNull(lvshared, i)) + continue; + + p += sizeof(LVSharedIndStats); + } + + return (LVSharedIndStats *) p; +} + +/* + * Returns true, if the given index can't participate in parallel index vacuum + * or parallel index cleanup, false, otherwise. + */ +static bool +skip_parallel_vacuum_index(Relation indrel, LVShared *lvshared) +{ + uint8 vacoptions = indrel->rd_indam->amparallelvacuumoptions; + + /* first_time must be true only if for_cleanup is true */ + Assert(lvshared->for_cleanup || !lvshared->first_time); + + if (lvshared->for_cleanup) + { + /* Skip, if the index does not support parallel cleanup */ + if (((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_CLEANUP) == 0) && + ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_COND_CLEANUP) == 0)) + return true; + + /* + * Skip, if the index supports parallel cleanup conditionally, but we + * have already processed the index (for bulkdelete). See the + * comments for option VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_COND_CLEANUP to know + * when indexes support parallel cleanup conditionally. + */ + if (!lvshared->first_time && + ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_COND_CLEANUP) != 0)) + return true; + } + else if ((vacoptions & VACUUM_OPTION_PARALLEL_BULKDEL) == 0) + { + /* Skip if the index does not support parallel bulk deletion */ + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/* + * Perform work within a launched parallel process. + * + * Since parallel vacuum workers perform only index vacuum or index cleanup, + * we don't need to report progress information. + */ +void +parallel_vacuum_main(dsm_segment *seg, shm_toc *toc) +{ + Relation onerel; + Relation *indrels; + LVShared *lvshared; + LVDeadTuples *dead_tuples; + BufferUsage *buffer_usage; + WalUsage *wal_usage; + int nindexes; + char *sharedquery; + IndexBulkDeleteResult **stats; + LVRelStats vacrelstats; + ErrorContextCallback errcallback; + + lvshared = (LVShared *) shm_toc_lookup(toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_SHARED, + false); + elevel = lvshared->elevel; + + if (lvshared->for_cleanup) + elog(DEBUG1, "starting parallel vacuum worker for cleanup"); + else + elog(DEBUG1, "starting parallel vacuum worker for bulk delete"); + + /* Set debug_query_string for individual workers */ + sharedquery = shm_toc_lookup(toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_QUERY_TEXT, true); + debug_query_string = sharedquery; + pgstat_report_activity(STATE_RUNNING, debug_query_string); + + /* + * Open table. The lock mode is the same as the leader process. It's + * okay because the lock mode does not conflict among the parallel + * workers. + */ + onerel = table_open(lvshared->relid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); + + /* + * Open all indexes. indrels are sorted in order by OID, which should be + * matched to the leader's one. + */ + vac_open_indexes(onerel, RowExclusiveLock, &nindexes, &indrels); + Assert(nindexes > 0); + + /* Each parallel VACUUM worker gets its own access strategy */ + vac_strategy = GetAccessStrategy(BAS_VACUUM); + + /* Set dead tuple space */ + dead_tuples = (LVDeadTuples *) shm_toc_lookup(toc, + PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_DEAD_TUPLES, + false); + + /* Set cost-based vacuum delay */ + VacuumCostActive = (VacuumCostDelay > 0); + VacuumCostBalance = 0; + VacuumPageHit = 0; + VacuumPageMiss = 0; + VacuumPageDirty = 0; + VacuumCostBalanceLocal = 0; + VacuumSharedCostBalance = &(lvshared->cost_balance); + VacuumActiveNWorkers = &(lvshared->active_nworkers); + + stats = (IndexBulkDeleteResult **) + palloc0(nindexes * sizeof(IndexBulkDeleteResult *)); + + if (lvshared->maintenance_work_mem_worker > 0) + maintenance_work_mem = lvshared->maintenance_work_mem_worker; + + /* + * Initialize vacrelstats for use as error callback arg by parallel + * worker. + */ + vacrelstats.relnamespace = get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(onerel)); + vacrelstats.relname = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(onerel)); + vacrelstats.indname = NULL; + vacrelstats.phase = VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_UNKNOWN; /* Not yet processing */ + + /* Setup error traceback support for ereport() */ + errcallback.callback = vacuum_error_callback; + errcallback.arg = &vacrelstats; + errcallback.previous = error_context_stack; + error_context_stack = &errcallback; + + /* Prepare to track buffer usage during parallel execution */ + InstrStartParallelQuery(); + + /* Process indexes to perform vacuum/cleanup */ + parallel_vacuum_index(indrels, stats, lvshared, dead_tuples, nindexes, + &vacrelstats); + + /* Report buffer/WAL usage during parallel execution */ + buffer_usage = shm_toc_lookup(toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_BUFFER_USAGE, false); + wal_usage = shm_toc_lookup(toc, PARALLEL_VACUUM_KEY_WAL_USAGE, false); + InstrEndParallelQuery(&buffer_usage[ParallelWorkerNumber], + &wal_usage[ParallelWorkerNumber]); + + /* Pop the error context stack */ + error_context_stack = errcallback.previous; + + vac_close_indexes(nindexes, indrels, RowExclusiveLock); + table_close(onerel, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); + FreeAccessStrategy(vac_strategy); + pfree(stats); +} + +/* + * Error context callback for errors occurring during vacuum. + */ +static void +vacuum_error_callback(void *arg) +{ + LVRelStats *errinfo = arg; + + switch (errinfo->phase) + { + case VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_SCAN_HEAP: + if (BlockNumberIsValid(errinfo->blkno)) + errcontext("while scanning block %u of relation \"%s.%s\"", + errinfo->blkno, errinfo->relnamespace, errinfo->relname); + else + errcontext("while scanning relation \"%s.%s\"", + errinfo->relnamespace, errinfo->relname); + break; + + case VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_VACUUM_HEAP: + if (BlockNumberIsValid(errinfo->blkno)) + errcontext("while vacuuming block %u of relation \"%s.%s\"", + errinfo->blkno, errinfo->relnamespace, errinfo->relname); + else + errcontext("while vacuuming relation \"%s.%s\"", + errinfo->relnamespace, errinfo->relname); + break; + + case VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_VACUUM_INDEX: + errcontext("while vacuuming index \"%s\" of relation \"%s.%s\"", + errinfo->indname, errinfo->relnamespace, errinfo->relname); + break; + + case VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_INDEX_CLEANUP: + errcontext("while cleaning up index \"%s\" of relation \"%s.%s\"", + errinfo->indname, errinfo->relnamespace, errinfo->relname); + break; + + case VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_TRUNCATE: + if (BlockNumberIsValid(errinfo->blkno)) + errcontext("while truncating relation \"%s.%s\" to %u blocks", + errinfo->relnamespace, errinfo->relname, errinfo->blkno); + break; + + case VACUUM_ERRCB_PHASE_UNKNOWN: + default: + return; /* do nothing; the errinfo may not be + * initialized */ + } +} + +/* + * Updates the information required for vacuum error callback. This also saves + * the current information which can be later restored via restore_vacuum_error_info. + */ +static void +update_vacuum_error_info(LVRelStats *errinfo, LVSavedErrInfo *saved_err_info, int phase, + BlockNumber blkno) +{ + if (saved_err_info) + { + saved_err_info->blkno = errinfo->blkno; + saved_err_info->phase = errinfo->phase; + } + + errinfo->blkno = blkno; + errinfo->phase = phase; +} + +/* + * Restores the vacuum information saved via a prior call to update_vacuum_error_info. + */ +static void +restore_vacuum_error_info(LVRelStats *errinfo, const LVSavedErrInfo *saved_err_info) +{ + errinfo->blkno = saved_err_info->blkno; + errinfo->phase = saved_err_info->phase; +} diff --git a/src/backend/access/heap/visibilitymap.c b/src/backend/access/heap/visibilitymap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a51678 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/backend/access/heap/visibilitymap.c @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * visibilitymap.c + * bitmap for tracking visibility of heap tuples + * + * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2020, PostgreSQL Global Development Group + * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California + * + * + * IDENTIFICATION + * src/backend/access/heap/visibilitymap.c + * + * INTERFACE ROUTINES + * visibilitymap_clear - clear bits for one page in the visibility map + * visibilitymap_pin - pin a map page for setting a bit + * visibilitymap_pin_ok - check whether correct map page is already pinned + * visibilitymap_set - set a bit in a previously pinned page + * visibilitymap_get_status - get status of bits + * visibilitymap_count - count number of bits set in visibility map + * visibilitymap_prepare_truncate - + * prepare for truncation of the visibility map + * + * NOTES + * + * The visibility map is a bitmap with two bits (all-visible and all-frozen) + * per heap page. A set all-visible bit means that all tuples on the page are + * known visible to all transactions, and therefore the page doesn't need to + * be vacuumed. A set all-frozen bit means that all tuples on the page are + * completely frozen, and therefore the page doesn't need to be vacuumed even + * if whole table scanning vacuum is required (e.g. anti-wraparound vacuum). + * The all-frozen bit must be set only when the page is already all-visible. + * + * The map is conservative in the sense that we make sure that whenever a bit + * is set, we know the condition is true, but if a bit is not set, it might or + * might not be true. + * + * Clearing visibility map bits is not separately WAL-logged. The callers + * must make sure that whenever a bit is cleared, the bit is cleared on WAL + * replay of the updating operation as well. + * + * When we *set* a visibility map during VACUUM, we must write WAL. This may + * seem counterintuitive, since the bit is basically a hint: if it is clear, + * it may still be the case that every tuple on the page is visible to all + * transactions; we just don't know that for certain. The difficulty is that + * there are two bits which are typically set together: the PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit + * on the page itself, and the visibility map bit. If a crash occurs after the + * visibility map page makes it to disk and before the updated heap page makes + * it to disk, redo must set the bit on the heap page. Otherwise, the next + * insert, update, or delete on the heap page will fail to realize that the + * visibility map bit must be cleared, possibly causing index-only scans to + * return wrong answers. + * + * VACUUM will normally skip pages for which the visibility map bit is set; + * such pages can't contain any dead tuples and therefore don't need vacuuming. + * + * LOCKING + * + * In heapam.c, whenever a page is modified so that not all tuples on the + * page are visible to everyone anymore, the corresponding bit in the + * visibility map is cleared. In order to be crash-safe, we need to do this + * while still holding a lock on the heap page and in the same critical + * section that logs the page modification. However, we don't want to hold + * the buffer lock over any I/O that may be required to read in the visibility + * map page. To avoid this, we examine the heap page before locking it; + * if the page-level PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit is set, we pin the visibility map + * bit. Then, we lock the buffer. But this creates a race condition: there + * is a possibility that in the time it takes to lock the buffer, the + * PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit gets set. If that happens, we have to unlock the + * buffer, pin the visibility map page, and relock the buffer. This shouldn't + * happen often, because only VACUUM currently sets visibility map bits, + * and the race will only occur if VACUUM processes a given page at almost + * exactly the same time that someone tries to further modify it. + * + * To set a bit, you need to hold a lock on the heap page. That prevents + * the race condition where VACUUM sees that all tuples on the page are + * visible to everyone, but another backend modifies the page before VACUUM + * sets the bit in the visibility map. + * + * When a bit is set, the LSN of the visibility map page is updated to make + * sure that the visibility map update doesn't get written to disk before the + * WAL record of the changes that made it possible to set the bit is flushed. + * But when a bit is cleared, we don't have to do that because it's always + * safe to clear a bit in the map from correctness point of view. + * + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +#include "postgres.h" + +#include "access/heapam_xlog.h" +#include "access/visibilitymap.h" +#include "access/xlog.h" +#include "miscadmin.h" +#include "port/pg_bitutils.h" +#include "storage/bufmgr.h" +#include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/smgr.h" +#include "utils/inval.h" + + +/*#define TRACE_VISIBILITYMAP */ + +/* + * Size of the bitmap on each visibility map page, in bytes. There's no + * extra headers, so the whole page minus the standard page header is + * used for the bitmap. + */ +#define MAPSIZE (BLCKSZ - MAXALIGN(SizeOfPageHeaderData)) + +/* Number of heap blocks we can represent in one byte */ +#define HEAPBLOCKS_PER_BYTE (BITS_PER_BYTE / BITS_PER_HEAPBLOCK) + +/* Number of heap blocks we can represent in one visibility map page. */ +#define HEAPBLOCKS_PER_PAGE (MAPSIZE * HEAPBLOCKS_PER_BYTE) + +/* Mapping from heap block number to the right bit in the visibility map */ +#define HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBLOCK(x) ((x) / HEAPBLOCKS_PER_PAGE) +#define HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBYTE(x) (((x) % HEAPBLOCKS_PER_PAGE) / HEAPBLOCKS_PER_BYTE) +#define HEAPBLK_TO_OFFSET(x) (((x) % HEAPBLOCKS_PER_BYTE) * BITS_PER_HEAPBLOCK) + +/* Masks for counting subsets of bits in the visibility map. */ +#define VISIBLE_MASK64 UINT64CONST(0x5555555555555555) /* The lower bit of each + * bit pair */ +#define FROZEN_MASK64 UINT64CONST(0xaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa) /* The upper bit of each + * bit pair */ + +/* prototypes for internal routines */ +static Buffer vm_readbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, bool extend); +static void vm_extend(Relation rel, BlockNumber vm_nblocks); + + +/* + * visibilitymap_clear - clear specified bits for one page in visibility map + * + * You must pass a buffer containing the correct map page to this function. + * Call visibilitymap_pin first to pin the right one. This function doesn't do + * any I/O. Returns true if any bits have been cleared and false otherwise. + */ +bool +visibilitymap_clear(Relation rel, BlockNumber heapBlk, Buffer buf, uint8 flags) +{ + BlockNumber mapBlock = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBLOCK(heapBlk); + int mapByte = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBYTE(heapBlk); + int mapOffset = HEAPBLK_TO_OFFSET(heapBlk); + uint8 mask = flags << mapOffset; + char *map; + bool cleared = false; + + Assert(flags & VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + +#ifdef TRACE_VISIBILITYMAP + elog(DEBUG1, "vm_clear %s %d", RelationGetRelationName(rel), heapBlk); +#endif + + if (!BufferIsValid(buf) || BufferGetBlockNumber(buf) != mapBlock) + elog(ERROR, "wrong buffer passed to visibilitymap_clear"); + + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + map = PageGetContents(BufferGetPage(buf)); + + if (map[mapByte] & mask) + { + map[mapByte] &= ~mask; + + MarkBufferDirty(buf); + cleared = true; + } + + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + + return cleared; +} + +/* + * visibilitymap_pin - pin a map page for setting a bit + * + * Setting a bit in the visibility map is a two-phase operation. First, call + * visibilitymap_pin, to pin the visibility map page containing the bit for + * the heap page. Because that can require I/O to read the map page, you + * shouldn't hold a lock on the heap page while doing that. Then, call + * visibilitymap_set to actually set the bit. + * + * On entry, *buf should be InvalidBuffer or a valid buffer returned by + * an earlier call to visibilitymap_pin or visibilitymap_get_status on the same + * relation. On return, *buf is a valid buffer with the map page containing + * the bit for heapBlk. + * + * If the page doesn't exist in the map file yet, it is extended. + */ +void +visibilitymap_pin(Relation rel, BlockNumber heapBlk, Buffer *buf) +{ + BlockNumber mapBlock = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBLOCK(heapBlk); + + /* Reuse the old pinned buffer if possible */ + if (BufferIsValid(*buf)) + { + if (BufferGetBlockNumber(*buf) == mapBlock) + return; + + ReleaseBuffer(*buf); + } + *buf = vm_readbuf(rel, mapBlock, true); +} + +/* + * visibilitymap_pin_ok - do we already have the correct page pinned? + * + * On entry, buf should be InvalidBuffer or a valid buffer returned by + * an earlier call to visibilitymap_pin or visibilitymap_get_status on the same + * relation. The return value indicates whether the buffer covers the + * given heapBlk. + */ +bool +visibilitymap_pin_ok(BlockNumber heapBlk, Buffer buf) +{ + BlockNumber mapBlock = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBLOCK(heapBlk); + + return BufferIsValid(buf) && BufferGetBlockNumber(buf) == mapBlock; +} + +/* + * visibilitymap_set - set bit(s) on a previously pinned page + * + * recptr is the LSN of the XLOG record we're replaying, if we're in recovery, + * or InvalidXLogRecPtr in normal running. The page LSN is advanced to the + * one provided; in normal running, we generate a new XLOG record and set the + * page LSN to that value. cutoff_xid is the largest xmin on the page being + * marked all-visible; it is needed for Hot Standby, and can be + * InvalidTransactionId if the page contains no tuples. It can also be set + * to InvalidTransactionId when a page that is already all-visible is being + * marked all-frozen. + * + * Caller is expected to set the heap page's PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit before calling + * this function. Except in recovery, caller should also pass the heap + * buffer. When checksums are enabled and we're not in recovery, we must add + * the heap buffer to the WAL chain to protect it from being torn. + * + * You must pass a buffer containing the correct map page to this function. + * Call visibilitymap_pin first to pin the right one. This function doesn't do + * any I/O. + */ +void +visibilitymap_set(Relation rel, BlockNumber heapBlk, Buffer heapBuf, + XLogRecPtr recptr, Buffer vmBuf, TransactionId cutoff_xid, + uint8 flags) +{ + BlockNumber mapBlock = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBLOCK(heapBlk); + uint32 mapByte = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBYTE(heapBlk); + uint8 mapOffset = HEAPBLK_TO_OFFSET(heapBlk); + Page page; + uint8 *map; + +#ifdef TRACE_VISIBILITYMAP + elog(DEBUG1, "vm_set %s %d", RelationGetRelationName(rel), heapBlk); +#endif + + Assert(InRecovery || XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(recptr)); + Assert(InRecovery || BufferIsValid(heapBuf)); + Assert(flags & VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + + /* Check that we have the right heap page pinned, if present */ + if (BufferIsValid(heapBuf) && BufferGetBlockNumber(heapBuf) != heapBlk) + elog(ERROR, "wrong heap buffer passed to visibilitymap_set"); + + /* Check that we have the right VM page pinned */ + if (!BufferIsValid(vmBuf) || BufferGetBlockNumber(vmBuf) != mapBlock) + elog(ERROR, "wrong VM buffer passed to visibilitymap_set"); + + page = BufferGetPage(vmBuf); + map = (uint8 *) PageGetContents(page); + LockBuffer(vmBuf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + if (flags != (map[mapByte] >> mapOffset & VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS)) + { + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + map[mapByte] |= (flags << mapOffset); + MarkBufferDirty(vmBuf); + + if (RelationNeedsWAL(rel)) + { + if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(recptr)) + { + Assert(!InRecovery); + recptr = log_heap_visible(rel->rd_node, heapBuf, vmBuf, + cutoff_xid, flags); + + /* + * If data checksums are enabled (or wal_log_hints=on), we + * need to protect the heap page from being torn. + */ + if (XLogHintBitIsNeeded()) + { + Page heapPage = BufferGetPage(heapBuf); + + /* caller is expected to set PD_ALL_VISIBLE first */ + Assert(PageIsAllVisible(heapPage)); + PageSetLSN(heapPage, recptr); + } + } + PageSetLSN(page, recptr); + } + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + } + + LockBuffer(vmBuf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); +} + +/* + * visibilitymap_get_status - get status of bits + * + * Are all tuples on heapBlk visible to all or are marked frozen, according + * to the visibility map? + * + * On entry, *buf should be InvalidBuffer or a valid buffer returned by an + * earlier call to visibilitymap_pin or visibilitymap_get_status on the same + * relation. On return, *buf is a valid buffer with the map page containing + * the bit for heapBlk, or InvalidBuffer. The caller is responsible for + * releasing *buf after it's done testing and setting bits. + * + * NOTE: This function is typically called without a lock on the heap page, + * so somebody else could change the bit just after we look at it. In fact, + * since we don't lock the visibility map page either, it's even possible that + * someone else could have changed the bit just before we look at it, but yet + * we might see the old value. It is the caller's responsibility to deal with + * all concurrency issues! + */ +uint8 +visibilitymap_get_status(Relation rel, BlockNumber heapBlk, Buffer *buf) +{ + BlockNumber mapBlock = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBLOCK(heapBlk); + uint32 mapByte = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBYTE(heapBlk); + uint8 mapOffset = HEAPBLK_TO_OFFSET(heapBlk); + char *map; + uint8 result; + +#ifdef TRACE_VISIBILITYMAP + elog(DEBUG1, "vm_get_status %s %d", RelationGetRelationName(rel), heapBlk); +#endif + + /* Reuse the old pinned buffer if possible */ + if (BufferIsValid(*buf)) + { + if (BufferGetBlockNumber(*buf) != mapBlock) + { + ReleaseBuffer(*buf); + *buf = InvalidBuffer; + } + } + + if (!BufferIsValid(*buf)) + { + *buf = vm_readbuf(rel, mapBlock, false); + if (!BufferIsValid(*buf)) + return false; + } + + map = PageGetContents(BufferGetPage(*buf)); + + /* + * A single byte read is atomic. There could be memory-ordering effects + * here, but for performance reasons we make it the caller's job to worry + * about that. + */ + result = ((map[mapByte] >> mapOffset) & VISIBILITYMAP_VALID_BITS); + return result; +} + +/* + * visibilitymap_count - count number of bits set in visibility map + * + * Note: we ignore the possibility of race conditions when the table is being + * extended concurrently with the call. New pages added to the table aren't + * going to be marked all-visible or all-frozen, so they won't affect the result. + */ +void +visibilitymap_count(Relation rel, BlockNumber *all_visible, BlockNumber *all_frozen) +{ + BlockNumber mapBlock; + BlockNumber nvisible = 0; + BlockNumber nfrozen = 0; + + /* all_visible must be specified */ + Assert(all_visible); + + for (mapBlock = 0;; mapBlock++) + { + Buffer mapBuffer; + uint64 *map; + int i; + + /* + * Read till we fall off the end of the map. We assume that any extra + * bytes in the last page are zeroed, so we don't bother excluding + * them from the count. + */ + mapBuffer = vm_readbuf(rel, mapBlock, false); + if (!BufferIsValid(mapBuffer)) + break; + + /* + * We choose not to lock the page, since the result is going to be + * immediately stale anyway if anyone is concurrently setting or + * clearing bits, and we only really need an approximate value. + */ + map = (uint64 *) PageGetContents(BufferGetPage(mapBuffer)); + + StaticAssertStmt(MAPSIZE % sizeof(uint64) == 0, + "unsupported MAPSIZE"); + if (all_frozen == NULL) + { + for (i = 0; i < MAPSIZE / sizeof(uint64); i++) + nvisible += pg_popcount64(map[i] & VISIBLE_MASK64); + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < MAPSIZE / sizeof(uint64); i++) + { + nvisible += pg_popcount64(map[i] & VISIBLE_MASK64); + nfrozen += pg_popcount64(map[i] & FROZEN_MASK64); + } + } + + ReleaseBuffer(mapBuffer); + } + + *all_visible = nvisible; + if (all_frozen) + *all_frozen = nfrozen; +} + +/* + * visibilitymap_prepare_truncate - + * prepare for truncation of the visibility map + * + * nheapblocks is the new size of the heap. + * + * Return the number of blocks of new visibility map. + * If it's InvalidBlockNumber, there is nothing to truncate; + * otherwise the caller is responsible for calling smgrtruncate() + * to truncate the visibility map pages. + */ +BlockNumber +visibilitymap_prepare_truncate(Relation rel, BlockNumber nheapblocks) +{ + BlockNumber newnblocks; + + /* last remaining block, byte, and bit */ + BlockNumber truncBlock = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBLOCK(nheapblocks); + uint32 truncByte = HEAPBLK_TO_MAPBYTE(nheapblocks); + uint8 truncOffset = HEAPBLK_TO_OFFSET(nheapblocks); + +#ifdef TRACE_VISIBILITYMAP + elog(DEBUG1, "vm_truncate %s %d", RelationGetRelationName(rel), nheapblocks); +#endif + + RelationOpenSmgr(rel); + + /* + * If no visibility map has been created yet for this relation, there's + * nothing to truncate. + */ + if (!smgrexists(rel->rd_smgr, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM)) + return InvalidBlockNumber; + + /* + * Unless the new size is exactly at a visibility map page boundary, the + * tail bits in the last remaining map page, representing truncated heap + * blocks, need to be cleared. This is not only tidy, but also necessary + * because we don't get a chance to clear the bits if the heap is extended + * again. + */ + if (truncByte != 0 || truncOffset != 0) + { + Buffer mapBuffer; + Page page; + char *map; + + newnblocks = truncBlock + 1; + + mapBuffer = vm_readbuf(rel, truncBlock, false); + if (!BufferIsValid(mapBuffer)) + { + /* nothing to do, the file was already smaller */ + return InvalidBlockNumber; + } + + page = BufferGetPage(mapBuffer); + map = PageGetContents(page); + + LockBuffer(mapBuffer, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + + /* NO EREPORT(ERROR) from here till changes are logged */ + START_CRIT_SECTION(); + + /* Clear out the unwanted bytes. */ + MemSet(&map[truncByte + 1], 0, MAPSIZE - (truncByte + 1)); + + /*---- + * Mask out the unwanted bits of the last remaining byte. + * + * ((1 << 0) - 1) = 00000000 + * ((1 << 1) - 1) = 00000001 + * ... + * ((1 << 6) - 1) = 00111111 + * ((1 << 7) - 1) = 01111111 + *---- + */ + map[truncByte] &= (1 << truncOffset) - 1; + + /* + * Truncation of a relation is WAL-logged at a higher-level, and we + * will be called at WAL replay. But if checksums are enabled, we need + * to still write a WAL record to protect against a torn page, if the + * page is flushed to disk before the truncation WAL record. We cannot + * use MarkBufferDirtyHint here, because that will not dirty the page + * during recovery. + */ + MarkBufferDirty(mapBuffer); + if (!InRecovery && RelationNeedsWAL(rel) && XLogHintBitIsNeeded()) + log_newpage_buffer(mapBuffer, false); + + END_CRIT_SECTION(); + + UnlockReleaseBuffer(mapBuffer); + } + else + newnblocks = truncBlock; + + if (smgrnblocks(rel->rd_smgr, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM) <= newnblocks) + { + /* nothing to do, the file was already smaller than requested size */ + return InvalidBlockNumber; + } + + return newnblocks; +} + +/* + * Read a visibility map page. + * + * If the page doesn't exist, InvalidBuffer is returned, or if 'extend' is + * true, the visibility map file is extended. + */ +static Buffer +vm_readbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, bool extend) +{ + Buffer buf; + + /* + * We might not have opened the relation at the smgr level yet, or we + * might have been forced to close it by a sinval message. The code below + * won't necessarily notice relation extension immediately when extend = + * false, so we rely on sinval messages to ensure that our ideas about the + * size of the map aren't too far out of date. + */ + RelationOpenSmgr(rel); + + /* + * If we haven't cached the size of the visibility map fork yet, check it + * first. + */ + if (rel->rd_smgr->smgr_vm_nblocks == InvalidBlockNumber) + { + if (smgrexists(rel->rd_smgr, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM)) + rel->rd_smgr->smgr_vm_nblocks = smgrnblocks(rel->rd_smgr, + VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM); + else + rel->rd_smgr->smgr_vm_nblocks = 0; + } + + /* Handle requests beyond EOF */ + if (blkno >= rel->rd_smgr->smgr_vm_nblocks) + { + if (extend) + vm_extend(rel, blkno + 1); + else + return InvalidBuffer; + } + + /* + * Use ZERO_ON_ERROR mode, and initialize the page if necessary. It's + * always safe to clear bits, so it's better to clear corrupt pages than + * error out. + * + * The initialize-the-page part is trickier than it looks, because of the + * possibility of multiple backends doing this concurrently, and our + * desire to not uselessly take the buffer lock in the normal path where + * the page is OK. We must take the lock to initialize the page, so + * recheck page newness after we have the lock, in case someone else + * already did it. Also, because we initially check PageIsNew with no + * lock, it's possible to fall through and return the buffer while someone + * else is still initializing the page (i.e., we might see pd_upper as set + * but other page header fields are still zeroes). This is harmless for + * callers that will take a buffer lock themselves, but some callers + * inspect the page without any lock at all. The latter is OK only so + * long as it doesn't depend on the page header having correct contents. + * Current usage is safe because PageGetContents() does not require that. + */ + buf = ReadBufferExtended(rel, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM, blkno, + RBM_ZERO_ON_ERROR, NULL); + if (PageIsNew(BufferGetPage(buf))) + { + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + if (PageIsNew(BufferGetPage(buf))) + PageInit(BufferGetPage(buf), BLCKSZ, 0); + LockBuffer(buf, BUFFER_LOCK_UNLOCK); + } + return buf; +} + +/* + * Ensure that the visibility map fork is at least vm_nblocks long, extending + * it if necessary with zeroed pages. + */ +static void +vm_extend(Relation rel, BlockNumber vm_nblocks) +{ + BlockNumber vm_nblocks_now; + PGAlignedBlock pg; + + PageInit((Page) pg.data, BLCKSZ, 0); + + /* + * We use the relation extension lock to lock out other backends trying to + * extend the visibility map at the same time. It also locks out extension + * of the main fork, unnecessarily, but extending the visibility map + * happens seldom enough that it doesn't seem worthwhile to have a + * separate lock tag type for it. + * + * Note that another backend might have extended or created the relation + * by the time we get the lock. + */ + LockRelationForExtension(rel, ExclusiveLock); + + /* Might have to re-open if a cache flush happened */ + RelationOpenSmgr(rel); + + /* + * Create the file first if it doesn't exist. If smgr_vm_nblocks is + * positive then it must exist, no need for an smgrexists call. + */ + if ((rel->rd_smgr->smgr_vm_nblocks == 0 || + rel->rd_smgr->smgr_vm_nblocks == InvalidBlockNumber) && + !smgrexists(rel->rd_smgr, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM)) + smgrcreate(rel->rd_smgr, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM, false); + + vm_nblocks_now = smgrnblocks(rel->rd_smgr, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM); + + /* Now extend the file */ + while (vm_nblocks_now < vm_nblocks) + { + PageSetChecksumInplace((Page) pg.data, vm_nblocks_now); + + smgrextend(rel->rd_smgr, VISIBILITYMAP_FORKNUM, vm_nblocks_now, + pg.data, false); + vm_nblocks_now++; + } + + /* + * Send a shared-inval message to force other backends to close any smgr + * references they may have for this rel, which we are about to change. + * This is a useful optimization because it means that backends don't have + * to keep checking for creation or extension of the file, which happens + * infrequently. + */ + CacheInvalidateSmgr(rel->rd_smgr->smgr_rnode); + + /* Update local cache with the up-to-date size */ + rel->rd_smgr->smgr_vm_nblocks = vm_nblocks_now; + + UnlockRelationForExtension(rel, ExclusiveLock); +} |